Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2015

Registration No. 333-174801

 

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

Amendment No. 8

to

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   3661   26-1119726

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

 

4655 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, California 95054

(908) 953-6000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Amy Fliegelman Olli

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Avaya Holdings Corp.

4655 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, California 95054

(908) 953-6000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

With copies to:

 

Julie H. Jones, Esq.

Thomas Holden, Esq.

Ropes & Gray LLP
Three Embarcadero Center
San Francisco, CA 94111
Telephone (415) 315-6300
Fax (415) 315-6350

 

Daniel J. Zubkoff, Esq.

Douglas S. Horowitz, Esq.

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, NY 10005

Telephone (212) 701-3000

Fax (212) 269-5420

 

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public:  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.   ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

  Large accelerated filer   ¨      Accelerated filer   ¨
  Non-accelerated filer   x    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued December 22, 2015

 

                Shares

 

LOGO

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. is offering             shares of its common stock. This is the initial public offering of shares of our common stock and no public market currently exists for our shares. We expect the initial public offering price of our common stock to be between $             and $             per share.

 

After the completion of this offering, funds affiliated with our Sponsors (as defined herein) will continue to own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange. See “Principal Stockholders.”

 

 

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AVYA.”

 

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 19.

 

 

 

PRICE $            A SHARE

 

 

 

       Public Offering
Price
    

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions

    

Proceeds

to Avaya

Per Share

     $               $               $         

Total

     $                          $                          $                    

 

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional          shares of common stock for a period of 30 days.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on                    , 2015.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.           J.P. MORGAN
CITI                        DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES                    
BofA MERRILL LYNCH   BARCLAYS                  UBS INVESTMENT  BANK   CREDIT SUISSE

 

                    , 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     19   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     35   

Use of Proceeds

     37   

Dividend Policy

     38   

Capitalization

     39   

Dilution

     41   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

     43   

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements

     49   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     55   

Business

     103   

Market, Ranking and Other Industry Data

     131   

Management

     132   
     Page  

Executive Compensation

     142   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     168   

Principal Stockholders

     172   

Description of Certain Outstanding Indebtedness

     177   

Description of Capital Stock

     192   

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

     198   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations For Non-U.S. Holders

     200   

Underwriters

     204   

Legal Matters

     211   

Experts

     211   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     211   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

     F-1   
 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

Until                     ,              (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

For investors outside the United States: we have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

When we use the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Avaya” or the “Company,” we mean Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Avaya Inc., our principal U.S. operating subsidiary, taken as a whole, unless the context otherwise indicates.

 

Avaya Aura ® , AvayaLive, Avaya Scopia ® and other trademarks or service marks of Avaya are the property of Avaya Holdings Corp. and/or its affiliates. This prospectus also contains additional tradenames, trademarks or service marks belonging to us and to other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, tradenames or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Our Company

 

Avaya is a leading provider of contact center, unified communications and networking products and services designed to help enterprise and midmarket businesses increase workforce productivity, customer engagement and customer lifetime value, with the ultimate objective of higher revenue and profitability for our customers. Through September 30, 2015, we had over 300,000 customers, including over 95% of the Fortune 500, with installations in over half a million customer locations worldwide.

 

Our products and services portfolio spans software, hardware, professional and support services, and cloud services. These fall under three reporting segments:

 

   

Global Communications Solutions, or GCS, encompass all of our real-time collaboration, contact center and unified communications software and hardware. Unified communications integrates real-time communication services including telephony, e-mail, instant messaging and video. Examples in GCS include audio conferencing systems; mobile video software, software that runs contact center operations such as multimedia contact routing; software that enables mobile access to the company network for employees; and hardware such as phones, gateways, and servers. We enable these unified communication and real-time collaboration tools to also be embedded inside the applications businesses use everyday to keep employees and customers connected, productive and effective. This reporting segment also includes a development platform, which allows our customers and third parties to adapt our technology by creating custom applications, automated workflows, and engagement environments for their unique needs and allows them to integrate Avaya’s capabilities into their existing infrastructure. GCS also includes cloud-supporting software and hardware products, which make it possible to use our contact center and unified communications products via the Cloud.

 

   

Avaya Networking includes our advanced fabric networking technology which offers a virtualized network designed to be simple to deploy, agile and resilient. This reporting segment also includes products such as Ethernet switches and routers; wireless networking; and access control products that enforce role- and policy- based access to the network. Our fabric networking technology is flexible and extensible to legacy network systems, which gives customers the option to upgrade to new contact center and unified communications technology while maintaining their existing infrastructure, if desired.

 

   

Avaya Global Services, or AGS, includes professional and support services designed to help our customers maximize the benefits of using our products and technology. Our services include support for implementation, deployment, monitoring, troubleshooting, optimization, and more. This reporting segment also includes our Cloud and managed services, which enable customers to take advantage of our technology in a private, hybrid, or public cloud environment. The majority of our revenue in this reporting segment is recurring in nature, based on multi-year services contracts.

 

The majority of our product portfolio is made up of software products that reside on either a client or server. With our products and services, packaged as solutions, we can address the needs of a diverse range of customers,

 



 

1


Table of Contents

including large multinational enterprises, small and medium-sized businesses, and government organizations. Our customers operate in a broad range of industries, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, healthcare, education and government. We employ a flexible go-to-market strategy with direct or indirect presence in over 100 countries. As of September 30, 2015, we had approximately 9,300 channel partners and for fiscal 2015, our product revenue from indirect sales through our channel partners represented approximately 75% of our total product revenue.

 

For fiscal 2015 and 2014, we generated revenue of $4,081 million and $4,371 million, respectively. For fiscal 2015 and 2014, 50% of our revenues were product revenues and 50% of our revenues were service revenues. Revenue generated in the United States for fiscal 2015 and 2014 represented 54% and 52% of our total revenue, respectively. For fiscal 2015 and 2014 we had operating income from continuing operations of $371 million and $197 million and net loss of $(168) million and $(253) million, respectively. For fiscal 2015 and 2014, we had Adjusted EBITDA of $900 million and $898 million, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” for a definition and explanation of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

Industry Background

 

As enterprise and midmarket businesses increasingly seek to improve customer experience and team engagement through the quality and efficiency of contact center and unified communications, they are confronted with several industry trends presenting emerging and varied challenges. We believe the most forceful among these trends are:

 

   

the increasing mobility of the workforce;

 

   

shifting priorities of C-level business decision makers, including an increased preference for software-defined networking (SDN, or network virtualization), cloud delivery of applications, and management of multiple and varied devices, all of which must be handled with the security the business demands;

 

   

increasing demand for IT purchases under operating expense models over capital expense models; and

 

   

the rise of omni-channel customer service involving multiple modes of communications.

 

We believe that the total available market for customer and team engagement solutions includes spending on unified communications, contact center applications and networking infrastructure equipment, as well as spending on one-time and recurring professional, managed/cloud, and support services to implement, maintain and manage these tools. We believe that in 2016, while the market for large enterprise unified communications is declining, the portion of the other markets that Avaya serves will grow and continue to represent a large opportunity for Avaya. Additionally, we see opportunity for Avaya in the convergence between the unified communications and contact center market. The markets Avaya serves includes large enterprises having 2,000 or more employees, as well as midmarket-sized enterprises having less than 2,000 employees.

 

These markets are impacted positively by the need for enterprises to increase productivity and upgrade their unified communications strategy to a more integrated approach, accounting for mobility, varied devices, and multiple communications channels. In response to this need, industry analysts expect that from 2014 through 2017 aggregate total spending on unified communications, contact center, data networking and support, managed/cloud and professional services will grow.

 

Furthermore, the midmarket, which we define as companies with fewer than 2,000 employees, is a growing opportunity for Avaya’s products and services. We believe our communications market opportunity for the portion of the midmarket segment which Avaya serves is growing, but we also believe it is underserved and willing to invest in IT enhancements. Avaya has a set of offerings that are specifically designed to address the needs of midmarket businesses, built around our Avaya IP Office, software and hardware designed to simplify

 



 

2


Table of Contents

processes and streamline information exchange within companies. It lets midmarket companies deliver a collaboration experience that integrates voice, video, and mobile device communications, at price points affordable to midmarket businesses.

 

Our Solutions

 

We aim to be the leader in our industry in addressing the customer needs and priorities resulting from recent trends and emerging challenges. We have invested in open, mobile enterprise communication and collaboration platforms and are well poised to serve a broad range of needs, from servicing old phone systems to deploying leading edge contact center technology via the Cloud. While we remain committed to our legacy capabilities and the customers who rely on them, in the past several years we have also responded to the emerging landscape by evolving our market and product approach in three important ways.

 

   

We have invested in research and development and new technologies to develop and provide more comprehensive contact center, unified communications, and networking products and services, continuing our focus on the enterprise while expanding the value we can provide to midmarket customers.

 

   

We have evolved our product design philosophy, anticipating demand for products that are Cloud- and mobile- enabled. We also design our products to be flexible, extensible, secure and reliable. This allows our customers to transition from old communications and collaboration technology to newer technology in a way that is manageable and cost-effective.

 

   

We have increased our focus on packaging our products and services into “solutions” including Customer Engagement Solutions, Team Engagement Solutions and Networking Solutions.

 

Avaya’s solutions are combinations of our products and services designed to help our customers address their customer and team engagement needs, before, during and after any transition they may make to a mobile- and cloud-enabled communications environment. We believe our unified communications, contact center, and networking technology can increase productivity and profitability for businesses of all sizes.

 

Customer Engagement Solutions

 

Our Customer Engagement Solutions are designed to facilitate long-lasting and successful relationships between companies and their customers. Today’s customer relationships are ongoing conversations that unfold across time and channels. Phone, video, email, chat, social – it is all one integrated omni-channel now. Done right, seamless execution pays off in increased customer lifetime value, revenue, and profitability for our customers – even as they evolve to integrate more communications channels and mobile devices into their customer service strategies. These solutions are predominately made up of our contact center products and services, and supported by our networking technology and development environment. Some of the benefits of Avaya Customer Engagement Solutions include:

 

   

Improved customer experience : As businesses increasingly compete on customer experience, we offer products and services designed to incorporate multiple channels of communication, improve customer satisfaction and retention; increase referrals and customer acquisition; and increase cross-sell and upsell opportunities. For example, our intelligent routing and multi-modal integration software can help an enterprise or midmarket business deliver a seamless ongoing conversation with a customer, even if that conversation includes interactions by phone, chat, email, and social media. Our products and services are designed to drive consistency and increased satisfaction across touch points and enable better measurement of customer experience data for dispersion to other business units.

 

   

Contact center efficiency: We believe the contact center is at the heart of a successful customer engagement solution because it is a primary channel of communication between the customer and

 



 

3


Table of Contents
 

businesses, even as modes of contact expand to include social media, chat, and mobile apps. Our products and services are designed to help our customers achieve contact center efficiency through automation, by reducing operational costs and staffing impacts, eliminating resource constraints caused by repetitive requests and manual processes, and ensuring service level agreements as well as compliance requirements. For example, we might deploy our contact center platform with intelligent call routing and contact flow analytics software to help a customer better manage volume fluctuations and better match contact center resources to customer needs in real-time.

 

   

Revenue growth : Our solutions are designed to help our customers increase revenue through stronger and longer lasting customer relationships. We believe our solutions address this challenge by reducing complexity within the contact center and facilitating better sell-through, sell-in and sell-up performance. For example, we might deploy our Avaya Customer Experience Portal with software for proactive consumer outreach, to help a customer increase the efficiency and effectiveness of increasing repeat purchases and order sizes, while allowing the customer’s end-consumer to use his or her preferred communications channel for the interaction.

 

Team Engagement Solutions

 

Avaya Team Engagement Solutions are designed to offer businesses the simplicity of a single solution to address workforce communication and collaboration needs, including via mobile devices. These solutions are made up predominately of our real-time collaboration and unified communications products and services, and supported by our networking technology and development environment. Some of the benefits of Avaya Team Engagement Solutions include:

 

   

Communications modernization : Avaya helps modernize communications ecosystems by centralizing, consolidating and virtualizing underlying technology infrastructures and making applications available via the cloud. This model is designed to account for mobile device usage, reduce total cost of ownership for the entire collaboration environment and allow firms to transition from a capital expenditure to operating expenditure model. For example, an Avaya private cloud solution can be implemented to integrate virtualized voice, email, video, messaging, chat and conferencing capabilities. This enables cloud access to communications tools for desk-based and remote workers and improves security, delivering total cost of ownership, or TCO, efficiencies and rapid payback.

 

   

Worker productivity : Our conferencing, messaging, and other unified communications products and services are designed to help our customers integrate products that equally support desk-workers, teleworkers, and frequent business travelers, thereby increasing the mobility and productivity of their workforce. Our customers are increasingly demanding that individual workers be able to communicate across device types, channels and geographic locations knowing that their devices, data and connections are reliable and secure. For example, our customers using the Avaya Session Border Control can securely extend the corporate unified communications capabilities to a remote user on a mobile device and to desk phones in their remote and home offices.

 

   

Team productivity : Our unified communications products and services are designed to help our customers improve team productivity by diminishing the complexity of team collaboration channels, enabling off-the-shelf and customizable application integration, providing omni-channel conferencing across audio, web, and video for room, desktop, and mobile platforms. It also provides the opportunity to simplify and expand by moving conferencing services into the cloud. For example, the Avaya Scopia platform can enable employees or remote workers to collaborate using high-definition, secure video conferencing accessed through on-premise conference rooms, desktop systems, and mobile devices.

 

   

Communications Enabled Business Processes : Embedding communications into the business applications customers use every day makes it easier for employees to find and distribute information, prioritize work, and communicate both needs and decisions. With the Avaya Engagement Development

 



 

4


Table of Contents
 

Platform, customers can integrate unified communications technology and contact center capabilities, including voice, video, text, and email into social, mobile, and cloud applications that make their business run. This application development platform makes it easy - with no detailed or specialized knowledge of communications protocols required.

 

Networking Solutions

 

Our advanced fabric networking technology, based on open industry standards, is designed to deliver a virtualized network that is simple to deploy, agile to operate, and resilient. Many conventional networking technologies have complex architectures, layering protocols over protocols, making the network architecture fragile and significantly impeding the roll-out of real-time applications. Avaya’s Fabric Connect, our fabric networking technology, is designed to deliver the agility businesses need to focus on integrating customer and team engagement solutions into their existing IT infrastructures. Unified access and network virtualization capabilities form the foundation of Avaya Networking Solutions. Benefits include:

 

   

Unified access : Our unified access solution is designed to securely extend both fixed and mobile “bring-your-own-device (BYOD)” policies and enable proactive provisioning, quality monitoring, and active application awareness and control.

 

   

Network virtualization : Our network virtualization solutions are designed to optimize the physical network, decrease network complexity, eliminate complex protocols, and integrate security features for the safe segmentation of data. All of this is intended to accelerate application and user deployment.

 

   

Network Agility : Like simplicity in your home that lets you move a home appliance from one power outlet to another, there can be simplicity everywhere in your network. Avaya’s SDN Fx Architecture for Software Defined Networking helps customers design a simpler more agile network. Applications, devices and even users can see the network as one big connection point that is capable of reconfiguring itself when changes are detected, handling once-manual functions automatically. For IT, this means less worry about connections and configurations and more focus on strategic applications.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe the following competitive strengths position us well to capitalize on the opportunities created by the market trends affecting our industry.

 

A leading position across our key end markets

 

We are a leader in business collaboration and communications, with leading market share in worldwide telephony systems 1 , contact center infrastructure 2 , voice maintenance services 3 and enterprise messaging 4 , and a position in the Leader’s quadrant in each of Gartner’s Magic Quadrants for Corporate Telephony, Unified

 

  1     Dell’Oro Group, Enterprise Telephony Report, 4Q14, February, 2015
  2     Gartner Inc. Market Share, Contact Center: Worldwide, 2014, Drew Kraus, March 2015. Gartner ranks Avaya #1 in Contact Center Agent End-User Revenue by Manufacturer, Worldwide in 2014.
  3     IntelliCom Analytics, Services Market Dashboard, Q4 2014 Global Lifecycle Services Market Workbook, May 2015.
  4     T3i Group, InfoTrack for Converged Applications, Messaging Systems Shipments, Revenue & Market Share Details, Full Year 2014, June 2015.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Communications and Contact Center Infrastructure 5 . Additionally, we believe we are a leading provider of Cloud and managed services, which in fiscal 2015 grew revenues 3 percent over fiscal 2014 and has continued to be one of the fastest growing areas of our business. We also believe that our market leadership and our incumbent position within our customer base better enables us to cross-sell to existing customers and win new customers.

 

Open standards technology that supports multi-vendor environments

 

Our open standards-based technology is designed to accommodate customers with multi-vendor environments seeking to leverage existing investments. Providing enterprises with strong integration capabilities allows them to take advantage of new collaboration and contact center technology as it is introduced. It does not limit customers to a single vendor or add to the backlog of integration work. We also continue to invest in our developer ecosystem, Avaya DevConnect, which has grown to include over 25,000 members as of September 30, 2015. We believe Avaya DevConnect, together with our Agile Communication Environment, or ACE, toolkits, application programming interfaces, or APIs, and integration environments allow businesses to derive unique value from our architecture.

 

Leading service capabilities tied to a large recurring revenue stream

 

Avaya Global Services, or AGS, is a leading provider of recurring support services relating to business collaboration and communications products. Our worldwide services-delivery infrastructure and capabilities help customers address critical business collaboration and communications needs from initial planning and design through implementation, maintenance and day-to-day operation, monitoring and troubleshooting. We believe AGS is uniquely positioned as a result of close collaboration between our R&D and service planning teams in advance of new products being released. Customers can use “Ava”, our virtual agent, to get immediate answers online. They can also connect with one of our experts via web chat, web talk, or web video. Avaya Global Services can also directly access our research and development teams when necessary to quickly resolve customer issues. These capabilities allow Avaya to provide quality service for Avaya products.

 

In addition, AGS delivers Cloud and managed services with a focus on customer performance and growth. These services can range from managing software releases to operating customer communication systems to helping customers migrate to next-generation business collaboration and communications environments. We

believe that our deep understanding of application management supporting unified communications, contact center, video and networking uniquely position us to best manage and operate cloud-based communications systems for our customers.

 

 

  5     Gartner Magic Quadrants-Gartner Magic Quadrant for Corporate Telephony, Sorell Slaymaker, Steve Blood, October, 2015.

 

- Gartner Magic Quadrant for Unified Communications, Bern Elliot, Steve Blood, August 2015.

- Gartner Magic Quadrant for Contact Center Infrastructure, Drew Kraus, et al, May 2015.

 

Gartner, Inc. (Gartner) does not endorse any vendor, product or service depicted in our research publications, and does not advise technology users to select only those vendors with the highest ratings. Gartner research publications consist of the opinions of Gartner’s research organization and should not be construed as statements of fact. Gartner disclaims all warranties, expressed or implied, with respect to this research, including any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

 

The Gartner Report(s) described herein, (the Gartner Report(s)) represent(s) data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. (Gartner), and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report(s) are subject to change without notice.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

Our service delivery is most often provided to customers through recurring contracts. In fiscal 2015, we generated 50% of our revenues from services with over 80% of service revenues from recurring contracts. Recurring contracts for support services typically have terms that range from one to five years, and contracts for Cloud and managed services typically have terms that range from one to seven years. In fiscal 2015, the U.S. accounted for approximately 66% of our support revenue, with contract renewal rates of more than 80%. We believe our services relationships have provided us with a large recurring revenue base and significant visibility into our customers’ future collaboration needs.

 

Lower total cost of ownership (TCO)

 

Many vendors try to address customer demands by layering on more architectures and protocols. In the process, they frequently sacrifice simplicity, flexibility and total cost of ownership. In contrast, our products and services are specifically designed to address these needs - typically with less hardware - without sacrificing performance. We believe our product performance, deployment methods, and networking technology contribute to a lower total cost of ownership for customer and team engagement solutions.

 

Large, diverse and global customer installed base

 

Our products and services address the needs of a diverse range of customers from large multinational enterprises to small and medium-sized businesses in various industries, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, health care, education and government. Through September 30, 2015, we had over 300,000 customers, including over 95% of the Fortune 500 with installations in over a half million customer locations worldwide. We believe our large and diverse customer base provides us with recurring revenue and the opportunity to further expand within our customer base.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

We believe we are well-positioned worldwide and have a multi-faceted strategy to be a leading provider in delivering engagement and networking solutions.

 

Expand our cloud offerings and capabilities

 

In our experience, technology and business leaders are increasingly turning to cloud-based technologies and business models that allow enterprises to cut costs, increase productivity, simplify IT environments, and shift when possible to usage-based operating expense models.

 

Avaya’s technologies that make up our Customer Engagement, Team Engagement, and Networking solutions are designed to be available both on-premise and as a cloud-based service to meet these demands.

 

Increase mobility offerings to customers

 

As global workforces change and demand mobile engagement solutions, we intend to meet these demands. For example, the Avaya Aura Platform and IP Office Platform are designed to support mobility, providing dynamic access to applications and services based on need, not location.

 

Invest in open standards and product differentiation and innovation

 

As potential customers look to migrate to our products and services, our open architecture can integrate with competitor systems and provide a path for gradual transition while still achieving cost savings and improved functionality. Our Fabric Networking technology is fundamental to this approach. Fabric networking represents a strong growth area for Avaya, as fabric networking deployments gain momentum.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

During fiscal 2015, have enhanced our product line with more than 100 new product releases. We also expect to continue to make investments in product innovation and research and development across the portfolio to create enhancements and breakthroughs. We believe this will encourage customers to upgrade their products more frequently. We also plan to continue to embrace the cloud computing and mobility opportunities, and to seek new ways to leverage the Virtual Desktop Integration, or VDI, trend to securely deliver business collaboration to users.

 

Increase our midmarket offerings, capabilities, and market share

 

We believe our communications market opportunity for the portion of the midmarket segment which Avaya serves is growing. We define the midmarket as firms with fewer than 2,000 employees. Not only do we believe this segment is growing, but we believe midmarket businesses are underserved and willing to invest in IT enhancements. With the most recent version of our IP Office product, version 9.1, we continue to enhance our first complete offering specifically tailored to the needs of midmarket businesses. We believe this offering increases the value we can provide to midmarket businesses and creates an opportunity for market share gain. We intend to continue to invest in our midmarket offerings and go-to-market resources to increase market share and meet the growing demands of this segment.

 

Increase sales to existing customers and pursue new customers

 

We believe that we have a significant opportunity to increase our sales to our existing customers by offering new solutions from our diverse product portfolio, including cloud, mobility, and networking solutions. This ability is supported by our market leadership, global scale and extensive customer interaction, including at the C-suite, and creates a strong platform from which to drive and shape the evolution of enterprise communications toward greater business collaboration. Our track record with our customers gives us the credibility that we believe provides us with a competitive advantage in helping them cope with this evolution.

 

Invest in sales and distribution capabilities

 

Our flexible go-to-market strategy, which consists of both a direct sales force and approximately 9,300 channel partners (as of September 30, 2015), allows us to reach customers across industries and around the globe while allowing them to interact with Avaya in a way that fits their organization. We intend to continue investing in our channel partners and sales force to optimize their market focus, enter new geographies and provide our channel partners with training, marketing programs, and technical support through our Avaya Connect program. We also leverage our sales and distribution channels to accelerate customer adoption and generate an increasing percentage of our revenue from our new high-value software products, data networking, video collaboration, midmarket offerings, and user experience-centric applications.

 

Expand margins and profitability

 

We have maintained our focus on profitability levels and implemented a number of cost savings initiatives. These initiatives, along with decreases in the amortization of acquired technology intangible assets, have contributed to improvements in our gross margin. Our gross margin has improved from 43.5% in fiscal 2010 to 59.5% in fiscal 2015. This improvement in gross margin along with other cost savings is also reflected in Adjusted EBITDA, a key metric management uses to evaluate the Company’s performance. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues improved from 15.6% in fiscal 2010 to 22.1% in fiscal 2015. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” for a definition and explanation of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

We expect to pursue additional cost reduction opportunities which are likely to be more targeted and may include increased automation of our processes, headcount attrition, actions to address unproductive assets, real

 



 

8


Table of Contents

estate consolidation, sales back office and front line skill transformations, and balancing our professional services structure. Having delivered substantial cost structure reductions over the past several years, we believe the opportunities for additional savings and execution of our growth strategy can result in further margin and profitability expansion.

 

Risks Associated with Our Company

 

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

Our degree of leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations and limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry. Our degree of leverage could have important consequences, including making it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness and increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions.

 

   

We face formidable competition from providers of unified communications, contact center and networking products and services; as these markets evolve, we expect competition to intensify. In addition to the competition we face from traditional enterprise voice communications products and providers of technology related to business collaboration and contact center products and services, we expect competition to intensify and expand to include companies that do not currently compete directly against us.

 

   

Our revenues are dependent on general economic conditions and the willingness of enterprises to invest in technology. The impact of economic conditions on the willingness of enterprises to make capital investments, particularly in business collaboration technology and related services can significantly affect our operating results and we believe that enterprises continue to be cautious about sustained economic growth.

 

   

The market opportunity for business collaboration products and services may not develop in the ways that we anticipate. The demand for our products and services can change quickly and in ways that we may not anticipate because the market in which we operate is characterized by rapid, and sometimes disruptive, technological developments, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and enhancements, changes in customer requirements and a limited ability to accurately forecast future customer demand.

 

   

We are dependent on our intellectual property. As a leader in technology and innovation in business collaboration and communications, we are dependent on the maintenance of our current intellectual property rights and the establishment of new intellectual property rights. If we are not able to protect our intellectual property rights or if those rights are invalidated or circumvented, our business may be adversely affected.

 

 

   

The Sponsors have significant influence over corporate transactions. Following the completion of this offering, funds affiliated with TPG Global LLC, or, together with its affiliates, TPG, and Silver Lake Partners, or Silver Lake, which are collectively referred to as our Sponsors, will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted for stockholder approval and may have interests that differ from those of our other stockholders.

 

   

We expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. After completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Company Information and Corporate Structure

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 4655 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054. Our telephone number is (908) 953-6000. Our website address is www.avaya.com. Information contained in, and that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated into and does not form a part of this prospectus.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp., formerly known as Sierra Holdings Corp., was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 1, 2007 by affiliates of the Sponsors. The Sponsors, through a subsidiary holding company, acquired Avaya Inc., our principal U.S. operating subsidiary, and each of its subsidiaries in a merger transaction that was completed on October 26, 2007, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Merger. Despite the fact that Avaya Inc.’s obligation to file periodic and current reports with the SEC ended on October 1, 2010, it voluntarily files such reports with the SEC to comply with the terms of the indenture governing its senior secured notes. Avaya Holdings Corp. is a holding company with no stand-alone operations and has no material assets other than its ownership interest in Avaya Inc. and its subsidiaries. All of Avaya Holdings Corp.’s operations are conducted through its various subsidiaries, which are organized and operated according to the laws of their jurisdiction of incorporation, and consolidated by Avaya Holdings Corp.

 

As of September 30, 2015 , our total outstanding indebtedness was $6,042 million (excluding capital lease obligations, $33 million of debt discount due upon settlement of our indebtedness and $42 million of unamortized debt issuance costs). For a complete discussion of our financing see Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

The following chart shows our organizational structure immediately following the consummation of this offering:

 

LOGO

 

 

(1)   Sponsors, public stockholders, and management, represents         %,         % and         % of the total voting power in our company, respectively.
(2)   Substantially all of our domestic 100% owned subsidiaries as of September 30, 2015 guarantee our notes and our domestic credit facilities. Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries guarantee our senior secured foreign asset-based revolving credit facility (“Foreign ABL”). Other subsidiaries, including non-U.S. subsidiaries, do not guarantee our notes or our credit facilities. See “Description of Certain Outstanding Indebtedness” for more information.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock we are offering

            Shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            Shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares offered to underwriters

            Shares

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds received by us in connection with this offering to pay certain amounts in connection with the termination of our management services agreement with affiliates of our Sponsors.

 

  We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds, for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including repayment of a portion of our long-term indebtedness, the potential redemption of some or all of our Series A Preferred Stock and supporting our strategic growth opportunities in the future.

 

  See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus beginning on page 19 for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed NYSE symbol

“AVYA”

 

Principal Stockholders

Upon completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to beneficially own a controlling interest in us. As a result, we intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exemption under the rules of the NYSE.

 

  In connection with this offering, in the event we decide to redeem some or all of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, the Sponsors will receive a total of up to $        million from the redemption of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock held by them. In addition, we expect to pay management companies affiliated with the Sponsors a total of $        million in connection with the termination of our management services agreement with them pursuant to its terms.

 

As of September 30, 2015, we had 491,777,992 shares of common stock outstanding. This excludes the following numbers of shares of our common stock issuable in connection with the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2015, the conversion of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and equity awards under our Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2007 Plan:

 

   

100,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by affiliates of our Sponsors, which warrants are subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriters” and

 



 

12


Table of Contents
 

exercisable at any time prior to December 18, 2019 at an exercise price of $3.25 per share (see “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants”);

 

   

24,460,642 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by affiliates of our Sponsors, which warrants are subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriters” and exercisable at any time prior to May 29, 2022 at an exercise price of $4.00 per share (see “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants”);

 

   

         shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by affiliates of our Sponsors, and convertible at any time as such Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is outstanding at a conversion price equal to the lesser of (1) $4.00 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution provisions) or (2) the offering price per share in this offering, which shares if converted are subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriters” (see “Description of Capital Stock—Preferred Stock—Series B Convertible Preferred Stock”);

 

   

26,535,628 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options with exercise prices ranging from $2.25 to $5.00 per share and a weighted average exercise price of $2.84 per share;

 

   

16,809,852 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and distribution of restricted stock units, or RSUs; and

 

   

4,576,025 additional shares of common stock as of September 30, 2015 reserved for future grants under the 2007 Plan.

 

This also excludes              additional shares of common stock reserved for future equity incentive plans to be effective upon the completion of this offering.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

assumes the adoption of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to              additional shares of our common stock in this offering; and

 

   

reflects, for all prior periods, a          for          reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the consummation of this offering.

 



 

13


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

 

Avaya Holdings Corp., was formed by affiliates of two private equity firms, Silver Lake Partners (“Silver Lake”) and TPG Capital (“TPG”) (collectively, the “Sponsors”). Avaya Holdings Corp., through a subsidiary holding corporation, acquired Avaya Inc. in a transaction that was completed on October 26, 2007 (the “Merger”) with Avaya Inc. continuing as the surviving entity and a wholly owned subsidiary of Avaya Holdings Corp. Avaya Holdings Corp. is a holding company and has no material assets or stand-alone operations other than the ownership in Avaya Inc. and its subsidiaries. See discussion in Note 1, “Description of Business,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details.

 

The summary historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of September 30, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of September 30, 2013 and as of and for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 has been derived from Consolidated Financial Statements that are not included in this prospectus.

 

The following summary should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus.

 



 

14


Table of Contents
    Fiscal years ended September 30,  
    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  
    (in millions, except per share amounts)  

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:

         

REVENUE

         

Products

  $ 2,029      $ 2,196      $ 2,337      $ 2,672      $ 2,976   

Services

    2,052        2,175        2,241        2,347        2,398   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    4,081        4,371        4,578        5,019        5,374   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COSTS

         

Products:

         

Costs (exclusive of amortization of acquired technology intangible assets)

    744        854        963        1,145        1,314   

Amortization of acquired technology intangible assets

    35        56        63        192        257   

Services

    872        962        1,022        1,134        1,214   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,651        1,872        2,048        2,471        2,785   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

    2,430        2,499        2,530        2,548        2,589   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

         

Selling, general and administrative

    1,432        1,531        1,512        1,617        1,833   

Research and development

    338        379        445        464        461   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

    226        227        228        227        227   

Restructuring and impairment charges, net

    62        165        200        147        189   

Acquisition-related costs

    1               1        4        5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    2,059        2,302        2,386        2,459        2,715   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

    371        197        144        89        (126

Interest expense

    (452     (459     (467     (432     (460

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (6     (5     (6            (246

Other (expense) income, net

    (11     3        (25     (29     5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    (98     (264     (354     (372     (827

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

    (70     (51     35        4        (54
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

    (168     (315     (319     (368     (881

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

           62        (57     14        18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS

    (168     (253     (376     (354     (863

Less: Accretion of issuance costs and accrued dividends on Series A and Series B preferred stock

    (46     (45     (43     (71     (7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

  $ (214   $ (298   $ (419   $ (425   $ (870
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders:

         

Loss from continuing operations per share - basic and diluted

  $ (0.43   $ (0.73   $ (0.74   $ (0.90   $ (1.82

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per share - basic and diluted

 

 

  

    0.13        (0.12     0.03        0.04   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share - basic and diluted

  $ (0.43   $ (0.60   $ (0.86   $ (0.87   $ (1.78
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and diluted

    499.7        495.4        489.8        489.6        489.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

15


Table of Contents
    Fiscal years ended September 30,  
    2015     2014     2013 (1)     2012 (1)     2011 (1)  
   

(in millions)

 

BALANCE SHEET DATA (at end of period):

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 323      $ 322      $ 289      $ 338      $ 415   

Intangible assets, net

    970        1,224        1,497        1,787        2,142   

Goodwill

    4,074        4,047        4,048        4,055        3,946   

Total assets

    6,836        7,179        7,577        8,104        8,460   

Total debt (excluding capital lease obligations)

    5,967        5,968        6,014        6,042        6,056   

Equity awards on redeemable shares

    19        21        5                 

Preferred stock, Series B

    338        300        263        227          

Preferred stock, Series A

    167        159        151        144        137   

Total stockholders’ deficiency

    (4,001     (3,621     (3,138     (2,843     (2,500

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS DATA:

         

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations:

         

Operating activities

  $ 215      $ 35      $ 131      $ 16      $ (335

Investing activities

    (129     (33     (113     (283     (101

Financing activities

    (53     (60     (79     155        228   

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:

         

EBITDA

  $ 724      $ 627      $ 566      $ 622      $ 282   

Adjusted EBITDA

    900        898        922        946        940   

Capital expenditures

    124        134        110        92        83   

Capitalized software development costs

           1        14        35        42   

 

  (1)   Unamortized debt issuance costs originally presented within other current assets and other assets, were reclassified as a reduction of debt maturing within one year and long-term debt, respectively upon adoption of ASU 2013-3 in the second quarter of fiscal 2015. See Note 3, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements—New Standards Recently Adopted—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

 

EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before income taxes, interest expense, interest income and depreciation and amortization and excludes the results of discontinued operations. EBITDA provides us with a measure of operating performance that excludes items that are outside the control of management, which can differ significantly from company to company depending on capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. Under Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements, its ability to draw on its revolving credit facilities or engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments and paying dividends is tied in part to ratios based on a measure of adjusted EBITDA. As defined in Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements, adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure of EBITDA further adjusted to exclude certain charges and other adjustments, including one-time charges permitted in calculating covenant compliance under Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements. Further, Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements require that adjusted EBITDA be calculated for the most recent four fiscal quarters. As a result, the measure can be disproportionately affected by a particularly strong or weak quarter. Moreover, it may not be comparable to the measure for any subsequent four-quarter period or any complete fiscal year.

 

We also calculate Adjusted EBITDA for purposes other than debt covenant compliance using a different formulation than that allowed in our debt documents. Certain employee and management benefit plans are determined using financial targets based on Adjusted EBITDA. We also believe Adjusted EBITDA is more useful to equity investors than the calculation of debt adjusted EBITDA because the former does not include adjustments for certain items that we believe are indicative of our performance. In addition, we believe Adjusted

 



 

16


Table of Contents

EBITDA provides more comparability between our historical results and results that reflect purchase accounting and our new capital structure following the Merger. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, such as the Company’s pricing strategies, volume, costs and expenses of the organization and we present it in a way that can be more easily compared to prior quarters or fiscal years.

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent net income (loss) or cash flow from operations as those terms are defined by GAAP and does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs. While adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are frequently used as measures of operations and the ability to meet debt service requirements, these terms are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. Adjusted EBITDA excludes the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations. In particular, our formulation of Adjusted EBITDA allows the addition of certain non-cash charges that are deducted in calculating net income (loss), and restructuring charges, Sponsors’ fees and other specific cash costs and expenses set forth in the following table and that portion of our pension costs, other post-employment benefits costs, and non-retirement post-employment benefits costs representing the amortization of pension service costs and actuarial gain or loss associated with these employment benefits. However, these are expenses that may recur, may vary and are difficult to predict.

 

The unaudited reconciliation of loss from continuing operations, which is a GAAP measure, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is presented below:

     Fiscal years ended September 30,  
     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  
    

(in millions)

 

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (168   $ (315   $ (319   $ (368   $ (881

Interest expense

     452        459        467        432        460   

Interest income

     (1     (2     (2     (3     (5

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     70        51        (35     (4     54   

Depreciation and amortization

     371        434        455        565        654   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     724        627        566        622        282   

Impact of purchase accounting adjustments

                   1        3          

Restructuring charges, net

     62        165        200        142        189   

Sponsors’ fees (a)

     7        7        7        7        7   

Acquisition-related costs (b)

     1               1        4        5   

Integration-related costs (c)

     3        7        15        19        132   

Divestiture-related costs

            2                        

Loss on extinguishment of debt (d)

     6        5        6               246   

Third-party fees expensed in connection with debt modification (e)

     8        2        18               9   

Non-cash share-based compensation

     19        25        11        8        12   

Write-down of held for sale assets to net realizable value

                          5        1   

(Gain) loss on investments and sale of long-lived assets, net

     (1            (1     3        1   

Gain on sale of TBU business

            (14                     

Change in certain tax indemnifications

     (9     4                        

Impairment of long-lived assets

                   1        6          

Reversal of contingent liability related to acquisition .

                          (1       

Change in fair value of Preferred Series B embedded derivative (f)

     24        22        11        6          

Venezuela hyperinflationary and devaluation charges

            2        1                 

Securities registration fees (g)

                   1        3          

Resolution of certain legal matters (h)

            8        10                 

(Gain) loss on foreign currency transactions

     (14     (18     (5     21        (12

Pension/OPEB/nonretirement postemployment benefits and long-term disability costs (i)

     69        51        79        98        68   

Other

     1        3                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 900      $ 898      $ 922      $ 946      $ 940   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

17


Table of Contents

 

(a)   Sponsors’ monitoring fees represent monitoring fees payable to affiliates of the Sponsors and their designees pursuant to a management services agreement entered into at the time of the Merger. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
(b)   Acquisition-related costs include legal and other costs related to the acquisition of NES, Radvision and other acquisitions.
(c)   Integration-related costs primarily represent third-party consulting fees and other administrative costs associated with consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya with NES, Radvision and other acquisitions. These costs were incurred in connection with, among other things, the on-boarding of NES and Radvision personnel, developing compatible IT systems and internal processes and developing and implementing a strategic operating plan to help enable a smooth transition with minimal disruption to NES customers. Integration-related costs also include fees paid to certain Nortel-controlled entities for logistics and other support functions being performed on a temporary basis pursuant to a transition services agreement.
(d)   Loss on extinguishment of debt represents losses recognized in connection with certain debt refinancing transactions entered into during fiscal 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2011. The losses are based on the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value of the debt. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.
(e)   The third-party fees expensed in connection with debt modification represents fees paid to third-parties in connection with certain debt refinancing transactions entered into during fiscal 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2011. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.
(f)   Represents the loss (gain) on changes in the fair value of certain embedded derivative features of the Company’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. Under GAAP, these embedded derivative features must be recognized at fair value at each balance sheet date with the changes in the fair value recognized in operations. See Note 16, “Capital Stock,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.
(g)   Represents third party fees incurred in connection with the Company’s registration statement.
(h)   Charges recognized in connection with the resolution of certain commercial and intellectual property legal disputes that, individually and in the aggregate, were not material to Avaya’s financial position.
(i)   Represents that portion of our pension costs, other post-employment benefit costs, non-retirement post-employment benefit costs representing the amortization of prior service costs and net actuarial gains/losses associated with these employment benefits. In fiscal 2013, the amount includes $9 million of net curtailment gains associated with the U.S. pension and postemployment plans. In fiscal 2012 and 2011, the amounts include a curtailment charge of $5 million associated with workforce reductions in Germany and the U.S. and $7 million associated with workforce reductions in Germany, respectively.

 



 

18


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. Additionally, the risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Our degree of leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting obligations on our indebtedness.

 

The significant terms of our financing agreements can be found in Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” included elsewhere in this Prospectus to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. As of September 30, 2015, our total indebtedness was $6,042 million (excluding capital lease obligations). As of September 30, 2015, the Company had $3,284 million, $2,683 million, $55 million and $20 million of outstanding borrowings under Avaya Inc.’s senior secured credit facility (“Senior Secured Credit Agreement”), senior secured notes due April 1, 2019 (the “2019 senior secured notes”) and the indenture governing our senior secured notes due March 1, 2021 (the “2021 senior secured notes” and, together with the 2019 senior secured notes, the “notes”), senior secured asset based revolving credit facility (the “Domestic ABL”) and the senior secured foreign asset-based revolving credit facility (the “Foreign ABL”), respectively. The Company regularly evaluates market conditions, its liquidity profile, and various financing alternatives for opportunities to enhance its capital structure. If market conditions are favorable, we may refinance our existing debt or issue additional securities.

 

Our degree of leverage could have consequences, including:

 

   

making it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

 

   

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;

 

   

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as borrowings under Avaya Inc.’s Domestic ABL, its Senior Secured Credit Agreement and certain foreign subsidiaries of our Foreign ABL are at variable rates of interest;

 

   

limiting our ability to make strategic acquisitions;

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

   

limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

 

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and our other ongoing liquidity needs, and we may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

 

We expect to make payments of approximately $451 million during fiscal 2016 in principal and interest associated with long-term debt and interest associated with our revolving credit facilities and senior secured

 

19


Table of Contents

notes, although we may elect to make additional principal payments under certain circumstances. The expected payments are exclusive of repayments we have made or may make with respect to revolving debt under our revolving credit facilities. In the ordinary course of business, we may from time to time borrow and repay amounts under our revolving credit facilities to meet business needs.

 

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations and to fund our planned capital expenditures, acquisitions and other ongoing liquidity needs depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. There can be no assurance that we will maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities or that future borrowings will be available to us under either of our credit facilities or otherwise in an amount sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. Avaya Inc.’s credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes restrict the ability of Avaya Inc. and its restricted subsidiaries to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from the disposition. Accordingly, we may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain any proceeds on terms acceptable to us or at all, and any such proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

 

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit in certain respects our flexibility in operating our business.

 

Avaya Inc.’s credit facilities, the indentures governing its 2019 senior secured notes and the indenture governing its 2021 senior secured notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specific types of transactions. These covenants limit Avaya Inc.’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock;

 

   

make certain acquisitions or investments;

 

   

incur or assume certain liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

sell assets to, or merge or consolidate with, another company.

 

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under all of our credit facilities and/or the indentures governing the notes. In the event of any default under any of our credit facilities, the applicable lenders could elect to terminate borrowing commitments and declare all borrowings and loans outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and other obligations, to be due and payable, which would be an event of default under the indentures governing the notes.

 

We have refinanced our and our subsidiaries’ debt in the past but there is no assurance we will be able to refinance all or any portion of our or our subsidiaries’ debt in the future. If we were unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings and loans when due, the applicable secured lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness, which could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation. In the event our lenders accelerate the repayment of our or our subsidiaries’ borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.

 

20


Table of Contents

The market opportunity for business collaboration products and services may not develop in the ways that we anticipate.

 

The demand for our products and services can change quickly and in ways that we may not anticipate because the market in which we operate is characterized by rapid, and sometimes disruptive, technological developments, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and enhancements, changes in customer requirements and a limited ability to accurately forecast future customer orders. Our operating results may be adversely affected if the market opportunity for our products and services does not develop in the ways that we anticipate or if other technologies become more accepted or standard in our industry or disrupt our technology platforms.

 

Our strategy depends in part on our ability to rely on our indirect sales channel.

 

An important element of our go-to-market strategy to expand sales coverage and increase market absorption of new products is our global network of alliance partners, distributors, dealers, value-added resellers, telecommunications service providers and system integrators. Our financial results could be adversely affected if our relationships with channel partners were to deteriorate, if our support pricing or other services strategies conflict with those of our channel partners, if any of our competitors were to enter into strategic relationships with or acquire a significant channel partner, if channel partners do not become enabled to sell new products or if the financial condition of our channel partners were to weaken. In addition, we may expend time, money and other resources on developing and maintaining channel relationships that are ultimately unsuccessful. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in maintaining, expanding or developing relationships with channel partners. If we are not successful, we may lose sales opportunities, customers or market share. Although the terms of individual channel partner agreements may deviate from our standard program terms, our standard program agreements for resellers generally provide for a term of one year with automatic renewal for successive one year terms and generally may be terminated by either party for convenience upon 30 days prior written notice. Our standard program agreements for distributors generally may be terminated by either party for convenience upon 90 days prior written notice. Certain of our contractual agreements with our largest distributors and resellers, however, permit termination of the relationship by either party for convenience upon prior notice of 180 days. See “Business—Alliances and Partnerships” for more information on our global business partner program and the standard terms of our program agreements.

 

We face formidable competition from providers of unified communications, contact center and networking products and related services; as these markets evolve, we expect competition to intensify and expand to include companies that do not currently compete directly against us.

 

Our unified communications products and services compete with companies such as Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, Microsoft Corporation, or Microsoft, NEC Corporation, Unify GmbH & Co. Kg, Alcatel-Lucent and Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, or Huawei, in the enterprise segment; with companies such as ShoreTel, Inc., or ShoreTel, and Mitel Networks Corp., or Mitel, in the midmarket; and with companies such as Cisco, Broadsoft Inc., Microsoft, 8x8, Inc., RingCentral, Inc. ShoreTel and Mitel in cloud products and services. Our video products and services compete with companies such as Cisco, Polycom Inc., Huawei, ZTE Corporation, or ZTE, Vidyo, Blue Jeans and LifeSize (now a division of Logitech International S.A.).

 

Our contact center products and services compete with companies such as Genesys Telecommunications Laboratories, Inc., or Genesys, Cisco, Huawei Enghouse Interactive, or Enghouse, and Mitel in the enterprise segment and with companies such as Cisco, Genesys, Enghouse, and Interactive Intelligence, Inc. or Interactive Intelligence, in the midmarket and cloud products and services.

 

Our networking products and services compete with companies such as Cisco, Hewlett-Packard Enterprise Company, Huawei, Dell Inc., and Juniper Networks, Inc., primarily with respect to L2/L3 ethernet switching.

 

We face competition in certain geographies with companies that have a particular strength and focus in these regions, such as Huawei and ZTE in China, Intelbras in Latin America and Panasonic in Asia.

 

21


Table of Contents

While we believe our global, in-house end-to-end services organization provides us with a competitive advantage, it faces competition from companies like those above offering services, either directly or indirectly through their channel partners, with respect to their own product offerings, as well as many value-added resellers, consulting and systems integration firms and network service providers.

 

In addition, because the business collaboration market continues to evolve and technology continues to develop rapidly, we may face competition in the future from companies that do not currently compete against us, but whose current business activities may bring them into competition with us in the future. In particular, this may be the case as business, information technology and communications applications deployed on converged networks become more integrated to support business collaboration. We may face increased competition from current leaders in information technology infrastructure, information technology, consumer products, personal and business applications and the software that connects the network infrastructure to those applications. With respect to services, we may also face competition from companies that seek to sell remotely hosted services or software as a service directly to the end customer. Competition from these potential market entrants may take many forms, including offering products and applications similar to those we offer as part of another offering. In addition, these technologies continue to move from a proprietary environment to an open standards-based environment.

 

Several of our existing competitors have, and many of our future competitors may have, greater financial, personnel, technical, research and development and other resources, more well-established brands or reputations and broader customer bases than we do and, as a result, these competitors may be in a stronger position to respond quickly to potential acquisitions and other market opportunities, new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. Some of these competitors may have customer bases that are more geographically balanced than ours and, therefore, may be less affected by an economic downturn in a particular region. Other competitors may have deeper expertise in a particular stand-alone technology that develops more quickly than we anticipate. Competitors with greater resources also may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services or other incentives that we cannot match or do not offer. Industry consolidations may also create competitors with broader and more geographic coverage and the ability to reach enterprises through communications service providers. Existing customers of data networking companies that compete against us may be inclined to purchase enterprise communications products and services from their current data networking or software vendors rather than from us. Also, as communications and data networks converge, we may face competition from systems integrators that traditionally have been focused on data network integration.

 

We cannot predict which competitors may enter our markets in the future, what form such competition may take or whether we will be able to respond effectively to the entry of new competitors into competition with us or the rapid evolution in technology and product development that has characterized our businesses. In addition, in order to effectively compete with any new market entrant, we may need to make additional investments in our business, use more capital resources than our business currently requires or reduce prices, any of which may materially and adversely affect our profitability.

 

Our products and services may fail to keep pace with rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards.

 

The market in which we operate is characterized by rapid, and sometimes disruptive, technological developments, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and enhancements and changes in customer requirements. In addition, both traditional and new competitors are investing heavily in this market and competing for customers. As next-generation business collaboration technology continues to evolve, we must keep pace in order to maintain or expand our market leading position. We recently introduced a significant number of new product offerings and are increasingly focused on new, high value software products, as a revenue driver. If we are not able to successfully develop and bring these new products to market in a timely manner, achieve market acceptance of our products and services or identify new market opportunities for our products and services, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

22


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could negatively impact our operating results.

 

We are a global company with significant international operations and transact business in many currencies. As such, we are potentially exposed to adverse as well as beneficial movements in foreign currency exchange rates. The majority of our revenues and expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to certain revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies. Our primary currency exposures relate to net operating expenses denominated in euro, Indian rupee, British pound, Mexican peso and Chinese yuan. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and the geographic mix of our business changes. From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge fluctuations associated with certain monetary assets and liabilities, primarily accounts receivable, accounts payable and certain intercompany obligations. However any attempts to hedge against foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation risk may be unsuccessful and result in an adverse impact to our operating results.

 

As our business and operations relationships have expanded globally, certain operational and logistical challenges as well as changes in economic or political conditions and natural disasters, in a specific country or region, could negatively affect our revenue, costs, expenses and financial condition or those of our channel partners and distributors.

 

We conduct significant sales and customer support operations and significant amounts of our research and development activities in countries outside of the U.S. and also depend on non-U.S. operations of our contract manufacturers and our channel partners. For fiscal 2015 we derived 46% of our revenue from sales outside the of U.S. The vast majority of our contract manufacturing also takes place outside the U.S., primarily in southern China. The transition of even a portion of our operations or functions to a foreign country involves a number of logistical and technical challenges, including:

 

   

challenges in effectively managing operations in jurisdictions with lower cost structures as a result of several factors, including time zone differences and regulatory, legal, employment, cultural and logistical issues;

 

   

the potential negative impact on our existing employees as a result of the relocation of workforce resources;

 

   

an inability to predict the extent of local government support;

 

   

the availability of qualified workers and the level of competition in offshore markets for qualified employees, including skilled design and technical employees, as companies expand their operations offshore; and

 

   

future political, monetary and economic conditions in any specific offshore location.

 

If we are unable to effectively manage our offshore operations, we may be unable to produce the expected cost savings from any shifts of operations to offshore jurisdictions and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

In addition, our future operating results, including our ability to import our products from, export our products to, or sell our products in, various countries, could be adversely affected by a variety of uncontrollable and changing factors such as political conditions, economic conditions including trade sanctions, legal and regulatory constraints, protectionist and local security legislation, difficulty in enforcing intellectual property rights such as against counterfeiting of our products, relationships with employees and works councils, unfavorable tax and currency regulations, health pandemics or similar issues, natural disasters and other matters in any of the countries or regions in which we and our contract manufacturers and business partners currently operate or intend to operate, in the future, including in the U.S. Our corporate headquarters is located in the Silicon Valley area of California, a seismically active region, and a significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, a hurricane or a flood, in that area of California or elsewhere where we and/or our channel partners

 

23


Table of Contents

and distributors have business operations could cause delays in completing sales, providing services or performing other critical functions. The various risks inherent in doing business in the U.S. generally also exist when doing business outside of the U.S., and may be exaggerated by the difficulty of doing business in numerous sovereign jurisdictions due to differences in culture, laws and regulations. Furthermore, our prospective effective tax rate could be adversely affected by, among others, changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities or changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof.

 

Our revenues are dependent on general economic conditions and the willingness of enterprises to invest in technology.

 

We believe that enterprises continue to be cautious about sustained economic growth and have tried to maintain or improve profitability through cost control and constrained spending. That may include delaying or rejecting capital projects, including with respect to the implementation of our products and services. In addition, we believe there is a growing market trend around Cloud consumption preferences with more customers exploring operating expense models as opposed to capital expense models for procuring technology. We believe the market trend toward Cloud models will continue as customers seek ways of reducing their overhead and other costs. In addition, the instability in the geopolitical environment in many parts of the world and other disruptions may continue to put pressure on global economic unrest and on political or social conditions. All of the foregoing may result in continued pressure on our ability to increase our revenue as well as create competitive pricing pressures and price erosion. If these or other conditions limit our ability to grow revenue or cause our revenue to decline our operating results may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, in the past a portion of our revenues which come from the U.S. federal government sector, were impacted because of government shutdowns. In the event of future shutdowns or uncertainties, there can be no assurance that that portion of our revenues will not be impacted.

 

Our quarterly and annual revenues and operating results have historically fluctuated and the results of one period may not provide a reliable indicator of our future performance.

 

Our quarterly and annual revenues and operating results have historically fluctuated and are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in future periods. Fluctuations in our financial results from period to period are caused by many factors, including, but not limited to, the size and timing of individual orders; changes in foreign currency exchange rates; the mix of products sold by us; and general economic conditions.

 

Also it is difficult to predict our revenue for a particular quarter, especially in light of the growing demand for IT purchases under a usage-based operating expense model instead of a capital expense model and the increasing proportion of our revenue coming from software and services. Both of these trends delay the timing of our revenue recognition. In addition, execution of sales opportunities sometimes traverses from the intended fiscal quarter to the next. Moreover, our efforts to address the challenges facing our business could increase the level of variability in our financial results because the rate at which we are able to realize the benefits from those efforts may vary from period to period.

 

In addition, we experience some seasonal trends in the sale of our products that also may produce variations in quarterly results and financial condition. Typically, our third fiscal quarter is our weakest and our fourth fiscal quarter is our strongest. Many of the factors that create and affect seasonal trends are beyond our control.

 

We are dependent on our intellectual property. If we are not able to protect our proprietary rights or if those rights are invalidated or circumvented, our business may be adversely affected.

 

As a leader in technology and innovation in business collaboration and communications, we generally protect our intellectual property through patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and other measures. There can be no assurance that patents will be issued from

 

24


Table of Contents

pending applications that we have filed or that our patents will be sufficient to protect our key technology from misappropriation or falling into the public domain, nor can assurances be made that any of our patents, patent applications, trademarks, or our other intellectual property or proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. For example, our business is global and the level of protection of our proprietary technology will vary by country, particularly in countries that do not have well developed judicial systems or laws that adequately protect intellectual property rights. Patent litigation and other challenges to our patents and other proprietary rights are costly and unpredictable and may prevent us from marketing and selling a product in a particular geographic area. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights, we may be at a disadvantage to others who did not incur the substantial time and expense we incurred to create our products.

 

Certain software we use is from open source code sources, which, under certain circumstances, may lead to unintended consequences and, therefore, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

 

Some of our products contain software from open source code sources. The use of such open source code may subject us to certain conditions, including the obligation to offer our products that use open source code to third parties for no cost. We monitor our use of such open source code to avoid subjecting our products to conditions we do not intend. However, the use of such open source code may ultimately subject some of our products to unintended conditions, which could require us to take remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts and, therefore, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

 

If we fail to retain or attract key employees, our business may be harmed.

 

The success of our business depends on the skill, experience and dedication of our employee base. If we are unable to retain and recruit sufficiently experienced and capable employees, especially in the key areas of product development, sales, services and management, our business and financial results may suffer. Experienced and capable employees in the technology industry remain in high demand, and there is continual competition for their talents. In addition, talented employees may choose to leave the Company because of our cost-reduction initiatives. When talented employees leave, we may have difficulty replacing them and our business may suffer. While we strive to maintain our competitiveness in the marketplace, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully retain and attract the employees that we need to achieve our business objectives.

 

We rely on third-party contract manufacturers and component suppliers, as well as warehousing and distribution logistics providers.

 

We have outsourced substantially all of our manufacturing operations to several contract manufacturers. Our contract manufacturers produce the vast majority of products in facilities located in southern China, with other products manufactured in facilities located in Israel, Mexico, Malaysia, Taiwan, United Kingdom, Ireland and the U.S. All manufacturing of our products is performed in accordance with detailed specifications and product designs furnished or approved by us and is subject to rigorous quality control standards. We periodically review our product manufacturing operations and consider changes we believe may be necessary or appropriate. Although we closely manage the transition process when manufacturing changes are required, we could experience disruption to our operations during any such transition. Any such disruption could negatively affect our reputation and our results of operations. We also purchase certain hardware components and license certain software components and resell them separately or as part of our products under the Avaya brand. In some cases, certain components are available only from a single source or from a limited source of suppliers. Delays or shortages associated with these components could cause significant disruption to our operations. We have also outsourced substantially all of our warehousing and distribution logistics operations to several providers of such services on a global basis, and any delays or material changes in such services could cause significant disruption to our operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

If we are unable to integrate acquired businesses into ours effectively, our operating results may be adversely affected.

 

From time to time, we seek to expand our business through acquisitions. We may not be able to successfully integrate acquired businesses and, where desired, their product portfolios, into ours, and therefore we may not be able to realize the intended benefits from an acquisition. If we fail to successfully integrate acquisitions, or product portfolios, or if they fail to perform as we anticipate, our existing businesses and our revenue and operating results could be adversely affected. If the due diligence of the operations of acquired businesses performed by us and by third parties on our behalf is inadequate or flawed, or if we later discover unforeseen financial or business liabilities, acquired businesses and their assets may not perform as expected. Additionally, acquisitions could result in difficulties assimilating acquired operations and, where deemed desirable, transitioning overlapping products to be a single product line and the diversion of capital and management’s attention away from other business issues and opportunities. We may fail to retain employees acquired through acquisitions, which may negatively impact the integration efforts. For all the reasons set forth above, the failure to integrate acquired businesses effectively may adversely impact Avaya’s business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We may be subject to litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from selling our products or services.

 

From time to time, we receive notices and claims from third parties asserting that our proprietary or licensed products, systems and software infringe their intellectual property rights. There can be no assurance that the number of these notices and claims will not increase in the future or that we do not in fact infringe those intellectual property rights. Irrespective of the merits of these claims, any resulting litigation could be costly and time consuming and could divert the attention of management and key personnel from other business issues. The complexity of the technology involved and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation increase these risks. These matters may result in any number of outcomes for us, including entering into licensing agreements, redesigning our products to avoid infringement, being enjoined from selling products that are found to infringe, paying damages if products are found to infringe and indemnifying customers from infringement claims as part of our contractual obligations. Royalty or license agreements may be very costly and we may be unable to obtain royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us or at all. Such agreements may cause operating margins to decline. In addition, some of our employees previously have been employed at other companies that provide similar products and services. We may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. These claims and other successful claims of patent or other intellectual property infringement against us could materially adversely affect our operating results. We have made and will likely continue to make investments to license and/or acquire the use of third-party intellectual property rights and technology as part of our strategy to manage this risk, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful or that any costs relating to such activity will not be material. We may also be subject to additional notice, attribution and other compliance requirements to the extent we incorporate open source software into our applications. In addition, third parties have claimed, and may in the future claim, that a customer’s use of our products, systems or software infringes the third party’s intellectual property rights. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to indemnify our customers for some of the costs and damages related to such an infringement claim. Any indemnification requirement could have a material adverse effect on our business and our operating results. See Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of certain legal proceedings regarding intellectual property.

 

The Company could be subject to changes in its tax rates, the adoption of new U.S. or international tax legislation or exposure to additional tax liabilities.

 

The Company is subject to taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions, where a number of the Company’s subsidiaries are organized. Due to economic and political conditions, tax rates in various jurisdictions

 

26


Table of Contents

including the U.S. may be subject to significant change. The Company’s future effective tax rates could be affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, and changes in tax laws or their interpretation, such as interpretations as to the legality of tax advantages granted under the European Union (“EU”) state aid rules. The Company is also subject to the examination of its tax returns and other tax matters by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities and governmental bodies. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of its provision for taxes. There can be no assurance as to the outcome of these examinations. If the Company’s effective tax rates were to increase, or if the ultimate determination of the Company’s taxes owed is for an amount in excess of amounts previously accrued, the Company’s operating results, cash flows, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

A breach of the security of our information systems, products or services or of the information systems of our third party providers could adversely affect our operating results.

 

We rely on the security of our information systems and, in certain circumstances, those of our third party providers, such as vendors, consultants and contract manufacturers, to protect our proprietary information and information of our customers. In addition, the growth of BYOD programs has heightened the need for enhanced security measures. Information technology system failures, including a breach of our or our third party providers’ data security, could disrupt our ability to function in the normal course of business by potentially causing, among other things, delays in the fulfillment or cancellation of customer orders, disruptions in the manufacture or shipment of products or, delivery of services or an unintentional disclosure of customer, employee or our information. Additionally, despite our security procedures or those of our third party providers, information systems and our products and services may be vulnerable to threats such as computer hacking, cyber-terrorism or other unauthorized attempts by third parties to access, modify or delete our or our customers’ proprietary information. Any such breach could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and our reputation as a provider of mission critical business collaboration and communications products and services and could cause irreparable damage to us or our systems regardless of whether we or our third party providers are able to adequately recover critical systems following a systems failure.

 

We may be adversely affected by environmental, health and safety, laws, regulations, costs and other liabilities.

 

We are subject to a wide range of governmental requirements relating to safety, health and environmental protection. If we violate or fail to comply with these requirements, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators, lose customers and damage our reputation, which could have an adverse effect on our business. We are subject to environmental laws governing the cleanup of soil and groundwater contamination that may impose joint and several liability for the costs of investigating and remediating releases of regulated materials at currently or formerly owned or operated sites and at third-party waste disposal sites. We are also subject to various local, federal and international laws and regulations regarding the material content and electrical design of our products that require us to be financially responsible for the collection, treatment, recycling and disposal of those products. For example, the EU has adopted the Restriction on Hazardous Substances, or RoHS and Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment, or WEEE Directive, with similar laws and regulations being enacted in other regions. Effective in May 2014, the United States requires companies to begin publicly disclosing their use of conflict minerals that originated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, or DRC, or an adjoining country. Additionally, requirements such as the EU Energy Using Product, or EuP Directive, are being imposed to address the operating characteristics of our products. Our failure or the undetected failure of our supply chain to comply with existing or future environmental, health and safety requirements could subject us to liabilities exceeding our reserves or adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

In addition, a number of climate change regulations and initiatives are either in force or pending at the local, federal and international levels. Our operations and our supply chain could face increased climate change-related regulations, modifications to transportation to meet lower emission requirements and changes to types of

 

27


Table of Contents

materials used for products and packaging to reduce emissions, increased utility costs to address cleaner energy technologies, increased costs related to severe weather events, and emissions reductions associated with operations, business travel or products. These yet-to-be defined costs and changes to operations could have a financial impact on our business.

 

Business collaboration products are complex, and design defects, errors, failures or “bugs” may be difficult to detect and correct.

 

Business collaboration products are complex, integrating hardware, software and many elements of a customer’s existing network and communications infrastructure. Despite testing conducted prior to the release of products to the market and quality assurance programs, hardware may malfunction and software may contain “bugs” that are difficult to detect and fix. Any such issues could interfere with the expected operation of a product, which might negatively impact customer satisfaction, reduce sales opportunities or affect gross margins.

 

Depending upon the size and scope of any such issue, remediation may have a material impact on our business. Our inability to cure an application or product defect, should one occur, could result in the failure of an application or product line, the temporary or permanent withdrawal from an application, product or market, damage to our reputation, inventory costs, an increase in warranty claims, lawsuits by customers or customers’ or channel partners’ end users, or application or product reengineering expenses. Our insurance may not cover or may be insufficient to cover claims that are successfully asserted against us.

 

Pension and postretirement healthcare and life insurance liabilities could impair our liquidity or financial condition.

 

We sponsor non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering a portion of our U.S. employees and retirees, and postretirement benefit plans for a portion of our U.S. retirees that include healthcare benefits and life insurance coverage. We froze benefit accruals and additional participation in our plans for our U.S. management employees effective December 31, 2003. We also subsequently amended the postretirement benefit plan for U.S. management employees as follows: effective January 1, 2013, to terminate retiree dental coverage and to cease providing medical and prescription drug coverage to a retiree, dependent, or lawful spouse who has attained age 65; effective January 1, 2015, to reduce our maximum contribution toward the cost of providing benefits under the plan; and effective January 1, 2016, to replace coverage through our group plan with coverage through the private insurance marketplace. Certain of our non-U.S. operations also have various retirement benefit programs covering substantially all of their employees. Some of these programs are considered to be defined benefit pension plans for accounting purposes. If one or more of our U.S. pension plans were to be terminated without being fully funded on a termination basis, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or PBGC, could obtain a lien on our assets for the amount of our liability, which would result in an event of default under each of our credit facilities. As a result, any such liens would have a material adverse effect on the Company, including our liquidity and financing arrangements. The measurement of our obligations, costs and liabilities associated with benefits pursuant to our pension and postretirement benefit plans requires that we estimate the present value of projected future payments to all participants, including assumptions related to discount rates, investment returns on designated plan assets, health care cost trends, and demographic experience. If future economic or demographic trends and results are different from our assumptions, then our obligations and cash flow requirements could be higher than we currently estimate. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to meet required minimal funding of our defined benefit plans or to fund our other pension or postretirement healthcare and life insurance obligations, or if we are required or elect to fund any material portion of these obligations now or in the future, we could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, seek additional capital, or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. In addition, if our operating results and available cash are insufficient to meet our pension or postretirement healthcare and life insurance obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and may be required to dispose of material assets or operations in order to meet our obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain any proceeds on terms acceptable to us or at all, and any such proceeds may not be adequate to meet any such obligations then due. The PBGC has the authority under certain circumstances to petition a court to

 

28


Table of Contents

terminate an underfunded pension plan upon the occurrence of an event with respect to which the PBGC determines that the possible long-term loss of the PBGC with respect to the plan may reasonably be expected to increase unreasonably if the plan is not terminated. If our U.S. defined benefit pension plans were to be terminated, we would incur a liability to the plans or the PBGC equal to the amount by which the liabilities of the plans, calculated on a termination basis, exceed the assets of the plans, which amount would likely exceed the amount that we have estimated to be the underfunded amount as of September 30, 2015.

 

See Note 14, “Benefit Obligations,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on our pension and postretirement benefit plans, including funding status.

 

We may incur liabilities as a result of our obligation to indemnify, and to share certain liabilities with, Lucent Technologies Inc., or Lucent, in connection with our spin-off from Lucent in September 2000.

 

Pursuant to the Contribution and Distribution Agreement between Avaya Inc. and Lucent, a predecessor to Alcatel-Lucent, Lucent contributed to Avaya Inc. substantially all of the assets, liabilities and operations associated with its enterprise networking businesses and distributed all of the outstanding shares of Avaya Inc.’s common stock to its stockholders. The Contribution and Distribution Agreement, among other things, provides that, in general, Avaya Inc. will indemnify Lucent for all liabilities including certain pre-distribution tax obligations of Lucent relating to our businesses and all contingent liabilities accruing pre-distribution primarily relating to Avaya Inc.’s businesses or otherwise assigned to Avaya Inc. In addition, the Contribution and Distribution Agreement provides that certain contingent liabilities not directly identifiable with one of the parties accruing pre-distribution will be shared in the proportion of 90% by Lucent and 10% by Avaya Inc. The Contribution and Distribution Agreement also provides that contingent liabilities accruing pre-distribution in excess of $50 million that are primarily related to Lucent’s businesses shall be borne 90% by Lucent and 10% by Avaya Inc. and contingent liabilities accruing pre-distribution in excess of $50 million that are primarily related to Avaya Inc.’s businesses shall be borne equally by the parties. See Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of certain matters involving Lucent for which Avaya Inc. has assumed responsibility under the Contribution and Distribution Agreement. We cannot assure you that Lucent will not submit a claim for indemnification or cost sharing to us in connection with any future matter. In addition, our ability to assess the impact of matters for which Avaya Inc. may have to indemnify or share the cost with Lucent is made more difficult by the fact that we do not control the defense of these matters.

 

In addition, in connection with the distribution, Avaya Inc. and Lucent entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement that governs the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the distribution with respect to taxes for the periods ending on or before the distribution. Generally, pre-distribution taxes that are clearly attributable to the business of one party will be borne solely by that party, and other pre-distribution taxes will be shared by the parties based on a formula set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement. Costs borne by Avaya under the Tax Sharing Agreement could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We may not realize the benefits we expect from our cost-reduction initiatives .

 

As discussed in “Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Continued Focus on Cost Structure,” we have initiated costs savings programs designed to streamline operations and we continue to evaluate additional similar opportunities. These types of cost-reduction activities are complex. Even if we carry out these strategies in the manner we expect, we may not be able to achieve the efficiencies or savings we anticipate, or on the timetable we anticipate, and any expected efficiencies and benefits might be delayed or not realized, and our operations and business could be disrupted. Our ability to realize the gross margin improvements and other efficiencies expected to result from these initiatives is subject to many risks, including delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to these initiatives, lack of sustainability in cost savings over time and unexpected costs associated with operating our business, our success in reinvesting

 

29


Table of Contents

the savings arising from these initiatives, time required to complete planned actions, absence of material issues associated with workforce reductions and avoidance of unexpected disruptions in service. A failure to implement our initiatives or realize expected benefits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition that could be material.

 

There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of our controls and related risks associated with acquisitions.

 

An effective internal control environment is necessary to enable us to produce reliable financial reports and is an important part of our efforts to prevent financial fraud. However, we do not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well-designed and operated, is designed to reduce rather than eliminate financial statement risk. There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of internal controls, including collusion, management override, and failure in human judgment. A control system can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving the desired control objectives and the design of a control system must reflect the fact that resource constraints exist. Accordingly, the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Furthermore, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. If our controls become inadequate, we could fail to meet our financial reporting obligations, our reputation may be adversely affected and our business and operating results could be harmed.

 

Moreover, following any acquisition, we may experience delays in implementing or be unable to implement the required internal financial reporting controls and procedures, which could result in enforcement actions, the assessment of penalties and civil suits, failure to meet reporting obligations and other material and adverse events that could have a negative effect on us. If addition, if material weaknesses in our internal control are identified or we acquire companies with a material weakness, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of public confidence.

 

 

Risks Related to Our Debt

 

Despite our level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our degree of leverage.

 

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future. Although the credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and any indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. To the extent new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ currently anticipated debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries face could intensify.

 

A ratings downgrade of Avaya Inc. or other negative action by a ratings organization could adversely affect the trading price of the shares of our common stock.

 

Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for companies they follow. The condition of the financial and credit markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. In addition, developments in our business and operations could lead to a ratings downgrade for Avaya Inc. Any such fluctuation in the rating of Avaya Inc. may impact Avaya Inc.’s ability to access debt markets in the future or increase its cost of future debt which could have a material adverse effect on the operations and financial condition of Avaya Inc., which in return may adversely affect the trading price of shares of our common stock.

 

30


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If the market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you or at all. In addition, an inactive market may impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies by using our shares as consideration, which, in turn, could materially adversely affect our business.

 

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to the following factors (in addition to the other risk factors described in this section):

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from the expectations of equity research analysts;

 

   

conditions and trends in the markets we serve;

 

   

announcements of significant new services or products by us or our competitors;

 

   

additions or changes to key employees;

 

   

changes in market valuation or earnings of our competitors;

 

   

the trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

future sale of our equity securities;

 

   

changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets;

 

   

legislation or regulatory policies, practices or actions; and

 

   

general economic conditions.

 

In addition, the stock markets in general have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock irrespective of our operating performance. As a result of these factors, you might be unable to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price after this offering.

 

The Sponsors will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted for stockholder approval and may have interests that differ from those of our other stockholders.

 

After the completion of this offering, the Sponsors will own approximately     % of our common stock, or % on a fully diluted basis. The Sponsors have significant influence over corporate transactions. So long as investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors continue to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, the Sponsors will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, regardless of whether or not other stockholders believe that the transaction is in their own best interests. Such concentration of voting power could also have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control or other business combination that might otherwise be beneficial to our stockholders.

 

31


Table of Contents

In addition, the Sponsors and their affiliates are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time in the future, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. To the extent the Sponsors invest in such other businesses, the Sponsors may have differing interests than our other stockholders. The Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

 

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

 

After completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

 

Following this offering, we intend to utilize some or all of those exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee may not consist entirely of independent directors and, while we may choose to do so, such committees will not be required to conduct annual performance evaluations.

 

Accordingly, you will not be similarly situated to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

New investors in our common stock will experience immediate and substantial book value dilution after this offering.

 

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value, or deficit, per share of the outstanding shares immediately after the offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and our as-adjusted deficit at September 30, 2015, if you purchase our shares in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share of approximately $         per share. See “Dilution” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Upon expiration of lock-up arrangements between the underwriters and our officers, directors and certain holders of our common stock, a substantial number of shares of our common stock could be sold into the public market shortly after this offering, which could depress our stock price.

 

Our officers, directors and certain holders of our common stock, options and warrants, holding substantially all of our outstanding shares of common stock prior to completion of this offering, have entered into lock-up agreements with our underwriters which prohibit, subject to certain limited exceptions, the disposal or pledge of, or the hedging against, any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in

 

32


Table of Contents

certain circumstances. Our management stockholders’ agreement also restricts the parties thereto from transferring their shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock (other than shares acquired in the public market subsequent to this offering and other than certain transfers to their affiliates) until 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by our existing stockholders in the market after this offering and after the expiration of these lock-up periods, or the perception that these sales could occur. If a trading market develops for our common stock, and after these lock-up periods expire, many of our stockholders will have an opportunity to sell their stock for the first time. These factors could also make it difficult for us to raise additional capital by selling stock. Please see the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for additional information regarding these factors. In addition, in the future, we may issue securities to raise additional capital or to acquire interests in other companies or technologies. As a result, your interest in our company may be further diluted and the market price of our common stock could decline.

 

We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

 

We have no direct operations and derive all of our cash flow from our subsidiaries. Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments or distributions to meet our obligations. The deterioration of the earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.

 

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

 

Following the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock. Please see the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could prevent or delay a change in control of our company.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain certain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable, including the following, some of which may only become effective when the Sponsors collectively beneficially own less than 40% of our outstanding shares of common stock:

 

   

the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;

 

   

the sole ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;

 

   

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;

 

   

limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent;

 

   

the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote generally on the making, alteration, amendment or repeal of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws, or amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation;

 

   

the required approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of the directors to remove directors and, following the classification of the board of directors, removal only for cause; and

 

33


Table of Contents
   

the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock, without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a rights plan, or a poison pill, that would work to dilute the stock ownership or a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors.

 

The existence of the foregoing provisions and other anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition. For more information, please see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports or publish unfavorable research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We may not obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock could be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us publishes unfavorable research or reports or downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, interest in our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

34


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” In some cases, these statements may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “our vision,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “will” or “would” or other similar words. These statements discuss future expectations, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition, or state trends and known uncertainties or other forward-looking information. You are cautioned that forward-looking statements are inherently uncertain. Each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus is subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statement. We refer you to the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus for identification of important factors with respect to these risks and uncertainties. We caution readers not to place considerable reliance on such statements. Our business is subject to substantial risks and uncertainties, including those identified in this prospectus. The information contained in this prospectus is provided by us as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained in this document as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding:

 

   

our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses, amortization of acquired intangible assets and interest expense;

 

   

our expectations regarding the demand for our next-generation business collaboration products and the market trends contributing to such demand;

 

   

our strategy for worldwide growth, including our ability to develop and sell collaboration and communications products and services, including unified communications, networking products and contact center products;

 

   

the strength of our current intellectual property portfolio and our intention to obtain patents and other intellectual property rights used in connection with our business;

 

   

our anticipated competition as the business collaboration market evolves;

 

   

our future cash requirements, including our primary cash requirements for the period October 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016;

 

   

our intention to use the net proceeds of the initial public offering to repay certain of our existing indebtedness and to redeem some or all of our Series A Preferred Stock;

 

   

our future sources of liquidity, including any future refinancing of our existing debt or issuance of additional securities;

 

   

the uncertainties regarding our liquidity, including our ability to generate revenue, reduce costs, make future acquisitions and defend against litigation;

 

   

the impact of new accounting pronouncements; and

 

   

our expectations regarding the impact of legal proceedings, including antitrust, intellectual property or employment litigation.

 

Many factors could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include:

 

   

our degree of leverage and its effect on our ability to raise additional capital and to react to changes in the economy or our industry;

 

   

our ability to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and other ongoing needs;

 

   

our ability to operate our business may be limited by the restrictions contained in our debt agreements;

 

35


Table of Contents
   

the market for our products and services;

 

   

our reliance on our indirect sales channel;

 

   

our ability to remain competitive in the markets we serve;

 

   

our ability to develop and sell advanced business collaboration and communications products and services, including unified communications, networking products and contact center products;

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

   

risks relating to the transaction of business internationally;

 

   

economic conditions and the willingness of enterprises to make technology investments;

 

   

our quarterly and annual results are subject to fluctuation which could affect our ability to operate our business;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property and avoid claims of infringement;

 

   

our use of software from open source code sources;

 

   

our ability to retain and attract key employees;

 

   

our ability to manage our supply chain and logistics functions;

 

   

our ability to integrate acquired businesses;

 

   

an adverse result in any significant litigation, including antitrust, intellectual property or employment litigation;

 

   

changes to Avaya Inc.’s tax rates;

 

   

our ability to maintain adequate security over information systems, products and services;

 

   

environmental, health and safety laws, regulations, costs and other liabilities and climate change risks;

 

   

our ability to detect and fix design defects and “bugs”;

 

   

pension and post-retirement healthcare and life insurance liabilities;

 

   

we may incur liabilities as a result of our obligation to indemnify, and to share certain liabilities with, Lucent Technologies in connection with our spin-off from Lucent in September 2000;

 

   

our ability to realize the benefits we expect from our cost reduction initiatives; and

 

   

our ability to successfully transition toward or integrate the products of acquired businesses into our portfolio.

 

36


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds of the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $             million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This assumes an initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

We currently expect to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for the following purposes and in the following amounts:

 

   

approximately $         million will be used to pay certain amounts in connection with the termination of our management services agreement with affiliates of our Sponsors as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” of which $         million and $         million will be paid to Silver Lake and TPG, respectively, pursuant to the terms of the agreement.

 

We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds, if any, for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including repayment of a portion of our long-term indebtedness, redemption of some or all of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and supporting our strategic growth opportunities in the future.

 

While we currently anticipate that we will use the net proceeds of this offering as described above, we may reallocate the net proceeds from time to time depending upon market and other conditions in effect at the time. To the extent the net proceeds of this offering are greater or less than the estimated amount, because either the offering does not price at the midpoint of the estimated price range or the size of the offering changes, the difference will increase or decrease the amount of net proceeds available for the purposes set forth above. Pending their application, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

 

37


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

Our payment of dividends on our common stock in the future will be determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion and will depend on business conditions, our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, the covenants in agreements governing our indebtedness and other factors. We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock.

 

As disclosed above under “Use of Proceeds,” we may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem some or all of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock. Subject to the rights of holders of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock as described below, the certificate of designations for the Series A Preferred Stock grants holders of our Series A Preferred Stock the right to receive, as, when and if declared by our board of directors and in preference to the holders of any and all other series or classes of capital stock, payable either in cash or, at our option, by issuance of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock, cumulative annual dividends at a rate of 5% per annum on $1,000 per share (which value is to be proportionately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series A Preferred Stock), compounded quarterly from and after the date of issuance of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock. As of September 30, 2015, the carrying value of our Series A Preferred Stock was $167 million which includes $42 million of accumulated and unpaid dividends as well as $57 million of discount accretion. The $57 million of discount accretion was recorded to the carrying amount of the Series A Preferred Stock at the date of issuance so that the carrying amount was equal to the redemption amount at that date of $125 million.

 

The certificate of designations for the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock grants holders of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock the right to receive, as, when and if declared by our board of directors and in preference to the holders of any and all other series or classes of capital stock, payable either in cash or, at our option, by issuance of additional shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, cumulative annual dividends at a rate of 8% per annum on $4,000 per share (which value is to be proportionately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock), compounded annually from and after the date of issuance of such shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. Additionally, holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock participate in any dividends payable on shares of the Company’s common stock on an as converted basis. As of September 30, 2015, the carrying value of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock was $338 million which includes $57 million of accumulated and unpaid dividends, $85 million of accretion to the redemption price, as well as $33 million of discount accretion at the date of issuance.

 

So long as any share of our Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock remain outstanding, no dividend or distribution may be declared or paid on our common stock unless all accrued and unpaid dividends have been paid on our Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and dividends paid on our common stock may not be paid at a rate greater than the rate paid on Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

In addition, because Avaya Holdings Corp. is a holding company, its ability to pay cash dividends on its common stock may be limited by restrictions on its ability to obtain sufficient funds through dividends or other means from subsidiaries, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing Avaya Inc.’s indebtedness. Refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Certain Outstanding Indebtedness” for a more detailed discussion of the agreements governing our indebtedness and the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Capital Stock” for a more detailed description of the terms of our Series A Preferred Stock and our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

38


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2015:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (i) the sale by us of              shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the application of such net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds.” For purpose of this table, the assumed initial public offering price is $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

You should read the following table in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of 
September 30, 2015
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)
     (in millions, except share
amounts)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 323     
  

 

 

   

 

Debt: (2)

    

Senior secured multi-currency revolver

   $ 18     

Senior secured domestic asset-based revolving credit facility

     55     

Senior secured foreign asset-based revolving credit facility

     20     

Senior secured term B-3 loans

     616     

Senior secured term B-4 loans

     1     

Senior secured term B-6 loans

     537     

Senior secured term B-7 loans

     2,112     

7% senior secured notes

     1,009     

9% senior secured notes

     290     

10.50% senior secured notes

     1,384     

Unaccreted discount and unamortized debt costs

     (75  
  

 

 

   

 

Total debt

     5,967     
  

 

 

   

 

Equity awards on redeemable shares

     19     

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; authorized 250,000 shares

    

Series B, 48,922 and 48,922 shares issued and outstanding on an actual and pro forma basis, respectively (3)

     338     

Series A, 125,000 and 125,000 shares issued and outstanding on an actual and pro forma basis, respectively

     167     

Deficiency:

    

Common stock, par value $.001 per share; authorized 750,000,000 shares,

outstanding 491,777,992 and              shares on an actual and pro forma basis, respectively

    

Additional paid-in capital

     2,425     

Accumulated deficit

     (5,042  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,384  
  

 

 

   

 

Total deficiency

     (4,001  
  

 

 

   

 

Total capitalization

   $ 2,490     
  

 

 

   

 

 

(1)  

Assumes the net proceeds from this offering are used to repay $         million of our long-term indebtedness, and to redeem some or all of our outstanding shares of our Series A Preferred Stock for up to $167 million,

 

39


Table of Contents
  which includes accumulated and accrued unpaid dividends of $42 million, as well as the discount accretion recorded at the date of issuance of $57 million; the remainder of the net proceeds, of $        million to pay for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including supporting our strategic growth opportunities in the future. The pro forma amounts do not give effect to any accounting charges that may be recorded as a result of such payment. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, would (i) increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $     million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2)   For additional information regarding our outstanding indebtedness, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activities,” “Description of Certain Outstanding Indebtedness” and Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3)   Includes accumulated and unpaid dividends of $57 million, accretion to the redemption price of $85 million, as well as the discount accretion recorded at the date of issuance of $33 million. Refer to Note 16, “Capital Stock,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

40


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

If you invest in shares of our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the as-adjusted net tangible book value, or deficit, per share of our common stock after this offering. The deficit is calculated as the liabilities in excess of our net tangible book value. The deficit per share is determined by dividing the numerator of total liabilities plus the book value of our Series A Preferred Stock less total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) by the denominator of the number of outstanding shares of common stock. Our deficit value at September 30, 2015 was $8,688 million or $17.67 per share of common stock.

 

Our as-adjusted deficit at September 30, 2015, after giving effect to the sale by us of      shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, and application of the net proceeds therefrom, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, would have been approximately $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in as-adjusted deficit of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors, or approximately     % of the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                

Deficit per share as of September 30, 2015, before giving effect to this offering

   $ (17.67  

Decrease in deficit per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

    

As adjusted deficit per share, after giving effect to this offering

    

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would decrease (increase) our as-adjusted deficit by $             million, the as-adjusted deficit per share after this offering by $             per share and the dilution in as-adjusted deficit per share to investors in this offering by $             per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2015, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us since inception, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing shareholders and by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, before deducting underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased    Total Consideration    Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number    Percent    Amount    Percent   

Existing shareholders

         $                          $                

New investors

                 
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

  

 

  

Total

                 
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $             million, $             million and $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The above discussion and table are based on 491,777,992 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015. This excludes the following numbers of shares of our common stock issuable in connection

 

41


Table of Contents

with the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2015, the conversion of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and equity awards under our Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan:

 

   

100,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by affiliates of our Sponsors, which warrants are subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriters” and exercisable at any time prior to December 18, 2019 at an exercise price of $3.25 per share (see “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants”);

 

   

24,460,642 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by affiliates of our Sponsors, which warrants are subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriters” and exercisable at any time prior to May 29, 2022 at an exercise price of $4.00 per share (see “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants”);

 

   

     shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred shares held by affiliates of our Sponsors, and convertible at any time as such Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is outstanding at a conversion price equal to the lesser of (1) $4.00 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution provisions) and (2) the offering price per share in this offering, which such shares if converted are subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriters” (see “Description of Capital Stock—Preferred Stock—Series B Convertible Preferred Stock”);

 

   

26,535,628 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options with exercise prices ranging from $2.25 to $5.00 per share and a weighted average exercise price of $2.84 per share;

 

   

16,809,852 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and distribution of RSUs; and

 

   

4,576,025 additional shares of common stock as of September 30, 2015 reserved for future grants under the 2007 Plan.

 

This also excludes      additional shares of common stock reserved for future equity incentive plans to be effective upon the completion of this offering.

 

To the extent the options or warrants are exercised and awards are granted under these plans, there may be further economic dilution to our stockholders.

 

42


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Avaya Holdings Corp., was formed by affiliates of two private equity firms, Silver Lake Partners (“Silver Lake”) and TPG Capital (“TPG”) (collectively, the “Sponsors”). Avaya Holdings Corp., through a subsidiary holding corporation, acquired Avaya Inc. in a transaction that was completed on October 26, 2007 (the “Merger”) with Avaya Inc. continuing as the surviving entity and a wholly owned subsidiary of Avaya Holdings Corp. Avaya Holdings Corp. is a holding company and has no material assets or stand-alone operations other than the ownership in Avaya Inc. and its subsidiaries. See discussion in Note 1, “Description of Business,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details.

 

The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of September 30, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes. The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of September 30, 2013 and as of and for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 has been derived from Consolidated Financial Statements that are not included in this prospectus.

 

The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. Our financial information may not be indicative of future performance.

 

43


Table of Contents
    Fiscal years ended September 30,  
    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  
   

(in millions, except per share amounts)

 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:

         

REVENUE

         

Products

  $ 2,029      $ 2,196      $ 2,337      $ 2,672      $ 2,976   

Services

    2,052        2,175        2,241        2,347        2,398   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    4,081        4,371        4,578        5,019        5,374   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COSTS

         

Products:

         

Costs (exclusive of amortization of acquired technology intangible assets)

    744        854        963        1,145        1,314   

Amortization of acquired technology intangible assets

    35        56        63        192        257   

Services

    872        962        1,022        1,134        1,214   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,651        1,872        2,048        2,471        2,785   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

    2,430        2,499        2,530        2,548        2,589   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

         

Selling, general and administrative

    1,432        1,531        1,512        1,617        1,833   

Research and development

    338        379        445        464        461   

Amortization of intangible assets

    226        227        228        227        227   

Restructuring and impairment charges, net

    62        165        200        147        189   

Acquisition-related costs

    1               1        4        5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    2,059        2,302        2,386        2,459        2,715   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

    371        197        144        89        (126

Interest expense

    (452     (459     (467     (432     (460

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (6     (5     (6            (246

Other (expense) income, net

    (11     3        (25     (29     5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    ( 98     (264     (354     (372     (827

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

    (70     (51     35        4        (54
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

    (168     (315     (319     (368     (881

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

           62        (57     14        18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS

    (168     (253     (376     (354     (863

Less: Accretion of issuance costs and accrued dividends on Series A and Series B preferred stock

    (46     (45     (43     (71     (7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

  $ (214   $ (298   $ (419   $ (425   $ (870
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders:

         

Loss from continuing operations per share – basic and diluted

  $ (0.43   $ (0.73   $ (0.74   $ (0.90   $ (1.82

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per share – basic and diluted

           0.13        (0.12     0.03        0.04   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share – basic and diluted

  $ (0.43   $ (0.60   $ (0.86   $ (0.87   $ (1.78
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted

    499.7        495.4        489.8        489.6        489.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents
    Fiscal years ended September 30,  
    2015     2014     2013 (1)     2012 (1)     2011 (1)  
   

(in millions)

 

BALANCE SHEET DATA (at end of period):

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 323      $ 322      $ 289      $ 338      $ 415   

Intangible assets, net

    970        1,224        1,497        1,787        2,142   

Goodwill

    4,074        4,047        4,048        4,055        3,946   

Total assets

    6,836        7,179        7,577        8,104        8,460   

Total debt (excluding capital lease obligations)

    5,967        5,968        6,014        6,042        6,056   

Equity awards on redeemable shares

    19        21        5                 

Preferred stock, Series B

    338        300        263        227          

Preferred stock, Series A

    167        159        151        144        137   

Total stockholders’ deficiency

    (4,001     (3,621     (3,138     (2,843     (2,500

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS DATA:

         

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations:

         

Operating activities

  $ 215      $ 35      $ 131      $ 16      $ (335

Investing activities

    (129     (33     (113     (283     (101

Financing activities

    (53     (60     (79     155        228   

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:

         

EBITDA

  $ 724      $ 627      $ 566      $ 622      $ 282   

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

    900        898        922        946        940   

Capital expenditures

    124        134        110        92        83   

Capitalized software development costs

           1        14        35        42   

 

(1)   Unamortized debt issuance costs originally presented within other current assets and other assets, were reclassified as a reduction of debt maturing within one year and long-term debt, respectively upon adoption of ASU 2013-3 in the second quarter of fiscal 2015. See Note 3, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements— New Standards Recently Adopted—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
(2)   Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as disclosed herein. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” for a definition and explanation of Adjusted EBITDA and reconciliation of loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

The following are the significant items affecting the comparability of the selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods presented:

 

Divestitures —In order to remain focused on our business objectives, we have divested ourselves of two businesses that we obtained as part of larger acquisitions and that were not considered core to our ongoing operations or to the needs of our primary-customer base.

 

   

On March 31, 2014, we completed the sale of our IT Professional Services, or ITPS, business for a final sales price of $101 million, inclusive of $3 million of working capital adjustments and net of $2 million in costs to sell. As a result of the divestiture of the ITPS business, the results of operations, cash flows, and assets and liabilities of this business have been classified as discontinued operations in all periods presented. Income from discontinued operations for fiscal 2014 includes the gain on the sale of the ITPS business of $52 million. Loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2013 includes an $89 million impairment charge to the goodwill of the ITPS business.

 

   

On July 31, 2014, we sold the Technology Business Unit, or TBU, which we acquired as part of our acquisition of RADVISION Ltd., or Radvision, and recognized a $14 million gain on the sale, which is included in other income (expense), net. TBU is a software development business that licenses technologies to developers for their use and integration into their own products and includes protocol stacks, client framework solutions and network testing and monitoring tools.

 

45


Table of Contents

Refinancing, Interest Expense, and Loss on Extinguishment of Debt —During fiscal 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2011, Avaya Inc. completed a series of transactions which allowed Avaya Inc. to refinance certain of its debt arrangements under its senior secured credit facility dated October 27, 2007 (“Senior Secured Credit Agreement”) and our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (“Domestic ABL”). See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details regarding our financing arrangements. These transactions included:

 

   

During fiscal 2011, Avaya Inc. amended the terms of the multi-currency revolvers available under its Senior Secured Credit Agreement and Domestic ABL to extend the final maturity of each from October 26, 2013 to October 26, 2016 and completed a private placement of $1,009 million of senior secured notes. The proceeds from the notes were used to repay in full the senior secured incremental term B-2 loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement (representing $988 million in aggregate principal amount and $12 million in accrued and unpaid interest) and to pay related fees and expenses.

 

   

During fiscal 2013 Avaya Inc. completed a series of transactions which allowed Avaya Inc. to refinance (1) all of Avaya Inc. senior secured term B-1 loans (“term B-1 loans”) outstanding under Avaya Inc.’s Senior Secured Credit Agreement originally due October 26, 2014, and (2) $642 million of Avaya Inc. 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes and $742 million of Avaya Inc. senior unsecured paid-in-kind (“PIK”) toggle notes each originally due November 1, 2015. These transactions extended the maturity date of the $2.8 billion of refinanced debt by an additional three to six years and increased the associated interest rate.

 

   

During fiscal 2014 Avaya Inc. entered into refinancing transactions which lowered the interest rate of certain debt. On February 5, 2014, Avaya Inc. completed an amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement pursuant to which we refinanced $1,138 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured term B-5 loans (“term B-5 loans”) with the cash proceeds from the issuance of senior secured term B-6 loans (“term B-6 loans”). On May 15, 2014, we redeemed 100% of the remaining aggregate principal amount of our 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes due 2015 and 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, or $92 million and $58 million, respectively. The redemption price was funded through cash on-hand of $10 million and borrowings of $140 million under our revolving credit facilities.

 

   

On May 29, 2015, Avaya Inc. completed an amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement pursuant to which Avaya Inc. refinanced a portion of its outstanding term B-3, term B-4 and term B-6 loans in exchange for and with the proceeds from the issuance of $2,125 million in principal amount of senior secured term B-7 loans (“term B-7 loans”) maturing May 29, 2020. On June 4, 2015, Avaya Inc. completed an amendment to the Domestic ABL which, among other things: (i) extended the stated maturity of the facility from October 26, 2016 to June 4, 2020 (subject to certain conditions specified in the Domestic ABL), (ii) increased the sublimit for letter of credit issuances under the Domestic ABL from $150 million to $200 million, and (iii) amended certain covenants and other provisions of the existing agreement. At the same time, certain foreign subsidiaries of the Company (the “Foreign Borrowers”), Citibank and the lenders party thereto entered into a new senior secured foreign asset-based revolving credit facility (the “Foreign ABL”) which matures June 4, 2020 (subject to certain conditions specified in the Foreign ABL). On June 5, 2015, Avaya Inc. permanently reduced the revolving credit commitments under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement from $200 million to $18 million and all letters of credit outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement were transferred to the Domestic ABL.

 

   

In connection with the refinancing transactions, we recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $6 million, $5 million, $6 million, and $246 million in fiscal 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2011, respectively.

 

   

These refinancing transactions impacted the interest we pay on the related debt. As of September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the weighted average interest rate of the Company’s outstanding debt was 7.3%, 6.9% and 7.4%, respectively.

 

46


Table of Contents

Restructuring Charges and Cost Saving Initiatives —We have maintained our focus on profitability levels and investing in our future results. In connection with our acquisition of the enterprise business solutions business (“NES”) of Nortel Networks Corporation, our acquisition of RADVISION Ltd. (“Radvision”) and in response to global economic conditions, the Company initiated cost savings programs designed to streamline its operations, generate cost savings, and eliminate overlapping processes and expenses. These cost savings programs have included: (1) reducing headcount, (2) relocating certain job functions to lower cost geographies, including service delivery, customer care, research and development, human resources and finance, (3) eliminating real estate costs associated with unused or under-utilized facilities and (4) implementing gross margin improvement and other cost reduction initiatives. In connection with these cost savings programs we recognized restructuring charges of $62 million, $165 million, $200 million, $142 million, and $189 million for fiscal 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, and 2011 respectively. These costs include employee separation charges such as, but not limited to, severance and employment benefit payments, social pension fund payments, and healthcare and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. The related restructuring costs also include the contractual future lease payments and payments made under lease termination agreements associated with vacated facilities. As of September 30, 2015, the remaining liability associated with these actions is $157 million. The Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations and identify cost savings globally and may take additional restructuring actions in the future, the costs of which could be material. See Note 9, “Business Restructuring Reserves and Programs” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details regarding our business restructuring programs.

 

HP Capital Lease —On August 20, 2014, we signed an agreement with HP Enterprise Services, LLC, or HP, pursuant to which the Company outsources to HP certain delivery services in order to scale our operational capacity to serve cloud demand of customers. In connection with that agreement in fiscal 2014, HP acquired specified assets owned by the Company for $40 million which are being leased-back by Avaya under a capital lease. During fiscal 2015, the Company received $22 million in cash proceeds in connection with the sale of equipment used in the performance of services under this agreement which are being leased-back by Avaya under a capital lease. As of September 30, 2015, our capital lease obligations associated with this agreement was $48 million.

 

Acquisition of NES and Radvision —As a result of the acquisition of NES and Radvision, our operating results include the operations of the NES business and Radvision as of December 19, 2009 and June 5, 2012, respectively. Additionally, we incurred integration costs with respect to the NES acquisition of $132 million in fiscal 2011 consisting of third-party consulting fees and other administrative costs associated with consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya and NES. These costs were incurred in connection with, among other things, the on-boarding of NES personnel, developing compatible IT systems and internal processes and developing and implementing a strategic operating plan to help enable a smooth transition with minimal disruption to NES customers. Such costs also include fees paid to Nortel Networks Corporation for logistics and other support functions being performed on a temporary basis according to a transition services agreement. In fiscal 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 we incurred $3 million, $7 million, $15 million and $19 million, respectively, of integration costs which were primarily associated with consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya and Radvision and costs associated with NES, primarily related to developing compatible IT systems and internal processes.

 

Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets —We recorded amortization of acquired intangible assets of $261 million, $283 million, $291 million, $419 million, and $484 million for fiscal 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Amortization of acquired intangible assets represents the amortization of acquired technologies, customer relationships and other intangibles recognized at the time of the Merger and our acquisitions. In acquisition accounting, these intangible assets are recorded at their estimated fair values and then amortized over their estimated economic lives ranging from two to fifteen years. The fluctuation in year-over-year amortization is attributable to the incremental amortization associated with the acquired intangible assets of NES in fiscal 2010 and Radvision in fiscal 2012, offset by reductions in amortization associated with impaired and fully amortized intangibles that are no longer being amortized.

 

47


Table of Contents

Changes in Estimated Lives and Salvage Value of Property —In addition to the restructuring charges associated with vacated facilities under operating leases discussed above, the Company also sold four Company-owned and underutilized facilities in order to reduce its real estate costs. During fiscal 2014, in anticipation of selling a Company-owned facility, additional depreciation of $6 million, $24 million and $5 million was recognized and included in cost of revenue, selling, general and administrative expense, and research and development, respectively. During fiscal 2013, in anticipation of selling a Company-owned facility, additional depreciation of $21 million was recognized as selling, general and administrative expenses. The additional depreciation was the result of changes to the estimated salvage value and useful life of the facility made to be consistent with the estimated proceeds and timing of the contemplated sale of the facility. The other two formerly owned facilities, prior to being sold, were written down to their net realizable value in fiscal 2012 resulting in $5 million of impairment losses which is included in restructuring and impairment charges, net.

 

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock— In May 2012, the Company issued 48,922 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (with detachable warrants) for gross proceeds of $196 million, in order to fund, in part, the acquisition of Radvision. Because the terms of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock contain an embedded derivative as defined by GAAP, the fair value of that derivative must be recognized as a liability at each balance sheet date, and any change in the fair value of the embedded derivative must be recognized in the Company’s operating results. Included in other (expense) income, net is $(24) million, $(22) million, $(11) million and $(6) million representing the change in the fair value of the embedded derivative for fiscal 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. See discussion in Note 16, “Capital Stock” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on our preferred stock.

 

Income Taxes —(Provision for) benefit from income taxes of continuing operations was $(70) million, $(51) million, $35 million, $4 million, and $(54) million, for fiscal 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The effective income tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate for the periods presented due to the following significant items:

 

   

Changes in Valuation Allowance of Deferred Tax Assets —In fiscal 2009, the Company, in assessing the requirement for a valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets determined that it was not more likely than not that our U.S. net deferred tax assets would be realized. Accordingly, a valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets was provided. In each subsequent fiscal year additional valuation allowances were provided against the net increase in the Company’s deferred tax asset balance in the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions. Net operating losses comprised the most significant increase in deferred tax net deferred tax assets. The Company’s income tax provision for the fiscal years presented primarily relates to earnings of certain profitable foreign tax jurisdictions.

 

   

Effect of Changes in Other Comprehensive Income —During fiscal 2013 and 2012, we recognized tax charges to other comprehensive income of $126 million and $62 million, respectively. As a result of the tax charges recognized in other comprehensive income, we recognized a corresponding income tax benefit in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

   

Effect of Tax Charge to Discontinued Operations —During fiscal 2012, we recorded a tax charge of $12 million to discontinued operations. As a result of the tax charge recognized in discontinued operations, we recognized a corresponding income tax benefit in continuing operations.

 

48


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following presents the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2015, and the unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the year ended September 30, 2015.

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial statements have been developed by applying pro forma adjustments to the historical Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated Statement of Operations of Avaya Holdings Corp. appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2015 gives effect to the sale of the common stock as contemplated in this offering and the use of the proceeds thereof as if they had occurred on September 30, 2015. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 gives effect to the refinancing of certain debt that took place during the year ended September 30, 2015 and the sale of the common stock as contemplated in this offering and the use of the proceeds thereof as if they had occurred on October 1, 2014. All pro forma adjustments and underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to the unaudited pro forma financial statements.

 

The pro forma information presented is for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations that would have been realized if the use of the proceeds thereof were completed on the dates indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that management believes to be reasonable.

 

The unaudited pro forma statement of operations does not include the effects of:

 

   

compensation expense relative to the market-based “multiple-of-money” options or cash awards under the Long-Term Incentive Cash Bonus Plan granted by the Company and recognized upon the completion of this offering; or

 

   

accounting charges that may be recorded as a result of the termination of the management services agreement with affiliates of the Sponsors pursuant to the terms of the agreement.

 

You should read this information in conjunction with the:

 

   

accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma financial statements; and

 

   

audited historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Avaya Holdings Corp. as of and for the year ended September 30, 2015, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

49


Table of Contents

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet

September 30, 2015

 

     Historical     IPO
Pro Forma
Adjustment
(Note 2)
         Pro Forma
     (in millions)

ASSETS

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 323      $      (a), (b), (c)   

Accounts receivable, net

     678               

Inventory

     174               

Deferred income taxes, net

     26               

Other current assets

     163               
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

     1,364               
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     282               

Deferred income taxes, net

     34               

Intangible assets, net

     970               

Goodwill

     4,074               

Other assets

     112               
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 6,836      $        
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

LIABILITIES

         

Current liabilities:

         

Debt maturing within one year

   $ 7      $        

Accounts payable

     379               

Payroll and benefit obligations

     229             (f)   

Deferred revenue

     665               

Business restructuring reserves, current portion

     90               

Other current liabilities

     355             (d)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

     1,725               
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

Long-term debt

     5,960               

Pension obligations

     1,690               

Other postretirement obligations

     194          

Deferred income taxes, net

     262               

Business restructuring reserves, non-current portion

     67               

Other liabilities

     415             (d)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

     8,588               
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

Equity awards on redeemable shares

     19               

Preferred stock, Series B

     338          

Preferred stock, Series A

     167               

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY

     (4,001          (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY

   $ 6,836      $        
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma financial statements.

 

50


Table of Contents

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations

Year Ended September 30, 2015

 

    Historical     Debt Refinancing
Pro Forma
Adjustments

(Note 3)
    IPO Pro
Forma
Adjustments
(Note 2)
        Pro Forma
    (in millions, except per share amounts)

REVENUE

         

Products

  $ 2,029      $      $       

Services

    2,052                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

    4,081                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

COSTS

         

Products:

         

Costs (exclusive of amortization of acquired technology intangible assets)

    744                     

Amortization of acquired technology intangible assets

    35                     

Services

    872                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

    1,651                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

GROSS PROFIT

    2,430                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

         

Selling, general and administrative

    1,432                    (e)  

Research and development

    338                     

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

    226                     

Restructuring charges, net

    62                     

Acquisition-related costs

    1           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

    2,059                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

OPERATING INCOME

    371                     

Interest expense

    (452     (18           

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (6        

Other expense, net

    (11                  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    (98     (18           

Provision for income taxes

    (70                  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

NET LOSS

    (168     (18           

Less: Accretion and accrued dividends on Series A and Series B preferred stock

    (46                  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

  $ (214   $ (18   $       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

SHARE DATA:

         

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.43        
 

 

 

         

 

Weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding

    499.7           
 

 

 

         

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma financial statements.

 

51


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The unaudited pro forma financial statements include the following for all applicable periods:

 

   

The historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Avaya Holdings Corp.

 

   

Debt refinancing pro forma adjustments related to interest expense which give effect to the refinancing of certain debt that took place during the year ended September 30, 2015 as if such refinancing had occurred on October 1, 2014.

 

   

Initial public offering pro forma adjustments which give effect to the sale of the number of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $            , which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus and the use of the proceeds as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” as if the initial public offering had occurred on October 1, 2014 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma statement of operations and on September 30, 2015 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma balance sheet.

 

As more fully discussed under “Use of Proceeds,” the Company estimates that it will receive net proceeds of approximately $     million from the sale of the number of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $            , which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. The Company intends to use the net proceeds received in connection with this offering to redeem all outstanding     shares of Series A Preferred Stock for $         million, including accretion and accrued unpaid dividends of $         million, repay $         million of our long-term indebtedness, and $         million for working capital and other corporate purposes. Under the terms of the Management Services Agreement, the agreement will terminate upon an initial public offering, and, upon such termination the one-time success fee referenced in the preceding sentence is due.

 

2. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

 

The unaudited pro forma financial statements reflect the pro forma adjustments of the sale of the number of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $            , which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus and the use of the net proceeds as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.” The tax effects of these pro forma adjustments are not material to the unaudited pro forma statement of operations as a result of the valuation allowance established against the Company’s U.S. deferred tax assets.

 

ADJUSTMENTS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET

 

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2015 related to the sale of the number of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $            , which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus and the use of the net proceeds as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” are as follows:

 

    Pro Forma Adjustments
    Sale of
Shares
(a)
  Payment of
Management
Services
Termination
Fee
(b)
   Working
Capital
and Other
Corporate
Purposes
(c)
   Compensation
expense
(d)
   Net
Adjustments

Increases / (Decreases) in

  (in millions)

Cash and cash equivalents

            

Other current assets

            

Other assets

            

Long-term debt

            

Other liabilities

            

Preferred Stock: Series A

            

Stockholders’ deficiency

            

 

52


Table of Contents

(a) Sale of Shares —As more fully discussed under “Use of Proceeds,” the Company estimates that it will receive net proceeds of approximately $     million from the sale of the common stock offered in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. These net proceeds assume that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares.

 

(b) Payment of Management Services Termination Fee —The Company intends to use the net proceeds received in connection with this offering in part to pay $         million in connection with the termination of the management services agreement with affiliates of our Sponsors pursuant to its terms.

 

(c) Working Capital and other Corporate Purposes —The Company intends to use the net proceeds received in connection with this offering in part to pay $     million for working capital and other corporate purposes.

 

(d) Compensation expense —The pro forma adjustment of $     million has been provided to give effect to $    million of stock-based compensation expense associated with market-based “multiple-of-money” options granted by the Company and $     million of compensation expense relative to cash awards granted by the Company under the Long-Term Incentive Cash Bonus Plan, which will be recognized upon completion of this offering.

 

ADJUSTMENTS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the year ended September 30, 2015 related to the sale of the common stock offered in this offering and the use of the net proceeds thereof are as follows:

 

(e) Selling, general and administrative expense —The pro forma adjustment of $     million has been provided to eliminate the annual monitoring fee payable under the management services agreement with affiliates of our Sponsors reflected in the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Avaya Holdings Corp. for the year ended September 30, 2015. Under the terms of the management services agreement, the agreement will terminate upon consummation of this offering and the Company is required to pay a success fee of $     to affiliates of our Sponsors.

 

(f) Compensation expense —The pro forma adjustment of $     million reflects $     million of stock-based compensation expense associated with market-based “multiple-of-money” options granted by the Company and $     million of compensation expense relative to cash awards granted by the Company under the Long-Term Incentive Cash Bonus Plan for the year ended September 30, 2015 as if the sale of the common stock as contemplated in this offering had occurred on October 1, 2014.

 

3. DEBT REFINANCING PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

 

Debt refinancing pro forma adjustments related to interest expense for the year ended September 30, 2015 give effect to the refinancing of certain debt that took place during fiscal 2015 as if the refinancings had occurred on October 1, 2014. The tax effects of these pro forma adjustments are not material to the unaudited pro forma statement of operations as a result of the valuation allowance established against the Company’s U.S. deferred tax assets. Such pro forma adjustments include:

 

   

the elimination of interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discounts, recognized on the term B-3 loans, term B-4 loans, and term B-6 loans, and revolving loans outstanding under Avaya Inc.’s Senior Secured Credit Agreement that were refinanced, in exchange for and with the proceeds from the new term B-7 loans,

 

   

the elimination of interest expense recognized on $32 million of obligations outstanding under Avaya Inc.’s revolving credit facilities which were refinanced with the proceeds from the issuance of the new term B-7 loans, and

 

53


Table of Contents
   

adjustments to interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discounts, associated with the new term B-7 loans and the amounts borrowed under Avaya Inc.’s revolving credit facilities.

 

The interest expense on the variable rate term B-7 loans was determined by applying an applicable margin to the LIBOR rate on the date of the respective transactions (subject to a floor of 1.00%). A 0.125% change in the LIBOR rate would have no impact on the pro forma interest expense, as the LIBOR rate was not in excess of the floor. The interest expense on the senior secured multi-currency revolver, Senior Secured Term Loan facilities, Domestic ABL and Foreign ABL was determined by applying an applicable margin to the LIBOR rate on the date of the respective transaction. A 0.125% change in the LIBOR rate would have less than a $1 million impact on the pro forma interest expense.

 

54


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013. You should read this discussion and analysis together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve significant risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

 

When we use the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Avaya” or the “Company,” we mean Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Avaya Inc., our principal U.S. operating subsidiary, taken as a whole, unless the context otherwise indicates.

 

Overview

 

We are a leading provider of contact center, unified communications and networking products and services designed to help enterprise and midmarket businesses increase workforce productivity, customer engagement, and customer lifetime value, with the ultimate objective of higher revenue and profitability for our customers.

 

Our products and services portfolio spans software, hardware, professional and support services and cloud services.

 

Our products and services fall under three reporting segments: 1) Global Communications Solutions; 2) Avaya Networking; and 3) Avaya Global Services.

 

   

Global Communications Solutions, or GCS , encompass all of our real-time collaboration, contact center and unified communications software and hardware. Unified communications integrates real-time communication services including telephony, e-mail, instant messaging and video. Examples in GCS include audio conferencing systems; mobile video software, software that runs contact center operations such as multimedia contact routing; software that enables mobile access to the company network for employees; and hardware such as phones, gateways, and servers. We enable these unified communication and real-time collaboration tools to also be embedded inside the applications businesses use every day to keep employees and customers connected, productive and effective. This reporting segment also includes a development platform, which allows our customers and third parties to adapt our technology by creating custom applications, automated workflows, and engagement environments for their unique needs and allows them to integrate Avaya’s capabilities into their existing infrastructure. GCS also includes cloud-supporting software and hardware products, which make it possible to use our contact center and unified communications products via the Cloud.

 

   

Avaya Networking , or Networking, includes our advanced fabric networking technology which offers a virtualized network designed to be simple to deploy, agile and resilient. This reporting segment also includes products such as Ethernet switches and routers; wireless networking; and access control products that enforce role- and policy- based access to the network. Our fabric networking technology is flexible and extensible to legacy network systems. It helps customers simplify their network environment and eliminate the need for manual individual configuration, implementation, and maintenance of each network component. It enables customers to reduce the multiple protocols necessary in legacy networks to a single, unified technology while maintaining their existing Ethernet network infrastructure, if desired.

 

   

Avaya Global Services , or AGS, includes professional and support services designed to help our customers maximize the benefits of using our products and technology. Our services include support for implementation, deployment, monitoring, troubleshooting, optimization, and more. This reporting

 

55


Table of Contents
 

segment also includes our Cloud and managed services, which enable customers to take advantage of our technology in a private, hybrid, or public cloud environment. The majority of our revenue in this reporting segment is recurring in nature, based on multi-year service contracts.

 

For fiscal 2015 and 2014, we generated revenue of $4,081 million and $4,371 million, respectively. During each of fiscal 2015 and 2014, product revenue represented 50% and services revenue represented 50% of our total revenue. For fiscal 2015 and 2014, revenue generated in the United States was 54% and 52%, respectively. For fiscal 2015 and 2014 we had a net loss of $144 million and $231 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $900 million and $898 million, respectively. See “EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” for a definition and explanation of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

History

 

We have a long history of innovation dating back to our research and development roots in Bell Laboratories when we were part of AT&T. Avaya was formerly the Business Communications business unit of Lucent Technologies, Inc., or Lucent, a 1996 spin-off from AT&T. Since our own spin-off from Lucent in 2000, we have been a leading provider of unified communications and contact center products and services and more recently business collaboration products and services to our customers. Avaya Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, operated as a public company with common stock traded on the New York Stock Exchange from October 1, 2000 until acquired by affiliates of our Sponsors on October 26, 2007.

 

Business Trends

 

There are a number of trends and uncertainties affecting our business. For example, we are dependent on general economic conditions and the willingness of our customers to invest in technology. In addition, the instability in the geopolitical environment in many parts of the world, the instability in the global credit markets, current economic challenges in China, and other disruptions put pressure on the global economy causing uncertainties. We were also affected by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates on our business. We believe these uncertainties have impacted our customers’ willingness to spend on information technology and the manner in which they procure such technologies and services. This includes delays or rejection of capital projects, including the implementation of our products and services. In addition, we believe there is a growing market trend around Cloud consumption preferences with more customers exploring operating expense models as opposed to capital expense models for procuring technology. We believe the market trend toward Cloud models will continue as customers seek ways of reducing their overhead and other costs.

 

In fiscal 2015, we continued to transform Avaya into a software and service-led organization and focused our go-to-market efforts to drive growth in our flagship product lines and services such as Aura, Avaya Private Cloud Services (“APCS”), contact center and IP Office. We have worked to migrate customers from legacy products such as the Nortel and Tenovis product lines into our newer offerings. As a result software, professional services, and Cloud and managed services increased in fiscal 2015, while sales of our legacy product lines declined. Our core products such as gateways, servers, and phones or other software endpoints, and managed and maintenance support services are integral components to our flagship and legacy products. Accordingly, sales of our core products have declined as the decrease in sales of our legacy products were only partially offset by the increase in the sales of our flagship products. Further, we believe better utilization of Session Initiation Protocol, or SIP, technology enables our customers to run their communication networks more efficiently, requiring fewer gateways and servers, which also contributed to lower demand for our core and legacy products. This lower demand for our core and legacy products, driven by our transformation into a software and service-led organization, has allowed us to reduce the number of portfolio products held on hand and has allowed us to lower inventory levels over recent years. The lower demand for our legacy products has also contributed in part to lower maintenance service revenue, which was partially offset by increases in APCS revenue.

 

As a result of a growing market trend around Cloud consumption more customers are exploring operational expense, or OpEx, models rather than a capital expenditure, or CapEx, models, for procuring technology. The shift to OpEx models enables customers to manage costs and efficiencies, by paying a subscription fee for business collaboration and communications services rather than purchasing the underlying products and services,

 

56


Table of Contents

infrastructure and personnel, which are owned and managed by the equipment vendor or a managed services or Cloud provider. We believe the market trend toward OpEx models will continue as we see an increasing number of opportunities and requests for proposal based on OpEx models. As the trend towards the OpEx model continues, we have focused our go-to-market strategy on our APCS as well as our other flagship product offerings. Since the beginning of fiscal 2014, as part of our go-to-market strategy we have made leadership changes, increased our front-line resources, conducted training, and are now focused on the systems and the accountability required to speed up the rate of execution. Throughout fiscal 2014 and 2015, our total contracted value for Cloud and managed services grew. As of September 30, 2015, we anticipate the total future revenues for these contracts to be in excess of $800 million. The values for these contracts are usually larger than contracts under a CapEx model, but the associated revenues are recognized over a period of time, typically three to seven years.

 

In part to address these market trends, on August 20, 2014 we entered into a multi-year agreement with HP Enterprise Services, LLC, or HP, pursuant to which the Company will outsource to HP certain delivery services in order to scale our operational cloud demand of customers. Together, the companies will also sell a combined portfolio of Unified Communications-as-a-service, Contact Center-as-a-service, and infrastructure modernization services. As part of that agreement, HP acquired specific assets owned by the Company and agreed to make available one or more additional financings to Avaya and its subsidiaries of up to $24 million per year to enable Avaya and its subsidiaries to purchase equipment to be used for the performance of services under the agreement. HP provides the financing by having Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Company, or HPFS, purchase the equipment from Avaya or its subsidiaries and then lease the equipment to HP. HP uses the equipment solely to perform services for customers on behalf of Avaya under the agreement.

 

As we transition to a software and services organization, we continue to invest in research and development. During fiscal 2015 we have enhanced our product line with more than 100 new product releases. During the most recent quarter we delivered additional technology enhancements, including upgrades to our Aura and Call Center Elite platforms, strengthening of our work force automation capability, and increasing the capacity of our Session Border Controller. We also launched new networking products and expanded our Engagement Development Platform as we brought to market a number of new products, including the launch of Aura 7, Call Center Elite 7, and EDP 3.1.

 

We continued to supplement our internal research and development efforts with technology driven acquisitions during fiscal 2015, including our acquisitions of Knoahsoft, a provider of work force optimization technology and Esna a provider of browser integrated, unified communications capabilities. We also continue to leverage technologies from previous acquisitions. In December 2009, we acquired the enterprise business solutions business, or NES, of Nortel Networks Corporation in order to further expand our technology portfolio, enhance our customer base, broaden our indirect sales channel and provide us greater ability to compete globally. In June 2012, we acquired RADVISION Ltd., or Radvision, a global provider of videoconferencing and telepresence technologies over internet protocol, or IP, and wireless networks. The integrated Avaya and Radvision technology portfolios provides customers a highly integrated and interoperable suite of cost-effective, easy to use, high-definition video collaboration products, with the ability to interoperate with multiple mobile devices including Apple iPad and Google Android. On October 1, 2013, we acquired IT Navigator Ltd., or IT Navigator, a global provider of Cloud, social media and management products and services. The integration of the Avaya and IT Navigator portfolios has added key management reporting and social media capabilities and enhanced Avaya’s Cloud as well as its unified communication and contact center products. We believe the investments in NES, Radvision, IT Navigator Knoahsoft, ESNA and other acquisitions, as well as our ongoing investments in research and development, are helping us to capitalize on the increasing focus of enterprises on deploying collaboration products to increase productivity, reduce costs and complexity and gain competitive advantages, which is being further accelerated by a trend toward a more mobile workforce and the associated proliferation of devices.

 

We are continuing to expand our indirect channel to support our go-to-market strategy within our enterprise and midmarket customer bases. Since fiscal 2009 and the acquisition of NES, our indirect channel has grown from 53% to 75% of our product revenues. We believe this expansion of our indirect channel favorably impacts

 

57


Table of Contents

our financial results by reducing selling expenses and allowing us to reach more end users and grow our business, although sales through the indirect channel generally generate lower profits than direct sales due to higher discounts. In furtherance of our effort to maintain an effective business partner program, we continue to refine and expand our global coverage while better aligning our go-to-market strategy for our products and services with our enterprise and midmarket customer bases. We have been deploying new customer segmentation and enhanced geographic emphasis. For the midmarket, which we view as being 2000 seats or less, we have engaged a set of partners with threshold commitments specific to the midmarket. The program provides these partners with tightly integrated, bundled product offerings which include third party hosted Cloud instances as well as premise-based appliances, with the same software used in all deployments. We also implemented new sales compensation structures to better align compensation with a software and services model and to reflect our increasing orientation to the Cloud. Throughout fiscal 2015, we have brought additional industry-seasoned sales and technical personnel into customer and partner facing roles.

 

Certain trends and uncertainties also impact our global services organization, which provides us a large recurring revenue stream. Due to advances in technology, our customers continue to expect to pay less for traditional services. In addition, despite the benefits of a robust indirect channel, our channel partners have direct contact with our customers that may foster independent relationships between them and a loss of certain services agreements for us. We have been able to offset these impacts by focusing on other types of services not traditionally provided by our channel partners, such as professional services and Cloud and managed services.

 

For fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013, revenue outside of the U.S. represented 46%, 48%, and 47% of total revenue, respectively. Further, foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations have had an impact on our revenue, costs and cash flows from our international operations. Our primary currency exposures are to the euro, Indian rupee, British pound, Mexican peso and Chinese yuan. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and as the geographic mix of our business changes and we are not able to predict the impact that foreign currency fluctuations will have on future periods.

 

Refinancing of Debt

 

During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, Avaya Inc. completed several refinancing transactions.

 

During fiscal 2013, Avaya Inc. completed a series of transactions which allowed Avaya Inc. to refinance (1) all of its senior secured term B-1 loans (“term B-1 loans”) under its senior secured credit facility dated October 27, 2007 (“Senior Secured Credit Agreement”) originally due October 26, 2014, and (2) $642 million of its 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes and $742 million of its senior unsecured paid-in-kind (“PIK”) toggle notes (collectively, the “Old Notes”) each originally due November 1, 2015. These transactions extended the maturity date of the $2.8 billion of refinanced debt by an additional three to six years and increased the associated interest rate.

 

On February 5, 2014, Avaya Inc. completed Amendment No. 8 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement pursuant to which Avaya Inc. refinanced $1,138 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured term B-5 loans (“term B-5 loans”) with the cash proceeds from the issuance of senior secured term B-6 loans (“term B-6 loans”). On May 15, 2014, Avaya Inc. redeemed 100% of the aggregate principal amount of its 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes due 2015 and 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, of $92 million and $58 million, respectively. The redemption price of $150 million was funded through cash on-hand of $10 million and borrowings of $140 million under Avaya Inc.’s revolving credit facilities.

 

On May 29, 2015, Avaya Inc. completed Amendment No. 9 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement pursuant to which Avaya Inc. refinanced $2,058 million in aggregate principal amounts of senior secured term B-3 loans (“term B-3 loans”), senior secured term B-4 loans (“term B-4 loans”), and term B-6 loans and repaid $32 million of revolving loans outstanding under its Senior Secured Credit Agreement in exchange for and with the proceeds from the issuance of $2,125 million in principal amount of senior secured term B-7 loans (“term B-7 Loans”) maturing May 29, 2020.

 

58


Table of Contents

On June 4, 2015, Avaya Inc., Citicorp USA, Inc. and the lenders party thereto completed Amendment No. 4 to Avaya Inc.’s senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the “Domestic ABL”) which, among other things; (i) extended the stated maturity of the facility from October 26, 2016 to June 4, 2020 (subject to certain conditions specified in the Domestic ABL), (ii) increased the sublimit for letter of credit issuances under the Domestic ABL from $150 million to $200 million, and (iii) amended certain covenants and other provisions of the existing agreement. At the same time, certain foreign subsidiaries of the Company (the “Foreign Borrowers”), Citibank N.A. and the lenders party thereto entered into a new senior secured foreign asset-based revolving credit facility (the “Foreign ABL”) which matures June 4, 2020 (subject to certain conditions specified in the Foreign ABL). Available credit under the Domestic ABL remains $335 million subject to availability under the borrowing base. Available credit under the Foreign ABL is $150 million subject to availability under the respective borrowing bases of the Foreign Borrowers.

 

On June 5, 2015, the Company permanently reduced the revolving credit commitments under its Senior Secured Credit Agreement from $200 million to $18 million and transferred all letters of credit outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement to the Domestic ABL.

 

See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Liquidity and Capital Resources: Credit Facilities” for further details.

 

Principal amounts of long-term debt and long-term debt net of discounts and issuance costs consists of the following:

 

     September 30, 2015     September 30, 2014  

In millions

   Principal
Amount
     Net of
Discounts
and Issuance
Costs
    Principal
Amount
     Net of
Discounts
and Issuance
Costs
 

Variable rate revolving loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement due October 26, 2016

   $ 18       $ 18      $ 90       $ 88   

Variable rate revolving loans under the Domestic ABL due June 4, 2020 (1)

     55         55        40         40   

Variable rate revolving loans under the Foreign ABL due June 4, 2020 (2)

     20         20        —           —     

Variable rate Term B-3 Loans due October 26, 2017

     616         611        2,102         2,079   

Variable rate Term B-4 Loans due October 26, 2017

     1         1        1         1   

Variable rate Term B-6 Loans due March 31, 2018

     537         532        1,128         1,113   

Variable rate Term B-7 Loans due May 29, 2020

     2,112         2,077        —           —     

7% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019

     1,009         999        1,009         996   

9% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019

     290         286        290         285   

10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2021

     1,384         1,368        1,384         1,366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 6,042         5,967      $ 6,044         5,968   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Debt maturing within one year

        (7        (19
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Non-current portion of long-term debt

      $ 5,960         $ 5,949   
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1)   On June 4, 2015, Avaya Inc. amended the Domestic ABL which, among other things, extended the stated maturity from October 26, 2016 to June 4, 2020 subject to certain conditions specified in the Domestic ABL
(2)   Maturity date is subject to certain conditions specified in the Foreign ABL.

 

The weighted average contractual interest rate of Avaya Inc.’s outstanding debt as of September 30, 2015 and 2014 was 7.3% and 6.9%, respectively.

 

59


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the annual maturities of our long-term debt (excluding unaccreted discount and issuance costs), for the next five years ending September 30th and thereafter, consist of:

 

In millions

      

2016

   $ 25   

2017

     43   

2018

     1,179   

2019

     1,324   

2020

     2,087   

2021 and thereafter

     1,384   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,042   
  

 

 

 

 

We regularly evaluate market conditions, our liquidity profile, and various financing alternatives for opportunities to enhance our capital structure. If market conditions are favorable, we may refinance our existing debt or issue additional securities.

 

Continued Focus on Cost Structure

 

We continue our focus on profitability levels while maintaining our commitment to investment in the sales force transformation and research and development objectives discussed above. The Company has continued with cost savings programs designed to streamline its operations and eliminate overlapping processes and expenses associated with various acquisitions and in response to the global economic downturn. These cost savings programs included: (1) reducing headcount, (2) relocating certain job functions to lower cost geographies, including service delivery, customer care, research and development, human resources and finance, (3) eliminating real estate costs associated with unused or under-utilized facilities and (4) implementing gross margin improvement and other cost reduction initiatives.

 

We have executed on several gross margin improvement and other cost reduction initiatives and have extended the multi-year positive trend in gross margin. These initiatives included obtaining better pricing from our contract manufacturers and transportation vendors which has improved our product gross margins. In addition, we have streamlined our operations by redesigning the Avaya support website and continue to transition our customers from an agent-based support model to a self-service/web-based support model. These improvements have allowed us to reduce the workforce and relocate positions to lower-cost geographies and improve our services gross margins.

 

We expect our gross profit and gross margin to continue to improve in the foreseeable future as we continue to implement additional initiatives such as increasing our focus on sales of higher margin software, working with our contract manufacturers and transportation vendors to secure more favorable pricing, optimizing the design of products and services delivery to drive efficiencies, and achieving greater economies of scale.

 

In addition to the improvements in gross margin, we have successfully reduced our operating expenses through these cost savings programs, primarily through reducing our labor and real estate costs.

 

Reductions in labor costs have been achieved through the elimination of redundancies by redefining and consolidating job functions, reductions in management and in back-office headcount of our sales organization, reduced headcount in our services business, the use of remote monitoring of customer systems as discussed above, and a shift in the mix of the Company’s distribution channels toward the indirect channel which reduced our personnel needs. We were also able to attain additional savings as the Company placed greater emphasis on shifting job functions to its shared service centers in India and Argentina, as well as the automation of customer service.

 

60


Table of Contents

During fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013, the Company initiated cost savings programs to reduce headcount that included reaching agreements with the works council representing employees of certain of the Company’s German and French subsidiaries for the elimination of positions, offering enhanced separation plans to certain management employees in the U.S., and other actions primarily focused in the U.S. and in Europe, Middle East, and Africa, or EMEA. As a result of these programs and the divestiture of two non-core businesses discussed below in fiscal 2014, the Company’s workforce at September 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately 11,700, 13,100 and 14,500, respectively.

 

Reductions in real estate costs were achieved by: (1) eliminating redundant facilities, particularly research and development facilities, in similar geographic area, (2) reductions in headcount, which decreased our real estate needs, and (3) reducing operating costs through more efficient facilities management. These initiatives enabled us to vacate and consolidate facilities particularly in Germany and the United Kingdom without affecting the quality or distribution of our products and services. Further, in part due to headcount reductions and office consolidations, we identified and sold four underutilized facilities during fiscal 2013 and 2014, generating additional cash of $55 million in aggregate. The operations associated with these facilities were either relocated to existing or smaller leased facilities or in certain cases we were able to lease-back a portion of the facility for our ongoing operations. The sale of these facilities not only generated additional cash but, as a result of reducing our real estate needs, provided for reductions in our real estate costs and overhead.

 

The Company’s restructuring charges include employee separation charges such as, but not limited to, severance and employment benefit payments, social pension fund payments, and healthcare and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. The aggregate restructuring charges also include the future lease payments and payments made under lease termination agreements associated with vacated facilities. As of September 30, 2015, the remaining liability associated with these actions is $157 million. This liability includes $95 million of employee separation payments of which $66 million will be paid in fiscal 2016 and the balance through fiscal 2019, and $62 million of cash payments associated with lease obligations of vacated facilities of which $24 million will be paid in fiscal 2016 and the balance through fiscal 2022.

 

As a portion of our 2015 actions took place during the second half of fiscal 2015 and into fiscal 2016, the benefits are not fully reflected in our operating results as of September 30, 2015. We expect our operating margin to continue to improve in the foreseeable future as we begin to realize the full positive effects of our 2015 cost savings programs in our reported results. As we begin fiscal 2016, the Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations and identify additional cost savings globally. Although a specific plan does not exist at this time, the Company may take additional restructuring actions in the future, the costs of which could be material. All costs associated with such actions would be recognized in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance and the Company’s accounting policies as outlined in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Restructuring Programs” and Note 9, “Business Restructuring Reserves and Programs,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Divestitures

 

In order to remain focused on our business objectives, we have divested ourselves of two businesses which we obtained as part of larger acquisitions.

 

In March 2014, we sold the IT Professional Services, or ITPS, business that we acquired as part of our acquisition of NES. The ITPS business provides specialized information technology services exclusively to government customers in the U.S. In July 2014, we sold the Technology Business Unit, or TBU, which we acquired as part of our acquisition of Radvision. TBU is a software development business that licenses technologies to developers for their use and integration into their own products and includes protocol stacks, client framework solutions and network testing and monitoring tools. We do not view the ITPS or TBU businesses as core to our ongoing operations as a global provider of business collaboration and communication products and services or essential to the needs of our primary-customer base. As these businesses were not part of our long-term growth strategy we took the opportunity to monetize these assets and generated $127 million of cash while reducing the complexities of our operations.

 

61


Table of Contents

Financial Operations Overview

 

The following describes certain components of our statement of operations and considerations impacting those results.

 

Revenue. We derive our revenue primarily from the sale and service of business collaboration and communications systems and applications. Our product revenue includes the sale of unified communications, contact center, midmarket enterprise communications, video and data networking products. Product revenue accounted for 50%, 50% and 51% of our total revenue for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Our services revenue includes product maintenance and support, professional services, including design and integration, and Cloud and managed services.

 

We employ a flexible go-to-market strategy with direct and indirect presence worldwide and as of September 30, 2015, we had approximately 9,300 channel partners. For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 our product revenue from indirect sales represented approximately 75%, 75% and 76% of our total product revenue, respectively. Our revenue outside the United States represented 46%, 48% and 47% of our total revenue for each of fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Because we sell our products to end-users in a wide range of industries and geographies, demand for our products is generally driven more by the level of general economic activity than by conditions in one particular industry or geographic region.

 

Cost of Revenue. Cost of product revenue consists primarily of hardware costs, royalties and license fees for third-party software included in our systems, personnel and related overhead costs of operation including but not limited to current engineering, freight, warranty costs, amortization of acquired technology intangible assets and provisions for excess inventory. We outsource substantially all of our manufacturing operations to several contract manufacturers. Our contract manufacturers produce the vast majority of our products in facilities located in southern China, with other products produced in facilities located in Israel, Mexico, Malaysia, Taiwan, Germany, Ireland and the U.S. The majority of these costs vary with the unit volumes of product sold. We expect over time to increase the software content of our products, decrease our product costs and improve product gross profits. Cost of services revenue consists of salaries and related overhead costs of personnel engaged in support and services. As we continue to realize the benefit of cost saving initiatives, which include productivity improvements from automation of customer service, reducing the workforce and relocating positions to lower cost geographies, we expect our cost of services revenue will decrease as a percentage of services revenue.

 

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses primarily include personnel costs, sales commissions, travel, marketing promotional and lead generation programs, trade shows, professional services fees and related overhead expenses. We plan to continue to invest in development of our distribution channels by increasing the size of our field sales force and continue to develop the capabilities of our channel partners to enable us to expand into new geographies and further increase our sales to the midmarket across the world.

 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salary and benefit costs for executive and administrative staff, the use and maintenance of administrative offices, including depreciation expense, logistics, information systems and legal, financial, human resources, and other corporate functions. Administrative expenses generally do not increase or decrease directly with changes in sales volume.

 

Research and Development (“R&D”) Expenses. Research and development expenses primarily include personnel costs, outside engineering costs, professional services, prototype costs, test equipment, software usage fees and related overhead expenses. Research and development expenses are recognized when incurred. The level of research and development expense is related to the number of products in development, the stage of development process, the complexity of the underlying technology, the potential scale of the product upon successful commercialization and the level of our exploratory research. We conduct such activities in areas we believe will accelerate our longer term net revenue growth.

 

62


Table of Contents

We are devoting substantial resources to the development of additional functionality for existing products and the development of new products and related software applications. We intend to continue to invest in our research and development efforts because we believe they are essential to maintaining and improving our competitive position.

 

Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets. As a result of the Merger, the acquisitions of NES and Radvision, and other acquisitions, significant amounts were recognized in purchase accounting for the estimated fair values of customer relationships associated with the businesses acquired. The fair value of these intangible assets was estimated by independent valuations at the time of acquisition and is amortized into our operating expenses over their estimated useful lives.

 

Restructuring Charges, net. In response to the global economic climate, the acquisitions of NES and Radvision and the Company’s commitment to control costs, the Company implemented initiatives designed to streamline the operations of the Company and generate cost savings. The Company exited and consolidated facilities and terminated or relocated certain job functions. The expenses associated with these actions are reflected in our operating results. As the Company continues to evaluate and identify additional operational synergies, additional cost saving opportunities may be identified and future restructuring charges may be incurred.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense consists primarily of interest on indebtedness under our credit facilities and our notes. Interest expense also includes the amortization of deferred financing costs, the amortization of debt discount, and the expense associated with interest rate derivative instruments we use to minimize our exposure to variable rate interest payments associated with our debt. We regularly evaluate market conditions, our liquidity profile, and various financing alternatives for opportunities to enhance our capital structure. If market conditions are favorable, we may refinance existing debt or issue additional debt securities.

 

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt. Avaya Inc. completed a series of transactions which allowed us to refinance certain of our debt arrangements. Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, Avaya Inc. was required to account for certain of these transactions as an extinguishment of debt. A loss representing the difference between the reacquisition price of the original debt (including consent fees paid by Avaya to the holders of the original debt that consented to the transaction) and the carrying value of the old debt (including unamortized debt discount and debt issue costs) was recognized. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

 

Other (Expense) Income, net. Other (expense) income, net consists primarily of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and foreign currency forward contracts, changes in the fair value of certain features included in the Company’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“preferred series B”) which are considered an embedded derivative, third party fees incurred in connection with certain debt modifications, changes to the reserves of certain tax indemnifications, interest income, and other gains and losses that are not considered part of the Company’s ongoing major or central operations.

 

Income Taxes. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Our effective income tax rate differs from the U.S. federal tax rate primarily due to (1) the effect of taxable income in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, (2) changes in the valuation allowance established against the Company’s deferred tax assets, (3) recognition of income tax benefit in the Consolidated Statement of Operations associated with tax charges on net gains/losses in other comprehensive income, particularly as it relates to pension and post-employment benefits and interest rate swaps, and (4) changes in estimates of uncertain tax positions. See discussion in Note 13, “Income Taxes” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

Income (loss) from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes. On March 31, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its ITPS business for a final sales price of $101 million, inclusive of $3 million of working capital adjustment and a net of $2 million in costs to sell. Income from discontinued operations for fiscal 2014 includes the gain on sale of the ITPS business of $52 million. As a result of the divestiture of the ITPS business, the results of operations and cash flows of this business have been classified as discontinued operations in all periods presented. See Note 5, “Divestitures—IT Professional Services Business,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

 

Selected Segment Information

 

Avaya conducts its business operations in three segments. Two of those segments, Global Communications Solutions, or GCS, and Avaya Networking, or Networking, make up Avaya’s Enterprise Collaboration Solutions, or ECS, product portfolio. The third segment contains Avaya’s services portfolio and is called Avaya Global Services, or AGS.

 

In GCS, we deliver business collaboration and communications products primarily for IT infrastructure, unified communications, and contact centers. Our infrastructure and UC application products are designed to promote collaboration, innovation, productivity and real-time decision-making by providing business users a highly intuitive and personalized user experience that enables them to collaborate seamlessly across various modes of communication, including voice, video, email, instant messaging, text messaging, web conferencing, voicemail and social networking. Our contact center applications are highly reliable, scalable communications-centric applications suites designed to optimize customer service.

 

Our Networking segment provides a broad range of internet protocol networking infrastructure products including ethernet switches, routers and Virtual Private Network or VPN appliances, wireless networking routers, access control products, unified management products and end-to-end virtualization strategies and architectures.

 

Through our AGS segment we help our customers evaluate, plan, design, implement, support, manage and optimize their enterprise communications networks to help them achieve enhanced business results. Our award-winning service portfolio includes product support, integration and professional services and Cloud and managed services that enable customers to optimize and manage their converged communications networks worldwide.

 

Dollars in millions

  Fiscal year ended September 30, 2015     Fiscal year ended September 30, 2014  
  Revenues     Gross Profit     Revenues     Gross Profit  
  Dollar
Amount
    Percent of
Total
Revenue
    Dollar
Amount
    Percent
of
Revenue
    Dollar
Amount
    Percent of
Total
Revenue
    Dollar
Amount
    Percent
of
Revenue
 

Global Communications Solutions

  $ 1,796        44   $ 1,189        66   $ 1,953        45   $ 1,241        64

Avaya Networking

    233        6     97        42     243        5     107        44
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Enterprise Collaboration Systems

    2,029        50     1,286        63     2,196        50     1,348        61

Avaya Global Services

    2,052        50     1,180        58     2,175        50     1,220        56

Unallocated Amounts

               (36          (1)                  (69          (1)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 4,081        100   $ 2,430        60   $ 4,371        100   $ 2,499        57
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)    

Not meaningful

 

64


Table of Contents

Financial Results Summary

 

The following table sets forth our results of operations for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, as reported in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Fiscal years ended
September 30,
 
     2015     2014     2013  
     (in millions, except per
share amounts)
 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:

      

REVENUE

      

Products

   $ 2,029      $ 2,196      $ 2,337   

Services

     2,052        2,175        2,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,081        4,371        4,578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COSTS

      

Products:

      

Costs (exclusive of amortization of acquired technology intangible assets)

     744        854        963   

Amortization of acquired technology intangible assets

     35        56        63   

Services

     872        962        1,022   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,651        1,872        2,048   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

     2,430        2,499        2,530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

      

Selling, general and administrative

     1,432        1,531        1,512   

Research and development

     338        379       
445
  

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     226        227        228   

Restructuring charges, net

     62        165        200   

Acquisition-related costs . .

     1               1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,059        2,302        2,386   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

     371        197        144   

Interest expense

     (452     (459     (467

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (6     (5     (6

Other (expense), income net

     (11     3        (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     (98     (264     (354

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

     (70     (51     35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

     (168     (315     (319

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

            62        (57
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS

     (168     (253     (376

Less: Accretion and accrued dividends on Series A and Series B preferred stock

     (46     (45     (43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

   $ (214   $ (298   $ (419
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Loss from continuing operations per share - basic and diluted

   $ (0.43   $ (0.73   $ (0.74

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per share - basic and diluted

            0.13        (0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share - basic and diluted

   $ (0.43   $ (0.60   $ (0.86
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and diluted

     499.7        495.4        489.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Summary of the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014

 

Our revenue for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $4,081 million and $4,371 million, respectively, a decrease of $290 million or 7%. Revenues were primarily affected by declines in sales of our core and legacy product lines and the service revenues associated with those product lines and the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies particularly in Europe, Canada, and Latin America. These declines were partially offset by the growth in demand for our flagship product lines and associated professional services.

 

In fiscal 2015, we continued to transform Avaya into a software and service-led organization and focused our go-to-market efforts to drive growth in our flagship product lines and services such as Aura, Avaya Private Cloud Services (“APCS”), contact center and IP Office. We have worked to migrate customers from legacy products such as the Nortel and Tenovis product lines into our newer offerings. As a result software, professional services, and Cloud and managed services increased in fiscal 2015, while sales of our legacy product lines declined. Our core products such as gateways, servers, and phones or other software endpoints, and managed and maintenance support services are integral components to our flagship and legacy products. Accordingly, sales of our core products have declined as the decrease in sales of our legacy products were only partially offset by the increase in the sales of our flagship products. Further, we believe better utilization of SIP technology enables our customers to run their communication networks more efficiently, requiring fewer gateways and servers, which also contributed to lower demand for our core and legacy products. The lower demand for our legacy products has contributed in part to lower maintenance service revenue, which was partially offset by increases in APCS revenue.

 

As a result of a growing market trend around Cloud consumption preferences more customers are exploring OpEx models rather than CapEx models for procuring technology. The shift to OpEx models enables customers to manage costs and efficiencies, by paying a subscription fee for business collaboration and communications services rather than purchasing the underlying products and services, infrastructure and personnel, which are owned and managed by the equipment vendor or a managed services or Cloud provider. We believe the market trend toward OpEx models will continue as we see an increasing number of opportunities and requests for proposal based on OpEx models. As the trend towards the OpEx model continues, we have focused our go-to-market strategy on our APCS as well as our other flagship product offerings. Since the beginning of fiscal 2014, as part of our go-to-market strategy we have made leadership changes, increased our front-line resources, conducted training, and are now focused on the systems and the accountability required to speed up the rate of execution. Throughout fiscal 2014 and 2015, our total contracted value for Cloud and managed services grew. As of September 30, 2015, we anticipate the total future revenues for these contracts to be in excess of $800 million. The values for these contracts are usually larger than contracts under a CapEx model, but the associated revenues are recognized over a period of time, typically three to seven years.

 

The Company has maintained its focus on profitability levels and investing in future results and continued to implement cost savings programs designed to streamline its operations, generate cost savings, and eliminate overlapping processes and expenses associated with various acquisitions and in response to the global economic downturn. These cost savings programs have included: (1) reducing headcount, (2) relocating certain job functions to lower cost geographies, including service delivery, customer care, research and development, human resources and finance, (3) eliminating real estate costs associated with unused or under-utilized facilities and (4) implementing gross margin improvement and other cost reduction initiatives. During fiscal 2015, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $62 million, the full benefits of which we have yet to realize in our operating results. The Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations and identify cost savings globally and may take additional restructuring actions in the future and the costs of those actions could be material.

 

66


Table of Contents

Operating income for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $371 million and $197 million, respectively, an increase of $174 million. The increase in operating income reflects the continued benefit from our cost savings initiatives and is offset by the decrease in revenues as discussed above. In addition, our fiscal 2015 operating results compared to our fiscal 2014 results reflect, among other things:

 

   

a 3% decrease in gross profit primarily as a result of the decline in revenues discussed above, while gross margin increased to 59.5% in fiscal 2015 as compared to 57.2% in fiscal 2014 reflecting an improved revenue mix toward higher software revenues and the positive effects of our gross margin improvement initiatives;

 

   

a decrease in restructuring charges of $103 million as the Company initiated greater cost cutting actions during fiscal 2014, particularly in Europe;

 

   

lower depreciation and amortization charges as the Company sold under-utilized facilities and certain intangible assets have been fully amortized; and

 

   

favorable impact of foreign currency on our operating expenses.

 

Operating income includes non-cash depreciation and amortization of $371 million and $434 million and share-based compensation of $19 million and $25 million for fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

On March 31, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its ITPS business for a final sales price of $101 million, inclusive of $3 million of working capital adjustments and net of $2 million in costs to sell. Income from discontinued operations of $62 million for fiscal 2014 includes the gain on the sale of the ITPS business of $52 million.

 

Net loss for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $168 million and $253 million, respectively. The improvement in our net loss is primarily attributable to the increase in operating income as described above and lower interest expense as a result of fiscal 2014 refinancing transactions. These improvements were partially offset by higher third party fees incurred in connection with modifying certain debt during fiscal 2015 versus 2014. Further, our results for fiscal 2014 reflect $62 million of income from discontinued operations associated with the sale of the IT Professional Services business which was completed March 31, 2014.

 

Summary of the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2013

 

Our revenue for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $4,371 million and $4,578 million, respectively, a decrease of $207 million or 5%. Revenues were primarily affected by declines in sales of our core and legacy product lines and the service revenues associated with those product lines. These declines were partially offset by the demand for our flagship product lines and professional services. We believe these trends in fiscal 2014 are consistent with the trends we experienced and discussed above for fiscal 2015, specifically the shift toward our flagship products which has detracted from the sales of our legacy products and associated services, the better utilization of SIP technology, and the growing market trend around Cloud consumption preferences with more customers exploring OpEx models, rather than CapEx models, for procuring technology. The Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations and generate cost savings which includes consolidating and exiting facilities and eliminating employee positions.

 

Operating income for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $197 million and $144 million, respectively, an increase of $53 million. The increase in operating income is primarily attributable to lower restructuring charges and the continued benefit from our cost savings initiatives. In addition to these improvements in operating income, our fiscal 2014 operating results compared to our fiscal 2013 results reflect, among other things:

 

   

a 1% decrease in gross profit primarily as a result of decreased revenues as discussed above, while gross margin increased to 57.2% in fiscal 2014 as compared to 55.3% in fiscal 2013;

 

67


Table of Contents
   

additional selling expenses associated with our marketing rights at the Sochi Olympics and to support our go-to-market strategy within enterprise and midmarket customers;

 

   

a decrease in restructuring charges of $35 million as the Company initiated greater cost cutting actions during fiscal 2013; and

 

   

additional depreciation charges as the Company continues to consolidate and vacate under-utilized facilities.

 

Operating income includes non-cash depreciation and amortization of $434 million and $455 million and share-based compensation of $25 million and $11 million for fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

On March 31, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its ITPS business for a final sales price of $101 million, inclusive of $3 million of working capital adjustments and net of $2 million in costs to sell. Income from discontinued operations of $62 million for fiscal 2014 includes the gain on the sale of the ITPS business of $52 million and compares to a loss from discontinued operations of $57 million for fiscal 2013 which includes an $89 million impairment charge to the goodwill of the ITPS business.

 

Net loss for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $253 million and $376 million, respectively. The decrease in our net loss is primarily attributable to the increase in operating income as described above, the gain from the sale of the ITPS business in fiscal 2014 as opposed to the loss from discontinued operations recognized in fiscal 2013 primarily attributable to the impairment charge to the goodwill of the ITPS business, partially offset by the increase in the provision for income taxes.

 

Results of Operations

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014

 

Revenue

 

Our revenue for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $4,081 million and $4,371 million, respectively, a decrease of $290 million or 7%. The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue by portfolio:

     Fiscal years ended September 30,  
     2015      2014      Percentage of
Total  Revenue
    Yr. to  Yr.
Percent
Change
    Yr. to Yr.  Percent
Change, net of Foreign
Currency Impact
 

Dollars in millions

         2015     2014      

GCS

   $ 1,796       $ 1,953         44     45     (8 )%      (6 )% 

Networking

     233         243         6     5     (4 )%      (3 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total product revenue

     2,029         2,196         50     50     (8 )%      (6 )% 

AGS

     2,052         2,175         50     50     (6 )%      (2 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenue

   $ 4,081       $ 4,371         100     100     (7 )%      (4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

GCS revenue for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $1,796 million and $1,953 million, respectively, a decrease of $157 million or 8%. The decrease in GCS revenue was primarily attributable to lower demand for our legacy and core products and constrained sales execution, particularly in the U.S., and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency. These decreases in GCS revenue were partially offset by higher revenue from our flagship products as previously discussed.

 

Networking revenue for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $233 million and $243 million, respectively, a decrease of $10 million or 4%. The decrease in Networking revenue is primarily attributable to the revenues associated with the Company’s successful completion of its networking implementation at the Sochi Olympics in fiscal 2014 and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency. These decreases in Networking revenue were partially offset by increases associated with new product releases.

 

68


Table of Contents

AGS revenue for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $2,052 million and $2,175 million, respectively, a decrease of $123 million or 6%. The decrease in AGS revenue was primarily due to lower maintenance services revenues as a result of lower demand for our legacy and core products and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency. These decreases in AGS revenue were partially offset by higher revenue from Cloud and managed services and revenues from professional services. As previously discussed, revenues associated with Cloud and managed services contracts are recognized over a period of time, typically three to seven years.

 

The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue by location:

 

     Fiscal years ended September 30,  
     2015      2014      Percentage of
Total Revenue
    Yr. to  Yr.
Percentage
Change
    Yr. to Yr. Percentage
Change, net of Foreign
Currency Impact
 

Dollars in millions

         2015     2014      

U.S.

   $ 2,203       $ 2,267         54     52     (3 )%      (3 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

International:

              

EMEA

     1,073         1,234         26     28     (13 )%      (7 )% 

APAC—Asia Pacific

     425         445         11     10     (4 )%      (2 )% 

Americas International—Canada and Latin America

     380         425         9     10     (11 )%      (2 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total international

     1,878         2,104         46     48     (11 )%      (5 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenue

   $ 4,081       $ 4,371         100     100     (7 )%      (4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

Revenue in the U.S. for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $2,203 million and $2,267 million, respectively, a decrease of $64 million or 3%. The decrease in U.S. revenue was primarily attributable to lower sales of our core and legacy products and associated maintenance and constrained sales execution. These decreases in U.S. revenues were partially offset by higher revenue associated with our flagship products, professional services and Cloud and managed services. Revenue in EMEA for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $1,073 million and $1,234 million, respectively, a decrease of $161 million or 13%. The decrease in EMEA revenue was primarily attributable to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency and lower sales of our core and legacy products and associated maintenance and Cloud. These decreases in EMEA revenue were partially offset by higher revenue from Cloud and managed services. Revenue in APAC for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $425 million and $445 million, respectively, a decrease of $20 million or 4%. The decrease in APAC revenue was primarily attributable to lower revenues associated with our products and associated maintenance and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency. These decreases in APAC revenue were partially offset by higher revenue associated with Cloud and professional services. Revenue in Americas International for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $380 million and $425 million, respectively, a decrease of $45 million or 11%. The decrease in Americas International revenue was primarily attributable to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency and lower revenues associated with products and associated maintenance, particularly in Brazil.

 

We sell our products both directly and through an indirect sales channel. The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue from sales of products by channel:

 

     Fiscal years ended September 30,  
     2015      2014      Percentage of
ECS Product Revenue
    Yr. to  Yr.
Percentage
Change
    Yr. to  Yr.
Percentage
Change, net of
Foreign Currency
Impact
 

Dollars in millions

         2015     2014      

Direct

   $ 501       $ 551         25     25     (9 )%      (5 )% 

Indirect

     1,528         1,645         75     75     (7 )%      (6 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total ECS product revenue

   $ 2,029       $ 2,196         100     100     (8 )%      (6 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

69


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

 

The following table sets forth a comparison of gross profit by segment:

 

     Fiscal years ended September 30,  
     Gross Profit     Gross Margin     Change  

Dollars in millions

   2015     2014         2015             2014         Amount     Percentage  

GCS

   $ 1,189      $ 1,241        66.2     63.5   $ (52     (4 )% 

Networking

     97        107        41.6     44.0     (10     (9 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

ECS

     1,286        1,348        63.4     61.4     (62     (5 )% 

AGS

     1,180        1,220        57.5     56.1     (40     (3 )% 

Unallocated amounts

     (36     (69          (1)            (1)       33             (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

Total

   $ 2,430      $ 2,499        59.5     57.2   $ (69     (3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

(1)  

Not meaningful

 

Gross profit for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $2,430 million and $2,499 million, respectively, a decrease of $69 million or 3%. The decrease is primarily attributable to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency, the decrease in sales volume, and higher customer discounts, particularly in Europe. These decreases in gross profit were partially offset by the success of our gross margin improvement initiatives, the increase in software sales as a percentage of revenues, which have higher gross margins, and the impact of lower amortization of acquired technology intangible assets. Our gross margin improvement initiatives included exiting facilities, reducing the workforce, relocating positions to lower-cost geographies, productivity improvements, and obtaining better pricing from our contract manufacturers and transportation vendors. As a result of our gross margin improvement initiatives, higher software sales as a percentage of revenues and the impact of lower amortization of acquired technology intangible assets, and lower depreciation associated with the Company’s Westminster, Colorado facility during fiscal 2014, gross margin increased to 59.5% for fiscal 2015 from 57.2% for fiscal 2014.

 

GCS gross profit for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $1,189 million and $1,241 million, respectively, a decrease of $52 million or 4%. The decrease in GCS gross profit is primarily attributable to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency, lower sales volume and higher customer discounts particularly in Europe. These decreases were partially offset by the success of our gross margin improvement initiatives discussed above. As a result of our gross margin improvement initiatives and higher software sales as a percentage of revenues GCS gross margin increased to 66.2% for fiscal 2015 compared to 63.5% for fiscal 2014.

 

Networking gross profit for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $97 million and $107 million, respectively, a decrease of $10 million or 9%. Networking gross margin decreased to 41.6% for fiscal 2015 from 44.0% for fiscal 2014. The decrease in Networking gross profit and gross margin is primarily attributable to the Company’s successful networking implementation at the Sochi Olympics in fiscal 2014.

 

AGS gross profit for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $1,180 million and $1,220 million, respectively, a decrease of $40 million or 3%. The decrease in AGS gross profit is primarily due to lower services revenue and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency. These decreases in AGS gross profit were partially offset by the continued benefit from our gross margin improvement initiatives discussed above. We have redesigned the Avaya support website and continue to transition our customers from an agent-based support model to a largely self-service/web-based support model. Our gross margin improvement initiatives have enabled us to reduce the workforce and relocate positions to lower-cost geographies. As a result of the above factors, AGS gross margin increased to 57.5% for fiscal 2015 compared to 56.1% for fiscal 2014.

 

Unallocated amounts for fiscal 2015 and 2014 include the effect of the amortization of acquired technology intangibles and costs that are not core to the measurement of segment management’s performance, but rather are

 

70


Table of Contents

controlled at the corporate level. The decrease in unallocated amounts is attributable to lower amortization associated with technology intangible assets acquired in prior periods and $6 million of additional depreciation related to the change in estimates of salvage value and useful life of the Company’s Westminster, Colorado facility during the six months ended March 31, 2014.

 

Operating Expenses

 

The following table sets forth a comparison of operating expenses:

 

     Fiscal years ended September 30,  
     2015      2014      Percentage of Revenue     Change  

Dollars in millions

               2015                 2014           Amount     Percentage  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 1,432       $ 1,531         35.1     35.0   $ (99     (6 )% 

Research and development

     338         379         8.3     8.7     (41     (11 )% 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     226         227         5.5     5.2     (1    

Restructuring charges, net

     62         165         1.5     3.8     (103     (62 )% 

Acquisition-related costs

     1                         1             (1)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 2,059       $ 2,302         50.4     52.7   $ (243     (11 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)    

Not meaningful

 

SG&A expenses for fiscal 2015 and 2014 were $1,432 million and $1,531 million, respectively, a decrease of $99 million. The decrease was primarily attributable to the favorable impact of foreign currency, the cost of the marketing rights and other marketing expenses associated with the Sochi Olympics, $24 million of additional depreciation related to the change in the estimates of salvage value and useful life of the Company’s Westminster, Colorado facility, the resolution of certain commercial and intellectual property legal disputes during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and our cost savings initiatives. Our cost savings initiatives include exiting and consolidating facilities, reducing the workforce and relocating positions to lower-cost geographies. The decrease was partially offset by higher employee costs, other marketing expenses and selling costs.

 

R&D expenses for fiscal 2015 and 2014 were $338 million and $379 million, respectively, a decrease of $41 million. The decrease was primarily due to lower expenses associated with our cost savings initiatives discussed above and the favorable impact of foreign currency.

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $226 million and $227 million, respectively.

 

Restructuring charges, net, for fiscal 2015 and 2014 were $62 million and $165 million, respectively, a decrease of $103 million. The Company continued to identify opportunities to streamline its operations and generate cost savings which included consolidating and exiting facilities and eliminating employee positions. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2015 include employee separation costs of $52 million primarily associated with employee severance actions in EMEA and the U.S. and lease obligations of $10 million primarily related to facilities in the U.S. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2014 include employee separation costs of $152 million primarily associated with employee severance actions in EMEA and the U.S. and lease obligations of $13 million primarily related to facilities in the U.S. The EMEA charges include approved plans in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2014 for the elimination of 121 and 165 positions and resulted in a charge of $26 million and $39 million, respectively, for which the related payments are expected to be completed in fiscal 2016. The separation charges include, but are not limited to, social pension fund payments and health care and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. A voluntary program offered to certain management employees in the U.S. resulted in the elimination of 172 positions and resulted in a charge of $10 million. The Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations and identify cost savings globally and may take additional restructuring actions in the future and the costs of those actions could be material.

 

71


Table of Contents

Acquisition-related costs for fiscal 2015 were $1 million and include third-party legal and other costs related to business acquisitions in fiscal 2015.

 

Operating Income

 

Fiscal 2015 operating income was $371 million compared to operating income of $197 million for fiscal 2014.

 

Operating income for fiscal 2015 and 2014 includes non-cash expenses for depreciation and amortization of $371 million and $434 million, and share-based compensation of $19 million and $25 million, respectively.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $452 million and $459 million, respectively, which includes non-cash interest expense of $20 million and $19 million, respectively. Non-cash interest expense for each period includes amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discount. Cash interest expense for fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $432 million and $440 million, respectively, a decrease of $8 million. The decrease in cash interest expense is the result of certain debt refinancing transactions that occurred during fiscal 2014. This decrease in interest expense was partially offset by additional borrowings under our revolving credit facilities which we repaid in part with the refinancing transaction that took place on May 29, 2015. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

 

During fiscal 2015, we recognized a $6 million loss on extinguishment of debt associated with an amendment to our Senior Secured Credit Agreement completed on May 29, 2015, pursuant to which the Company refinanced a portion of its outstanding term B-3, term B-4 and term B-6 loans with the proceeds of the issuance of term B-7 loans maturing May 29, 2020. The loss represents the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value (including unamortized discount and debt issuance costs) for the portion of the refinanced debt accounted for as a debt extinguishment. During fiscal 2014, we recognized a $5 million loss on extinguishment of debt in connection with (1) the refinancing of $1,138 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans with the cash proceeds from the issuance of term B-6 loans and (2) the redemption of the aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest of the Old Notes. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Other (Expense) Income, Net

 

Other expense, net for fiscal 2015 was $11 million compared with other income, net of $3 million in fiscal 2014.

 

Other expense, net for fiscal 2015 includes $24 million from changes in the fair value of the Preferred Series B embedded derivative and $8 million of third party fees incurred in connection with debt modification partially offset by net foreign currency transaction gains of $14 million and $9 million associated with the release of a reserve related to a tax indemnification liability.

 

Other income, net, for fiscal 2014 includes net foreign currency transaction gains of $18 million and the gain on the sale of the TBU business of $14 million, offset by changes in the fair value of the Preferred Series B embedded derivative of $22 million, net charges associated with certain tax indemnifications of $4 million, $2 million of third party fees incurred in connection with debt modifications, and a $2 million charge associated with the remeasurement of the monetary assets and liabilities of our Venezuelan subsidiary. Based on developments related to the foreign exchange process in Venezuela, the Company has changed the exchange rate used to remeasure its Venezuelan subsidiary’s monetary assets and liabilities from the official exchange rate as established by the Venezuelan government to the “Complimentary System of Foreign Currency Acquirement” or SICAD rate.

 

72


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes of Continuing Operations

 

The provision for income taxes of continuing operations was $70 million and $51 million for fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company’s effective income tax rates for fiscal 2015 and 2014 differ from the U.S. federal tax rate primarily due to (1) the effect of taxable income in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, (2) changes in the valuation allowance established against the Company’s deferred tax assets and (3) changes in estimates of uncertain tax positions. During fiscal 2015 the Company recorded a correction to the prior period valuation allowance on deferred tax assets which decreased the provision for income taxes of continuing operations by $6 million. During fiscal 2014 the Company recorded a correction to prior period deferred tax assets and liabilities for certain foreign legal entities which decreased the provision for income taxes of continuing operations by $6 million. The Company evaluated each correction in relation to the period of adjustment, as well as the periods in which the adjustments originated, and concluded that each adjustment was not material to fiscal 2015 and 2014 or any other fiscal quarter or year.

 

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

 

Income from discontinued operations for fiscal 2014 was $62 million. On March 31, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its ITPS business for a final sales price of $101 million, inclusive of $3 million of working capital adjustments and net of $2 million in costs to sell. Income from discontinued operations for fiscal 2014 includes the gain on the sale of the ITPS business of $52 million. See Note 5, “Divestitures—IT Professional Services Business,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2013

 

Revenue

 

Our revenue for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $4,371 million and $4,578 million, respectively, a decrease of $207 million or 5%. The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue by portfolio:

 

     Fiscal years ended September 30,  
     2014      2013     Percentage of
Total Revenue
    Yr. to  Yr.
Percent
Change
    Yr. to Yr.  Percent
Change, net of Foreign
Currency Impact
 

Dollars in millions

        2014     2013      

GCS

   $ 1,953       $ 2,096        45     46     (7 )%      (7 )% 

Purchase accounting adjustments

             (1                  (1)            (1)  

Networking

     243         242        5     5         1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

     2,196         2,337        50     51     (6 )%      (6 )% 

AGS

     2,175         2,241        50     49     (3 )%      (3 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 4,371       $ 4,578        100     100     (5 )%      (4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)    

Not meaningful

 

GCS revenue for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $1,953 million and $2,096 million, respectively, a decrease of $143 million or 7%. The decrease in GCS revenue was primarily attributable to lower demand for our legacy and core products and services, partially offset by increases in demand for our flagship products as discussed above.

 

Networking revenue for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $243 million and $242 million, respectively, an increase of $1 million or less than 1%. The increase in Networking revenue is primarily attributable to the Company’s successful completion of its networking deployment at the Sochi Olympics partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency and lower demand for established networking products.

 

AGS revenue for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $2,175 million and $2,241 million, respectively, a decrease of $66 million or 3%. The decrease in AGS revenue was primarily due to lower maintenance and professional

 

73


Table of Contents

services revenues as a result of lower product sales particularly in the U.S. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in revenues from Cloud and managed services.

 

The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue by location:

 

    Fiscal years ended September 30,  
    2014     2013     Percentage of
Total Revenue
    Yr. to  Yr.
Percentage
Change
    Yr. to Yr. Percentage
Change, net of Foreign
Currency Impact
 

Dollars in millions

      2014     2013      

U.S.

  $ 2,267      $ 2,430        52     53     (7 )%      (7 )% 

International:

           

EMEA

    1,234        1,239        28     27         (2 )% 

APAC—Asia Pacific

    445        457        10     10     (3 )%      (1 )% 

Americas International—Canada and Latin America

    425        452        10     10     (6 )%      (1 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total international

    2,104        2,148        48     47     (2 )%      (2 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $ 4,371      $ 4,578        100     100     (5 )%      (4 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Revenue in the U.S. for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $2,267 million and $2,430 million, respectively, a decrease of $163 million or 7%. The decrease in U.S. revenue was primarily attributable to lower sales associated with our core and legacy products which contributed to lower revenues from maintenance and professional services. These decreases in U.S. revenue were partially offset by higher revenue from Cloud and managed services performed under contracts entered into in prior periods. Revenue in EMEA for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $1,234 million and $1,239 million, respectively, a decrease of $5 million or less than one percent. The decrease in EMEA revenue was primarily attributable to lower sales associated with core and legacy products which contributed to lower revenues from maintenance and professional services. These decreases in EMEA revenue were partially offset by the favorable impact of foreign currency, higher revenue from Cloud and managed services performed under contracts entered into in prior periods, and the Company’s successful completion of its networking deployment at the Sochi Olympics. Revenue in APAC for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $445 million and $457 million, respectively, a decrease of $12 million or 3%. The decrease in APAC revenue was primarily attributable to lower sales associated with our core and legacy products and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency. These decreases in APAC revenue were partially offset by higher revenue from Cloud and managed services performed under contracts entered into in prior periods. Revenue in Americas International was $425 million and $452 million for fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively, a decrease of $27 million or 6%. The decrease in Americas International revenue was primarily attributable to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency and lower sales associated with our core and legacy products. The decreases in Americas International revenue were partially offset by higher sales of our contact center products and higher revenue from Cloud and managed services performed under contracts entered into in prior periods.

 

We sell our products both directly and through an indirect sales channel. The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue from sales of products by channel:

 

     Fiscal years ended September 30,  
     2014      2013      Percentage of
ECS Product Revenue
    Yr. to  Yr.
Percentage
Change
    Yr. to  Yr.
Percentage
Change, net  of
Foreign Currency
Impact
 

Dollars in millions

         2014     2013      

Direct

   $ 551       $ 551         25     24         (1 )% 

Indirect

     1,645         1,786         75     76     (8 )%      (8 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ECS product revenue

   $ 2,196       $ 2,337         100     100     (6 )%      (6 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

 

The following table sets forth a comparison of gross profit by segment:

 

     Fiscal years ended September 30,  
     Gross Profit     Gross Margin     Change  

Dollars in millions

   2014     2013     2014     2013     Amount     Percentage  

GCS

   $ 1,241      $ 1,276        63.5     60.9   $ (35     (3 )% 

Networking

     107        101        44.0     41.7     6        6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

ECS

     1,348        1,377        61.4     58.9     (29     (2 )% 

AGS

     1,220        1,223        56.1     54.6     (3    

Unallocated amounts

     (69     (70          (1)            (1)       1             (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,499      $ 2,530        57.2     55.3   $ (31     (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)    

Not meaningful

 

Gross profit for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $2,499 million and $2,530 million, respectively, a decrease of $31 million or 1%. The decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in sales volume, as well as $6 million of additional depreciation related to the change in the estimates of salvage value and useful life of the Company’s Westminster, Colorado facility, and the effect of a $5 million benefit associated with the release of a contingent liability during fiscal 2013 related to a labor matter in EMEA that we released as a result of a favorable court ruling. These decreases in gross profit were partially offset by the success of our gross margin improvement initiatives, the improvement in our customer discount discipline, and the impact of lower amortization of acquired technology intangible assets. Our gross margin improvement initiatives included exiting facilities, reducing the workforce, relocating positions to lower-cost geographies, productivity improvements, and obtaining better pricing from our contract manufacturers and transportation vendors. As a result of our gross margin improvement initiatives and the improvement in our customer discount discipline, gross margin increased to 57.2% for fiscal 2014 from 55.3% for fiscal 2013.

 

GCS gross profit for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $1,241 million and $1,276 million, respectively, a decrease of $35 million or 3%. The decrease in GCS gross profit is primarily due to the decrease in sales volume. This decrease in gross profit was partially offset by the success of our gross margin improvement initiatives discussed above and the improvement in our customer discount discipline. As a result of our gross margin improvement initiatives and the improvement in our customer discount discipline, GCS gross margin increased to 63.5% for fiscal 2014 compared to 60.9% for fiscal 2013.

 

Networking gross profit for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $107 million and $101 million, respectively, an increase of $6 million or 6%. Networking gross margin increased to 44.0% for fiscal 2014 from 41.7% for fiscal 2013. The increase in Networking gross profit and margin were due to higher revenues associated with several new product launches beginning in July 2013, the Company’s successful completion of its networking deployment at the Sochi Olympics and our gross margin improvement initiatives.

 

AGS gross profit for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $1,220 million and $1,223 million, respectively, a decrease of $3 million or less than one percent. The decrease in AGS gross profit is primarily due to lower services revenue and the effect of a $5 million benefit associated with the release of contingent liability during fiscal 2013 related to a labor matter in EMEA that we released as a result of a favorable court ruling. These decreases in AGS gross profit were partially offset by the continued benefit from our gross margin improvement initiatives discussed above. We have redesigned the Avaya support website and continue to transition our customers from an agent-based support model to a largely self-service/web-based support model. These improvements have allowed us to reduce the workforce and relocate positions to lower-cost geographies. As a result of the above factors, AGS gross margin increased to 56.1% for fiscal 2014 compared to 54.6% for fiscal 2013.

 

75


Table of Contents

Unallocated amounts for fiscal 2014 and 2013 include the effect of the amortization of acquired technology intangibles and costs that are not core to the measurement of segment management’s performance, but rather are controlled at the corporate level. The decrease in unallocated amounts is attributable to lower amortization associated with technology intangible assets acquired in prior periods partially offset by $6 million of additional depreciation related to the change in the estimates of salvage value and useful life of the Company’s Westminster, Colorado facility.

 

Operating Expenses

 

     Fiscal years ended September 30,  
     2014      2013      Percentage of Revenue     Change  

Dollars in millions

         2014     2013     Amount     Percentage  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 1,531       $ 1,512         35.0     33.0   $ 19        1

Research and development

     379         445         8.7     9.7     (66     (15 )% 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     227         228         5.2     5.0     (1    

Restructuring and impairment charges, net

     165         200         3.8     4.4     (35     (18 )% 

Acquisition-related costs

             1                 (1     (100 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 2,302       $ 2,386         52.7     52.1   $ (84     (4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

SG&A expenses for fiscal 2014 and 2013 were $1,531 million and $1,512 million, respectively, an increase of $19 million. The increase was primarily due to the expense of the marketing rights we obtained to the Sochi Olympics and additional selling expenses to support our go-to-market strategy within the enterprise and midmarket customer bases. These increases in SG&A expenses were partially offset by our cost savings initiatives. Our cost savings initiatives include exiting and consolidating facilities, reducing the workforce and relocating positions to lower-cost geographies.

 

R&D expenses for fiscal 2014 and 2013 were $379 million and $445 million, respectively, a decrease of $66 million. The decrease was primarily due to lower expenses associated with our cost savings initiatives discussed above. This decrease in R&D expense was partially offset by $5 million of additional depreciation related to the change in the estimates of salvage value and useful life of the Company’s Westminster, Colorado facility.

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $227 million and $228 million, respectively.

 

Restructuring charges, net, for fiscal 2014 and 2013 were $165 million and $200 million, respectively, a decrease of $35 million. The Company continued to identify opportunities to streamline its operations and generate cost savings which included consolidating and exiting facilities and eliminating employee positions. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2014 include employee separation costs of $152 million primarily associated with employee severance actions in EMEA and the U.S. and lease obligations of $13 million primarily related to facilities in the U.S. The EMEA charges include approved plans in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2014 for the elimination of 121 and 165 positions and resulted in a charge of $26 million and $39 million, respectively, for which the related payments are expected to be completed in fiscal 2016. The separation charges include, but are not limited to, social pension fund payments and health care and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. A voluntary program offered to certain management employees in the U.S. resulted in the elimination of 172 positions and resulted in a charge of $10 million. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2013 include employee separation costs of $139 million and lease obligations of $61 million. These costs primarily include the payments associated with employee severance actions in EMEA and the U.S. and lease obligations associated with the vacated portion of a facility in Frankfurt, Germany, and facilities in the United Kingdom and the U.S. The severance actions in EMEA provided for the elimination of 234 positions and resulted in a charge of $48 million. The separation charges include, but are not limited to, social pension fund payments and health care and unemployment

 

76


Table of Contents

insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. Enhanced severance plans were offered to certain management employees in the U.S. in the first and third quarters of fiscal 2013 and resulted in the elimination of 196 and 447 positions and restructuring charges of $9 million and $20 million, respectively. The Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations and identify cost savings globally and may take additional restructuring actions in the future and the costs of those actions could be material.

 

Acquisition-related costs for fiscal 2013 were $1 million and include third-party legal and other costs related to business acquisitions in fiscal 2013.

 

Operating Income

 

Fiscal 2014 operating income was $197 million compared to operating income of $144 million for fiscal 2013.

 

Operating income for fiscal 2014 and 2013 includes non-cash expenses for depreciation and amortization of $434 million and $455 million, and share-based compensation of $25 million and $11 million, respectively.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $459 million and $467 million, respectively, which includes non-cash interest expense of $19 million and $21 million, respectively. Non-cash interest expense for each period includes amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discount. Cash interest expense for fiscal 2014 and 2013 was $440 million and $446 million, respectively, a decrease of $6 million. Cash interest expense for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 decreased as a result of the expiration of certain unfavorable interest rate swap contracts partially offset by an increase in interest expense as a result of certain debt refinancing transactions that occurred during fiscal 2013.

 

During fiscal 2013, Avaya Inc. completed a series of transactions which allowed Avaya Inc. to refinance term loans under its senior secured credit facilities that originally matured October 26, 2014 and substantially all of its senior unsecured notes that were scheduled to mature on November 1, 2015. As a result of these debt refinancing transactions, the interest rate associated with the portion of Avaya Inc.’s debt that was refinanced increased. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

 

During fiscal 2014, we recognized a $5 million loss on extinguishment of debt in connection with (1) the refinancing of $1,138 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans with the cash proceeds from the issuance of term B-6 loans and (2) the redemption of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggles notes and the 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes. During fiscal 2013, we recognized a $6 million loss on extinguishment of debt in connection with (1) the issuance of Avaya Inc.’s 9% Senior Secured Notes and the payment of $284 million of Avaya Inc’s term B-5 loans and (2) the refinancing of $584 million of outstanding term B-1 loans. In each period, the loss represents the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value (including unamortized discount and debt issues costs) of the debt. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

Other income, net for fiscal 2014 was $3 million compared with other expense, net of $25 million in fiscal 2013.

 

Other income, net, for fiscal 2014 includes net foreign currency transaction gains of $18 million and the gain on the sale of the TBU business of $14 million, offset by changes in the fair value of the preferred series B

 

77


Table of Contents

embedded derivative of $22 million, $4 million of net charges associated with certain tax indemnifications, $2 million of third party fees incurred in connection with debt modifications, and a $2 million charge associated with the remeasurement of the monetary assets and liabilities of our Venezuelan subsidiary. Based on developments related to the foreign exchange process in Venezuela, the Company has changed the exchange rate used to remeasure its Venezuelan subsidiary’s monetary assets and liabilities from the official exchange rate as established by the Venezuelan government to the “Complimentary System of Foreign Currency Acquirement” or SICAD rate.

 

Other expense, net for fiscal 2013 includes $18 million of third party fees incurred in connection with debt modifications and changes in the fair value of the preferred series B embedded derivative of $11 million, partially offset by net foreign currency transaction gains of $5 million. Also included in other expense, net is a $1 million translation loss recognized in connection with the devaluation of the bolivar by the Venezuela government in February 2013.

 

(Provision for) Benefit from Income Taxes of Continuing Operations

 

For fiscal 2014 the provision for income taxes of continuing operations was $51 million as compared to the benefit from income taxes of continuing operations of $35 million for fiscal 2013. The Company’s income tax provision for the fiscal years presented primarily relates to earnings of certain profitable foreign tax jurisdictions.

 

The Company’s effective income tax rates for fiscal 2014 and 2013 differ from the U.S. federal tax rate primarily due to (1) tax rate changes on foreign earnings, (2) settlements of certain international tax exams and (3) changes in valuation allowance established against the Company’s deferred income tax assets. Further in fiscal 2013 the company recognized a $96 million benefit as a result of net gains in other comprehensive income primarily relating to pension benefits, and $17 million of income tax benefit recognized upon the expiration of certain interest rate swaps. The tax effect of such interest rate swaps was recognized in other comprehensive income prior to the establishment of a valuation allowance against the Company’s U.S. net deferred tax assets and was eliminated following the expiration of the final interest rate swap upon which the tax effect was established. In addition, during the third quarter of fiscal 2014 the Company recorded corrections to prior period deferred tax assets and liabilities for certain foreign legal entities. This adjustment decreased the provision for income taxes of continuing operations by $6 million. The Company evaluated each correction in relation to the quarter and fiscal year, as well as the periods in which the adjustment originated, and concluded that the adjustment was not material to the current period or any prior quarter or year. See Note 13, “Income Taxes” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

 

Income from discontinued operations for fiscal 2014 was $62 million and compares to a loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2013 of $57 million. On March 31, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its ITPS business for a final sales price of $101 million, inclusive of $3 million of working capital adjustments and net of $2 million in costs to sell. Income from discontinued operations for fiscal 2014 includes the gain on the sale of the ITPS business of $52 million. Loss from discontinued operations for the fiscal 2013 included the impact of an $89 million impairment charge to goodwill. See Note 5, “Divestitures—IT Professional Services Business,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

 

EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before income taxes, interest expense, interest income and depreciation and amortization and excludes the results of discontinued operations. EBITDA provides us with a measure of operating performance that excludes items that are outside the control of management, which can differ significantly from company to company depending on capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which

 

78


Table of Contents

companies operate and capital investments. Under Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements, its ability to draw down on the revolving credit facilities or engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments and paying dividends is tied in part to ratios based on a measure of adjusted EBITDA. As defined in our debt agreements, adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure of EBITDA further adjusted to exclude certain charges and other adjustments, including one-time charges, permitted in calculating covenant compliance under Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements. Further, our debt agreements require that adjusted EBITDA be calculated for the most recent four fiscal quarters. As a result, the measure can be disproportionately affected by a particularly strong or weak quarter. Moreover, it may not be comparable to the measure for any subsequent four-quarter period or any complete fiscal year.

 

We also calculate Adjusted EBITDA for purposes other than debt covenant compliance using a different formulation than that allowed in our debt documents. Certain employee and management benefit plans are determined using financial targets based on Adjusted EBITDA. We also believe Adjusted EBITDA is more useful to equity investors than the calculation of debt adjusted EBITDA because the former does not include adjustments for certain items that we believe are indicative of our performance. In addition, we believe Adjusted EBITDA provides more comparability between our historical results and results that reflect purchase accounting and our capital structure following the Merger. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, such as the Company’s pricing strategies, volume, costs and expenses of the organization and we present it in a way that can be more easily compared to prior quarters or fiscal years.

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent net income (loss) or cash flow from operations as those terms are defined by GAAP and does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs. While adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are frequently used as measures of operations and the ability to meet debt service requirements, these terms are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. Adjusted EBITDA excludes the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations. In particular, our formulation of Adjusted EBITDA allows the addition of certain non-cash charges that are deducted in calculating net income (loss), and restructuring charges, Sponsors’ fees and other specific cash costs and expenses set forth in the following table and that portion of our pension costs, other post-employment benefits costs, and non-retirement post-employment benefits costs representing the amortization of pension service costs and actuarial gain or loss associated with these employment benefits. However, these are expenses that may recur, may vary and are difficult to predict.

 

79


Table of Contents

The unaudited reconciliation of loss from continuing operations, which is a GAAP measure, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is presented below:

 

     Fiscal years ended
September 30,
 
     2015     2014     2013  
     (in millions)  

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (168   $ (315   $ (319

Interest expense

     452        459        467   

Interest income

     (1     (2     (2

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     70        51        (35

Depreciation and amortization

     371        434        455   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     724        627        566   

Impact of purchase accounting adjustments

                   1   

Restructuring charges, net

     62        165        200   

Sponsors’ fees (a)

     7        7        7   

Acquisition-related costs

     1               1   

Integration-related costs (b)

     3        7        15   

Divestiture-related costs (c)

            2          

Loss on extinguishment of debt (d)

     6        5        6   

Third-party fees expensed in connection with debt (e)

     8        2        18   

Non-cash share-based compensation

     19        25        11   

Gain on investments and sale of long-lived assets, net

     (1            (1

Gain on sale of TBU business

            (14       

Change in certain tax indemnifications

     (9     4          

Impairment of long-lived assets

                   1   

Change in fair value of Preferred Series B embedded derivative (f)

     24        22        11   

Venezuela hyperinflationary and devaluation charges

            2        1   

Securities registration fees (g)

                   1   

Resolution of certain legal matters (h)

            8        10   

Gain on foreign currency transactions

     (14     (18     (5

Pension/OPEB/nonretirement postemployment benefits (i)

     69        51        79   

Other

     1        3          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 900      $ 898      $ 922   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)   Sponsors’ fees represent monitoring fees payable to affiliates of the Sponsors pursuant to a management services agreement entered into at the time of the Merger. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
(b)   Integration-related costs primarily represent third-party consulting fees and other administrative costs and primarily relate to developing compatible IT systems and internal processes with NES and consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya with Radvision and other acquisitions.
(c)   Divestiture-related costs include legal and other costs primarily related to the sale of the ITPS business.
(d)   Loss on extinguishment of debt represents losses recognized in connection with certain debt refinancing transaction entered into during fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013. The loss is based on the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value (including unamortized debt issue costs) of the debt. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.
(e)   The third-party fees expensed in connection with debt modification represent fees paid to third parties in connection with certain debt refinancing transactions entered into during fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.
(f)  

Represents the loss on changes in the fair value of certain embedded derivative features of the Company’s Series B preferred stock. Under GAAP, these embedded features must be recognized at fair value at each

 

80


Table of Contents
  balance sheet date with the changes in the fair value recognized in operations. See Note 16, “Capital Stock.” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.
(g)   Represents third party fees incurred in connection with the Company’s registration statement.
(h)   Charges recognized in connection with the resolution of certain commercial and intellectual property legal disputes that, individually and in the aggregate, were not material to the Company or Avaya Inc.’s financial position.
(i)   Represents that portion of our pension costs, other post-employment benefit costs and non-retirement post-employment benefit costs representing the amortization of prior service costs and net actuarial gains/losses associated with these employment benefits. In fiscal 2013, the amount includes a net curtailment gain of $9 million associated with the U.S. pension and postretirement plans.

 

81


Table of Contents

Supplemental Quarterly Financial Information

 

Our quarterly revenues and other financial measures have varied in the past and can be expected to vary in the future due to numerous factors, including modest seasonality related to the structure of our incentive compensation plan, which has been based on annual targets rather than quarterly targets, and customer budget cycles generally resulting in higher revenue in the fourth fiscal quarter relative to other quarters. The following table sets forth our unaudited (a) revenue, (b) gross profit and (c) reconciliations of loss from continuing operations to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for each of the eight quarters in the period ended September 30, 2015. Operating results for these periods are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year or of the results expected in future periods. You should read this data together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes.

 

    Three months ended  
    September 30,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    March 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
    September 30,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    March 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
 
   

(in millions)

 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:

               

REVENUE

               

Products

  $ 499      $ 494      $ 487      $ 549      $ 579      $ 511      $ 532      $ 574   

Services

    509        505        508        530        547        543        528        557   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,008        999        995        1,079        1,126        1,054        1,060        1,131   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COSTS

               

Products:

               

Costs (exclusive of amortization of technology intangible assets)

    173        186        182        203        221        199        206        228   

Amortization of technology intangible assets

    9        10        7        9        14        14        14        14   

Services

    210        219        214        229        236        234        243        249   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    392        415        403        441        471        447        463        491   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

  $ 616      $ 584      $ 592      $ 638      $ 655      $ 607      $ 597      $ 640   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA

               

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $ (87   $ (64   $ (20   $ 3      $ (49   $ (87   $ (120   $ (59

Interest expense

    117        113        110        112        112        112        116        119   

Interest income

                  (1            (1            (1       

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    70        3        (6     3        32        (8     1        26   

Depreciation and amortization

    92        93        92        94        98        99        118        119   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

    192        145        175        212        192        116        114        205   

Restructuring charges, net

    30        7        10        15        71        45        42        7   

Sponsors’ fees (a)

    2        1        2        2        1        2        2        2   

Acquisition-related costs

           1                                             

Integration-related costs (b)

    2                      1        2        1        2        2   

Divestiture-related costs (c)

                                       2                 

Loss on extinguishment of debt (d)

           6                             1        4          

Third-party fees expensed in connection with debt modification (e)

           8                                    2          

Non-cash share-based compensation

    4        4        4        7        5        6        8        6   

Gain on investments and sale of long-lived assets, net

           (1                                          

Gain on sale of TBU business

                                (14                     

Change in certain tax indemnifications

                         (9     (1     8        (3       

Change in fair value of Preferred Series B embedded derivative (f)

    11        15        (2                   23        (3     2   

Venezuela hyperinflationary and devaluation charges

                                              2          

Resolution of certain legal matters (g)

                                       8                 

(Gain) loss on foreign currency transactions

    (12     3        1        (6     (17     (1     2        (2

Pension/OPEB/nonretirement postemployment benefits and long-term disability costs (h)

    17        18        17        17        13        12        13        13   

Other

                  1               1                      2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 246      $ 207      $ 208      $ 239      $ 253      $ 223      $ 185      $ 237   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

 

(a)   Sponsors’ monitoring fees represent monitoring fees payable to affiliates of the Sponsors pursuant to a management services agreement entered into at the time of the Merger. See Note 20, “Related Party Transactions,” in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.
(b)   Integration-related costs primarily represent third-party consulting fees and other administrative costs associated with consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya with Radvision and NES. The costs associated with Radvision primarily relate to consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya and Radvision and the costs associated with NES primarily relate to developing compatible IT systems and internal processes.
(c)   Divestiture-related costs include legal and other costs primarily related to the sale of the ITPS business.
(d)   Loss on extinguishment of debt represents losses recognized in connection with certain debt refinancing transactions entered into during fiscal 2015 and 2014. The loss is based on the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value of the debt. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.
(e)   The third-party fees expensed in connection with debt modification represent fees paid to third parties in connection with certain debt refinancing transactions entered into during fiscal 2015 and 2014. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.
(f)   Represents the loss (gain) on changes in the fair value of certain embedded derivative features of the Company’s Series B preferred stock. Under GAAP, these embedded features must be recognized at fair value at each balance sheet date with the changes in the fair value recognized in operations. See Note 16, “Capital Stock.” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.
(g)   Charges recognized in connection with the resolution of certain commercial and intellectual property disputes that, individually and in the aggregate, were not material to the Company or Avaya Inc.’s financial position.
(h)   Represents that portion of our pension costs, other post-employment benefit costs and non-retirement post-employment benefit costs representing the amortization of prior service costs and net actuarial gains/losses associated with these employment benefits.

 

83


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We expect our existing cash balance, cash generated by operations and borrowings available under our credit facilities to be our primary sources of short-term liquidity. Based on our current level of operations, we believe these sources will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months. Our ability to meet our cash requirements will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. As part of our analysis, we have assessed the implications of recent financial events on our current business and determined that these market conditions have not resulted in an inability to meet our obligations as they come due in the ordinary course of business over the next twelve months and have not had a significant impact on our liquidity as of September 30, 2015. However, there can be no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our credit facilities to enable us to repay our debt or to fund other liquidity needs. Although we have been successful in refinancing our debt in the past, there is no assurance we will be able to refinance our debt prior to its maturity in the future.

 

Sources and Uses of Cash

 

The following table provides the condensed statements of cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

    Fiscal years ended
September 30,
 

In millions

  2015     2014     2013  

Net cash (used for) provided by:

     

Operating activities

     

Net loss

  $ (168   $ (253   $ (376

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

           62        (57
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (168     (315     (319

Adjustments to net loss for non-cash items

    468        489        392   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    (85     (139     58   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Continuing operating activities

    215        35        131   

Discontinued operating activities

           4        20   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    215        39        151  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

     

Continuing investing activities

    (129     (33     (113

Discontinued investing activities

           101          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (129     68        (113
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    (53     (60     (79
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (32     (14     (8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    1        33        (49

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    322        289        338  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 323      $ 322      $ 289   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Operating Activities

 

Cash provided by operations was $215 million, $39 million and $151 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operations for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $468 million, $489 million and $392 million and consisted of depreciation and amortization of $371 million, $434 million and $455 million, deferred income taxes of $29 million, $22 million and $(101) million, unrealized

 

84


Table of Contents

(gain) loss on foreign currency exchange of $(4) million, $(15) million and $(23) million, non-cash interest expense of $20 million, $19 million and $21 million, third-party fees for debt modification and non cash charges associated with our refinancing of $11 million, $5 million and $23 million, changes in the fair value of Preferred Series B embedded derivative of $24 million, $22 million and $11 million and share based compensation of $19 million, $25 million and $11 million, respectively.

 

Cash (used for) provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $85 million, $(139) million and $58 million, respectively.

 

In fiscal 2015 changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in a net decrease in cash and cash equivalents and was driven by payments associated with our employee incentive programs, the timing of payments to our vendors, and business restructuring reserves established in previous periods. These decreases were partially offset by increases in deferred revenues and collection of accounts receivable.

 

In fiscal 2014 changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in a net decrease in cash and cash equivalents and was driven by payments associated with our employee incentive programs and benefit obligations and increases in receivables. These decreases were partially offset by reductions in our inventory levels and an increase in accounts payable.

 

In fiscal 2013 changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in a net increase in cash and cash equivalents and was predominantly driven by improvements in the collection of receivables, increases in deferred revenues attributable to a number of annual prepaid maintenance contracts, the effects of non-cash business restructuring reserves net of cash payments against reserves established in prior years and a decrease in inventory levels. These increases in net cash and cash equivalents were partially offset by payments associated with our employee incentive programs and a decrease in accounts payable.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $(129) million, $68 million and $(113) million and includes cash used for the acquisition of businesses of $24 million, $16 million and $12 million and capital expenditures of $124 million, $134 million and $110 million and payments to develop capitalized software of $0 million, $1 million and $14 million and proceeds from the sale of long-lived assets of $0 million, $101 million and $23 million, respectively.

 

During fiscal 2015 we received proceeds of $22 million for the sale of equipment used in the performance of services under our agreement with HP.

 

During fiscal 2014, cash provided by investing activities included proceeds from the sale of the ITPS business of $101 million and the TBU business of $26 million. Also, during the fiscal 2014 the Company invested $10 million for less than a 6% equity interest in an unaffiliated privately-held company.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $(53) million, $(60) million and $(79) million, respectively, and primarily included proceeds from our financing agreements, offset by repayments and payments for debt issuance and modification costs.

 

Cash used for financing activities for fiscal 2015 includes cash proceeds of $2,100 million from the issuance of term B-7 loans maturing May 29, 2020. The proceeds from the issuance of the term B-7 loans were used to: (a) repay $2,054 million aggregate principal amounts of term B-3 loans, term B-4 loans, and term B-6 loans, (b) repay $32 million of revolving loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, (c) pay $8 million of third party fees and expenses for debt modification costs incurred in the refinancing transaction, and (d) pay

 

85


Table of Contents

$1 million for interest accrued on the refinanced term and revolving credit loans through the date of the refinancing transaction. The redemption price of the term B-3 loans and term B-6 loans includes $1 million of paid-in-kind interest expense recognized in prior periods and $3 million of unamortized discount which is included in the loss on extinguishment of debt. In addition to the $32 million repaid with the proceeds of the term B-7 loans, we repaid another $90 million and borrowed $50 million of revolving loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement during fiscal 2015. We also made $12 million of payments related to the Company’s sale-leaseback arrangement with HP.

 

Cash used for financing activities for fiscal 2014 includes proceeds of $1,136 million from the issuance of term B-6 loans and $140 million from borrowing under the Company’s revolving credit facilities. The proceeds from the issuance of the term B-6 loans were used to repay $1,138 million of term B-5 loans and the proceeds from borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facilities, together with cash on-hand of $10 million, were used to redeem $92 million of 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes and $58 million of 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes. The redemption of the $92 million of 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes includes $9 million of paid-in-kind interest expensed in prior periods.

 

Cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2013 includes proceeds of $589 million from the issuance of the term B-5 loans and proceeds of $290 million from the issuance of 9% senior secured notes. The proceeds from the issuance of the term B-5 loans were used to repay $584 million principal amount of our term B-1 loans and the proceeds from the issuance of the 9% senior secured notes were used to repay $284 million principal amount of our term B-5 loans. Additionally, during fiscal 2013, the Company completed a non-cash exchange in which $642 million of the 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes and $742 million of the 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes were exchanged for $1,384 million of 10.50% senior secured notes. Cash used for financing activities for fiscal 2013 also includes cash paid for debt issuance and modification costs of $49 million.

 

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities also includes scheduled repayments of our long-term debt of $32 million, $38 million and $38 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

86


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Sources of Liquidity

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2015:

 

    Payments due by period  

In millions

  Total     Less than
1 year
    1-3
years
    3-5
years
    More than
5 years
 

Capital lease obligations (1)

  $ 61      $ 22      $ 34      $ 5      $   

Operating lease obligations (2)

    358        84        132        88        54   

Purchase obligations with contract manufacturers and suppliers (3)

    47        47                        

Other purchase obligations (4)

    1,220        568        449        189        14   

Variable rate revolving loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement due October 26, 2016 (5)

    18               18       

  
      

Variable rate revolving loans under the Domestic ABL due June 4, 2020  (5)

    55                      55          

Variable rate revolving loans under the Foreign ABL due June 4, 2020  (5)

    20                      20          

Variable rate Term B-3 loans due October 26, 2017 (6)

    616               616                 

Variable rate Term B-4 loans due October 26, 2017 (6)

    1               1                 

Variable rate Term B-6 loans due March 31, 2018 (6)

    537               537                 

Variable rate Term B-7 Loans due May 29, 2020 (6)

    2,112        25        50        2,037     

7% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019 (5)

    1,009                      1,009          

9% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019 (5)

    290                      290          

10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2011 (5)

    1,384                             1,384   

Interest payments due on long-term debt (7)

    1,912        424        841        574        73   

Benefit obligations (8)

    153        153                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 9,793      $ 1,323      $ 2,678      $ 4,267      $ 1,525   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   The payments due for capital lease obligations do not include $6 million in future payments for interest.
(2)   Contractual obligations for operating leases include $68 million of future minimum lease payments pertaining to restructuring and exit activities.
(3)   We purchase components from a variety of suppliers and use several contract manufacturers to provide manufacturing services for our products. During the normal course of business, in order to manage manufacturing lead times and to help assure adequate component supply, we enter into agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that allow them to produce and procure inventory based upon forecasted requirements provided by us. If we do not meet these specified purchase commitments, we could be required to purchase the inventory. See Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on our purchase commitments.
(4)   Other purchase obligations represent an estimate of contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business, other than commitments with contract manufacturers and suppliers, for which we have not received the goods or services as of September 30, 2015. Although contractual obligations are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services. Other purchase obligations also includes estimated payments under the multi-year contract entered into with HP pursuant to which Avaya will outsource to HP certain delivery services associated with the APCS business including current specified customer contracts.
(5)   The contractual obligations for our revolving credit facilities and notes represent principal payments only. The maturity dates of the Domestic ABL and Foreign ABL are subject to conditions specified in the loan agreements.
(6)  

The contractual cash obligations for the Senior Secured Credit Agreement represent the minimum principal payments owed per year. The contractual cash obligations do not reflect any contingent mandatory annual

 

87


Table of Contents
  principal repayments that may be required to be made upon us achieving certain excess cash flow targets, as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.
(7)   The contractual cash obligations for interest payments represent the related interest payments on debt. The interest payments for the revolving credit facility under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, Domestic ABL, Foreign ABL, term B-3 loans, term B-4 loans, term B-6 loans and term B-7 loans were calculated by applying an applicable margin to a projected LIBOR rate. The interest payments for the notes were calculated using the stated interest rate.
(8)   The Company sponsors non-contributory defined pension and postretirement plans covering certain employees and retirees. The Company’s general funding policy with respect to qualified pension plans is to contribute amounts at least sufficient to satisfy the minimum amount required by applicable law and regulations, or to directly pay benefits where appropriate. Most postretirement medical benefits are not pre-funded. Consequently, the Company makes payments as these retiree medical benefits are disbursed. At this time, the Company is unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate beyond fiscal 2016 of the timing of payments in connection with these liabilities.

 

As of September 30, 2015, the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits, or UTBs, associated with uncertain tax positions were $252 million and interest and penalties related to these amounts were an additional $16 million.

 

Our primary future cash requirements will be to fund working capital, debt service, capital expenditures, restructuring payments and benefit obligations. In addition, we may use cash in the future to make strategic acquisitions.

 

In addition to our working capital requirements, we expect our primary cash requirements for fiscal 2016 to be as follows:

 

   

Debt service —We expect to make payments of approximately $451 million during fiscal 2016 in principal and interest associated with long-term debt and interest associated with our three revolving credit facilities, although we may elect to make additional principal payments under certain circumstances. The expected payments are exclusive of repayments we have made or may make under our revolving credit facilities. In the ordinary course of business, we may from time to time borrow and repay amounts under our revolving credit facilities to meet business needs.

 

   

Restructuring payments —We expect to make payments of approximately $90 million to $100 million during fiscal 2016 for employee separation costs and lease termination obligations associated with restructuring actions we have taken through September 30, 2015 and additional actions we may take in fiscal 2016 as the Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations and identify additional cost savings globally.

 

   

Capital expenditures —We expect to spend approximately $105 million to $120 million for capital expenditures during fiscal 2016.

 

   

Benefit obligations —We expect to make payments under our pension and postretirement obligations of $155 million during fiscal 2016. These payments include: $87 million to satisfy the minimum statutory funding requirements of our U.S. qualified pension plans, $7 million of payments under our U.S. benefit plans that are not pre-funded, $26 million under our non-U.S. benefit plans that are predominately not pre-funded and $35 million under our U.S. retiree medical benefit plan that is not pre-funded. See discussion in Note 14, “Benefit Obligations,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details of our benefit obligations.

 

We and our subsidiaries, affiliates and significant shareholders may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt (including publicly issued debt) through cash purchases and/or exchanges, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, by tender offer or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

 

88


Table of Contents

Future Sources of Liquidity

 

We expect our existing cash balance, cash generated by operations and borrowings available under our credit facilities to be our primary sources of short-term liquidity. We expect that revenues from higher margin products and services and continued focus on accounts receivable, inventory management and cost containment will enable us to generate positive net cash from operating activities. Further, we continue to focus on cost reductions and have initiated restructuring plans designed to reduce overhead and provide cash savings.

 

The Company currently has three revolving credit facilities providing for borrowings of up to an aggregate of approximately $503 million subject to certain contractual limitations. As discussed above, on June 4, 2015 the Company completed an amendment to the Domestic ABL and entered into a new Foreign ABL. The Domestic ABL and Foreign ABL expire June 4, 2020 (subject to certain conditions specified in the Domestic ABL and Foreign ABL) and provide credit availability up to $335 million and $150 million (subject to availability under the calculated borrowing bases as defined for each facility), respectively, to the Company in the form of loans and letters of credit. On June 5, 2015, the Company permanently reduced the senior secured multi-currency revolver under its Senior Secured Credit Agreement due October 26, 2016 from $200 million to approximately $18 million and all letters of credit outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement were transferred to the Domestic ABL. At September 30, 2015 outstanding borrowings were $55 million and $20 million, outstanding letters of credit were $119 million and $22 million, and remaining availability was $83 million and $101 million under the Domestic ABL and Foreign ABL, respectively. Our revolving credit facilities include other customary conditions that, if not complied with, could restrict our availability to borrow. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

On August 20, 2014, we signed an agreement with HP pursuant to which the Company will outsource to HP certain delivery services associated with the APCS business. In connection with that agreement, HP acquired specified assets owned by the Company. HP also agreed to make available one or more additional financings to Avaya and its subsidiaries of up to $24 million per year provided that no material adverse change with respect to the Company has occurred and is continuing as of the date any such financing is requested. The financing enables Avaya and its subsidiaries to purchase equipment to be used for the performance of services under the agreement. HP provides the financing by having Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Company, or HPFS, purchase the equipment from Avaya or its subsidiaries and then lease the equipment to HP. HP uses the equipment solely to perform services for customers on behalf of Avaya under the agreement. During fiscal 2015 we received proceeds of $22 million in connection with the financing of equipment for the performance of services under our agreement with HP.

 

As of September 30, 2015 and 2014, our cash and cash equivalent balances held outside the U.S. were $109 million and $178 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2015, balances of cash and cash equivalents held outside the U.S. that are in excess of in-country needs and which could not be distributed to the U.S. without restriction were not material.

 

The Company is planning to make an initial public offering of its common stock as contemplated in this prospectus. We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to repay certain of our existing indebtedness.

 

If we do not generate sufficient cash from operations, face unanticipated cash needs such as the need to fund significant strategic acquisitions or do not otherwise have sufficient cash and cash equivalents, we may need to incur additional debt or issue additional equity. In order to meet our cash needs we may, from time to time, borrow under our credit facilities or issue long-term or short-term debt or equity, if the market and our credit facilities and the indentures governing our notes permit us to do so. Furthermore, if we acquire a business in the future that has existing debt, our debt service requirements may increase. We regularly evaluate market conditions, our liquidity profile, and various financing alternatives for opportunities to enhance our capital structure. If market conditions are favorable, we may refinance our existing debt or issue additional securities.

 

89


Table of Contents

Uncertainties Regarding Our Liquidity

 

We believe the following uncertainties exist regarding our liquidity:

 

   

Revenues —Our ability to generate net cash from operating activities has been a primary source of our liquidity. If our revenues and gross profits were to decline significantly during an economic downturn and challenging market conditions, particularly in the U.S. and Europe, our ability to generate net cash from operating activities in a sufficient amount to meet our cash needs could be adversely affected. Furthermore, our net cash provided by operating activities may be insufficient if we face unanticipated cash needs such as the funding of a future acquisition or other capital investment

 

   

Cost Saving Initiatives —Our ability to reduce costs through cost saving initiatives will have a direct effect on our cash flows and available cash balances, as certain restructuring charges are recorded in the current year but are paid in future periods. Further, although we may identify additional cost saving initiatives in the future, we may be unsuccessful in these actions or the amount required for severance payments may be so prohibitive as to preclude the implementation of such cost savings initiatives, which could negatively impact our future cash flows.

 

   

Interest Rates —Interest payments on a significant portion of our debt are based on floating interest rates. Rising interest rates will increase cash required for interest payments and adversely impact cash flows and liquidity.

 

   

Debt Ratings —Our ability to obtain external financing and the related cost of borrowing are affected by our debt ratings. See “Debt Ratings.”

 

   

Refinancing Our Debt Obligations— Our ability to refinance our debt obligations before they become due will depend upon, among other things, market conditions, our liquidity profile, our ability to maintain positive cash flows from operations and our debt ratings. Failure to refinance our debt obligations on favorable terms in a timely manner will restrict our ability to obtain additional financing, adversely affect our costs of borrowing and negatively impact our cash flows and liquidity.

 

   

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates —We are a global company with significant international operations and transact business in many currencies including the euro, Indian rupee, British pound, Mexican peso and Chinese yuan. If foreign currency exchanges rates were to fluctuate significantly particularly in the U.S. and Europe, it may have an impact on our revenue, costs, and expenses and adversely affect our ability to generate net cash from operating activities in a sufficient amount to meet our cash needs. From time to time we enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce the short-term impact of foreign currency fluctuations. However, we do not attempt to hedge all exposures and any attempt to hedge certain foreign currency fluctuation risks may be unsuccessful and result in an adverse impact on our operating results and liquidity.

 

   

Future Acquisitions —We may from time to time in the future make acquisitions. Such acquisitions may require significant amounts of cash or may result in increased debt service requirements to the extent we assume or incur debt in connection with such acquisitions.

 

   

Litigation —In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in litigation, claims, government inquiries, investigations, charges and proceedings. See Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus. Our ability to successfully defend the Company against pending and future litigation may impact cash flows.

 

On October 23, 2014, in connection with a litigation matter, the Company filed a supersedeas bond with the Court in the amount of $63 million to stay execution of a judgment against it while the matter is on appeal. The Company secured posting of the bond through the issuance of a letter of credit under its existing credit facilities. In connection with this proceeding, an application was also filed seeking approximately $65 million as subsequently amended, for attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs through September 11, 2014 from the Company which the Company intends to contest. Once the initial application is resolved by the Court, the Company

 

90


Table of Contents

expects that a supplemental application will be made for activity beyond September 11, 2014. Once required, and in order to stay the enforcement of any award for attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs, on appeal or otherwise, the Company will post a bond in the amount of the award for attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs, plus interest. The Company expects to secure posting of the bond through existing resources and may use any or a combination of the issuance of one or more letters of credit under its existing credit facilities and cash on hand. See Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details regarding this litigation matter.

 

Debt Service Obligations

 

As of September 30, 2015, the contracted principal payments due under our indebtedness were $6,042 million, excluding capital lease obligations of $61 million, net of imputed interest. Our interest expense for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, was $452 million, $459 million and $467 million, and includes $20 million, $19 million and $21 million of non-cash interest expense, respectively.

 

We monitor our exposure to the risk of increased interest rates. From time to time, the Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge against variability of cash flows related to changes in benchmark interest rates associated with certain borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. During fiscal 2013, each of the interest rate swap agreements we entered into in previous years reached maturity and since September 30, 2013 we have not entered into any such agreements.

 

A substantial portion of our cash flows from operations is dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness. The Company has met all scheduled payments timely on its debt.

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

Our deferred tax assets are primarily a result of deductible temporary differences related to net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, benefit obligations, tax credit carryforwards, and other accruals which are available to reduce taxable income in future periods. As of September 30, 2015, the Company had NOL carryforwards of $1,227 million, comprised of $394 million for U.S. federal, state and local taxes and $833 million in foreign jurisdictions.

 

The Internal Revenue Code (“IRC” or the “Code”) contains provisions which limit the use of NOLs, U.S. federal tax credits and other tax attributes upon a change in ownership as defined by the Code. The share issuance as contemplated in this prospectus itself, or when aggregated with other prior shareholder ownership changes during the applicable testing period, may cause an ownership change that would further limit, on an annual basis, our ability to utilize our current U.S. federal net operating losses and U.S. federal tax credits. Under German tax law any change in excess of 25% would limit the amount of NOL carryforward available for use in future periods. Depending on market conditions, share issuance related to a proposed initial public offering may result in an ownership change under German law that would limit our ability to utilize our current German NOL carryforward.

 

A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some or all of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. At September 30, 2015, the Company’s valuation allowance is $1,976 million, of which $1,148 million, $263 million, $507 million and $58 million relates to U.S., Germany, Luxembourg, and other foreign entities, respectively. Primarily as a result of significant book taxable losses incurred subsequent to the Merger, the Company’s deferred tax assets exceed its deferred tax liabilities, exclusive of the U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company is in a three-year cumulative book taxable loss position in the U.S. and other significant tax jurisdictions and expects to continue to incur significant interest expense related to its debt and amortization and

 

91


Table of Contents

depreciation expense associated with the Merger and acquisition of NES. The Company considered the scheduled reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities, projected future taxable income, and certain tax planning strategies in assessing the realization of its deferred tax assets. Based on this assessment, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets in certain significant jurisdictions, including the U.S., Israel, Ireland, Germany, Luxembourg and France, will not be realized to the extent they exceed the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities. The recognition of valuation allowances will adversely affect the Company’s effective income tax rate.

 

Credit Facilities

 

Avaya Inc. entered into borrowing arrangements with several financial institutions in connection with the Merger on October 26, 2007 and the acquisition of NES in December 2009. During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, Avaya Inc. completed several refinancing transactions.

 

During the three months ended December 31, 2012, Avaya Inc. completed three transactions which allowed Avaya Inc. to refinance $848 million of term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement that were scheduled to mature on October 26, 2014. These transactions were (1) an amendment to the senior secured multi-currency revolver and the Domestic ABL on October 29, 2012 along with the extension of the maturity date of $135 million aggregate principal amount of term B-1 loans, (2) an amendment on December 21, 2012 of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement along with the extension of the maturity date of $713 million aggregate principal amount of term B-1 loans and $134 million aggregate principal amount of term B-4 loans, and (3) the issuance on December 21, 2012 of $290 million of 9% senior secured notes due April 2019.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, Avaya Inc. refinanced the remaining $584 million of term B-1 loans with the cash proceeds from the issuance of $589 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans maturing March 31, 2018.

 

Additionally, during the three months ended March 31, 2013, Avaya Inc. refinanced $1,384 million of senior unsecured notes, through (1) amendments to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and the Domestic ABL permitting the refinancing of the 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes due 2015 and 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015 (collectively, the “Old Notes”) with indebtedness secured by a lien on certain collateral on a junior-priority basis and (2) the exchange of $1,384 million of Old Notes for $1,348 million of 10.50% senior secured notes maturing March 1, 2021.

 

On February 5, 2014, Avaya Inc., entered into Amendment No. 8 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, pursuant to which. Avaya Inc. refinanced in full all outstanding term B-5 loans with cash proceeds from the issuance of $1,136 million aggregate principal amount of term B-6 loans maturing March 31, 2018. In addition, Avaya Inc. paid $15 million in cash for certain fees and expenses incurred in connection with the refinancing.

 

The term B-6 loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either a base rate (subject to a floor of 2.00%) or a LIBOR rate (subject to a floor of 1.00%), in each case plus an applicable margin. Subject to the floor described in the immediately preceding sentence, the base rate is determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus one half of 1%. The applicable margin for borrowings of term B-6 loans is 4.50% per annum with respect to base rate borrowings and 5.50% per annum with respect to LIBOR borrowings, in each case, subject to increase pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement in connection with the making of certain refinancing, extended or replacement term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement with an Effective Yield (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) greater than the applicable Effective Yield payable in respect of the term B-6 loans at such time plus 50 basis points.

 

On May 15, 2014, Avaya Inc. redeemed 100% of the aggregate principal amount of its Old Notes due 2015 and 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes due 2015 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount

 

92


Table of Contents

thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest of $150 million. The redemption was funded through cash on-hand of $10 million, borrowings of $100 million under the senior secured multi-currency revolver, and $40 million under the Domestic ABL.

 

On May 29, 2015, the Company entered into Amendment No. 9 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement pursuant to which the Company issued $2,125 million of term B-7 loans maturing May 29, 2020, the proceeds of which were used to: (a) repay $1,473 million in principal amounts of term B-3 loans maturing October 26, 2017, $0.4 million in principal amounts of term B-4 loans maturing October 26, 2017, and $581 million of term B-6 loans maturing March 31, 2018, (b) repay $32 million of revolving loans outstanding under its Senior Secured Credit Agreement, (c) fund $33 million in original issue discounts, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the refinancing transaction, and (d) pay $1 million for interest accrued on the refinanced term and revolving credit loans through the date of the refinancing transaction. The term B-7 loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either a base rate (subject to a floor of 2.00%) or a LIBOR rate (subject to a floor of 1.00%), in each case plus an applicable margin. The base rate is determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citibank and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus one half of 1%. The applicable margin for borrowings of term B-7 loans is 4.25% per annum with respect to base rate borrowings and 5.25% per annum with respect to LIBOR borrowings, in each case, subject to increase pursuant to the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

 

On June 4, 2015, Avaya Inc., Citicorp USA, Inc. and the lenders party thereto completed Amendment No. 4 to the Domestic ABL which, among other things; (i) extended the stated maturity of the facility from October 26, 2016 to June 4, 2020 (subject to certain conditions specified in the Domestic ABL), (ii) increased the sublimit for letter of credit issuances under the Domestic ABL from $150 million to $200 million, and (iii) amended certain covenants and other provisions of the existing agreement. At the same time, the Foreign Borrowers, Citibank N.A. and the lenders party thereto entered into the Foreign ABL which matures June 4, 2020 (subject to certain conditions specified in the Foreign ABL). Available credit under the Domestic ABL remains $335 million subject to availability under the borrowing base. Available credit under the Foreign ABL is $150 million subject to availability under the respective borrowing bases of the Foreign Borrowers.

 

Borrowings under the Domestic ABL bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) a LIBOR rate plus a margin of 1.75% or (b) a base rate plus a margin of 0.75%.

 

The Foreign ABL provides senior secured financing of up to $150 million, subject to availability under the respective borrowing bases of the Foreign Borrowers. The total borrowing base for all Foreign Borrowers at any time equals the sum of (i) 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the Foreign Borrowers, plus (ii) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory of the Canadian Foreign Borrower and Irish Foreign Borrower, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. The Foreign ABL includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for Canadian or European swingline loans, and is available in Euros, Canadian dollars and British pound sterling in addition to U.S. dollars.

 

Under the Foreign ABL the Foreign Borrowers have the right to request up to $30 million of additional commitments. The lenders under the Foreign ABL are not under any obligation to provide any such additional commitments, any increase in commitments is subject to certain conditions precedent and any borrowing in respect of such increased commitments would be subject to the borrowing base under the Foreign ABL at such time.

 

Borrowings under the Foreign ABL bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Foreign Borrowers’ option depending upon the currency and type of the applicable borrowing, (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A., (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) the sum of 1.00% plus the LIBOR rate for a thirty day interest period as determined on such day, (b) a Canadian prime rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the base rate of Citibank, N.A., Canadian branch, and (2) the sum of 1.00% plus the CDOR rate for a thirty day interest period as determined on such day, (c) a LIBOR rate, (d) a CDOR Rate, (e) a EURIBOR rate or (f) an overnight LIBOR rate, in each case plus an applicable

 

93


Table of Contents

margin. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under the Foreign ABL on June 4, 2015 is equal to (1) 0.75% per annum with respect to base rate and Canadian prime rate borrowings and (2) 1.75% per annum with respect to LIBOR, CDOR or EURIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Foreign ABL is subject to a step down based on average historical excess availability under the Foreign ABL. Swingline loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, in the case of swingline loans to the Canadian Foreign Borrower, the base rate if denominated in U.S. Dollars or the Canadian prime rate if denominated in Canadian dollars and, in the case of swingline loans to the UK Foreign Borrower, the Irish Foreign Borrower or the German Foreign Borrowers, the base rate if denominated in U.S. Dollars or the overnight LIBOR rate if denominated in Euros or British pound sterling. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Foreign ABL, the Foreign Borrowers are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The Foreign Borrowers must also pay customary letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin on LIBOR, CDOR and EURIBOR loans and agency fees.

 

On June 5, 2015, the Company permanently reduced the revolving credit commitments under its Senior Secured Credit Agreement from $200 million to $18 million and transferred all letters of credit outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement to the Domestic ABL.

 

Borrowings under the senior secured multi-currency revolver bear interest at a rate per annum equal to a LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin.

 

Borrowings under the Domestic ABL bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at Avaya Inc.’s option, either (a) a LIBOR rate plus a margin of 1.75% or (b) a base rate plus a margin of 0.75%. The interest rate election made on the May 15, 2014 borrowing was the LIBOR rate.

 

As of September 30, 2015, term loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement include term B-3 loans, term B-4 loans, term B-6 loans and term B-7 loans with remaining face values (after all principal payments through September 30, 2015) of $616 million, $1 million, $537 million and $2,112 million respectively. The Company regularly evaluates market conditions, its liquidity profile, and various financing alternatives for opportunities to enhance its capital structure. If opportunities are favorable, Avaya Inc. may refinance existing debt or issue additional debt securities.

 

We are not in default under any of Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements.

 

See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

 

Guarantees of Indebtedness and Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We are party to several types of agreements, including surety bonds, purchase commitments, product financing arrangements and performance guarantees, which are fully discussed in Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Legal Proceedings and Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

 

We are subject to certain legal proceedings, which are fully discussed in Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Use of Estimates and Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are based on the selection and application of GAAP, which require us to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and the accompanying notes. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute

 

94


Table of Contents

certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and any such differences may be material to the financial statements. We believe that the following policies may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application and represent the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements. If different assumptions or conditions were to prevail, the results could be materially different from our reported results.

 

Acquisition Accounting

 

The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method, which requires an allocation of the purchase price of an acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company derives revenue primarily from the sale of products, software, and services for communications systems and applications. The Company’s products are sold directly through its worldwide sales force and indirectly through its global network of distributors, service providers, dealers, value-added resellers, systems integrators and business partners. Services includes (i) supplemental maintenance service, including services provided under contracts to monitor and optimize customers’ communications network performance; (ii) professional services for implementation and integration of converged voice and data networks, network security and unified communications; and (iii) Cloud and managed services. Maintenance contracts have terms that range from one to five years. Contracts for professional services typically have terms that range from four to six weeks for standard products and from six months to one year for customized products. Contracts for Cloud and managed services have terms that range from one to seven years.

 

In accordance with GAAP, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. For arrangements that require acceptance of the product, system, or solution as specified by the customer, revenue is deferred until the acceptance criteria have been met.

 

The Company’s indirect sales to channel partners are generally recognized at the time of shipment if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. The Company accrues a provision for estimated sales returns and other allowances, including promotional marketing programs and other incentives as a reduction of revenue at time of sale. When estimating returns, the Company considers customary inventory levels held by third-party distributors.

 

The Company enters into multiple deliverable arrangements, which may include various combinations of products, software and services. Most product and service deliverables qualify as separate units of accounting and can be sold on a standalone basis. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value and, where return rights exist, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within the Company’s control. When the Company sells products with implementation services, they are generally combined as one or more units of accounting, depending on the nature of the services and the customer’s acceptance requirements.

 

Most of the Company’s products have both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the products’ essential functionality. For these multiple deliverable arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to the deliverables based on their relative selling prices. To the extent that a deliverable is subject to specific guidance on whether and/or how to allocate the consideration in a multiple deliverable arrangement, that deliverable is accounted for in accordance with such specific guidance. The Company limits the amount of revenue recognition for delivered items to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services or meeting other future performance obligations.

 

95


Table of Contents

The Company allocates revenue based on a selling price hierarchy of vendor-specific objective evidence, third-party evidence, and then estimated selling price. Vendor-specific objective evidence is based on the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately. Third-party evidence is based on largely interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone sales to similarly situated customers. As the Company is unable to reliably determine what competitors products’ selling prices are on a standalone basis, the Company is not typically able to determine third-party evidence. Estimated selling price is based on the Company’s best estimates of what the selling prices of deliverables would be if they were sold regularly on a standalone basis. Estimated selling price is established considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices in different geographies and through different sales channels, major product and services groups, and customer classifications.

 

Once the Company allocates revenue to each deliverable, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with its policies when all revenue recognition criteria are met. Product revenue is generally recognized upon delivery and maintenance services revenue is generally recognized ratably over the period during which the services are performed, whereas revenue from Cloud and managed services is generally recognized based on usage, subject to contractual minimums. However, revenue for professional services arrangements is generally recognized upon completion of performance and revenue for arrangements that require acceptance of the product, system, or solution, is recognized when the acceptance criteria have been met.

 

Standalone or subsequent sales of software or software-related items are recognized in accordance with the software revenue recognition guidance. For multiple deliverable arrangements that only include software items, the Company generally uses the residual method to allocate the arrangement consideration. Under the residual method, the amount of consideration allocated to the delivered items equals the total arrangement consideration, less the fair value of the undelivered items. Where vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value for the undelivered items cannot be determined, the Company generally defers revenue until all items are delivered and services have been performed, or until such evidence of fair value can be determined for the undelivered items.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. Additionally, the accounting for income taxes requires the Company to evaluate and make an assertion as to whether undistributed foreign earnings will be indefinitely reinvested or repatriated. “(Financial Accounting Standards Board), or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or (ASC), subtopic 740-10, “Income Taxes—Overall” (“ASC 740-10”) prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, classification, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions. ASC 740-10 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.

 

Significant judgment is required in evaluating uncertain tax positions and determining the provision for income taxes. Although the Company believes its reserves are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which is reflected in the historical income tax provision and accruals. The Company adjusts its estimated liability for uncertain tax positions periodically due to

 

96


Table of Contents

new information discovered from ongoing examinations by, and settlements with various taxing authorities, as well as changes in tax laws, regulations and interpretations. The Company’s policy is to recognize, when applicable, interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense.

 

As part of the Company’s accounting for business combinations, some of the purchase price is allocated to goodwill and intangible assets. Impairment expenses associated with goodwill are generally not tax deductible and will result in an increased effective income tax rate in the fiscal period any impairment is recorded. The income tax benefit from future releases of the acquisition date valuation allowances or income tax contingencies, if any, are reflected in the income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, rather than as an adjustment to the purchase price allocation.

 

Intangible and Long-lived Assets

 

Intangible assets include technology, customer relationships, trademarks and trade-names and other intangibles. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from two to fifteen years. Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the estimated fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell. Intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually each July 1 st , and more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an asset may be impaired. The estimated useful lives of intangible and long-lived assets are based on many factors including assumptions regarding the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors, expectations regarding the future use of the asset, and our historical experience with similar assets. The assumptions used to determine the estimated useful lives could change due to numerous factors including product demand, market conditions, technological developments, economic conditions and competition.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic testing for impairment in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles–Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”) at the reporting unit level which is one level below the Company’s operating segments. The assessment of goodwill impairment is conducted by estimating and comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting units’ net assets, as defined in ASC 350, to their carrying value as of that date. The fair value is estimated using an income approach whereby the fair value of the reporting unit is based on the future cash flows that each reporting unit’s assets can be expected to generate. Future cash flows are based on forward-looking information regarding market share and costs for each reporting unit and are discounted using an appropriate discount rate. Future discounted cash flows can be affected by changes in industry or market conditions or the rate and extent to which anticipated synergies or cost savings are realized with newly acquired entities. The test for impairment is conducted annually each July 1 st , and more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

 

At July 1, 2015 the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test and determined that the respective book values of the Company’s reporting units did not exceed their estimated fair values and that it was not necessary to record impairment charges. In order to evaluate the sensitivity of the fair value calculations on the goodwill impairment test the Company applied a hypothetical 10% decrease to the fair value of each reporting unit. This hypothetical 10% decrease in the fair value of each reporting unit at July 1, 2015 would not result in an impairment of goodwill for any reporting unit.

 

97


Table of Contents

Restructuring Programs

 

The Company accounts for exit or disposal of activities in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations” (“ASC 420”). In accordance with ASC 420, a business restructuring is defined as an exit or disposal activity that includes but is not limited to a program that is planned and controlled by management and materially changes either the scope of a business or the manner in which that business is conducted. Business restructuring charges includes (i) one-time termination benefits related to employee separations, (ii) contract termination costs and (iii) other costs associated with exit or disposal activities including, but not limited to, costs for consolidating or closing facilities and relocating employees.

 

A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value for one-time termination benefits once the plan of termination is communicated to affected employees and it meets all of the following criteria: (i) management commits to a plan of termination, (ii) the plan identifies the number of employees to be terminated and their job classifications or functions, locations and the expected completion date, (iii) the plan establishes the terms of the benefit arrangement and (iv) it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or the plan will be withdrawn. Contract termination costs include costs to terminate a contract or costs that will continue to be incurred under the contract without benefit to the Company. A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value when the Company either terminates the contract or ceases using the rights conveyed by the contract. A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value for other associated costs in the period in which the liability is incurred.

 

In connection with the Merger, the Company adopted a plan to exit certain activities of the newly acquired company. A liability was recognized as of the consummation date of the acquisition for the costs under the exit plan in accordance with the authoritative guidance at that time if these costs were not associated with or were not incurred to generate revenues of the combined entity after the consummation date and either (i) had no future economic benefit to the combined company, were incremental to other costs incurred by either the acquired company or the acquiring company in the conduct of activities prior to the consummation date, and were expected to be incurred as a direct result of the plan to exit an activity of the acquired company or (ii) the cost represented an amount to be incurred by the combined company under a contractual obligation of the acquired company that existed prior to the consummation date and will either continue after the plan is completed with no economic benefit to the combined company or be a penalty incurred by the combined company to cancel that contractual obligation.

 

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

 

The Company sponsors non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering a portion of its U.S. employees and retirees, and postretirement benefit plans covering a portion of its U.S. retirees that include healthcare benefits and life insurance coverage. Certain non-U.S. operations have various retirement benefit programs covering substantially all of their employees. Some of these programs are considered to be defined benefit pension plans for accounting purposes.

 

The Company’s pension and postretirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions, including the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Material changes in pension and postretirement benefit costs may occur in the future due to changes in these assumptions, changes in the number of plan participants, changes in the level of benefits provided, changes in asset levels and changes in legislation.

 

The discount rate is subject to change each year, consistent with changes in rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments currently available and expected to be available during the expected benefit payment period. The Company selects the assumed discount rate for its U.S. pension and postretirement plans by applying the rates from the AonHewitt AA Only and AonHewitt AA Only Above Median yield curves to the expected benefit payment streams and develops a rate at which it is believed the benefit obligations could be effectively

 

98


Table of Contents

settled. The Company follows a similar process for its non-U.S. pension plans by applying the AonHewitt Euro AA corporate bond yield curve. Based on the published rates as of September 30, 2015, the Company used a weighted average discount rate of 4.23% for the U.S. pension plans, 2.53% for the non-U.S. pension plans, and 4.35% for the postretirement plans. For the U.S. pension plans, non-U.S. pension plans, and the postretirement plans, every one-percentage-point increase or decrease in the discount rate reduces or increases our benefit obligation by approximately $397 million, $82 million and $43 million, respectively.

 

The market-related value of the Company’s plan assets as of the measurement date is developed using a 5-year smoothing technique. First, a preliminary market-related value is calculated by adjusting the market-related value at the beginning of the year for payments to and from plan assets and the expected return on assets during the year.

 

The expected return on assets represents the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets adjusted up to plus or minus 2% based on the actual 10-year average rate of return on plan assets. A final market-related value is determined as the preliminary market-related value, plus 20% of the difference between the actual return and expected return for each of the past five years.

 

These pension and other postretirement benefits are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits” (“ASC 715”). ASC 715 requires that plan assets and obligations be measured as of the reporting date and the over-funded, under-funded or unfunded status of plans be recognized as of the reporting date as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, ASC 715 requires costs and related obligations and assets arising from pensions and other postretirement benefit plans to be accounted for based on actuarially-determined estimates.

 

The plans use different factors, including years of service, eligible compensation and age, to determine the benefit amount for eligible participants. The Company funds its U.S. pension plans in compliance with applicable laws. See Note 14, “Benefit Obligations,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the Company’s pension and postretirement plans.

 

Effective October 1, 2015, the Company changed its estimate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost for its U.S. pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Previously, the Company estimated the service and interest cost components utilizing a single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation. The new estimate utilizes a full yield curve approach in the estimation of these components by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to their underlying projected cash flows. The new estimate provides a more precise measurement of service and interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows and their corresponding spot rates. The change does not affect the measurement of the Company’s U.S. pension and postretirement benefit obligations and it is accounted for as a change in accounting estimate, which is applied prospectively. For fiscal 2016, the change in estimate is expected to reduce U.S. pension and postretirement net periodic benefit plan cost by $30 million to $35 million when compared to the prior estimate.

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

In the ordinary course of business we are subject to legal proceedings related to environmental, product, employment, intellectual property, licensing and other matters. In addition, we are subject to indemnification and liability sharing claims by Lucent Technologies Inc. (now Alcatel-Lucent) under the terms of the Contribution and Distribution Agreement. In order to determine the amount of reserves required, we assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the amount of reserves required for these contingencies is made after analysis of each individual issue. The estimates of required reserves may change in the future due to new developments in each matter or changes in approach such as a change in settlement strategy. Assessing the adequacy of any reserve for matters for which we may have to indemnify Alcatel-Lucent is especially difficult, as we do not control the defense of those matters and have limited information.

 

99


Table of Contents

Share-based Compensation

 

We account for share-based compensation in accordance with FASB Topic ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including stock options, restricted stock units and stock purchases based on estimated fair values. The determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option pricing model is affected by the fair market value of our stock (as defined in Avaya Holdings Corp.’s Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan) as well as a number of highly complex and subjective assumptions.

 

New Accounting Guidance Recently Adopted

 

Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists

 

In the first quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-11 “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” The standard requires the netting of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTBs”) against a deferred tax asset for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax positions. UTBs are required to be netted against all available same-jurisdiction loss or other tax carryforwards that would be utilized, rather than only against carryforwards that are created by the UTBs. The relevant presentation and disclosures have been applied prospectively.

 

Imputation of Interest

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03 “Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” The standard requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this update. The Company adopted this guidance in the second quarter of fiscal 2015, which has been applied retrospectively. As a result of the adoption of this standard, unamortized debt issuance costs of $13 million originally included in other current assets and $42 million originally included in other assets, were reclassified as a reduction of debt maturing within one year and long-term debt, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2014.

 

Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Effective

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” The standard supersedes most of the current revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP and is intended to improve and converge with international standards the financial reporting requirements for revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. New disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers are also required. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2018; early adoption is not permitted. The ASU may be applied retrospectively (a) to each reporting period presented or (b) with the cumulative effect in retained earnings at the beginning of the adoption period. The Company is currently evaluating the method of adoption and the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15 “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.” The standard requires management to evaluate, at each annual and interim

 

100


Table of Contents

reporting period, the company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued and provide related disclosures. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company on a prospective basis beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01 “Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items.” The standard eliminated from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company on a prospective basis beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2016 and is not expected to have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05 “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software.” The standard amended the existing accounting standards for intangible assets and provides explicit guidance to customers in determining the accounting for fees paid in a cloud computing arrangement, wherein the arrangements that do not convey a software license to the customer are accounted for as service contracts. This standard is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11 “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory.” The standard simplifies the measurement of inventory, by requiring that inventory be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value as opposed to lower of cost or market. This standard is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16 “Business Combinations Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments.” The standard requires that an acquirer recognize measurement-period adjustments in the period in which the adjustments are determined. The income effects of such measurement-period adjustments are to be recorded in the same period’s financial statements but calculated as if the accounting had been completed as of the acquisition date. The impact of measurement-period adjustments to earnings that relate to prior period financial statements are to be presented separately on the income statement or disclosed by line item. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company on a prospective basis beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and is not expected to have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

Recorded Transactions —The Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to hedge fluctuations associated with certain monetary assets and liabilities, primarily accounts receivable, accounts payable and certain intercompany obligations. However we do not attempt to hedge all our foreign currency exposures and are subject to remeasurement gain (loss) that is recorded in other (expense) income, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is sensitive to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. A 10% upward shift in the value of the foreign currencies that we trade against from the prevailing market rates would have had a negative impact of $5 million, $16 million and $8 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. A 10% downward shift in the value of the foreign currencies that we trade against from the prevailing market rates would have had a positive impact of $4 million, $14 million and $13 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

101


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

 

From time to time, the Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge against the variability of cash flows related to changes in benchmark interest rates associated with certain borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2013 each of these agreements had matured and there are no outstanding interest rate swap agreements.

 

As of September 30, 2015, if 3 month LIBOR remains below 1.00%, a 25 bps increase in interest rates results in a change in our annual interest expense of $2 million and if 3 month LIBOR is greater than 1.00%, a 25 bps increase in interest rates results in a change in our annual interest expense of $8 million.

 

See Note 11, Foreign Currency Forward Contracts and Interest Rates Swaps to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details related to these interest rate swap agreements.

 

102


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Our Company

 

Avaya is a leading provider of contact center, unified communications and networking products and services designed to help enterprise and midmarket businesses increase workforce productivity, customer engagement, and customer lifetime value, with the ultimate objective of higher revenue and profitability for our customers. Through September 30, 2015, we had over 300,000 customers, including over 95% of the Fortune 500, with installations in over half a million customer locations worldwide.

 

Our products and services portfolio spans software, hardware, professional and support services, and cloud services. These fall under three reporting segments:

 

   

Global Communications Solutions, or GCS, encompass all of our real-time collaboration, contact center and unified communications software and hardware. Unified communications integrates real-time communication services including telephony, e-mail, instant messaging and video. Examples in GCS include audio conferencing systems; mobile video software, software that runs contact center operations such as multimedia contact routing; software that enables mobile access to the company network for employees; and hardware such as phones, gateways, and servers. We enable these unified communication and real-time collaboration tools to also be embedded inside the applications businesses use everyday to keep employees and customers connected, productive and effective. This reporting segment also includes a development platform, which allows our customers and third parties to adapt our technology by creating custom applications, automated workflows, and engagement environments for their unique needs and allows them to integrate Avaya’s capabilities into their existing infrastructure. GCS also includes cloud-supporting software and hardware products, which make it possible to use our contact center and unified communications products via the Cloud.

 

   

Avaya Networking includes our advanced fabric networking technology which offers a virtualized network designed to be simple to deploy, agile and resilient. This reporting segment also includes products such as Ethernet switches and routers; wireless networking; and access control products that enforce role- and policy- based access to the network. Our fabric networking technology is flexible and extensible to legacy network systems, which gives customers the option to upgrade to new contact center and unified communications technology while maintaining their existing infrastructure, if desired.

 

   

Avaya Global Services, or AGS, includes professional and support services designed to help our customers maximize the benefits of using our products and technology. Our services include support for implementation, deployment, monitoring, troubleshooting, optimization, and more. This reporting segment also includes our Cloud and managed services, which enable customers to take advantage of our technology in a private, hybrid, or public cloud environment. The majority of our revenue in this reporting segment is recurring in nature, based on multi-year services contracts.

 

As enterprise and midmarket businesses increasingly seek to improve customer experience through the quality and efficiency of contact center and unified communications, they are confronted with several industry trends presenting emerging and varied challenges. We believe the most forceful among these trends are:

 

   

the increasing mobility of the workforce;

 

   

shifting priorities of C-level business decision makers, including an increased preference for software-defined networking (SDN, or network virtualization), cloud delivery of applications, and management of multiple and varied devices, all of which must be handled with the security the business demands;

 

   

increasing demand for IT purchases under operating expense models over capital expense models; and

 

   

the rise of omni-channel customer service involving multiple modes of communications.

 

103


Table of Contents

We aim to be the leader in our industry in addressing the customer needs and priorities resulting from recent trends and emerging challenges. We have invested in open, mobile enterprise communication and collaboration platforms and are well poised to serve a broad range of needs, from servicing old phone systems to deploying leading edge contact center technology via the cloud. While we remain committed to our legacy capabilities and the customers who rely on them, in the past several years we have also responded to the emerging landscape by evolving our market and product approach in three important ways.

 

   

We have invested in research and development, or R&D, and new technologies to develop and provide more comprehensive contact center, unified communications, and networking products and services, continuing our focus on the enterprise while expanding the value we can provide to midmarket customers.

 

   

We have evolved our product design philosophy, anticipating demand for products that are cloud- and mobile enabled. We also design our products to be flexible, extensible, secure and reliable. This allows our customers to transition from old communications and collaboration technology to newer technology in a way that is manageable and cost-effective.

 

   

We have increased our focus on packaging our products and services into “solutions” including:

 

   

Customer Engagement Solutions : which are primarily comprised of our contact center products and services (such as software for intelligent call routing and reporting) and supported by our networking technology and development environment. These solutions are designed to help our customers improve customer experience and maximize customer lifetime value, while expanding communications channels to include chat, mobile applications, analytics, video, and more. These solutions can be implemented quickly helping customers dramatically reduce time-to-value on their investment.

 

   

Team Engagement Solutions : which are primarily comprised of our real-time collaboration and unified communications products and services (such as audio conferencing systems, mobile video software, phones, and software that governs employee network access) and supported by our networking technology and development environment. These solutions are designed to help our customers build more efficient, more responsive businesses, improving workforce productivity and mobility, while allowing employees to securely use increasing number and variety of devices and communications channels to collaborate.

 

   

Networking solutions : which are primarily comprised of our advanced fabric networking technology, based on open industry standards, as well as Ethernet switches, routers, and software that governs role- and policy-based network access. Our networking solutions are designed to enable customer and team engagement across devices and communications modes, on-premise or via the cloud. These solutions are designed to reduce outages, boost agility and resiliency, and increase speed to deployment of contact center and unified communications technology.

 

We design and build these solutions for engagement of the customers and employees of our customers. We define “engagement” as the set of tangible outcomes that a business experiences through improved team and customer communications and collaboration. These tangible benefits include higher employee productivity; higher customer satisfaction; higher customer lifetime value, and, ultimately, higher profitability.

 

With our products and services, packaged as solutions, we can address the needs of a diverse range of customers, including large multinational enterprises, small and medium-sized businesses, and government organizations. Our customers operate in a broad range of industries, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, healthcare, education and government. We employ a flexible go-to-market strategy with direct or indirect presence in over 100 countries. As of September 30, 2015, we had approximately 9,300 channel partners and for fiscal 2015, our product revenue from indirect sales through our channel partners represented approximately 75% of our total product revenue.

 

104


Table of Contents

For fiscal 2015 and 2014, we generated revenue of $4,081 million and $4,371 million, respectively. For fiscal 2015 and 2014, 50% of our revenues were product revenues and 50% of our revenues were service revenues. Revenue generated in the United States for fiscal 2015 and 2014 represented 54% and 52% of our total revenue, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: Revenue” for financial information about geographic areas. For fiscal 2015 and 2014 we had operating income from continuing operations of $371 million and $197 million, respectively. For fiscal 2015 and 2014, we had Adjusted EBITDA of $900 million and $898 million, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” for a definition and explanation of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

The Benefits of Our Solutions

 

Avaya’s solutions are combinations of our products and services designed to help our customers address their customer and team engagement needs, before, during and after any transition they may make to a mobile- and cloud-enabled communications environment. We believe our unified communications, contact center, and networking technology can increase productivity and profitability for businesses of all sizes.

 

Customer Engagement Solutions

 

Our Customer Engagement Solutions are designed to facilitate long-lasting and successful relationships between companies and their customers. Today’s customer relationships are ongoing conversations that unfold across time and channels. Phone, video, email, chat, social – it is all one integrated omni-channel now. Done right, seamless execution pays off in increased customer lifetime value, revenue, and profitability for our customers - even as they evolve to integrate more communications channels and mobile devices into their customer service strategies. These solutions are predominately made up of our contact center products and services, and supported by our networking technology and development environment. Some of the benefits of Avaya Customer Engagement Solutions include:

 

   

Improved customer experience : As businesses increasingly compete on customer experience, we offer products and services designed to incorporate multiple channels of communication, improve customer satisfaction and retention; increase referrals and customer acquisition; and increase cross-sell and upsell opportunities. For example, our intelligent routing and multi-modal integration software can help an enterprise or midmarket business deliver a seamless ongoing conversation with a customer, even if that conversation includes interactions by phone, chat, email, and social media. Our products and services are designed to drive consistency and increased satisfaction across touch points and enable better measurement of customer experience data for dispersion to other business units.

 

   

Contact center efficiency: We believe the contact center is at the heart of a successful customer engagement solution because it is a primary channel of communication between the customer and businesses, even as modes of contact expand to include social media, chat, and mobile apps. Our products and services are designed to help our customers achieve contact center efficiency through automation, by reducing operational costs and staffing impacts, eliminating resource constraints caused by repetitive requests and manual processes, and ensuring service level agreements as well as compliance requirements. For example, we might deploy our contact center platform with intelligent call routing and contact flow analytics software to help a customer better manage volume fluctuations and better match contact center resources to customer needs in real-time.

 

   

Revenue growth : Our solutions are designed to help our customers increase revenue through stronger and longer lasting customer relationships. We believe our solutions address this challenge by reducing complexity within the contact center and facilitating better sell-through, sell-in and sell-up performance. For example, we might deploy our Avaya Aura Experience Portal with software for proactive consumer outreach, to help a customer increase the efficiency and effectiveness of increasing repeat purchases and order sizes, while allowing the customer’s end-consumer to use his or her preferred communications channel for the interaction.

 

105


Table of Contents

Team Engagement Solutions

 

Avaya Team Engagement Solutions are designed to offer businesses the simplicity of a single solution to address workforce communication and collaboration needs, including via mobile devices. These solutions are made up predominately of our real-time collaboration and unified communications products and services, and supported by our networking technology and development environment. Some of the benefits of Avaya Team Engagement Solutions include:

 

   

Communications modernization : Avaya helps modernize communications ecosystems by centralizing, consolidating and virtualizing underlying technology infrastructures and making applications available via the cloud. This model is designed to account for mobile device usage, reduce total cost of ownership for the entire collaboration environment and allow firms to transition from a capital expenditure to operating expenditure model. For example, an Avaya private cloud solution can be implemented to integrate virtualized voice, email, video, messaging, chat and conferencing capabilities. This enables cloud access to communications tools for desk-based and remote workers and improves security, delivering total cost of ownership, or TCO, efficiencies and rapid payback.

 

   

Worker productivity : Our conferencing, messaging, and other unified communications products and services are designed to help our customers integrate products that equally support desk-workers, teleworkers, and frequent business travelers, thereby increasing the mobility and productivity of their workforce. Our customers are increasingly demanding that individual workers be able to communicate across device types, channels and geographic locations knowing that their devices, data and connections are reliable and secure. For example, our customers using the Avaya Session Border Control can securely extend the corporate unified communications capabilities to a remote user on a mobile device and to desk phones in their remote and home offices.

 

   

Team productivity : Our unified communications products and services are designed to help our customers improve team productivity by diminishing the complexity of team collaboration channels, enabling off-the-shelf and customizable application integration, providing omni-channel conferencing across audio, web, and video for room, desktop, and mobile platforms. It also provides the opportunity to simplify and expand by moving conferencing services into the cloud. For example, the Avaya Scopia platform can enable employees or remote workers to collaborate using high-definition, secure video conferencing accessed through on-premise conference rooms, desktop systems, and mobile devices.

 

   

Communications Enabled Business Processes : Embedding communications into the business applications customers use every day makes it easier for employees to find and distribute information, prioritize work, and communicate both needs and decisions. With the Avaya Engagement Developement Platform, customers can integrate unified communications technology and contact center capabilities, including voice, video, text, and email into social, mobile, and cloud applications that make their business run. This application development platform makes it easy-with no detailed or specialized knowledge of communications protocols required.

 

Networking Solutions

 

Our advanced fabric networking technology, based on open industry standards, is designed to deliver a virtualized network that is simple to deploy, agile to operate, and resilient. Many conventional networking technologies have complex architectures, layering protocols over protocols, making the network architecture fragile and significantly impeding the roll-out of real-time applications. Avaya’s Fabric Connect, our fabric networking technology, is designed to deliver the agility businesses need to focus on integrating customer and team engagement solutions into their existing IT infrastructures. Unified access and network virtualization capabilities form the foundation of Avaya Networking Solutions. Benefits include:

 

   

Unified access : Our unified access solution is designed to securely extend both fixed and mobile “bring-your-own-device (BYOD)” policies and enable proactive provisioning, quality monitoring, and active application awareness and control.

 

106


Table of Contents
   

Network virtualization : Our network virtualization solutions are designed to optimize the physical network, decrease network complexity, eliminate complex protocols, and integrate security features for the safe segmentation of data. All of this is intended to accelerate application and user deployment.

 

   

Network Agility : Like simplicity in your home grid that lets you move a home appliance from one power outlet to another there can be simplicity everywhere in your network. Avaya’s SDN Fx Architecture for Software Defined Networking helps customers design a simpler more agile network. Applications, devices and even users can see the network as one big connection point that is capable of reconfiguring itself when changes are detected, handling once-manual functions automatically. For IT, this means less worry about connections and configurations and more focus on strategic applications

 

Trends Shaping Our Industry

 

We believe there are a number of key trends shaping our industry and that there is a substantial market opportunity for the market participants that capitalize on these trends.

 

A new mobile workforce

 

The increase in mobile technology has created a world more focused on real-time, flexible and always-on communication. We see companies increasingly looking for ways to make corporate applications more accessible via mobile devices as the usage of those devices by workers continues to rise worldwide.

 

Evolving priorities of C-level business leaders

 

CEOs and CMOs, we believe, are increasingly seeking to differentiate through customer experience, or in some cases, just trying to keep up with swift-changing customer demands. Meanwhile, we have seen, these two roles become increasingly involved in our customers’ decision making process for the kinds of software, hardware and services we provide. We believe the increasing importance of technology as both an internal and external facing presence of the enterprise, as well as the high stakes of data breaches are reasons CEOs are increasingly engaged in the decision making process. CMOs are gaining additional IT budget authority as they are tasked to manage customer experience and marketing activities using modern communications technology and rich data. We believe that as a result of this shift in decision-making roles, customer engagement solutions need to provide businesses with better ways to engage with end users securely across multiple platforms and channels, creating better customer experiences and thus higher revenues for our customers.

 

CTOs and CIOs, we believe, have three critically increasing priorities.

 

   

Manage the reliable and secure integration of an increasing number and variety of devices and endpoints: Today, business users not only use desk-based devices, but also laptops, smartphones, and tablets. Gartner reports from June and September 2015 forecasted that these devices are growing at a CAGR of 4% for smartphones, and 9% for tablets through 2019 1 , 2 . To communicate seamlessly and securely across devices, applications and endpoints must be managed as part of an integrated communications infrastructure.

 

   

Leverage existing technology infrastructure while positioning for the future: The speed at which new enterprise technology enters the market is challenging companies to rapidly adopt and install new technology. We believe this pressure creates strong demand for systems that do not require enterprise-wide overhauls of existing technology. Instead, it favors incremental, flexible, extensible technologies that are easy to adopt and compatible with existing infrastructures. As a result, many customers are in the midst of transition from on-premise to cloud-based delivery models.

 

  1     Gartner Forecast: PCs, Ultramobiles and Mobile Phones, Worldwide, 2012-2019, 3Q15 Update, Ranjit Atwal, et al, September 2015 .
  2     Gartner Forecast: Mobile Phones, Worldwide, 2012-2019, 3Q15 Update, Annette Zimmermann, et al, September 2015 .

 

107


Table of Contents
   

Shift to software-defined networking (SDN) and cloud-based applications: Companies today seek technology that helps them lower TCO, increase deployment speed and application agility, centralize network control, and embed network functions such as fine-grained security. They also seek to shift away from a complex, proprietary capital-intensive model to one that is more open and efficient.

 

Communications Enabled Business Applications

 

Teams need to work together from any location, using their favorite business applications, and are increasingly accessing these applications via the cloud. Moving in and out of applications to perform communications functions saps worker productivity. Avaya helps employees get access to real-time information, fast and easily, by integrating communications functionality directly into business applications.

 

Omni-channel engagement hubs replacing call centers

 

Like workforces, the customers of our customers are also increasingly using mobile devices and expecting service interactions with companies across multiple communications channels and devices. Customer interactions are evolving from voice-centric, point-in-time, contact center transactions to ongoing customer conversations over multiple interactions and across multiple media and modes of communication. Customers expect businesses to know about the history of their interactions, even when they occur across a mix of self-service and agent assisted communications methods, including voice, video, email, chat and social media.

 

Our Large and Growing Addressable Market Opportunity

 

We believe that the above trends create significant market opportunity for customer and team engagement solutions. In addition, we believe the limitations of traditional collaboration products and services and capital-intensive buying models present an opportunity for differentiated vendors to gain market share. We believe that the total available market for customer and team engagement solutions includes spending on unified communications, contact center applications and networking infrastructure equipment, as well as spending on one-time and recurring professional, managed/cloud, and support services to implement, maintain and manage these tools. We believe that in 2016, while the market for large enterprise unified communications is declining, the portion of the other markets that Avaya serves will grow and continue to represent a large opportunity for Avaya. Additionally, we see opportunity for Avaya in the convergence between the unified communications and contact center market. The markets Avaya serves includes large enterprises having 2,000 or more employees, as well as midmarket-sized enterprises having less than 2,000 employees.

 

These markets are impacted positively by the need for enterprises to increase productivity and upgrade their unified communications strategy to a more integrated approach, accounting for mobility, varied devices, and multiple communications channels. In response to this need, industry analysts expect that from 2014 through 2017 aggregate total spending on unified communications, contact center, data networking and support, managed/cloud and professional services will grow.

 

Furthermore, the midmarket, which we define as companies with fewer than 2,000 employees, is a growing opportunity for Avaya’s products and services. We believe our communications market opportunity for the portion of the midmarket segment which Avaya serves is growing, but we also believe it is underserved and willing to invest in IT enhancements. Avaya has a set of offerings that are specifically designed to address the needs of midmarket businesses, built around our Avaya IP Office, software and hardware designed to simplify processes and streamline information exchange within companies. It lets midmarket companies deliver a collaboration experience that integrates voice, video, and mobile device communications, at price points affordable to midmarket businesses.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe the following competitive strengths position us well to capitalize on the opportunities created by the market trends affecting our industry.

 

108


Table of Contents

Open standards technology that supports multi-vendor, multi-platform environments

 

Our open standards-based technology is designed to accommodate customers with multi-vendor environments seeking to leverage existing investments. Providing enterprises with strong integration capabilities allows them to take advantage of new collaboration and contact center technology as it is introduced. It does not limit customers to a single vendor or add to the backlog of integration work. We also continue to invest in our developer ecosystem, Avaya DevConnect, which has grown to include over 25,000 members as of September 30, 2015. We believe Avaya DevConnect, together with our Agile Communication Environment, or ACE, toolkits, application programming interfaces, or APIs, and integration environments allow businesses to derive unique value from our architecture .

 

A leading position across our key end markets

 

We are a leader in business collaboration and communications, with leading market share in worldwide telephony systems 3 , contact center infrastructure 4 , voice maintenance services 5 and enterprise messaging, 6 and a position in the Leader’s quadrant in each of Gartner’s Magic Quadrants for Corporate Telephony, Unified Communications and Contact Center Infrastructure. 7 Additionally, we believe we are a leading provider of Cloud and managed services, which in fiscal 2015 grew revenues 3 percent over fiscal 2014 and has continued to be one of the fastest growing areas of our business. We also believe that our market leadership and our incumbent position within our customer base better enables us to cross-sell to existing customers and win new customers.

 

Leading service capabilities tied to a large recurring revenue stream

 

Avaya Global Services, or AGS, is a leading provider of recurring support services relating to business collaboration and communications products. Our worldwide services-delivery infrastructure and capabilities help customers address critical business collaboration and communications needs from initial planning and design through implementation, maintenance and day-to-day operation, monitoring and troubleshooting. We believe AGS is uniquely positioned as a result of close collaboration between our R&D and service planning teams in advance of new products being released. Customers can use “Ava”, our virtual agent, to get immediate answers online. They can also connect with one of our experts via web chat, web talk, or web video. Avaya Global Services can also directly access our research and development teams when necessary to quickly resolve customer issues. These capabilities allow Avaya to provide quality service for Avaya products.

 

In addition, AGS delivers Cloud and managed services with a focus on customer performance and growth. These services can range from managing software releases to operating customer communication systems to helping customers migrate to next-generation business collaboration and communications environments. We believe that our deep understanding of application management supporting unified communications, contact center, video and networking uniquely position us to best manage and operate cloud-based communications systems for our customers.

 

  3     Dell’Oro Group, Enterprise Telephony Report, 4Q14, February, 2015.
  4     Gartner Inc. Market Share, Contact Center: Worldwide, 2014, Drew Kraus, March, 2015. Gartner ranks Avaya #1 in Contact Center Agent End-User Revenue by Manufacturer, Worldwide in 2014.
  5     IntelliCom Analytics, Services Market Dashboard, Q4 2014 Global Lifecycle Services Market Workbook, May, 2015.
  6     T3i Group, InfoTrack for Converged Applications, Messaging Systems Shipments, Revenue & Market Share Details, Full Year 2014, June 2015
  7     Gartner Magic Quadrants-Gartner Magic Quadrant for Corporate Telephony, Sorell Slaymaker, Steve Blood, October, 2015.

 

- Gartner Magic Quadrant for Unified Communications, Bern Elliot, Steve Blood, August 2015.

- Gartner Magic Quadrant for Contact Center Infrastructure, Drew Kraus, et al, May 2015.

 

Gartner, Inc. (Gartner) does not endorse any vendor, product or service depicted in our research publications, and does not advise technology users to select only those vendors with the highest ratings. Gartner research publications consist of the opinions of Gartner’s research organization and should not be construed as statements of fact. Gartner disclaims all warranties, expressed or implied, with respect to this research, including any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

 

The Gartner Report(s) described herein, (the Gartner Report(s)) represent(s) data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. (Gartner), and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report(s) are subject to change without notice.

 

109


Table of Contents

Our service delivery is most often provided to customers through recurring contracts. In fiscal 2015, we generated 50% of our revenues from services with over 80% of service revenues from recurring contracts. Recurring contracts for support services typically have terms that range from one to five years, and contracts for Cloud and managed services typically have terms that range from one to seven years. In fiscal 2015, the U.S. accounted for approximately 66% of our support revenue, with contract renewal rates of more than 80%. We believe our services relationships have provided us with a large recurring revenue base and significant visibility into our customers’ future collaboration needs.

 

Lower total cost of ownership (TCO)

 

Many vendors try to address customer demands by layering on more architectures and protocols. In the process, they frequently sacrifice simplicity, flexibility and total cost of ownership. In contrast, our products and services are specifically designed to address these needs - typically with less hardware - without sacrificing performance. We believe our product performance, deployment methods, and networking technology contribute to a lower total cost of ownership for customer and team engagement solutions.

 

Large, diverse and global customer installed base

 

Our products and services address the needs of a diverse range of customers from large multinational enterprises to small and medium-sized businesses in various industries, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, health care, education and government. Through September 30, 2015, we had over 300,000 customers, including over 95% of the Fortune 500 with installations in over a half million customer locations worldwide. We believe our large and diverse customer base provides us with recurring revenue and the opportunity to further expand within our customer base.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

We believe we are well-positioned worldwide and have a multi-faceted strategy to be a leading provider in delivering engagement and networking solutions.

 

Expand our Cloud offerings and capabilities

 

In our experience, technology and business leaders are increasingly turning to cloud-based technologies and business models that allow enterprises to cut costs, increase productivity, simplify IT environments, and shift when possible to usage-based operating expense models.

 

Avaya’s technologies that make up our Customer Engagement, Team Engagement, and Networking solutions are designed to be available both on-premise and as a cloud-based service to meet these demands.

 

Increase mobility offerings to customers

 

As global workforces change and demand mobile engagement solutions, we intend to meet these demands. For example, the Avaya Aura Platform and IP Office Platform are is designed to support mobility, providing dynamic access to applications and services based on need, not location.

 

Invest in open standards and product differentiation and innovation

 

As potential customers look to migrate to our products and services, our open architecture can integrate with competitor systems and provide a path for gradual transition while still achieving cost savings and improved functionality. Our Fabric Networking technology is fundamental to this approach. Fabric networking represents a strong growth area for Avaya, as fabric networking deployments gain momentum.

 

110


Table of Contents

During fiscal 2015, we have enhanced our product line with more than 100 new product releases. We also expect to continue to make investments in product innovation and research and development across the portfolio to create enhancements and breakthroughs. We believe this will encourage customers to upgrade their products more frequently. We also plan to continue to embrace the cloud computing and mobility opportunities, and to seek new ways to leverage the Virtual Desktop Integration, or VDI, trend to securely deliver business collaboration to users.

 

Increase our midmarket offerings, capabilities, and market share

 

We believe our communications market opportunity for the portion of the midmarket segment which Avaya serves is growing. We define the midmarket as firms with fewer than 2,000 employees. Not only do we believe this segment is growing, but we believe midmarket businesses are underserved and willing to invest in IT enhancements. With the most recent version of our IP Office product, version 9.1, we continued to enhance our first complete offering specifically tailored to the needs of midmarket businesses. We believe this offering increases the value we can provide to midmarket businesses and creates an opportunity for market share gain. We intend to continue to invest in our midmarket offerings and go-to-market resources to increase market share and meet the growing demands of this segment.

 

Increase sales to existing customers and pursue new customers

 

We believe that we have a significant opportunity to increase our sales to our existing customers by offering new solutions from our diverse product portfolio, including cloud, mobility, and networking solutions. This ability is supported by our market leadership, global scale and extensive customer interaction, including at the C-suite, and creates a strong platform from which to drive and shape the evolution of enterprise communications toward greater business collaboration. Our track record with our customers gives us the credibility that we believe provides us with a competitive advantage in helping them cope with this evolution.

 

Invest in sales and distribution capabilities

 

Our flexible go-to-market strategy, which consists of both a direct sales force and approximately 9,300 channel partners (as of September 30, 2015), allows us to reach customers across industries and around the globe while allowing them to interact with Avaya in a way that fits their organization. We intend to continue investing in our channel partners and sales force to optimize their market focus, enter new geographies and provide our channel partners with training, marketing programs, and technical support through our Avaya Connect program. We also leverage our sales and distribution channels to accelerate customer adoption and generate an increasing percentage of our revenue from our new high-value software products, data networking, video collaboration, midmarket offerings, and user experience-centric applications.

 

Expand margins and profitability

 

We have maintained our focus on profitability levels and implemented a number of cost savings initiatives. These initiatives, along with decreases in the amortization of acquired technology intangible assets, have contributed to improvements in our gross margin. Our gross margin has improved from 43.5% in fiscal 2010 to 59.5% in fiscal 2015. This improvement in gross margin along with other cost savings is also reflected in Adjusted EBITDA, a key metric management uses to evaluate the Company’s performance. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues improved from 15.6% in fiscal 2010 to 22.1% in fiscal 2015. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” for a definition and explanation of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of loss from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

We expect to pursue additional cost reduction opportunities which are likely to be more targeted and may include increased automation of our processes, headcount attrition, actions to address unproductive assets, real

 

111


Table of Contents

estate consolidation, sales back office and front line skill transformations, and balancing our professional services structure. Having delivered substantial cost structure reductions over the past several years, we believe the opportunities for additional savings and execution of our growth strategy can result in further margin and profitability expansion.

 

Our Products and Services

 

Overview

 

Avaya possesses diverse product and services portfolios and combines individual products and services to solve customer challenges related to customer engagement, team (workforce and partner) engagement, and networking.

 

The products and services that make up these solutions are organized in three reporting segments:

 

   

Global Communications Solutions (GCS) encompass all of our real-time collaboration, contact center and unified communications software and hardware. Examples include audio conferencing systems; mobile video software, software that runs contact center operations such as multimedia contact routing; software that enables mobile access to the company network for employees; and hardware like phones, gateways, and servers. We enable these unified communication and real-time collaboration tools to also be embedded inside the applications businesses use everyday to keep employees and customers connected, productive and effective. This reporting segment also includes a development platform, which allows our customers and third parties to adapt our technology by creating custom applications, automated workflows, and engagement environments for their unique needs and allows them to integrate Avaya’s capabilities into their existing infrastructure. GCS also includes cloud-supporting software and hardware products, which make it possible to use our contact center and unified communications products via the cloud.

 

   

Avaya Networking includes our advanced fabric networking technology that offers a virtualized network designed to be simple to deploy, agile and resilient. The reporting segment also includes products such as Ethernet switches and routers; wireless networking; and access control products that enforce role- and policy- based access to the network. Our fabric networking technology is flexible and extensible to legacy network systems, which gives customers the option to upgrade to new contact center and unified communications technology while maintaining their existing infrastructure, if desired.

 

   

Avaya Global Services includes professional and support services designed to help our customers use our products and technology efficiently and effectively. Our services include support for implementation, deployment, monitoring, troubleshooting, optimization, and more. This reporting segment also includes our Cloud and managed services, which enable customers to take advantage of our technology in a private, hybrid, or public Cloud environment. While some are one-time services, the majority are recurring services.

 

The majority of our product portfolio is made up of software products that reside on either a client or server. Our client software resides on both our own and third-party devices, including desk phones, tablets, laptops and smartphones. It provides users with access to unified communications capabilities such as voice and video calling, audio conferencing, instant messaging, and contact directories. Our server-side software controls communication and collaboration for the enterprise. It delivers rich value-added applications such as messaging, telephony, voice, video and web conferencing, mobility and customer service. Our hardware includes a broad range of desk phones, servers and gateways and LAN/WAN switching wireless access points. A portion of our portfolio has been subjected to rigorous interoperability and security testing and is approved for acquisition by the US Government. Avaya’s portfolio of services include product support, integration, cloud and managed services as well as professional services that enable customers to optimize and manage their communications networks worldwide and achieve enhanced business results.

 

112


Table of Contents

Global Communications Solutions

 

Enterprises of all sizes depend on Avaya for unified communications, collaboration, contact center, and networking applications and technology that help improve efficiency, engagement, and competitiveness. Our people-centric products integrate voice, video and data, enabling users to communicate and collaborate in real-time, in the mode best suited to each interaction. This eliminates inefficiencies in communications to help make organizations more productive and responsive.

 

The following chart provides a representative list of products, descriptions, and classifications that are included in the Global Communications Solutions reporting segment.

 

       
Category   Product Name   Description   Included in
which  Avaya
Solutions

Video and
Conferencing    

  Avaya Scopia   A standards-based portfolio of hardware and software products that includes conference room systems, desktop and mobile video conferencing, and infrastructure and management. Available extensions include HD (high-definition) video-conference rooms, and mobile applications for video conferencing, control, and management on mobile devices.   Team Engagement
  Avaya Aura Conferencing   A combination of hardware and software that provides simple access to multi-media collaboration. In the same application users can use voice, video, chat, and web conferencing. Based on the Avaya Aura architecture, Avaya Aura Conferencing is distributed and scalable to thousands of users. Its modular conception allows the system to be dimensioned appropriately in terms of video or web content servers or voice communications manager.   Team Engagement
     

The complementary Avaya Video Conferencing infrastructure includes Avaya Scopia Elite Multipoint Conferencing Units, or MCUs, reliable and highly scalable multi-party video conferencing platforms for enterprise and service provider environments. They offer advanced and easy-to-use multi-party infrastructure for video conferencing and are at the core of a high definition deployment. In addition, gateways for Microsoft Lync and Session Initiation Protocol, or SIP, provide connectivity and interoperability with unified communications products to standards-based video conferencing systems and infrastructure.

   
  BurstPoint Networks video conference recording and streaming   In July 2014 Avaya completed the acquisition of the intellectual property assets of BurstPoint Networks. These assets include high-definition video conference recording and streaming platforms that can be deployed behind corporate firewalls for scaled, secure, high-volume streaming.   Team Engagement

 

113


Table of Contents

Communications
and Messaging    

  Avaya one-X Communicator and one-X Mobile   Ideal for users who communicate frequently, manage multiple calls, set up ad-hoc conferencing, and need to be highly reachable, Avaya one-X Communicator software provides users with access to unified communications capabilities including voice and video calling, audio conferencing, instant messaging and presence, corporate directories, and communication logs. Avaya one-X Mobile software enables users to access enterprise communications from a wide selection of mobile devices, including high-end smart phones and tablets. A choice of one-X Mobile clients is available for popular platforms including Apple iPhone, Google Android, and BlackBerry.   Team Engagement
  Avaya Client Applications   Software that provides access to Avaya voice and video services from business applications such as Microsoft Lync, Microsoft Office Communications Server, Microsoft Outlook, Microsoft Office, IBM Sametime, and customer relationship management, or CRM, applications such as Salesforce.com and Microsoft Dynamics.   Team Engagement
  Avaya Aura Messaging   Unified messaging software that gives users access to email, voicemail, and fax from a single interface. It uses an all-Linux platform with local survivability and geo-redundant capabilities to serve large distributed or centralized configurations, with the option to store messages in an Avaya and/or Microsoft Exchange message store.   Team Engagement
  Avaya Aura Messaging Service   A cloud-based service that enables business phone lines to be a textable number. This software allows the user to communicate via text messaging using an enterprise phone number, enabling the user to keep his or her mobile phone number private and reserving it for their personal use. Messages are secure and stored in the cloud and simultaneously available on smartphones, tablets, notebooks, and desktop devices, enabling one-number communications via voice, pictures and text messaging.   Team Engagement
  Avaya Communicator for Web   Avaya Communicator for Web is a browser extension that embeds access to Avaya communications and collaboration tools, including voice and video calling, phone control, Instant Messaging (IM) and presence, into web environments, including standard browsers like Microsoft Internet Explorer or Google Chrome and web applications like Salesforce.com, Google Docs, or Microsoft Office 365.   Team Engagement

 

114


Table of Contents

Platforms,
Infrastructure
and Phones    

 

Avaya Aura

Core

  A next-generation architecture powering our customers’ communications and collaboration services. Based on IMS, an industry standard defined by 3GPP, this core (a blend of hardware and software) provides a flat communications control and management function using SIP methods. Unlike point-to-point SIP, or even standard client server SIP approaches used by most of our competitors, the Avaya Aura Core uses the SIP-ISC, or IMS Service Control, signaling standard to allow multiple independent applications to serve communication sessions. Avaya Aura can scale to hundreds of thousands of users, serving the small enterprise all the way through the largest enterprise customers in the world.  

Customer Engagement

 

Team Engagement

 

  The Avaya Engagement Development Platform  

The Avaya Engagement Development Platform is a software platform that simplifies embedding robust communications and collaboration capabilities into business applications, such as CRM or Enterprise Resources Planning, or ERP. This platform allows customers, third parties, and Avaya to create customized engagement applications and environments to meet unique needs. Customers and third parties can integrate business applications with unified communications technology and contact center capabilities including voice, short message service or SMS, and email.

 

In addition to existing snap-ins (such as Context Store and Work Assignment) the following are new for 2015:

•       Engagement Assistant-simplifies calling into conferences

•       Call Park and Page-allows connection of a call to another resource

•       Co-browsing-enables agents to provide superior online assistance

•       Presence Services-enables real time status information for all applications

 

Customer Engagement

 

Team Engagement

  Avaya IP Office   Avaya IP Office is a unified communications set of hardware and software products designed specifically for midmarket-sized customers. Avaya IP Office can be deployed on-premise or in the cloud. It was designed to simplify processes and streamline information exchange within companies. Communications capabilities can be added as needed. The latest version of Avaya IP Office (9.1) gives midmarket customers features and functions that large enterprises use, but at a scale that is efficient and affordable for them. Avaya IP Office delivers a seamless collaboration experience across voice, video, and mobility for up to 3,000 users.  

Customer Engagement

 

Team Engagement

  Avaya Session Border Controller (“SBC”) for Enterprise   SBC provides enhanced security for collaboration within and outside of the enterprise, helping to protect SIP trunks from multiple threats and allowing SIP remote users to simply and securely connect communication and collaboration applications to the enterprise without the need of VPN connection. This is made up of hardware, software, or both.  

Customer Engagement

 

Team Engagement

  Avaya Phones   Avaya’s range of desk phones and portable technologies include IP and digital desk phones, digital enhanced cordless telecommunications (DECT) handsets, wireless phones, docking stations for BYOD, and conference room phones. Avaya phones offer capabilities such as touch screen and applications such as integration to corporate calendar, directory and presence, enhanced audio quality for a “you-are-there” experience, customization and soft keys, and multiple lines appearances, to name a few.  

Customer Engagement

 

Team Engagement

 

115


Table of Contents

Assisted
Experience
Management    

  Avaya Aura Contact Center   Avaya Aura Contact Center lets customers connect with a company in ways beyond phone calls, including via text, IM, email, and chat. The omni-channel contact center solution gives agents the context (real-time and historical) to deliver a differentiated customer experience. It is designed to provide a unified, efficient, and highly personalized experience that builds brand and customer loyalty.   Customer Engagement
 

Avaya Aura

Call Center

Elite

  With intelligent routing and resource selection features, Avaya Aura Call Center Elite allows a business to determine if its customers should be served by the least busy agent, the first available agent, or the agent with skills that best match the customer’s needs. Calls can be routed across a pool of agents regardless of physical location. With the Elite Multichannel solution multichannel content can be routed across the same pool of agents.   Customer Engagement
  Interaction Center   Interaction Center extends Avaya Aura Call Center Elite to enable service channels beyond the telephone, including email, web chat, SMS/text, and social media.   Customer Engagement
 

IP Office

Contact Center

  A contact center software solution designed specifically for midmarket business needs. It enables seamless conversations for hundreds of agents across multiple modes of communication, including voice, email, chat, text, and fax.   Customer Engagement
  Avaya Contact Center Select   This advanced software provides enterprise-level contact center capabilities to midmarket clients on the Avaya IP Office platform. It provides, among other things, omni-channel support (voice, email, chat, SMS, and fax) scalability for 30 - 250 agents and skills-based routing.   Customer Engagement

Automated
Experience
Management    

  Avaya Aura Experience Portal   The Avaya Aura Experience Portal enables organizations to connect with customers in new ways and take advantage of all the popular mobile channels, including SMS text and mobile phones. The product enables customers to connect with agents using their favorite channels and devices and gives them powerful, unique service experiences with multi-party conferencing, intelligent routing, and pre-identified customer preferences.   Customer Engagement
  Intelligent Customer Routing   This enables customers to turn customer wait times into positive and productive customer engagements. It lets firms share offers during wait times, deliver customer information to agents that help assure fast and accurate answers, and relay alerts and notifications to callers in queues.   Customer Engagement
  Proactive Contact   This enables firms to optimize outbound customer care, like payment reminders, announce product enhancements, explain service changes, and deliver surveys, with best-in-class predictive dialing.   Customer Engagement
  Proactive Outreach Manager   Proactive Outreach Manager lets customers of a business choose when and where they want to connect and whether it’s via mobile, online, in store, or over the phone.   Customer Engagement

 

116


Table of Contents

Performance
Management    

  Avaya Aura Performance Center   Avaya Aura Performance Center is a unified, end-to-end reporting and analytics platform that distills business intelligence from large volumes of data, to discover not only what has happened in a communications stream, but also why it happened.   Customer Engagement
  Avaya Aura Workforce Optimization   Avaya Aura Workforce Optimization is designed to give firms a deeper, more meaningful look at customer interactions by uniting all workforce optimization requirements under one, integrated platform. Firms can use this to capture, share, and act on information from across the enterprise-especially contact centers and back-office systems-and use the data to make informed decisions faster.   Customer Engagement
  Avaya Call Management System   Avaya Call Management System is designed for businesses with complex contact-center operations and high call volume. Call Management System is a database, administration, and reporting application to help businesses identify operational issues and take immediate action to solve them.   Customer Engagement
  Speech Analytics   Speech Analytics enables firms to capture and analyze all data from recorded audio content in order to monitor quality and manage and mitigate risk. With advanced phonetic speech tools customers can quickly identify key words and phrases in audio recordings, search and tag keywords and phrases that have been identified and compile the information needed to make informed decisions and take action.   Customer Engagement
  KnoahSoft Harmony   New for 2015. A result of one of our recent acquisitions, KnoahSoft Harmony gives contact centers enterprise-level interaction recording, quality, performance and workforce management, and analytics functionality with the lowest total cost of ownership. Harmony is a secure web-based platform that is seamlessly integrated with Avaya Aura Contact Center and Avaya Contact Center Select from end-to-end to provide the ultimate in flexibility, scalability and ease of use.   Customer Engagement

 

117


Table of Contents

Cloud
Enablement
Products     

  CCAAS, UCAAS, VAAS and Collaboration Pod   The contact center as-a-service, unified communications as-a-service, and video-as-a-service products are software reference architectures that use multi-tenant control technology and virtualized communications platforms to extend Avaya’s industry leading Contact Center, Unified Communications, and Video products to the cloud, making them available as a service. The Collaboration Pod is a hardware delivery mechanism for the solutions, available for partners who want a fully-installed solution.  

Customer Engagement

 

Team Engagement

 

Avaya Aura Control

Manager

  Aura Control Manager is a cloud-based product for centralizing administration and management for Avaya contact centers. This product is designed to allow a customer to easily update call center functions and business processes across the entire organization. Administrators can apply rules and definitions using as little as a single keystroke, allowing quick and error-free changes to agents, skills, call flows, IVR prompts, and more.   Customer Engagement
 

AvayaLive Connect and AvayaLive

Video

  AvayaLive Connect is a low-cost, no-contract suite of collaboration services for small business communications. AvayaLive Video is a conference room in the cloud, based on Avaya Scopia ® Video.  

Customer Engagement

 

Team Engagement

  Collaboratory   Avaya Aura Collaboratory is an Avaya-cloud-based execution and test environment intended for development of non-production, proof-of-concept Collaboration Environment services.  

Customer Engagement

 

Team Engagement

 

Avaya Networking

 

In support of our engagement communications strategy, our networking product portfolio is designed to address and deliver on three key requirements: 1) eliminate network complexity through fabric virtualization which decouples the network infrastructure services from the physical platforms on which they operate and replaces complex protocols with a single, integrated technology; 2) reduce time to service (i.e. application deployment); and 3) ensure the security of the environment. Customers across industry verticals can use our networking technology to benefit from virtualization, integrated provisioning, system management, quality of experience, and improved bandwidth use.

 

Our networking portfolio is a foundational element for the unified communications and contact center products we deliver in an end-to-end Avaya Aura architecture. We believe that customers today benefit from end-to-end product design, testing, and support that is possible when our networking technology is combined with our Global Communications Services software and hardware under this end-to-end architecture. However, our networking technology allows companies to embrace the value of new technology while using their existing infrastructure, if desired, as they evolve toward a next-generation fabric-enabled infrastructure.

 

Avaya’s fabric networking technology is called Fabric Connect. It helps customers simplify their network environment and eliminate the need for manual individual configuration, implementation, and maintenance of each network component. We believe Fabric Connect is currently capable of delivering many of the benefits that are promised in future implementations of software-defined networking. Fabric Connect reduces the multiple protocols necessary in legacy networks to a single, unified technology and is fully compatible with existing Ethernet networks.

 

118


Table of Contents

In addition to Fabric Connect, our networking portfolio includes:

 

   

Ethernet Switches and Routers: a range of Ethernet Switches, Routers, and supporting software for data center, core, edge and branch applications;

 

   

Wireless Networking: cost-effective and scalable products that enable enterprises to support wireless connectivity and services;

 

   

Access Control: products that enforce role- and policy-based access control to the network; and

 

   

Unified Management and Orchestration: products that provide support for data and voice networks by simplifying the requirements associated across functional areas.

 

We sell our portfolio of data networking products globally into enterprises and midmarket businesses of all types, with particular strength in healthcare, education, hospitality, financial services and local and state government, where we believe requirements are better met by Fabric Connect.

 

Avaya Global Services

 

Avaya Global Services consult, enable, support, manage, optimize and even outsource enterprise communications products (applications and networks) to help customers achieve enhanced business results both directly and through partners. Avaya’s portfolio of services is designed to enable customers to mitigate risk, reduce total cost of ownership, and optimize communication products. Avaya Global Services is supported by patented design and management tools, and by network operations and technical support centers around the world.

 

Avaya’s Global Services portfolio is divided into Avaya Professional Services and Avaya Client Services.

 

Avaya Professional Services (APS)

 

APS helps organizations leverage technologies effectively to meet their business objectives. Our strategic and technical consulting, as well as deployment and customization services, help customers accelerate business performance and deliver an improved customer experience. Whether deploying new products or optimizing existing capabilities, APS leverages its specialists globally across three core areas:

 

   

Enablement Services: Provide access to expertise and resources for planning, defining and deploying Avaya products to maximize technology potential, simplify your business processes, increase security, and minimize risk. Avaya integrates and tests equipment, trains employees, and deploys a plan to help ensure success.

 

   

Optimization Services: Help drive increased value and greater business results by leveraging customers’ existing technology. Avaya consultants and product architects analyze a communications environment in the context of customer business priorities and strategies, working to increase customers’ ROI by implementing proven best practices, enabling operational improvements, and stress testing products and services.

 

   

Innovation Services: Help identify improved methods for using communications and collaboration to increase business productivity, employee efficiency and customer service levels. Our consultative approach, deep industry experience, and custom application services, from business planning through to execution and product integration, is designed to create alignment with customer’s specific business objectives.

 

119


Table of Contents

Avaya Client Services (ACS)

 

ACS is a market-leading organization offering support, management and optimization of enterprise communications networks to help customers mitigate risk, reduce TCO and optimize product performance. ACS is supported by patented design and management tools, and by network operations and technical support centers around the world. The contracts for these services range from one to multiple- years, with three year terms being the most common. Custom or complex services contracts are typically five years in length. The portfolio of ACS services includes:

 

   

Global Support Services (GSS): Provides a comprehensive suite of support options both directly and through partners to proactively resolve issues and improve uptime. Support offers and capabilities include:

 

   

24x7 remote support

 

   

proactive remote monitoring

 

   

sophisticated diagnostic tools

 

   

parts replacement

 

   

onsite response

 

Recent innovations include our Avaya Support Web site that quickly connects customers to advanced Avaya technicians via live chat, voice or video. The web site also provides access to “Ava,” an interactive virtual chat agent based on Avaya Automated Chat that quickly searches our knowledge base and a wide range of “how-to” videos to answer customer support questions. Ava learns with each customer interaction and can make the decision to transition the chat to an Avaya technician-often without the customer realizing the change is taking place.

 

All new support solutions are published to the web by our engineers, generally within 30 minutes of finding a resolution, adding value for customers by providing known solutions for potential issues rapidly. Most of our customers also benefit from Avaya EXPERT Systems, which provides real-time monitoring of diagnostic and system status. This to proactively identifies potential issues to improve reliability, uptime, and faster issue resolution.

 

   

Avaya Private Cloud and Managed Services (APCS): Provides the IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL), aligned, multivendor managed and outsourcing services for customers’ communications environments. Managed and private cloud services can be procured in standard packages or in fully custom arrangements that include on-premise or private Cloud options, Service Level Agreements (SLAs) billing, and reporting.

 

Avaya can manage existing infrastructure of any age and from any communications vendor, and many customers leverage this model as a way to manage complex existing environments while they upgrade their entire communication network to the latest technology. This provides customers with the option of a recurring operational expense, rather than a one-time capital expenditure, for upgrading to the latest technology. In these types of deals, the underlying solutions and infrastructure are owned by the equipment vendor, or managed services/Cloud provider, and are often included in the managed services pricing/revenue.

 

In addition, Cloud and managed services can take the form of one of three Cloud models offered by Avaya:

 

   

Avaya Partner Cloud Service, a model that supports public and private products offered by service providers and system integrators;

 

   

Avaya Branded Cloud Service, an Avaya-hosted multi-customer public cloud option; and

 

   

Private Cloud, a private cloud model for individual customers.

 

120


Table of Contents

We sometimes refer to the foregoing products and services as “flagship,” “legacy,” and “core” as follows:

 

   

Flagship includes products and services which reflect the expertise and innovation in some of the newest enhancements to our product portfolio. We believe these products and services offer the highest potential to contribute to revenue growth. The Flagship category includes Video, Avaya Aura ® , IP Office, contact center, Wireless LAN, SBC, ethernet/fabric switching, Avaya professional services, and Avaya Private Cloud and managed services.

 

   

Core includes products and services which are foundational components of our technology solutions. The Core category includes certain phone models, gateways, servers, core contact center, and other Cloud and managed and maintenance support services.

 

   

Legacy includes certain products we acquired in our acquisitions of Tenovis and the enterprise solutions business, or NES, of Nortel Networks Corporation, but does not include NES networking products.

 

Our Technology

 

Technology enhances the way people communicate and collaborate, enabling team and customer engagement. We leverage critical technology and open standards across our portfolio to our customers’ advantage. One of these standards is Session Initiation Protocol, or SIP, and Avaya is a leading innovator in leveraging its use for business collaboration. By allowing application flexibility and cost reduction, SIP has become the protocol of choice for real-time communications and will continue to expand in the industry. We distinguish ourselves from competition by exploiting advanced SIP capabilities as opposed to only exploiting basic features. Avaya shifts communications from having to coordinate multiple, independent media and communications systems toward session management based environments, where multiple media and resources can flexibly be brought into a seamless experience. This fundamental difference supports more fluid, effective and persistent collaboration across media such as voice, video and text and modes of communications such as calls or conferences.

 

To adapt to our customers’ needs in light of the trends described in “Trends Shaping Our Industry” section above, we have shifted our design philosophy over the last few years, anticipating increased demand for our unified communications and contact center products to be available via cloud delivery. While our products have traditionally been deployed on a customer’s premise, many can now also be deployed in public, private and hybrid cloud models. Further, through comprehensive monitoring technologies, these products and services can also be deployed as Cloud and managed services.

 

Multimedia Session Management

 

At the core of our architecture, SIP based Avaya Aura Session Manager centralizes communications control and application integration. Applications are decoupled from the network and can be deployed to individual users based on their need, rather than by where they work or the capabilities of the system to which they are connected. This allows for extreme scalability, with the Avaya Aura Session Manager currently capable of handling up to 350,000 devices per system.

 

Unique End User Experiences

 

Avaya one-X Communicator and Avaya one-X Mobile software clients leverage the Avaya Aura technology and allow users to perform all unified communications and conferencing functions, via voice, video and text. In addition, users can access Microsoft Exchange services, such as e-mail, contacts and calendar and exchange instant message and presence information with Microsoft Lync users (i.e., Microsoft Communicator clients).

 

The Avaya Engagement Development platform is software that abstracts the core Avaya Aura system and allows developers with common web and JAVA programming skills to develop innovative applications that embed communications. For example a customer escalation registered in an insurance claims application could start an Avaya

 

121


Table of Contents

Engagement Development platform workflow that would automatically find and join the customer, the claims adjuster and claims manager via email or SMS and bring them into a video conferencing session. This ability to invoke and combine communications functions allows our customers to generate more business value from their Avaya products.

 

Management and Orchestration

 

Simple and consistent management and operations are essential to customers. We believe our management products facilitate efficient operations and better overall performance. They cover a wide range of functions, from initial provisioning to monitoring and orchestration of components to enable networking of communications services.

 

Advanced Routing and Switching Protocols

 

Avaya offers routing switches and wireless products that embed advanced protocols such as “shortest path bridging (SPB)” at the forefront of the networking industry. SPB simplifies networking by provisioning services at the edge rather than on every node; as a consequence, administration is simpler and recovery from incidents can be up to 2,500 times faster than in conventional data networks. As an example, we believe this type of infrastructure is able to support applications such as multicasting large numbers of video streams or network isolation, delivering lower cost and better performance. Our continued investment in this domain contributes to our differentiation in the networking space.

 

Additional Technologies

 

In addition to Session Management, we use technologies including:

 

   

Messaging and Presence via SIP/SIMPLE and XMPP: The Avaya Aura Presence Services collects, aggregates and disseminates rich presence and enables instant messaging including using SIP/SIMPLE and XMPP, providing interoperability with systems from other vendors, such as Microsoft and IBM;

 

   

Virtualization and Cross Operating System (OS) Support: Our software applications run on a broad range of operating systems including, but not limited to, Microsoft Windows, Apple MAC OS and Google Android. We also support virtualization to not only reduce the physical server footprint using hypervisor technology to run multiple applications concurrently on a single physical platform, but also facilitate certain tasks such as system expansion or recovery.

 

   

High Quality/Low Bandwidth Video: Avaya’s Video products and services are able to deliver high quality video while minimizing bandwidth consumption and responding to adverse network conditions such as congestion or packet loss. We use H.264 High Profile for bandwidth efficiency and cascading media to optimize bandwidth between sites and H.264 Scalable Video Coding, or SVC.

 

   

Virtualization is used in our Avaya Aura portfolio to decrease the supporting hardware cost and also to enable operations resilience and facilitate scalability.

 

   

WebRTC is a newly evolving technology that Avaya is leveraging to develop a new generation of Unified Communications. WebRTC allows for communication clients to be supported directly from HTML 5 browsers. Voice and video are embedded in web applications, allowing access to these media to be much more ubiquitous.

 

   

Big Data: By leveraging the power of large unstructured data stores, important information streams from multi-vendor systems and customer support infrastructure can be aggregated. This allows Avaya to create a next generation of contact centers, where customer service or sales representative assignment is made based on real-time business insights.

 

122


Table of Contents

Alliances and Partnerships

 

Avaya has formed commercial and partnering arrangements through global alliances to improve the availability of our products and services and the value derived by customers from our products and services. Global alliances are strategically oriented commercial relationships with key partners. We have three primary types of Global alliances: Global Service Provider Alliances, Global Systems Integrator Alliances, and Ecosystem Alliances.

 

   

Global Service Provider (SP) alliances are partnering arrangements by Avaya with leading telecommunications service providers for enterprise communications and collaboration. We pursue sell-to and sell-through opportunities for Avaya products and services. These alliances are integral in selling and implementing our cloud-based Communications-as-a-service (CaaS) services. We also see them as a principal route to market for our Unified Collaboration-as-a-service (UCaaS) and Contact Center-as-a-service (CCaaS) solutions.

 

   

Global Systems Integrator (SI) alliances are identical in nature to our Global Service Provider alliances, except that these are forged with system integrator partners.

 

   

Ecosystem alliances are partnering arrangements by Avaya with IT and telecommunications industry leaders to bring to our joint customers solutions that leverage our combined range of products and services.

 

As of September 30, 2015, there were approximately 9,300 channel partners that serve our customers worldwide through Avaya Connect, our business partner program. Through the use of certifications, the program positions partners to sell, implement and maintain our communications systems, applications and services. Avaya Connect offers clearly defined partner categories with financial, technical, sales and marketing benefits that grow in parallel with levels of certification. We support partners in the program by providing a portfolio of industry-leading products in addition to sales, marketing and technical support. Although the terms of individual channel partner agreements may deviate from our standard program terms, our standard program agreements for resellers generally provide for a term of one year with automatic renewal for successive one year terms. They may generally be terminated by either party for convenience upon 30 days prior notice, and our standard program agreements for distributors may generally be terminated by either party for convenience upon 90 days prior notice. Certain of our contractual agreements with our largest distributors and resellers, however, permit termination of the relationship by either party for convenience upon prior notice of 180 days. Our partner agreements generally provide for responsibilities, conduct, order and delivery, pricing and payment, and include customary indemnification, warranty and other similar provisions. No single channel partner represented more than 10% of our revenue for fiscal 2015, 2014, 2013 or 2012.

 

Development Partnerships

 

The Avaya DevConnect program is designed to promote the development, compliance-testing and co-marketing of innovative third-party products that are compatible with Avaya’s standards-based products. Member organizations have expertise in a broad range of technologies, including IP telephony, contact center and unified communications applications.

 

As of September 30, 2015, more than 25,000 companies have registered with the program, including more than 420 companies operating as Technology Partners that are eligible to submit their products or services for compatibility testing by the Avaya Solution Interoperability and Test Lab. Avaya Test Lab engineers work in concert with each submitting member company to develop comprehensive test plans for each application to validate the product integrations.

 

Customers, Sales, and Distribution

 

Customers

 

We have a diverse customer base, ranging in size from small businesses employing a few employees to large government agencies and multinational companies with over 100,000 employees. Through of September 30, 2015, we had over 300,000 customers, including over 95% of the Fortune 500 with installations in over half a

 

123


Table of Contents

million customer locations worldwide. Our customers operate in a broad range of industries, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, health care, education and government. They represent leading companies from the Forbes Global 2000 including at least 7 of the world’s top 10 from industries such as airlines, auto & tuck manufacturers, hotels & motels, major banks, and investment services firms. We employ a flexible go-to-market strategy with direct or indirect presence in over 100 countries. As of September 30, 2015, we had approximately 9,300 channel partners and for fiscal 2015, our product revenue from indirect sales represented approximately 75% of our total product revenue.

 

Sales and Distribution

 

Our global go-to-market strategy is designed to focus and strengthen our reach and impact on large multinational enterprises, midmarket and more regional enterprises and small businesses. Our go-to-market strategy is to serve our customers the way they prefer to work with us, either directly with Avaya or through our indirect sales channel, which includes our global network of alliance partners, distributors, dealers, value-added resellers, telecommunications service providers and system integrators. Our sales organizations are equipped with a broad product and software portfolio, complemented with services offerings including product support, integration and professional and Cloud and managed services.

 

The Avaya sales organization is globally deployed with direct or indirect (e.g., channel partner) presence in over 100 countries. We continue to focus on efficient deployment of Avaya sales resources, both directly and indirectly, for maximum market penetration and global growth. Our investment in our sales organization includes training curricula to support the evolution of our sales strategy. The program includes sales process, skills and solutions curricula for all roles within our sales organization.

 

Research and Development

 

We make substantial investments in research and development to develop new systems, services and software in support of business collaboration, including, but not limited to, converged communications systems, communications applications, multimedia contact center innovations, collaboration tools, messaging applications, video, speech enabled applications, business infrastructure and architectures, converged mobility systems, cloud offerings, web services, communications-enabled business processes and applications, data networks and services for our customers.

 

We invested $338 million, $379 million and $445 million in fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively, on research and development. Customer-sponsored research and development activities that we have conducted have not been material.

 

Manufacturing and Suppliers

 

We have outsourced substantially all of our manufacturing operations to several contract manufacturers. Our contract manufacturers produce the vast majority of our products in facilities located in southern China, with other products manufactured in facilities located in Israel, Mexico, Malaysia, Taiwan, United Kingdom, Ireland and the U.S. All manufacturing of our products is performed in accordance with detailed specifications and product designs, furnished or approved by Avaya and, is subject to rigorous quality control standards. We periodically review our product manufacturing operations and consider changes we believe may be necessary or appropriate. We also purchase certain hardware components and license certain software components from third-party original equipment manufacturers or OEMs and resell them separately or as part of our products under the Avaya brand.

 

In some cases, certain components are available only from a single source or from a limited source of suppliers. Delays or shortages associated with these components could cause significant disruption to our operations. We have also outsourced substantially all of our warehousing and distribution logistics operations to

 

124


Table of Contents

several providers of such services on a global basis, and any delays or material changes in such services could cause significant disruption to our operations. For more information on risks related to products, components and logistics, see “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Business.”

 

As our business and operations related relationships have expanded globally, certain operational and logistical challenges as well as changes in economic or political conditions and natural disasters, in a specific country or region, could negatively affect our revenue, costs, expenses and financial condition or those of our channel partners and distributors.

 

Competition

 

As a provider of team and customer engagement solutions - made up of unified communications and real-time collaboration products, call center applications, networking technologies and services-we believe we are differentiated from any single competitor.

 

For the sale of unified communications products and services specifically, in the enterprise segment we compete with companies such as Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, Microsoft Corporation, or Microsoft, NEC Corporation, Unify GmbH & Co. Kg Alcatel-Lucent, and Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd or Huawei. In the midmarket we compete with companies such as ShoreTel, Inc., or ShoreTel, and Mitel Networks Corp., or Mitel. In cloud products and services we compete with companies such as Cisco, Broadsoft Inc., Microsoft, 8x8, Inc., RingCentral Inc., ShoreTel and Mitel. Our video products and services compete with companies such as Cisco, Polycom Inc., Huawei, ZTE Corporation, or ZTE, Vidyo, Blue Jeans and LifeSize (now a division of Logitech International S.A.).

 

Our contact center products and services compete with companies such as Genesys Telecommunications Laboratories, Inc., or Genesys, Cisco, Huawei, Enghouse Interactive, or Enghouse, and Mitel in the enterprise segment. In the midmarket, as well as cloud products and services, we compete with companies such as Cisco, Genesys and Interactive Intelligence, Inc.

 

Our networking products and services compete with companies such as Cisco, Hewlett-Packard Enterprise Company, Huawei, Dell, Inc., and Juniper Networks, Inc., in each case primarily with respect to L2/L3 Ethernet switching.

 

We face competition in certain geographies with companies that have a particular strength and focus in these regions, such as Huawei and ZTE in China, Intelbras S.A. in Latin America, and Matsushita Electric Corporation of America (Panasonic), in Asia.

 

While we believe our global, in-house end-to-end services organization provides us with a competitive advantage, it faces competition from companies like those above offering services, either directly or indirectly through their channel partners, with respect to their own product offerings, as well as many value-added resellers, consulting and systems integration firms and network service providers.

 

Technological developments and consolidation within the industry, as well as changes in the products and services that we offer, result in frequent changes to our group of competitors. The principal competitive factors applicable to our products and services include:

 

   

perceived and real value of the products and services as paths to solving meaningful team and customer engagement challenges;

 

   

perceived and real ability to integrate various products into a customer’s existing environment, including the ability of a provider’s products to interoperate with other providers’ business collaboration products;

 

   

the ability to offer on-premise or cloud products and services, with all services available via mobile;

 

125


Table of Contents
   

product features, performance and reliability;

 

   

customer service and technical support;

 

   

relationships with distributors, value-added resellers and systems integrators;

 

   

an installed base of similar or related products;

 

   

relationships with buyers and decision makers;

 

   

price;

 

   

the relative financial condition of competitors;

 

   

brand recognition;

 

   

the ability to be among the first to introduce new products and services.

 

For more information on risks related to our competition, see “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Business.”

 

Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

 

We own a significant number of patents important to our business and we expect to continue to file new applications to protect our research and development investments in new products and services across all areas of the business. As of September 30, 2015, we had approximately 5,400 patents and pending patent applications, including foreign counterpart patents and foreign applications. Our patents and pending patent applications cover a wide range of products and services involving a variety of technologies, including, but not limited to, unified communications (including video, social media, telephony and messaging), contact centers, wireless communications and networking. The durations of our patents are determined by the laws of the country of issuance. For the U.S., patents may be 17 years from the date of issuance of the patent or 20 years from the date of its filing, depending upon when the patent application was filed. In addition, we hold numerous trademarks, both in the U.S. and in other countries. We also have licenses to intellectual property for the manufacture, use and sale of our products.

 

We will obtain patents and other intellectual property rights used in connection with our business when practicable and appropriate. Historically, we have done so organically or through commercial relationships as well as in connection with acquisitions.

 

Our intellectual property policy is to protect our products, technology and processes by asserting our intellectual property rights where appropriate and prudent. From time to time, assertions of infringement of certain patents or other intellectual property rights of others have been made against us. In addition, certain pending claims are in various stages of litigation. Based on industry practice, we believe that any licenses or other rights that might be necessary for us to continue with our current business could be obtained on commercially reasonable terms. However, we cannot be sure that any of those licenses or other rights will always be available on acceptable terms or that litigation will not occur. The failure to obtain necessary licenses or other rights, or litigation arising out of such claims, could adversely affect our business.

 

We are dependent on our intellectual property. If we are not able to protect our proprietary rights or if those rights are invalidated or circumvented, our business may be adversely affected. We may be subject to litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from selling our products or services. For more information concerning the risks related to patents, trademarks, and other intellectual property, please see “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Business.”

 

Backlog

 

Due to our diverse products and services portfolio, including the large volume of products delivered from finished goods or channel partner inventories we believe that backlog information is not material to an understanding of our overall business.

 

126


Table of Contents

Employees

 

As of September 30, 2015, we employed 11,701 employees, of which 11,610 were full-time employees (11,002 were non-represented employees and 608 were represented employees covered by collective bargaining agreements) and 91 were part-time non-represented employees. Of the 608 full-time employees covered by collective bargaining agreements as of September 30, 2015, 553 were in the United States, 41 were located in the Latin America region and 14 were located in Canada.

 

Effective November 25, 2013 and January 31, 2014, the Company entered into a two-year contract extension with the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, respectively. With the extensions, the contract with each now terminates on June 13, 2016.

 

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

 

We are subject to a wide range of governmental requirements relating to safety, health and environmental protection, including:

 

   

certain provisions of environmental laws governing the cleanup of soil and groundwater contamination;

 

   

various local, federal and international laws and regulations regarding the material content and electrical design of our products that require us to be financially responsible for the collection, treatment, recycling and disposal of those products; and

 

   

various employee safety and health regulations that are imposed in various countries within which we operate.

 

For example, we are currently involved in several remediations at currently or formerly owned or leased sites, which we do not believe will have a material impact on our business or results of operations. Please see “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Business-We may be adversely affected by environmental, health and safety, laws, regulations, costs and other liabilities” for a discussion of the potential impact such governmental requirements and climate change risks may have on our business.

 

Corporate Responsibility at Avaya

 

Avaya’s Corporate Responsibility Program incorporates four key elements: Environment, Community, Marketplace and Workplace. For the Environment element, Avaya looks to implement environmental stewardship practices at our global locations. The element of Community represents Avaya working to positively impact society as a whole and supporting the communities where we are located. The Marketplace element includes engaging in fair and ethical business dealings with our customers, our partners and our supply chain. The Workplace element focuses on developing a desirable place to work for our employees across the globe.

 

Properties

 

As of September 30, 2015, we had 178 leased facilities (which included 18 storage locations containing between 100 to 16,700 square feet) and 2 owned facilities, located in 58 countries. These included 11 primary research and development facilities located in Canada, China, Germany, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy and the U.S. Our real property portfolio consists of aggregate floor space of 4.1 million square feet, substantially all of which is leased. Of the 4.1 million square feet of leased space, 1.1 million square feet is related to property for which the future minimum lease payments have been accrued for in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America pertaining to restructuring and exit activities. Our lease terms range from monthly leases to 11 years. We believe that all of our facilities are in good condition and are well maintained. Our 2 owned facilities, as of September 30, 2015, were held for sale: one of which, located in Inglewood, CA, was sold in October 2015 for $1.8 million. The remaining owned facility located in Shreveport, LA is idle. The Company continues to aggressively market this property. Our facilities are used for current

 

127


Table of Contents

operations of all operating segments. For additional information regarding obligations under operating leases, see Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in litigation, claims, government inquiries, investigations and proceedings, including, but not limited to, those identified below, relating to intellectual property, commercial, employment, environmental and regulatory matters.

 

The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses in connection with its current lawsuits and material claims and disputes, and intends to vigorously contest each of them.

 

Based on the Company’s experience, management believes that the damages amounts claimed in a case are not a meaningful indicator of the potential liability. Claims, suits, investigations and proceedings are inherently uncertain and it is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome of cases.

 

Other than as described below, in the opinion of the Company’s management based upon information currently available to the Company, while the outcome of these lawsuits, claims and disputes is uncertain, the likely results of these lawsuits, claims and disputes are not expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows, although the effect could be material to the Company’s results of operations or cash flows for any interim reporting period.

 

Antitrust Litigation

 

In 2006, the Company instituted an action in the U.S. District Court, District of New Jersey, against defendants Telecom Labs, Inc., TeamTLI.com Corp. and Continuant Technologies, Inc. (“TLI/Continuant”) and subsequently amended its complaint to include certain individual officers of these companies as defendants. Defendants purportedly provide maintenance services to customers who have purchased or leased the Company’s communications equipment. The Company asserted in its amended complaint that, among other things, defendants, or each of them, engaged in tortious conduct by improperly accessing and utilizing the Company’s proprietary software, including passwords, logins and maintenance service permissions, to perform certain maintenance services on the Company’s customers’ equipment. TLI/Continuant filed counterclaims against the Company alleging that the Company has violated the Sherman Act’s prohibitions against anticompetitive conduct through the manner in which the Company sells its products and services. TLI/Continuant sought to recover the profits they claim they would have earned from maintaining Avaya’s products, and asked for injunctive relief prohibiting the conduct they claim is anticompetitive.

 

The trial commenced on September 9, 2013. On January 8, 2014, the Court issued an opinion dismissing the Company’s affirmative claims. With respect to TLI/Continuant’s counterclaims, on March 27, 2014, a jury found against the Company on two of eight claims and awarded damages of $20 million. Under the federal antitrust laws, the jury’s award is subject to automatic trebling, or $60 million.

 

Following the jury verdict, TLI/Continuant sought an injunction regarding the Company’s ongoing business operations. On June 30, 2014, a federal judge rejected the demands of TLI/Continuant’s proposed injunction and stated that “only a narrow injunction is appropriate.” Instead, the judge issued an order relating to customers who purchased an Avaya PBX system between January 1, 1990 and April 30, 2008 only. Those customers and their agents will have free access to the on demand maintenance commands that were installed on their systems at the time of the purchase transaction. The court specified that this right “does not extend to access on a system purchased after April 30, 2008.” Consequently, the injunction affects only systems sold prior to April 30, 2008. The judge denied all other requests TLI/Continuant made in its injunction filing. The Company is complying with the injunction.

 

128


Table of Contents

The Company and TLI/Continuant filed post-trial motions seeking to overturn the jury’s verdict, which motions were denied. In September 2014, the Court entered judgment in the amount of $63 million, which included the jury’s award of $20 million, subject to automatic trebling, or $60 million, plus prejudgment interest in the amount of $3 million. On October 10, 2014, the Company filed a Notice of Appeal, and on October 23, 2014, TLI/Continuant filed a Notice of Conditional Cross-Appeal. On October 23, 2014, the Company filed its supersedeas bond with the Court in the amount of $63 million, which includes an amount for post-judgment interest and stays execution of the judgment while the matter is on appeal. The Company secured posting of the bond through the issuance of a letter of credit under its existing credit facilities. On November 10, 2014, TLI/Continuant made an application for attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs, seeking approximately $60 million, which the Company is contesting. TLI/Continuant’s current application for attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs is approximately $65 million and represents activity through September 11, 2014. Once the initial application is resolved by the Court, the Company expects that TLI/Continuant will make a supplemental application for activity beyond September 11, 2014. Once required, and in order to stay the enforcement of any award for attorney’s fees, expenses and costs, on appeal or otherwise, the Company will post a bond in the amount of the award for attorney’s fees, expenses and costs, plus interest. The Company expects to secure posting of the bond through existing resources and may use any or a combination of the issuance of one or more letters of credit under its existing credit facilities and cash on hand.

 

The Company continues to believe that TLI/Continuant’s claims are without merit and unsupported by the facts and law, and the Company intends to defend this matter, including by filing its appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. The Company filed its initial appellate brief with the Third Circuit on June 12, 2015 and briefing by the parties is now complete. The Third Circuit has tentatively scheduled oral argument for January 18, 2016, after which the Third Circuit will issue a written opinion. No loss reserve has been provided for this matter.

 

In the event TLI/Continuant ultimately succeed in subsequent appeals, any potential loss could be material. At this time an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, the Company cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on the manner in which it does business, its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Intellectual Property

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in litigation alleging it has infringed upon third parties’ intellectual property rights, including patents; some litigation may involve claims for infringement against customers by third parties relating to the use of Avaya’s products, as to which the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope to certain customers. These matters are on-going and the outcomes are subject to inherent uncertainties. As a result, the Company cannot be assured that any such matter will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

SNMP Research International, Inc. and SNMP Research, Inc. (collectively, “SNMP-RI”) brought a complaint, on November 2, 2011, against Avaya and Nortel Networks, Inc. (“Nortel”) (and others) in the Nortel Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding captioned In re Nortel Networks, Inc., 09-10138 (KG) (Bankr. D. Del.). In the complaint, SNMP-RI alleges that Avaya is liable to SNMP-RI for copyright and trade secret infringement with respect to Nortel products acquired by Avaya that incorporate SNMP-RI products. No trial date has been set. In a separate case pending in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, SNMP-RI alleged that (i) Avaya either underreported or failed to report royalties owed to SNMP-RI under a license agreement and (ii) Avaya’s use of SNMP-RI software in certain ways constitutes copyright and trade secret infringement. Trial of this matter is currently scheduled to begin May 9, 2016.

 

In late 2014 SNMP-RI also brought two separate complaints against several of Avaya’s resellers or distributors, alleging essentially the same facts as in the matters described above; these two cases are now stayed following motions filed by Avaya.

 

129


Table of Contents

Avaya believes it has meritorious defenses but at this time an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, the Company cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on the manner in which it does business, its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Other

 

In October 2009, a group of former employees of Avaya’s former Shreveport, Louisiana manufacturing facility brought suit in Louisiana state court, naming as defendants Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc., Lucent Technologies Services Company, Inc., and AT&T Technologies, Inc. The former employees allege hearing loss due to hazardous noise exposure from the facility dating back over forty years, and stipulate that the total amount of each individual’s damages does not exceed $50,000. In February 2010 plaintiffs amended their complaint to add the Company as a named defendant. There are 101 plaintiffs in the case. In light of the Louisiana Supreme Court’s holding in another hearing loss case (“Graphic Packaging”), in which the Court held that noise induced hearing loss qualifies as an occupational injury or disease subject to Workers’ Compensation claims, in October 2015 Avaya filed dispositive motions seeking dismissal of this matter. At this time an outcome cannot be predicted however, because the amounts of the claims individually and in the aggregate are not material, the Company believes the outcome of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on the manner in which it does business, its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

General

 

The Company records accruals for legal contingencies to the extent that it has concluded it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. No estimate of the possible loss or range of loss in excess of amounts accrued, if any, can be made at this time regarding the matters specifically described above because the inherently unpredictable nature of legal proceedings may be exacerbated by various factors, including: (i) the damages sought in the proceedings are unsubstantiated or indeterminate; (ii) discovery is not complete; (iii) the proceeding is in its early stages; (iv) the matters present legal uncertainties; (v) there are significant facts in dispute; (vi) there are a large number of parties (including where it is uncertain how much liability, if any, will be shared among multiple defendants); or (vii) there is a wide range of potential outcomes.

 

130


Table of Contents

MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA

 

This prospectus includes industry and trade association data, forecasts and information that we have prepared based, in part, upon data, forecasts and information obtained from independent trade associations, industry publications and surveys and other information available to us. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and independent sources. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Statements as to our market position are based on market data currently available to us. Our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 

131


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of November 1, 2015:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Pierre-Paul Allard

     56      

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and President Global Field Operations

Gary E. Barnett

     62      

Senior Vice President and General Manager, Avaya Collaboration

James M. Chirico, Jr.

     57      

Executive Vice President, Business Operations

Fariborz Ebrahimi

     54      

Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Amy Fliegelman Olli

     51      

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Roger C. Gaston

     59      

Senior Vice President, Human Resources

Jaroslaw S. Glembocki

     59      

Senior Vice President, Quality Program Office

Kevin J. Kennedy

     60      

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Morag Lucey

     54      

Senior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer

Laurent Philonenko

     56      

Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy, Development and Technology

Marc J. Randall

     54      

Senior Vice President and General Manager, Avaya Networking

Michael M. Runda

     59      

Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Client Services

David Vellequette

     59      

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Directors

           

Charles H. Giancarlo

     57      

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Mary Henry

     56      

Director

John W. Marren

     52      

Director

Afshin Mohebbi

     52      

Director

Greg K. Mondre

     41      

Director

Kiran Patel

     67      

Director

Ronald Rittenmeyer

     68      

Director

Gary B. Smith

     55      

Director

 

Pierre-Paul Allard, Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and President, Global Field Operations

 

Mr. Allard has been our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and President, Global Field Operations since July 2013. He served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Development since May 7, 2012. Previously, he spent 19 years at Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, a provider of communications and networking products and services. Most recently, from August 2007 until February 2012, he served as Vice President, Sales and Operations, Global Enterprise at Cisco. Prior to joining Cisco, he spent 12 years at International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM, a global provider of information technology products and services. Since September 2008, Mr. Allard has served on the Board of Directors of EXFO Inc., a provider of next-generation test and service assurance solutions for wireless and wireline network operators and equipment manufacturers in the global telecommunications industry.

 

132


Table of Contents

Gary E. Barnett, Senior Vice President and General Manager, Avaya Collaboration

 

Mr. Barnett has been our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Avaya Collaboration since December 20, 2011. Prior to that time, from August 2011 until December 2011, he served as our Vice President and General Manager of UC Applications, and from April 2011 until August 2011, he served as our Vice President of CC Applications. Previously, from October 2005 until April 2011, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of Aspect Software, Inc., a provider of unified communications and contact center software and services.

 

James M. Chirico, Jr., Executive Vice President, Business Operations

 

Mr. Chirico has been our Executive Vice President, Business Operations since June 14, 2010. Previously, from February 3, 2009 until June 14, 2010, he served as our Chief Restructure Officer and President, Operations. From January 2, 2008 until February 3, 2009, he served as our Senior Vice President and President, Operations. Prior to that time, from February 1998 to November 2007, Mr. Chirico held various senior management positions at Seagate Technology, a designer, manufacturer and marketer of hard disc drives, including Executive Vice President, Global Disc Storage Operations, from February 2006 until November 2007, and Senior Vice President and General Manager, Asia Operations, from September 2000 to February 2006.

 

Fariborz Ebrahimi, Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

 

Mr. Ebrahimi has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer since February 18, 2013. Previously, he was employed by Verizon Communications Inc., a leading provider of communications, information and entertainment products and services to consumers, businesses and governmental agencies. From January 2006 until December 2012 he served as Senior Vice President and CIO for Corporate Network and Technology which included Verizon’s Wireline network as well as Verizon Shared Services Operations (VSO) which included the finance operations, real estate and supply chain services supporting all Verizon companies.

 

Amy Fliegelman Olli, Senior Vice President and General Counsel

 

Ms. Fliegelman Olli has been our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since June 2014. Previously, she was the General Counsel of CA Technologies, Inc. from September 2006 to June 2014 where she held a similar position of responsibility covering all legal, governance, compliance, internal audit, security, risk management and controls. Ms. Fliegelman Olli also spent 18 years with IBM Corporation, ultimately serving as Vice President and General Counsel for the Americas and Europe.

 

Roger C. Gaston, Senior Vice President, Human Resources

 

Mr. Gaston has been our Senior Vice President, Human Resources since May 2006. In his role, Mr. Gaston is responsible for employee compensation and benefits, employee communications, workforce relations, organizational development and transformation, recruitment, talent management and labor relations.

 

Jaroslaw S. Glembocki, Senior Vice President, Quality Program Office

 

Mr. Glembocki has served as our Senior Vice President, Quality Program Office since November 7, 2011. Previously he served as Chief Operating Officer of Solexant Corp., a developer of third-generation ultrathin-film PV technology, from March 2011 until October 2011. From June 2009 until March 2011, Mr. Glembocki was engaged in various consulting projects. Prior to that, Mr. Glembocki served as Senior Vice President of Recording Heads and Media Operations at Seagate Technology HDD Holdings, a designer, manufacturer and marketer of hard disc drives, from October 2000 until May 2009.

 

133


Table of Contents

Kevin J. Kennedy, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Mr. Kennedy has been our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors since December 22, 2008. Previously, from September 2003 until December 2008, he served as Chief Executive Officer of JDS Uniphase Corporation, or JDSU, a provider of optical communications products, and from March 2004 until December 2008, he also served as President of JDSU. He was a member of JDSU’s Board of Directors from November 2001 until August 2012 and served as Vice Chairman of their Board of Directors from December 2008 until August 2012. Mr. Kennedy is also on the Board of Directors of KLA-Tencor Corporation, a supplier of process control and yield management solutions for the semiconductor industry, and Digital Realty Trust, Inc., which owns, acquires, develops and manages technology-related real estate. Mr. Kennedy served on the Boards of Directors of Rambus Inc., a developer of a high-speed chip-to-chip interface technology, from April 2003 until July 2008 and Polycom Inc., a provider of telepresence, voice and video conferencing solutions, from May 2008 until January 2009. Mr. Kennedy was selected to serve as a director in light of his role as Chief Executive Officer, the management perspective he brings to board deliberations, his extensive management experience and his experience on multiple public company boards. Mr. Kennedy is also currently a Presidential Advisory Member of the National Security Telecommunications Advisory Committee.

 

Morag Lucey, Senior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer

 

Ms. Lucey has been our Senior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer since October 5, 2015. Ms. Lucey leads our global marketing efforts, including marketing communications and branding. Immediately before coming to Avaya she served as the Chief Executive Officer of VirtualCMO Limited, a marketing consulting firm focused on generating short term profitability and long term stability, from November 2014 until September 2015. Ms. Lucey previously worked at Avaya from 2002 to 2007 as Vice President of EMEA Marketing and Vice President of Global Marketing and Channel Marketing for small and midmarket business solutions. In addition, Ms. Lucey worked at BAE Systems from March 2013 to November 2014, serving as Chief Marketing Officer, and at Convergys from May 2009 to June 2012, serving as Senior Vice President of Global Marketing and Product Management.

 

Laurent Philonenko, Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy, Development and Technology

 

Mr. Philonenko has been our Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy, Development and Technology since November 2014. He served as Vice President, Corporate Development and Strategy since November 2013. Prior to joining Avaya, Mr. Philonenko served as Chief Technology Officer for Cisco’s Collaboration Technology Group from November 2012 to October 2013 and he was a Vice President and General Manager of three business units at Cisco from June 2004 to November 2012. He also served as the COO of Genesys Telecommunications Laboratories from July 2002 to December 2003 and CEO from December 2003 to May 2004. Mr. Philonenko is a graduate of Ecole Polytechnique in Paris and earned his master’s degree in Management Science from Paris University.

 

Marc J. Randall, Senior Vice President and General Manager, Avaya Networking

 

Mr. Randall has been our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Avaya Networking since December 20, 2011. From January 31, 2011 until December 16, 2011, he served as Vice President and General Manager of Cisco Systems, Inc., a provider of communications and networking products and services. Previously, from 2008 to 2010, he served as Senior Vice President of Products and Offerings of Brocade, Inc., a provider of network solutions. Prior to that time, from 2003 until 2008, he served as President, CEO and a Director of Force10 Networks, a provider of data center networking.

 

Michael M. Runda, Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Client Services

 

Mr. Runda has been our Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Client Services since May 2012. From October 2011 until May 2012, he served as our Vice President, Global Support Services. Prior to that time, from

 

134


Table of Contents

2010 until 2011, he served as Chief Executive Officer of KCS Academy, where he was responsible for the startup of the KCS Academy, a subsidiary of the Consortium for Service Innovation. The Academy develops and delivers executive legal and technical support and consulting practices. From 2006 until 2010, he served as the Vice President of Global Support for Intuit Corporation. From 2004 until October 2015, he served in various positions on the Board of Directors for the Consortium for Service Innovation. He also joined the Board of Directors for the KCS Academy in 2011 and he currently serves as the President of that board.

 

David Vellequette, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

 

Mr. Vellequette has been our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since October 1, 2012. From July 2004 until September 2012, he worked for JDS Uniphase Corporation (“JDSU”), a provider of optical communications products. During his time with JDSU, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from June 2005 until August 2012 and Vice President and Operations Controller from July 2004 until June 2005.

 

Charles H. Giancarlo, Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

Mr. Giancarlo has been a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2008 and has been our Chairman of the Board of Directors since December 22, 2008. He served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from June 30, 2008 until December 22, 2008. Mr. Giancarlo was previously a Senior Advisor of Silver Lake from January 2014 until September 30, 2015 and prior to that was Managing Director of Silver Lake since 2007. Mr. Giancarlo is also on the Boards of Directors of Accenture plc, a management consulting business; Arista Networks, Inc., a data center switching company, ServiceNow, an enterprise IT cloud company, Imperva, Inc., a data security company, and various private companies. He served on the Board of Directors of Netflix, Inc., an online movie rental subscription service, from April 2007 until May 2012. Mr. Giancarlo’s related industry experience, experience in financial matters, service as an executive officer and director of other companies, prior service as our Chief Executive Officer, experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors, and affiliation with Silver Lake, which has the right to select three of our directors, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director of our Company.

 

Mary Henry, Director

 

Ms. Henry has been a member of our Board of Directors since July 1, 2014. Ms. Henry was a partner and managing director of Goldman Sachs, employed there from August 1986 to November 2004, primarily in the firm’s Investment Research Division. Ms. Henry is also on the boards of directors of various private companies. Ms. Henry’s experience with public companies, finance matters and her independence from the Company led to the conclusion that she should serve as a director of the Company.

 

John W. Marren, Director

 

Mr Marren has been a member of our Board of Directors since August 24, 2012 and he previously served as a member of our Board of Directors from October 26, 2007 to April 15, 2011. Mr. Marren joined TPG Capital in 2000 as Partner and co-leads TPG’s technology team. Mr. Marren has served on the Board of Directors of Freescale Semiconductor, Ltd. since 2007 and on the Board of Directors of various private companies. In addition, Mr. Marren served as Chairman of the Board of MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc. (now known as SunEdison, Inc.), a provider in the semiconductor and solar industries from 2001 to 2012. Mr. Marren’s related industry experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors, and affiliation with TPG, which has the right to select three of our directors, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director our Company.

 

135


Table of Contents

Afshin Mohebbi, Director

 

Mr. Mohebbi has been a member of our Board of Directors since April 2011. Mr. Mohebbi has been a Senior Advisor to TPG since 2004. Previously, Mr. Mohebbi held various executive positions at Qwest Communications International Inc., British Telecom Plc., SBC Communications Inc. and Pacific Telesis Group. Mr. Mohebbi currently serves on the Boards of Directors of DISH Network Corporation as well as on the Boards of Directors of various private companies. Mr. Mohebbi’s related industry experience, service as an executive officer and director of other companies, experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors, and affiliation with TPG, which has the right to select three of our directors, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director our Company.

 

Greg K. Mondre, Director

 

Mr. Mondre has been a member of our Board of Directors since October 26, 2007. Mr. Mondre has been a Managing Partner of Silver Lake since 2012 and a Managing Director of Silver Lake since 2005. Prior to joining Silver Lake in 1999, he was a principal at TPG and an investment banker at Goldman, Sachs & Co., a global investment banking and securities firm. Mr. Mondre is on the board of directors of Sabre Corporation, a technology solutions provider to the global travel industry. Mr. Mondre is also on the boards of directors of various private companies. Mr. Mondre’s experience in financial matters, service as a director of other companies, experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors and affiliation with Silver Lake, which has the right to select three of our directors, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director of our Company.

 

Kiran Patel, Director

 

Kiran Patel has been a member of our Board of Directors since October 1, 2013. Mr. Patel served as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Small Business Group of Intuit, a provider of financial software solutions for consumers and small businesses, from December 2008 to September 2013. He was Senior Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Tax Group from June 2007 to December 2008 and Chief Financial Officer from September 2005 to January 2008. Mr. Patel also serves on the Board of Directors of KLA-Tencor Corporation and is a trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds. Mr. Patel’s experience as a Chief Financial Officer, his experience with software, the Cloud and global management, as well as his independence from the Company led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director of the Company.

 

Ronald Rittenmeyer, Director

 

Ronald Rittenmeyer has been a member of our Board of Directors since October 1, 2013. Mr. Rittenmeyer is the former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Expert Global Solutions, Inc. (formerly known as NCO Group, Inc.), a global provider of business process outsourcing services, serving from 2011 to June 2014. Mr. Rittenmeyer is also the former Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Electronic Data Systems Corporation, serving from 2005 to 2008. Mr. Rittenmeyer is currently a director of American International Group, Inc. and Tenet Healthcare Corporation. Mr. Rittenmeyer’s service as an executive officer and director of other companies and his designation by TPG, which has the right to select three of our directors, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director of our Company.

 

Gary B. Smith, Director

 

Mr. Smith has been a Director of the Company since December 6, 2011. Mr. Smith currently serves as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Ciena Corporation, or Ciena, a network infrastructure company. Mr. Smith began serving as Chief Executive Officer of Ciena in May 2001, in addition to his existing responsibilities as president and director, positions he has held since October 2000. Mr. Smith also serves on the Board of Directors of CommVault Systems, Inc., a provider of data and information management software

 

136


Table of Contents

applications and related services, a position he has held since May 2004. Mr. Smith’s nearly 30 years of experience in the global telecommunications industry, and independence from the Company, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director of the Company.

 

Board Composition and Director Independence

 

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of the board of directors. Our board of directors is currently composed of nine directors: Mr. Kennedy, two representatives from Silver Lake, three representatives from TPG and three non-affiliated directors. Each of Messrs. Smith and Patel and Ms. Henry is a non-affiliated director, and each has been determined by the Board to meet the independence rules of the New York Stock Exchange and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

Under our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, until such time as the Sponsors collectively cease to beneficially own at least 40% or more of our outstanding common stock (such time referred to in this section as the “triggering event”), the number of directors shall be no fewer than three and no more than fifteen. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the directors will be elected to serve until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal, or until their successors have been elected and qualified. Vacancies and newly-created directorships on the board may be filled by the remaining directors, and until the triggering event, vacancies on the board may also be filled by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock.

 

Currently, each director is elected for a one-year term. Our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that at the first annual meeting after the triggering event, the board shall be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms.

 

Prior to the triggering event, directors may be removed with or without cause by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock. Following the triggering event, our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

A stockholders’ agreement between us and our current shareholders contains an agreement among the parties pursuant to which each of the Sponsors, in its sole discretion, designates three of the current directors. In connection with the consummation of this offering, certain of the provisions in the stockholders’ agreement are likely to be amended or terminated. In addition, Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement provides that, for so long as he is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, our Sponsors shall ensure that their affiliates vote to elect him as a member of our board of directors.

 

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to be a “controlled company” under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange because more than 50% of our outstanding voting power will be held by the Sponsors. See “Principal Stockholders.” We intend to rely upon the “controlled company” exception relating to the board of directors and committee independence requirements under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Pursuant to this exception, we will be exempt from the rules that would otherwise require that our board of directors consist of a majority of independent directors and that our compensation committee and nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors. The “controlled company” exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, which require that our audit committee have at least one independent director upon consummation of this offering, consist of a majority of independent directors within 90 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and exclusively of independent directors within one year following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

137


Table of Contents

Board Committees

 

We currently have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee with the composition and responsibilities described below. The members of each committee are appointed by the board of directors and serve until their successor is elected and qualified, unless they are earlier removed or resign. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the board of directors when necessary to address specific issues.

 

Audit Committee

 

Following the offering, the Audit Committee will be composed of Messrs. Patel, Mondre and Rittenmeyer and Ms. Henry. Mr. Patel will serve as the Chairperson of the Audit Committee.

 

Mr. Patel and Ms. Henry are each a non-affiliated Director, and each has been determined by the Board to meet the independence rules of the New York Stock Exchange and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. None of our Audit Committee members simultaneously serves on the audit committees of more than three public companies, including ours. The board of directors has affirmatively determined that Messrs. Mondre, Patel and Rittenmyer qualify as audit committee financial experts under the applicable requirements of the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

Our Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

selecting the independent auditors;

 

   

pre-approving all audit engagement fees and terms, as well as audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors;

 

   

at least annually, obtaining and reviewing a report of the independent auditors describing the audit firm’s internal quality-control procedures and any material issues raised by its most recent review of internal quality controls;

 

   

annually evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of the independent auditors;

 

   

discussing the scope of the audit and any problems or difficulties;

 

   

reviewing and discussing the annual audited and quarterly unaudited financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions in Results of Operations” with management and the independent auditor;

 

   

discussing types of information to be disclosed in earnings press releases and provided to analysts and rating agencies;

 

   

discussing policies governing the process by which risk assessment and risk management are to be undertaken;

 

   

reviewing and evaluating the adequacy of the Company’s ethics and compliance program, including our Code of Conduct , Operating with Integrity ;

 

   

reviewing internal audit activities and qualifications of the internal audit function;

 

   

establishing procedures for receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, auditing or internal controls and the submission of anonymous employee concerns regarding accounting and auditing;

 

   

discussing with our general counsel any material government investigations, litigation or legal matters that could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on business or financial statements;

 

   

approving all related party transactions;

 

138


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and approving the Company’s decisions to enter into certain swaps and security-based swaps;

 

   

annually reviewing and reassessing the Audit Committee’s performance; and

 

   

preparing the report required by the SEC to be included in our annual report on Form 10-K or our proxy or information statement.

 

The Audit Committee has authority under its charter to obtain advice and assistance from outside legal counsel, accounting, or other outside advisors as deemed appropriate to perform its duties and responsibilities. A copy of the charter will be available on our website at www.avaya.com upon completion of this offering. Information contained in, and that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated into and does not form a part of this Prospectus.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Giancarlo, Marren and Smith. Mr. Marren serves as Chairman of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Smith is a non-affiliated Director and our board of directors has determined he meets the independence rules of the New York Stock Exchange and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, the Compensation Committee, or a subcommittee, will be composed of “outside directors” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

The Compensation Committee is responsible for:

 

   

reviewing and evaluating individual performance of each of the Company’s senior officers reporting directly to the CEO and setting their compensation based on that evaluation;

 

   

reviewing the individual goals and objectives of, and evaluating the performance of, the chief executive officer, and setting the chief executive officer’s compensation based on that evaluation;

 

   

making recommendations to the board of directors regarding the adoption of new incentive compensation and equity-based plans, and administering our existing incentive compensation and equity-based plans;

 

   

making recommendations to the board of directors regarding compensation of the board members and its committee members;

 

   

annually reviewing the Compensation Committee charter and recommending any proposed changes to the Board;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our filings with the SEC and preparing an annual compensation committee report for inclusion in our annual report on Form 10-K or proxy statement; and

 

   

overseeing any other such matters as the board of directors shall deem appropriate from time to time.

 

The Compensation Committee has authority under its charter to access such internal and external resources, including retaining legal, financial, or other advisors, as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or appropriate to fulfill its responsibilities. A copy of the charter will be available on our website at www.avaya.com upon completion of this offering. Information contained in, and that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated into and does not form a part of this Prospectus.

 

Nominating and Governance Committee

 

The Nominating and Governance Committee of our board of directors consists of Messrs. Mohebbi, Giancarlo, Kennedy and Smith. Mr. Mohebbi serves as Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee. Mr. Smith is a non-affiliated Director and our board of directors has determined he meets the independence rules of the New York Stock Exchange and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

139


Table of Contents

The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for and oversees:

 

   

evaluating the performance, size and composition of the full board of directors annually to determine the qualifications and areas of expertise needed to further enhance the composition of the board of directors and working with management in attracting candidates with those qualifications;

 

   

establishing criteria for the selection of new directors;

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become directors and reviewing the qualifications of prospective nominees;

 

   

recommending the slate of nominees for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement and presentation to the Company’s shareholders at each annual meeting, if any;

 

   

establishing a policy for considering shareholder nominees for election to our board of directors and reviewing any candidates for board membership nominated by shareholders;

 

   

recommending qualified individuals to serve as committee members on the various board committees and recommending to the full board of directors, as appropriate, changes in number, function or composition of committees;

 

   

reviewing the performance of any board member eligible to stand for re-election at our annual meeting, if any, as well as other criteria prescribed by Company policies;

 

   

establish criteria and processes for, and overseeing, the annual performance self-evaluation process of our board of directors;

 

   

reviewing and assessing any director who retires, changes from the principal occupation or principal background association held when such director was originally invited to join the board of directors, joins any new board of directors of a public company or private company or joins a governmental commission, and in each case, determining whether it believes that such director’s change in circumstances represents a conflict of interest or otherwise inhibits such director’s ability to serve the best interest of the Company and its stockholders;

 

   

evaluating the need and, if necessary, create a plan for the orientation and continuing education of directors;

 

   

monitoring, with the assistance of our General Counsel, current developments in the regulation and practice of corporate governance; and

 

   

reviewing our corporate governance guidelines once adopted and providing recommendations to the board of directors regarding possible changes.

 

The Nominating and Governance Committee has sole authority under its charter to retain and terminate, at the Company’s expense, any search firm or advisor to be used to identify director candidates and has sole authority to approve the search firm’s or advisor’s fees and other retention terms. A copy of the charter will be available on our website at www.avaya.com upon completion of this offering. Information contained in, and that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated into and does not form a part of this Prospectus.

 

Board Leadership Structure

 

Our board of directors understands that there is no single, generally accepted approach to providing board leadership and that given the dynamic and competitive environment in which we operate, the right board leadership structure may vary as circumstances warrant. To this end, our board of directors has no policy mandating the combination or separation of the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. We currently have a separate Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. This leadership structure has been determined to be appropriate for us at this time in light of our current relationship with our Sponsors, though our board of directors believes the matter should be discussed and considered from time to time as circumstances change.

 

140


Table of Contents

Board Oversight of Risk Management

 

While the full board of directors has the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, its committees oversee risk in certain specified areas. In particular, our Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements and the incentives created by the compensation awards it administers. Our Audit Committee oversees management of enterprise risks as well as financial risks and effective upon the consummation of this offering will also be responsible for overseeing potential conflicts of interests. Pursuant to the board of directors’ instruction, management regularly reports on applicable risks to the relevant committee or the full board of directors, as appropriate, with additional review or reporting on risks conducted as needed or as requested by the board of directors and its committees.

 

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

 

Our Code of Conduct, Operating with Integrity , is designed to help directors and employees worldwide to resolve ethical issues in an increasingly complex global business environment. The Code of Conduct applies to all directors and employees, including, without limitation, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Corporate Controller and any other employee with any responsibility for the preparation and filing of documents with the SEC. The Code of Conduct covers a variety of topics, including those required to be addressed by the SEC. Topics covered include, but are not limited to, conflicts of interest, confidentiality of information and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Directors and employees of the Company receive periodic updates regarding policies governed by and changes to the Code of Conduct. The Code of Conduct is available at our Investor Relations website located at www.avaya.com/investors/overview. We will post amendments to or waivers of the provisions of the Code of Conduct made with respect to any of our directors and executive officers on that website within four business days. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this Prospectus, and is therefore not incorporated by reference. During fiscal 2015, no amendments to or waivers of the provisions of the Code of Conduct were made with respect to any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

During fiscal 2015, Mr. Giancarlo served as a member of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Giancarlo served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from June 20, 2008 until December 22, 2008. In addition, each of the Compensation Committee members is a party to a relationship with the Company as more fully set forth under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” below.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Pursuant to its charter, the compensation committee of Avaya Holdings Corp., which we refer to in this Prospectus as the “Compensation Committee,” must consist of at least three members. A Compensation Committee member serves until his successor is elected and qualified. The Compensation Committee charter provides that the Compensation Committee acts on behalf of the Company and Avaya Inc. All of our executive officers are employees of Avaya Inc. During fiscal 2015, the Compensation Committee held five meetings. For fiscal 2015 the Compensation Committee members were Messrs. Marren (Chairman), Giancarlo and Smith. Mr. Giancarlo previously served as Chairman of the Compensation Committee from September 2012 to April 2013.

 

Compensation Committee Report

 

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K included in this prospectus with management and, based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this prospectus.

 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

John W. Marren, Chairman

Charles Giancarlo

Gary B. Smith

 

141


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Introduction

 

The fiscal year 2015 Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) outlines the design and overall philosophy of our executive compensation program components, the objectives and principles upon which it is based, and our fiscal 2015 pay decisions for our Named Executive Officers (“NEOs”). Under SEC rules, our NEOs for fiscal 2015 are:

 

Our Fiscal 2015 NEOs

 

   

Kevin J. Kennedy, President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)

 

   

David Vellequette, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

   

James M. Chirico, Jr., Executive Vice President, Business Operations

 

   

Roger Gaston, Senior Vice President, Human Resources

 

   

Amy Fliegelman Olli, Senior Vice President and General Counsel

 

Overview

 

The objectives of our executive compensation program are to:

 

   

Attract and retain executives with the skills and experience necessary to execute a fundamental business transformation by providing a competitive pay package that reflects the market in which we compete for talent;

 

   

Align executive officer compensation with performance by providing executives with opportunities to earn performance-based compensation based on both Company performance as well as individual performance; and

 

   

Align executive officer compensation with the stated objective of transforming Avaya into a premier software and services company.

 

We have designed our executive compensation program to help achieve these objectives by using a combination of fixed pay and variable incentive compensation opportunities, which for fiscal 2015 included the following elements, together with our rationale for providing them:

 

Element of Compensation

 

Overview of Program Element

Base Salary

     Provide executive officers with base salaries that are market competitive and reflect the skills and experience required for their roles.

Short-Term and

Deferred Cash

     Executive Committee Discretionary Annual Incentive Plan (“EC DAIP”): Provide executive officers with a semi-annual discretionary incentive opportunity intended to reward both Company and individual performance.

Incentive

Compensation

     Executive Committee Performance Recognition Program (“EC LTIP”): A legacy incentive plan created in fiscal 2011 and revised in fiscal 2014 to provide executive officers with an additional annual deferred incentive opportunity based on financial and individual performance.

Long-Term Cash

Compensation

     A legacy incentive plan adopted in fiscal 2013 to provide executive officers with a degree of value assurance relative to our equity plans due to the uncertainty regarding a liquidity event for the Company.

Long-Term Incentive

Compensation (“LTI”)

     Provide executive officers with market competitive annual long-term incentive grants comprised of a combination of cash-based performance awards, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and stock options.

 

142


Table of Contents

Our determinations of NEO target compensation level and the mix of compensation elements are linked to short and long-term performance as evaluated by our Compensation Committee based on market practices and the Compensation Committee’s assessment of each executive officer’s skills, contributions and performance, each assessed without a specific weighting. The Compensation Committee recognizes that decisions regarding any one element of compensation may impact how the Company relies upon or makes use of another element. As a result, the Compensation Committee does not review each element in isolation and instead reviews them in total when making compensation decisions, without any particular weighting assigned to any individual element.

 

For fiscal 2015 the pay mix at target levels was as follows:

 

LOGO

 

*   For purposes of the above, performance-based compensation includes the target value of EC DAIP (defined below) and stock option and RSU awards.

 

Actual pay will vary from these targets based on the Compensation Committee’s assessment of Company and individual performance, as well as the change in the value of the Company’s equity, over time.

 

Compensation Governance

 

Our process for determining executive officer compensation (including for our NEOs) is as follows:

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our Compensation Committee is a committee of the Board of Directors. In accordance with its charter, the Compensation Committee approves all elements of compensation for our executive officers. The role of the Compensation Committee is to discharge the Board’s responsibilities relating to executive compensation matters. In this regard the Compensation Committee is responsible for the development and administration of our executive compensation and benefits programs. In furtherance of this purpose, the Compensation Committee has the authority and responsibility to:

 

   

Develop, in partnership with management, an overarching compensation philosophy upon which our executive pay programs are built;

 

   

Review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our CEO, evaluate the performance of our CEO in light of these goals and objectives, and determine and approve the compensation of our CEO based on this evaluation;

 

143


Table of Contents
   

Review the appropriateness of our peer group;

 

   

Set executive officer compensation and make recommendations to the Board with respect to incentive compensation and equity-based plans, administer and make awards under such plans and review the cumulative effect of its actions;

 

   

Review and approve the compensation of all executive officers;

 

   

At its discretion, retain a compensation consultant to advise the Compensation Committee on executive pay matters; and

 

   

Review and assist with the development of executive officer succession plans.

 

Compensation Consultant

 

We are advised on executive compensation matters by Semler Brossy Consulting Group (“Semler Brossy”). Semler Brossy was retained by management but provides advice and guidance to the Compensation Committee on a variety of topics including executive compensation program design, determination of our peer group, benchmarking and competitive assessment of our compensation.

 

Management

 

Our CEO, supported by our Human Resources team and with input from Semler Brossy, makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee regarding setting target compensation levels and determining amounts payable under performance-based awards for all executives other than himself. Pay decisions for our CEO are reviewed separately by the Compensation Committee and are independent of our CEO’s input. Semler Brossy provides comparative market data and recommendations on CEO pay to the Compensation Committee directly.

 

Peer Group

 

To ensure that our compensation program remains competitive and aligned with our overall philosophy and objectives, the Compensation Committee compares our compensation and benefit practices and levels of pay to a peer group consisting of technology-oriented businesses that compete with us for talent and:

 

   

are primarily information technology service businesses;

 

   

have similar revenue bases and sizes to reflect business complexity; and

 

   

are companies for which comparative executive compensation data are readily available.

 

Using these principles as our guide, the following 16 companies were used as the peer group for fiscal 2015 pay related decisions (the “Peer Group”):

 

Adobe Systems Inc.    EMC Corp.
Autodesk, Inc.    Juniper Networks Inc.

Broadcom Corp.

   Motorola Solutions
Brocade Communications Systems Inc.    Symantec Corp.
CA, Inc.    Teradata Corp.
Citrix Systems Inc.    Unisys Corp.
Cognizant Technology Solutions Corp.    NetApp, Inc.
Computer Sciences Corp.    VMWare

 

In August 2015, the Compensation Committee conducted its annual assessment of our Peer Group with guidance from Semler Brossy. Semler Brossy recommended that we remove EMC Corp. from our Peer Group due to its size. The revised Peer Group of 15 companies was used to assess executive officer compensation for fiscal 2016.

 

144


Table of Contents

In addition to the Peer Group, the Compensation Committee also reviews pay data from the Radford Global Compensation Survey, with a focus on technology companies with revenues of approximately $5 billion. This data is used to supplement the pay data from the Peer Group and also provides the Compensation Committee with market data for executives whose positions are not listed in Peer Group public filings. The Compensation Committee generally targets executive officer total target direct compensation, including long-term incentive grants, between the median and the seventy-fifth percentile of the market data, but actual pay positioning for each NEO is determined based on a number of factors including the role, contribution, and level of experience of each executive and the retention needs of the Company, and each is evaluated by the Compensation Committee in its judgment without any formula or weighting. We do not set specific targets relative to market for individual components of compensation such as base salary or target levels of annual or long-term incentives, but rather review the components in total.

 

Fiscal 2015 Compensation Elements and Pay Decisions

 

We continue to evolve from a traditional telecommunications hardware company into a software and services company to meet the demands of today’s customers. Today a significant portion of our revenues are generated from the sale of software and services. We believe that improvements in our products and services have enhanced our leadership in the market and provided future growth opportunities. Fiscal 2015 marked our second year of a multi-year sales transformation initiative, and we continue to see indications of our progress across various business measures such as increases in Net Promoter Score (NPS) and growth in sales of key products and services. Our total direct compensation program for our NEOs and other executive officers was built to incentivize senior leadership to help achieve these and other go-to-market objectives by emphasizing pay-for-performance. We use base salaries and short-term cash-based incentives to reward achievement of shorter-term individual and Company performance goals and cash and equity-based long-term incentives to reward achievement of longer-term performance goals.

 

The Compensation Committee and Board regularly evaluated individual contributions and achievements in order to make organizational and compensation decisions. This included in-depth discussions of CEO and executive officer performance and an annual 360 degree review process that is facilitated by a third party advisor, including self-assessments. Individual performance for the executive officers was measured by our CEO using an assessment scale evaluating four performance metrics including overall impact, teamwork and attitude, results and performance, and leadership (“Performance Metrics”).

 

The Compensation Committee participated in this process to develop an informed point of view which established the basis of their decisions for determining awards under all of the fiscal 2015 incentive programs.

 

Our approach to long-term incentives changed beginning in fiscal 2014. During the Compensation Committee meeting in November 2013, Semler Brossy presented their annual competitive assessment of CEO and executive officer compensation relative to our Peer Group and the market. The assessment indicated that while pay opportunities were competitive when viewed in combination with the addition of one-time programs, such as the EC LTIP, short-term cash awards, Segment Transformation Growth Incentive, Long-Term Cash Award Program and Quarterly Sales Transformation Incentive Plan, which are described below or under footnote 4 to the Summary Compensation Table, the transition to a standardized approach to total direct compensation (total target cash compensation plus long-term incentives) through an annual grant strategy under our long-term incentive program met market competitiveness in a simpler form. For fiscal 2015, the primary elements of our executive compensation program are described below.

 

Base Salary

 

Base salaries are evaluated at the beginning of each fiscal year following an assessment using market and Peer Group data performed by Semler Brossy. Assessment-based recommendations are made by our CEO and the Company’s Executive Compensation team and presented to the Compensation Committee for further evaluation based on individual performance.

 

145


Table of Contents

No changes were made to the base salaries for our executive officers during fiscal 2015. Please see the Summary Compensation Table for information on fiscal 2015 base salaries.

 

Short-Term and Deferred Cash Incentive Compensation

 

Executive Committee Discretionary Annual Incentive Plan (“EC DAIP”)

 

On October 15, 2013 the Compensation Committee approved a new short-term incentive plan for executive officers, the EC DAIP. The EC DAIP was established based on a competitive assessment of our CEO and executive officer compensation relative to the market and our Peer Group at that time.

 

The EC DAIP was designed to balance the need for a competitive incentive opportunity that is tied to performance, with the necessity of providing our Compensation Committee with the ability to exercise judgment at the end of each performance period to consider other factors in determining awards, including:

 

   

Overall Company performance; and

 

   

Executive officer and function performance over time.

 

Similar to our short term incentive plan for employees, the EC DAIP provides two payout opportunities each fiscal year based on financial performance during the previous six month period (October 1 to March 31 and April 1 to September 30). During our annual competitive assessment, the Compensation Committee establishes a target for each NEO based on a percentage of their respective base salary, using market and Peer Group data to assist in determining the appropriate percentage. There is no guarantee for any individual award and individual awards may not exceed more than 200% of an individual’s target.

 

As described in the “Compensation Governance” and “Fiscal 2015 Compensation Elements and Pay Decisions” sections above, the Compensation Committee reviews our NEO pay as compared to our Peer Group and market data, as reflected in the Radford Global Compensation Survey, based on a presentation by our compensation consultant, Semler Brossy. The Compensation Committee then determines the target award for each NEO under the EC DAIP and other pay elements generally by reference to the median and 75th percentiles of the Peer Group and market data.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Fiscal 2015
EC DAIP Target Award
Opportunity

(% of Base Salary)
    Fiscal 2015
EC DAIP Maximum Award
Opportunity

(% of Base Salary)
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

     125     250

David Vellequette

     90     180

James M. Chirico, Jr.

     85     170

Roger Gaston

     75     150

Amy Fliegelman Olli

     80     160

 

Please see the Summary Compensation Table footnote 4(a) and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for additional details about this plan, including actual payouts for fiscal 2015.

 

The EC DAIP is a discretionary incentive plan, which means there is no specific quantitative achievement of Company performance required for the plan to be funded. Plan funding and individual awards are determined at the end of each period by the Compensation Committee in its discretion based on a number of factors, including overall Company performance, the executive’s target, the Compensation Committee’s evaluation of the Performance Metrics and our CEO’s recommendations for the executive officers, other than for himself.

 

146


Table of Contents

Executive Committee Performance Recognition Plan (“EC LTIP”)

 

The EC LTIP is a five-year program that was created in fiscal 2011 and revised in fiscal 2014 to provide executive officers with an additional annual deferred incentive opportunity. In fiscal 2014, the program was amended to (i) reflect a single financial target of Adjusted EBITDA (which is defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” found elsewhere in this Prospectus), on a pre-short-term incentive plan basis (i.e., before taking into account any payment under the Company’s short-term incentive plans for employees generally), or “Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA,” and (ii) provide the Compensation Committee with full discretion to determine awards, provided that no individual award could exceed 160% of the individual’s target. No more awards will be granted under this program.

 

Our actual Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA result was approximately 95% achievement relative to the target established by the Compensation Committee in November 2014. Notwithstanding that, the Compensation Committee determined to use a 90% level of attainment in connection with compensation matters due to enhancements to our results tied to foreign exchange rate movements during the fiscal year. Individual awards were decided based upon this 90% achievement level and were further adjusted based on the Performance Metrics.

 

Please see Summary Compensation Table Footnote 4(e) for additional details, including target and actual payouts for fiscal 2015.

 

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

 

At the beginning of fiscal 2014, we established a framework for providing annual grants of long-term incentive opportunities to our executive officers, which we followed in fiscal 2015. These awards are intended to be competitive with practices among our Peer Group by providing annual equity-based and cash-based awards that vest over a multi-year timeframe. These awards also include both time-vesting and performance-based features. The awards’ multi-year vesting is designed to encourage retention and performance of our executive officers. In fiscal 2013 and 2014, these awards were granted to vest ratably on an annual basis over a three-year period. Beginning in fiscal 2015, the awards vest over a four-year period, with one-fourth vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date of the award, and one-sixteenth vesting on each quarterly anniversary thereafter. This change was made to enhance the retentive impact of these awards by spreading the vesting over a longer period.

 

The specific mix of long-term incentive vehicles provided in fiscal 2015 is shown in the table below.

 

Vehicle

  

Cash

  

Restricted Stock Units

  

Stock Options

% of Annual Grant Value

   50%    30%    20%

Performance Upside

   50% of total grant value    Not Applicable    Not Applicable

 

The mix includes long-term cash in addition to equity-based awards both to recognize the limited liquidity of our stock as a private company and to limit the dilution of the interests of our current shareholders given the concentrated ownership of the Company.

 

Cash Component

 

Fifty percent of the long-term incentive award is allocated in cash. The cash portion of the award also contains an additional performance-based upside provision providing up to an additional 50% of one-fourth of the cash grant value at the end of each performance year if a pre-established financial target is achieved. The pre-established financial metric for fiscal 2015 grants was Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA. Our actual Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA result was approximately 95% achievement relative to this target. Since this target was not achieved, NEOs did not receive any performance-based upside cash awards based on fiscal 2015 results.

 

147


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

 

RSUs are the most prevalent form of equity-based compensation used by companies in our industry and among our Peer Group. Thirty percent of the value of the annual long-term incentive grant was delivered in RSUs, with the actual number of units being determined based on our common stock price, as determined by our Compensation Committee, at the time the grant was approved. In fiscal 2015, the RSU awards did not contain a performance-based upside provision which had been part of certain previous RSU awards.

 

Stock Options

 

Although the use of stock options is fairly uncommon among our Peer Group, we believe that as a private company delivering 20% of the annual long-term incentive grant through stock options is appropriate, particularly in balancing the mix of risk and reward for our executive officers. The actual number of stock options was determined using a Cox Ross Rubenstein value of our common stock at the time the grant was approved.

 

Name

  Fiscal 2015
Target LTI
Award ($)
    Cash Award
50% Dollar
Value of
Award

($)
    Restricted
Stock Units
(30%) Dollar
Value of
Award
    Stock Options
(20%) Dollar
Value of Award
    Cash Award
Potential
Upside

($)
    Restricted
Stock Units
(# of shares)
    Stock
Options
(# shares)
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

  $ 7,500,000      $ 3,750,000      $ 2,250,000      $ 1,500,000      $ 1,875,000        900,000        937,500   

David Vellequette

  $ 2,750,000      $ 1,375,000      $ 825,000      $ 550,000      $ 687,500        330,000        343,750   

James M. Chirico

  $ 2,750,000      $ 1,375,000      $ 825,000      $ 550,000      $ 687,500        330,000        343,750   

Roger Gaston

  $ 1,000,000      $ 500,000      $ 300,000      $ 200,000      $ 250,000        120,000        125,000   

Amy Fliegelman Olli

  $ 1,500,000      $ 750,000      $ 450,000      $ 300,000      $ 375,000        180,000        187,500   

 

As noted above under “Stock Options” and in footnote 3 to the Summary Compensation Table, amounts indicated for Stock Awards and Option Awards represent the fair value of the awards at the date of grant as calculated in accordance with FASB Codification topic 718, without regard to forfeiture assumptions.

 

Fiscal 2016 Compensation Elements and Pay Decisions

 

At the November 2015 meeting of our Compensation Committee, Semler Brossy presented their findings from the fiscal 2016 competitive assessment of CEO and executive officer pay relative to the market and our Peer Group. The assessment indicated that overall, our total target direct compensation, with the addition of the annual long-term incentive grants, generally targeted our NEOs between the median and the seventy-fifth percentile of Peer Group. There were no additional awards provided under any of the legacy long-term incentive plans described in footnote 4 to the Summary Compensation Table.

 

For fiscal 2016, the Compensation Committee increased the target pay opportunities for several of our NEOs compared to fiscal 2015, including for our CEO. These pay increases were based on the Compensation Committee’s assessment of competitive pay relative to market and a detailed assessment of past and potential future realizable pay opportunities under our various legacy and ongoing incentive plans. In addition, for NEOs other than the CEO, the Compensation Committee took into consideration the recommendations of the CEO for ongoing pay.

 

148


Table of Contents

In assessing pay for the NEOs, the Compensation Committee noted in particular that a significant portion of our total compensation going forward is in the form of stock and options, which are currently not liquid assets and which therefore are not fully comparable to the stock awards of our publicly-traded peers. In addition, with the end of several of our legacy retention and incentive plans in fiscal 2015, which were cash awards, the Compensation Committee identified that a significant reduction in cash compensation opportunities would occur for several of our NEOs beginning in fiscal 2016. To partially offset this reduction in cash and to provide a more competitive total compensation opportunity going forward relative to market, the Compensation Committee made the following changes to total compensation for fiscal 2016:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Fiscal 2016
Base Salary
     Fiscal 2016 EC
DAIP Target Award
Opportunity (% of
Base Salary)
    Fiscal 2016
Target LTI
Award
     Fiscal 2016
Target Total
Direct
Compensation
     Fiscal 2015 to Fiscal
2016% Change in
Target Total Direct
Compensation
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

   $ 1,250,000         150   $ 9,000,000       $ 12,125,000         18

David Vellequette

   $ 650,000         100   $ 2,750,000       $ 4,050,000         3

James M. Chirico, Jr.

   $ 750,000         100   $ 3,250,000       $ 4,750,000         19

Roger Gaston

   $ 450,000         75   $ 1,000,000       $ 1,788,000         3

Amy Fliegelman Olli

   $ 650,000         80   $ 1,800,000       $ 2,970,000         0

 

These pay increases emphasize long-term incentives both to enhance retention incentives and to allow the Compensation Committee more flexibility in the future to alter awards based on changing circumstances of the Company over time. In addition, the Compensation Committee awarded Mr. Chirico a cash retention award pursuant to which he will receive $500,000 at the end of fiscal 2016 and 2017, provided he is employed by the Company at such times.

 

Long-Term Incentives in Fiscal 2016

 

On August 12, 2015, the Compensation Committee amended the Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (“2007 Plan”), which was approved by the stockholders of the Company effective November 16, 2015. The 2007 Plan was amended to make an additional 5,379,467 shares available for issuance, increasing the total amount of shares of the Company’s common stock available for issuance under the 2007 Plan to 61,236,872.

 

The foregoing description of the 2007 Plan and the First Amendment to the Plan is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text thereof.

 

At the November 2015 meeting, the Compensation Committee made the following long-term incentive awards to our NEOs for fiscal 2016 based on market competitiveness and the Compensation Committee’s assessment of each executive’s criticality in supporting our transformation:

 

Name

  Fiscal 2016
Target LTI
Award ($)
    Cash
Award

50% Dollar
Value of
Award

($)
    Restricted
Stock Units
(30%) Dollar
Value of
Award
    Stock Options
(20%) Dollar
Value of
Award
    Cash
Award
Potential
Upside ($)
    Restricted
Stock  Units
(# of shares)
    Stock
Options
(# shares)
    Total # of
Shares
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

  $ 9,000,000      $ 4,500,000      $ 2,700,000      $ 1,800,000      $ 2,250,000        1,350,000        1,384,615        2,734,615   

David Vellequette

  $ 2,750,000      $ 1,375,000      $ 825,000      $ 550,000      $ 687,500        412,500        423,077        835,577   

James M. Chirico, Jr.

  $ 3,250,000      $ 1,625,000      $ 975,000      $ 650,000      $ 812,500        487,500        500,000        987,500   

Roger Gaston

  $ 1,000,000      $ 500,000      $ 300,000      $ 200,000      $ 250,000        150,000        153,846        303,846   

Amy Fliegelman Olli

  $ 1,800,000      $ 900,000      $ 540,000      $ 360,000      $ 450,000        270,000        276,923        546,923   

 

Awards vest one-fourth on the first anniversary of the date of grant and one-sixteenth on each quarterly anniversary of the date of grant thereafter. The numbers of RSUs and Stock Options is based upon the fair market value of a share of our common stock which was $2.00 on the date of grant and a fair value of $1.30 per share using a Cox Ross Rubenstein value.

 

149


Table of Contents

Other Compensation

 

Executive Benefits and Perquisites

 

We provide certain benefits and perquisites to our executive officers to ensure our compensation and benefits package remains competitive. The Compensation Committee reviews these benefits and perquisites periodically to evaluate their value and market prevalence based on data provided by Semler Brossy. Please see the Summary Compensation Table footnote 5 for additional details about benefits paid in fiscal 2015.

 

Savings Plans

 

We offer a qualified 401(k) savings plan for all U.S. salaried employees, the Avaya Inc. Savings Plan for Salaried Employees (“ASPSE”). Effective January 1, 2013, our matching allocation is determined on a quarterly basis, once a Company financial performance threshold is met. The matching formula is 50% for the first 5% of pre-tax eligible compensation contributed by a participant, up to $3,000 annually.

 

We also offer an unfunded, non-qualified deferred compensation plan, the Avaya Inc. Savings Restoration Plan (“ASRP”) to restore savings opportunities lost under the ASPSE due to Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, limitations. There is no Company match provided for this plan.

 

Severance Plan

 

We offer a severance plan to our executive officers, the Avaya Inc. Separation Plan for Senior Officers. The plan provides specific payments and benefit enhancements if an executive officer’s employment is terminated involuntarily under the Avaya Force Management Program Guidelines. For additional details, please refer to the Potential Payments on Occurrence of Change of Control and Other Events section.

 

Because our common stock is not currently publicly traded, executive compensation paid during fiscal 2015 was not subject to the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, which limits to $1 million the deductibility of compensation paid to any of certain named executive officers of a public company, with exceptions for qualifying performance-based compensation and certain other exceptions. At such time as we become subject to the deduction limitation under Section 162(m) of the Code, we expect that the Compensation Committee will consider the impact of Section 162(m) of the Code when structuring our executive compensation arrangements with our NEOs. However, the Compensation Committee will retain flexibility to approve compensation arrangements that in its view promote the objectives of our compensation program but that may not qualify for full or partial tax deductibility.

 

150


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

 

The Summary Compensation Table contains values calculated and disclosed according to SEC reporting requirements. Salary, Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Compensation values are reflective of compensation earned during fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Stock Award and Option Award values are reflective of the total fair value, regardless of vesting conditions for earning the awards, for grants received during the applicable fiscal year.

 

Name

  Year     Salary
($) (1)
    Bonus
($) (2)
    Stock
Awards

($) (3)
    Option
Awards

($) (3)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan Comp.
($) (4)
    All Other
Comp.

($) (5)
    Total
($)
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2015      $ 1,250,000        —        $ 2,250,000      $ 1,500,000      $ 9,134,375      $ 42,004      $ 14,176,379   
    2014      $ 1,250,000      $ 2,000,000      $ 2,250,000      $ 4,704,000      $ 5,460,938      $ 41,996      $ 15,706,934   
    2013      $ 1,250,000      $ 1,592,382      $ 2,575,001        —        $ 3,532,000      $ 17,571      $ 8,966,954   

David Vellequette

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    2015      $ 625,000        —        $ 825,000      $ 550,000      $ 1,712,500      $ 24,837      $ 3,737,337   
    2014      $ 625,000      $ 200,000      $ 675,000      $ 529,200      $ 1,358,750      $ 24,881      $ 3,412,831   
    2013      $ 587,500      $ 200,000      $ 1,006,251      $ 585,000      $ 1,071,250      $ 7,718      $ 3,457,719   

James M. Chirico, Jr.

Executive Vice President, Business Operations

    2015      $ 675,000        —        $ 825,000      $ 550,000      $ 4,275,000      $ 23,321      $ 6,348,321   
    2014      $ 675,000        —        $ 675,000      $ 529,200      $ 2,905,750      $ 23,189      $ 4,808,139   
    2013      $ 653,269        —        $ 708,127        —        $ 2,085,250      $ 7,819      $ 3,454,465   

Roger Gaston

Senior Vice President, Human Resources

    2015      $ 425,000        —        $ 300,000      $ 200,000      $ 1,916,667      $ 114,752      $ 2,956,619   
    2014      $ 425,000        —        $ 299,999      $ 235,200      $ 1,575,000      $ 23,884      $ 2,559,083   

Amy Fliegelman Olli

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

    2015      $ 650,000      $ 250,000      $ 450,000      $ 300,000      $ 951,667      $ 87,846      $ 2,689,513   

 

(1)   Amounts shown for fiscal 2013 for Mr. Chirico reflect the impact of participation in the Company’s mandatory one-week furlough program.
(2)   Amounts shown for fiscal 2015 reflect for Ms. Fliegelman Olli, the second installment of a sign-on payment made in connection with her offer of employment. Amounts shown for fiscal 2014 reflect: (i) for Mr. Kennedy, a cash bonus in recognition of his performance and efforts to transform our business, including amounts that he otherwise would have received under the EC LTIP, and (ii) for Mr. Vellequette, the second installment of a sign-on payment made in connection with his offer of employment. Amounts shown for fiscal 2013 reflect: (i) for Mr. Kennedy, a cash recognition award, and (ii) for Mr. Vellequette, the first installment of a sign-on payment made in connection with his offer of employment.
(3)  

Amounts indicated for “Stock Awards” and “Option Awards” represent the fair value of the awards at the date of grant as calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation,” or ASC 718, without regard to forfeiture assumptions. For fiscal 2014 the fair value of stock options for Mr. Kennedy and Mr. Vellequette vary from

 

151


Table of Contents
  the amounts reported in Forms 8-K on November 15, 2013 and December 11, 2013 as those amounts were estimated using the June 30, 2013 fair value of the securities and not the fair value on the date of grant as subsequently determined under ASC 718.

 

     Included in fiscal 2013 is the incremental fair value of replacement RSUs awarded under a stock option exchange program whereby individuals holding previously granted performance-based stock options could exchange them on a three-for-one basis for RSUs. Not included in fiscal 2013 are any amounts attributable to previously granted performance-based stock options as it is not possible to determine if the performance condition (e.g., sale or initial public offering of the Company) will be satisfied until such event actually occurs. For options granted to Mr. Vellequette in fiscal 2013, assuming the highest level of achievement, the aggregate grant date fair value for fiscal 2013 would have been $410,375.

 

     For more information regarding the valuation of stock-based awards (including assumptions made in such valuation), refer to Note 15, “Share-based Compensation,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

 

(4)   Mr. Kennedy’s fiscal 2013 compensation includes all compensation elements reported in Avaya Inc.’s fiscal 2013 Form 10-K as well as additional elements reported on Avaya Inc.’s Form 8-K filed dated December 11, 2013.

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation reflects amounts earned under each of the following programs:

 

Name

  Year   EC DAIP
Awards
(a)
    Short Term
Cash Award
(b)
    Segment
Transformation
Growth
Incentive (c)
    Long Term
Cash

Award (d)
    EC Long
Term
Incentive
Plan (e)
    Cash Long
Term
Incentive (f)
    Total ($)  

Kevin J. Kennedy

  2015   $ 859,375        —          —        $ 5,900,000      $ 1,125,000      $ 1,125,000      $ 9,134,375   
  2014   $ 804,688      $ 1,250,000      $ 750,000      $ 1,656,250      $ 1,000,000        —        $ 5,460,938   
  2013   $ 725,000      $ 1,563,000      $ 250,000      $ 994,000        —          —        $ 3,532,000   

David Vellequette

  2015   $ 270,000        —          —        $ 517,500      $ 550,000      $ 375,000      $ 1,712,500   
  2014   $ 265,000        —        $ 618,750        —        $ 475,000        —        $ 1,358,750   
  2013   $ 217,000        —        $ 206,250      $ 173,000      $ 475,000        —        $ 1,071,250   

James M.
Chirico, Jr.

  2015   $ 300,000        —          —        $ 3,000,000      $ 600,000      $ 375,000      $ 4,275,000   
  2014   $ 290,000      $ 575,000      $ 618,750      $ 872,000      $ 550,000        —        $ 2,905,750   
  2013   $ 231,000      $ 650,000      $ 206,250      $ 523,000      $ 475,000        —        $ 2,085,250   

Roger Gaston

  2015   $ 125,000        —          —        $ 1,325,000      $ 300,000      $ 166,667      $ 1,916,667   
  2014   $ 135,000      $ 300,000      $ 337,500      $ 492,500      $ 310,000        —        $ 1,575,000   

Amy
Fliegelman Olli

  2015   $ 235,000        —          —          —        $ 550,000      $ 166,667      $ 951,667   

 

(a)   Represents EC DAIP award payments for both performance periods of fiscal 2015.

 

Name

   Target      Maximum      Midyear
Payout
     Year-End
Payout
     Total      % of Target  

Kevin J. Kennedy

   $ 1,562,500       $ 3,125,000       $ 390,625       $ 468,750       $ 859,375         55

David Vellequette

   $ 562,500       $ 1,125,000       $ 130,000       $ 140,000       $ 270,000         48

James M. Chirico

   $ 573,750       $ 1,147,500       $ 130,000       $ 170,000       $ 300,000         52

Roger Gaston

   $ 318,750       $ 637,500       $ 60,000       $ 65,000       $ 125,000         39

Amy Fliegelman Olli

   $ 520,000       $ 1,040,000       $ 105,000       $ 130,000       $ 235,000         45

 

(b)  

Represents aggregate short-term cash awards paid in fiscal 2013 and 2014 under the Short-Term Cash Award Program which was created in fiscal 2013 as part of a broad-based retention program targeted at approximately 3,000 of the Company’s highest performing employees to recognize and reward progress

 

152


Table of Contents
  despite missing financial targets for other performance-based incentive programs. The award amounts, which were determined as a percentage of base salary and were relative to the amount of variable pay opportunity for each corporate level, were determined considering an employee’s corporate-level and individual performance. For NEOs, the program considered individual opportunity under two specific performance-based incentive programs: the then-current short-term incentive plan under which executives were eligible for awards and the EC LTIP. Award amounts were determined based on an assessment of each NEO’s individual performance and progress in furthering our transformation. For information regarding the performance assessment process for these awards, please see “Fiscal 2014 Compensation Elements and Pay Decisions” in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis in Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2014. Awards were payable in three installments in December 2012, March 2013 and December 2013, provided the executive was employed by us on the date of payment. No further awards are planned under this program.

 

Name

   Award Amount  

Kevin J. Kennedy

   $ 2,813,000   

David Vellequette 1

   $ 0   

James M. Chirico

   $ 1,225,000   

Roger Gaston

   $ 625,000   

 

1    

Mr. Vellequette joined the Company on October 1, 2012, three months after the July 2012 competitive assessment was completed and was therefore not a participant in this program.

 

(c)   Represents the cash portion of the Segment Transformation Growth Incentive, or STGI Program, earned for the fiscal year indicated. No amounts were earned or payable in fiscal 2015. The STGI Program, which was created in fiscal 2013 and payable in fiscal 2014, addressed gaps identified between our executive officers’ total direct compensation and market and then Peer Group total direct compensation during a critical stage of our business transformation strategy. Awards were established as a percentage of base salary and were delivered through a mix of cash and RSUs. The cash portion of each executive officer’s award vested monthly over a 12 month period from July 1, 2013 to June 30, 2014, provided the award recipient was employed by the Company as of the last day of the applicable month. Equity awards were fully vested and paid in fiscal 2014, as further described in the Options Exercised and Stock Vested Table and accompanying footnotes below. No further awards are planned under this program.

 

Name

   Total Award
Amount
     Cash Award
Amount
     RSU Award
Amount
     Number
of RSUs
     Election%
Cash
    Election%
RSUs
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

   $ 2,000,000       $ 1,000,000       $ 1,000,000         444,444         50     50

David Vellequette

   $ 1,100,000       $ 825,000       $ 275,000         122,222         75     25

James M. Chirico, Jr.

   $ 1,100,000       $ 825,000       $ 275,000         122,222         75     25

Roger Gaston

   $ 600,000       $ 450,000       $ 150,000         66,667         75     25

 

(d)   Represents Long-Term Cash Award payments in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015 under the Long-Term Cash Award Program which was approved in fiscal 2013 after a competitive assessment was completed in July 2012. No new awards were granted under this program in fiscal 2015. No further awards are planned under this program.

 

These long-term cash awards were retention awards designed to provide a degree of value assurance relative to our equity plans for executive officers due to the uncertainty regarding the timing of a liquidity event for Avaya Holdings Corp. The awards are generally payable in three installments over either a three- or five-year period, depending on executive officer tenure. For executives with more than five years’ tenure when the award was made, the first installments were paid in fiscal 2013, the second installments were paid in fiscal 2014 and the third installment will be paid in fiscal 2016. For executives with less than five years’ tenure when the award was made, the first installments were paid in fiscal 2013, the second installments were paid in fiscal 2015 and the third installment will be paid in fiscal 2018. The aggregate amount of the awards for NEOs under this plan (using the lower end of the third installment range) was designed to approximately equal five times the individual’s base salary over a five-year period, with the exception of

 

153


Table of Contents

Ms. Fliegelman Olli. Since Ms. Fliegelman Olli joined the Company in June 2014, after these awards were approved in fiscal 2013, she is only eligible for one payment to be made at the time of the payments in fiscal 2018 and her aggregate award under this plan (using the lower end of her payment range) was designed to equal two times her base salary. The aggregate award for each NEO (other than Ms. Fliegelman Olli) was divided into different installment payments, as shown below and as set forth in an individual award letter which each NEO received. For each NEO, the upper end of the third installment range (or in Ms. Fliegelman Olli’s case, her one payment range) equals 150% of the lower end of such range.

 

Name

   Cash Payment
(First Installment) 1
     Cash  Payment
(Second
Installment) 2
     Cash Payment  Target
Range
(Third  Installment) 3
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

   $ 993,750       $ 1,656,250       $ 3,975,000 - $7,287,500   

David Vellequette

   $ 172,500       $ 517,500       $ 1,660,000 - $2,835,500   

James M. Chirico, Jr.

   $ 523,000       $ 872,000       $ 2,093,000 - $3,836,000   

Roger Gaston

   $ 296,000       $ 492,500       $ 1,182,000 - $2,167,000   

Amy Fliegelman Olli 4

     —           —         $ 1,300,000 - $1,950,000   

 

1    

First installments were paid in fiscal 2013.

2    

Second installments were paid in fiscal 2014 or 2015.

3    

Third installments will be paid in fiscal 2016 or 2018. The third installment range for Mr. Vellequette reflects revisions to such range which were approved by the Compensation Committee on June 28, 2013.

4    

Ms. Fliegelman Olli joined the Company on June 9, 2014, and therefore is only eligible for one payment payable at the time of the fiscal 2018 payments.

 

The amount of the third installment (or in Ms. Fliegelman Olli’s case, her one payment) will be determined based upon the NEO’s achievement under the EC LTIP over a five-year period from fiscal 2011 through 2015. In addition, the third installment payment may be adjusted, in the Compensation Committee’s discretion, based on the executive’s performance through the payment date.

 

The third installment payment (or in Ms. Fliegelman Olli’s case, her one payment) for each award recipient will then be adjusted downward (i) to reflect shares of our common stock previously owned and sold by that individual and (ii) if our common stock is then publicly traded, to reflect the value of certain shares of our common stock that individual owns (including vested stock units) or could receive upon exercise of stock options, in each case excluding shares relating to continuation stock options, continuation stock units and cash invested in connection with the going-private transaction of Avaya Inc.

 

Below are details regarding the third installment payment to be paid to Messrs. Kennedy, Chirico and Gaston in fiscal 2016:

 

Name 1

   Cash Payment  Target
Range

(Third Installment)
     Total EC LTIP
Earned 2011-2015
     Cash Payment
(Third Installment) 2
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

   $ 3,975,000 - $7,287,500       $ 3,750,000       $ 5,900,000   

James M. Chirico, Jr.

   $ 2,093,000 - $3,836,000       $ 2,562,500       $ 3,000,000   

Roger Gaston

   $ 1,182,000 - $2,167,000       $ 1,320,000       $ 1,325,000   

 

1    

Since the third installment payment for Mr. Vellequette and the one payment for Ms. Fliegelman Olli will not be paid until fiscal 2018, the Compensation Committee has not yet determined the amounts of such payments.

 

2    

After consideration of the third installment payment ranges and the total payments made to these executives under the EC LTIP, as well as each executive’s attainment under the EC LTIP over the five-year period from fiscal 2011 through 2015 as compared to their aggregate target EC LTIP award during such period, the Compensation Committee exercised its discretion in recognition of the contributions of each of these

 

154


Table of Contents
  executives to determine the third installment payments shown above. For NEOs other than the CEO, the Compensation Committee also took into consideration the recommendations of the CEO regarding such awards.

 

(e)   Represents cash incentives earned under the EC LTIP in fiscal 2015.

 

Name

   Target      Year-End Payout      % of Target  

Kevin J. Kennedy

   $ 1,250,000       $ 1,125,000         90

David Vellequette

   $ 625,000       $ 550,000         88

James M. Chirico, Jr.

   $ 675,000       $ 600,000         89

Roger Gaston

   $ 425,000       $ 300,000         71

Amy Fliegelman Olli

   $ 650,000       $ 550,000         85

 

(f)   The amounts indicated in fiscal 2015 represent the first vesting of the LTI Cash awards granted in fiscal 2014. Based on fiscal 2015 results, the NEOs did not receive any performance-based upside cash awards for the LTI Cash awards granted in fiscal 2013 or 2014.

 

(5)   During fiscal 2015, NEOs received certain perquisites provided by or paid for by the Company pursuant to Company policies. For all NEOs, amounts include life insurance premiums paid for by the Company and a financial planning allowance. For Mr. Chirico, includes a Company health spending account match that is provided through the Company’s standard medical benefit plans. For Mr. Gaston includes $90,115 in relation to relocation expenses. For Ms. Fliegelman Olli, includes $69,130 in relation to relocation expenses.

 

155


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2015

The following table sets forth information concerning non-equity and equity incentive awards granted in fiscal 2015 to each of the NEOs. The equity incentive awards were made under the 2007 Plan described below.

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Estimated
Future
Payouts under
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards
    All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or

Units
(4)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number

of
Securities
Underlying
Options

(#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price

of
Option
Awards
($)(5)
    Grant
Date

Fair
Value of
Stock

and
Options
($) (6)
 
    Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
         

Kevin J. Kennedy

       (1)      $ 1,562,500      $ 3,125,000           
       (2)      $ 1,250,000             
    11/20/2014 (3)      $ 3,750,000      $ 5,625,000           
    11/20/2014              900,000          $ 2,250,000   
    11/20/2014                937,500      $ 2.50      $ 2,343,750   

David Vellequette

       (1)      $ 562,500      $ 1,125,000           
       (2)      $ 625,000             
    11/20/2014 (3)      $ 1,375,000      $ 2,062,500           
    11/20/2014              330,000          $ 825,000   
    11/20/2014                343,750      $ 2.50      $ 859,375   

James M. Chirico, Jr.

       (1)      $ 573,750      $ 1,147,500           
       (2)      $ 675,000             
    11/20/2014 (3)      $ 1,375,000      $ 2,062,500           
    11/20/2014              330,000          $ 825,000   
    11/20/2014                343,750      $ 2.50      $ 859,375   

Roger Gaston

       (1)      $ 318,750      $ 637,500           
       (2)      $ 425,000             
    11/20/2014 (3)      $ 500,000      $ 750,000           
    11/20/2014              120,000          $ 300,000   
    11/20/2014                125,000      $ 2.50      $ 312,500   

Amy Fliegelman Olli

       (1)      $ 520,000      $ 1,040,000           
       (2)      $ 650,000             
    11/20/2014 (3)      $ 750,000      $ 1,125,000           
    11/20/2014              180,000          $ 450,000   
    11/20/2014                187,500      $ 2.50      $ 468,750   

 

(1)   Represents the fiscal 2015 target and maximum amounts payable under the EC DAIP, which is discussed above under “Fiscal 2015 Compensation Elements and Pay Decisions - EC DAIP”.
(2)   Represents the fiscal 2015 target under the EC LTIP, which is discussed above under “Fiscal 2015 Compensation Elements and Pay Decisions - EC LTIP”.
(3)   Represents the target and maximum, including the 4-year performance-based value that could be earned of the cash portion of the fiscal 2015 LTI grant. The target value of the awards granted to executive officers vest one-fourth on the first anniversary of the grant date and one-sixteenth on each quarterly anniversary thereafter. If earned, the performance value of fifty percent of one-fourth of the cash grant value will be paid promptly after determination. See “Fiscal 2015 Compensation Elements and Pay Decisions - Long-Term Incentive Compensation” for additional details.
(4)   Number of units reported as “All Other Stock Awards” represents the RSU portion of the fiscal 2015 LTI grant, which vests one-fourth on the first anniversary of the grant date and one-sixteenth on each quarterly anniversary until fully vested on the fourth anniversary of the grant date. See “Fiscal 2015 Compensation Elements and Pay Decisions - Long-Term Incentives” for additional details.
(5)   Under the terms of the 2007 Plan (defined below), the exercise price for an award cannot be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise prices indicated represent the fair market value of our common stock on the applicable grant dates, as determined by the Compensation Committee, the administrator under the 2007 Plan.
(6)   Amounts shown represent the grant date fair value of each award as calculated in accordance with ASC 718, without regard to forfeiture assumptions, and assumes a price of $2.50 per share of the Company’s common stock, which was the fair market value on the date of grant of the respective award.

 

156


Table of Contents

Description of Equity Plan

 

Executive officers, including the NEOs, and other employees, directors and consultants are eligible to participate in the 2007 Plan. As of September 30, 2015, 55,857,405 shares of the Company’s common stock were authorized for issuance under the 2007 Plan. The 2007 Plan was amended by the Compensation Committee on August 12, 2015, and approved by the stockholders of the Company effective November 16, 2015 to make an additional 5,379,467 shares available for issuance, increasing the total amount of shares of the Company’s common stock available for issuance under the 2007 Plan to 61,236,872. The Company’s common stock is not publicly traded. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis-Use of Estimates and Critical Accounting Policies-Share-based Compensation” for information on the methodology to value the Company’s common stock.

 

Prior to fiscal 2015, awards granted to executive officers generally vest one-third on the first anniversary of the grant date and one-twelfth on each quarterly anniversary thereafter. Starting in fiscal 2015, awards granted to executive officers vested one-fourth on the first anniversary of the grant date and one-sixteenth on each quarterly anniversary thereafter.

 

RSUs

 

Each RSU awarded under the 2007 Plan, when vested, entitles the holder to receive one share of the Company’s common stock, subject to certain restrictions on their transfer and sale as provided for in the 2007 Plan and the related award agreements.

 

Stock Options

 

Each stock option, when vested and exercised, entitles the holder to receive one share of the Company’s common stock, subject to certain restrictions on transfer and sale as provided for in the 2007 Plan and the related award agreements. All stock options awarded under the 2007 Plan expire ten years from the date of grant or upon cessation of employment, in which event there are limited exercise provisions associated with vested stock options.

 

To the extent an individual acquires shares of the Company’s common stock upon the exercise of a stock option or vesting of an RSU, those shares are subject to the restrictions on transfer and other provisions contained in a management stockholders’ agreement and, in the case of certain executive officers, including certain of our NEOs, a registration rights agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.”

 

157


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

 

The following table sets forth the outstanding equity awards at the end of fiscal 2015 for each of the NEOs:

 

    OPTION AWARDS     STOCK AWARDS  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options #
Exercisable (1)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options #
Unexercisable (2)(3)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
  Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
($) (4)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
($) (5)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units, or
Other
Rights
that have
not
vested
(#) (6)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market
or Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units, or
Other
Rights
that have
not
vested
($) (6)
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

    3,250,000        —          $ 3.00        11/17/2019           
    650,000        —          $ 3.00        11/19/2019           
    1,166,668        833,332        $ 2.25        12/11/2023           
    700,001        499,999        $ 2.25        12/11/2023           
    —          937,500        $ 2.50        11/20/2024           
              1,316,668      $ 2,962,503        $ 375,000   

David Vellequette

    243,750        81,250        $ 4.00        10/1/2022           
    210,001        149,999        $ 2.25        11/15/2023           
    —          343,750        $ 2.50        11/20/2024           
              492,500      $ 1,108,125        $ 112,500   

James M. Chirico, Jr.

    650,000        —          $ 3.00        11/17/2019           
    162,500        —          $ 3.00        11/17/2019           
    260,000        —          $ 3.00        11/19/2019           
    210,001        149,999        $ 2.25        11/15/2023           
    —          343,750        $ 2.50        11/20/2024           
              455,000      $ 1,023,750        $ 112,500   

Roger Gaston

    416,000        —          $ 3.00        11/17/2019           
    292,500        —          $ 3.00        11/19/2019           
    93,335        66,665        $ 2.25        11/15/2023           
    —          125,000        $ 2.50        11/20/2024           
              175,555      $ 394,999        $ 50,000   

Amy Fliegelman Olli

    100,000        200,000        $ 2.75        6/9/2024           
    —          187,500        $ 2.50        11/20/2024           
              361,818      $ 814,091        $ —     

 

(1)   Represents the exercisable portion of stock options granted and outstanding.
(2)   Represents the unvested and un-exercisable portion of stock options granted and outstanding.

 

158


Table of Contents
(3)   The stock option awards are scheduled to vest as follows:

 

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
     Grant Date     

Vesting Description

Kevin J. Kennedy

     2,000,000         12/11/2013       1/3 on 1st anniversary; 1/12 quarterly thereafter
     1,200,000         12/11/2013       1/3 on 1st anniversary; 1/12 quarterly thereafter
     937,500         11/20/2014       1/4 on 1st anniversary: 1/16 quarterly thereafter

David Vellequette

     325,000         10/1/2012       25% annually
     360,000         11/15/2013       1/3 on 1st anniversary; 1/12 quarterly thereafter
     343,750         11/20/2014       1/4 on 1st anniversary: 1/16 quarterly thereafter

James M. Chirico, Jr.

     360,000         11/15/2013       1/3 on 1st anniversary; 1/12 quarterly thereafter
     343,750         11/20/2014       1/4 on 1st anniversary: 1/16 quarterly thereafter

Roger Gaston

     160,000         11/15/2013       1/3 on 1st anniversary; 1/12 quarterly thereafter
     125,000         11/20/2014       1/4 on 1st anniversary: 1/16 quarterly thereafter

Amy Fliegelman Olli

     300,000         6/9/2014       1/3 annually
     187,500         11/20/2014       1/4 on 1st anniversary: 1/16 quarterly thereafter

 

(4)   The RSU awards are scheduled to vest as follows:

 

Name    RSU
Award
     Grant Date      RSU’s
Vested
     RSU’s
Cancelled
     RSU’s
Unvested
    

Vesting Description

Kevin J. Kennedy

     1,000,000         12/11/2013         583,332         —           416,668       1/3 on 1st anniversary; 1/12 quarterly thereafter
     900,000         11/20/2014            —           900,000       1/4 on 1st anniversary; 1/16 quarterly thereafter

David Vellequette

     150,000         10/1/2012         112,500         —           37,500       25% annually
     300,000         11/15/2013         175,000         —           125,000       1/3 on 1st anniversary; 1/12 quarterly thereafter
     330,000         11/20/2014            —           330,000       1/4 on 1st anniversary; 1/16 quarterly thereafter

James M. Chirico, Jr.

     300,000         11/15/2013         175,000         —           125,000       1/3 on 1st anniversary; 1/12 quarterly thereafter
     330,000         11/20/2014            —           330,000       1/4 on 1st anniversary; 1/16 quarterly thereafter

Roger Gaston

     133,333         11/15/2013         77,778         —           55,555       1/3 on 1st anniversary; 1/12 quarterly thereafter
     120,000         11/20/2014            —           120,000       1/4 on 1st anniversary; 1/16 quarterly thereafter

Amy Fliegelman Olli

     272,727         6/9/2014         90,909         —           181,818       1/3 annually
     180,000         11/20/2014            —           180,000       1/4 on 1st anniversary; 1/16 quarterly thereafter

 

(5)   Determined using the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the last day of the fiscal year, which was $2.25 per share.
(6)   Represents the performance-based potential upside value of the RSU portion of the fiscal 2014 LTI grant which may be earned based on fiscal 2016 results. If earned, the upside value will be converted to RSUs promptly after determination using the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the date of such determination and such RSUs will be fully vested upon grant. See “Fiscal 2014 Compensation Elements & Pay Decisions - Long-Term Incentives” for additional details.

 

159


Table of Contents

Options Exercised and Stock Vested

 

During fiscal 2015, there were no exercises of stock options by any of the NEOs. The following table sets forth information about the RSU awards that vested in fiscal 2015:

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)
     Value realized
on Exercise ($)
     Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)
   Value
realized on
Vesting
($)(1)
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

     —         $ 0         583,333          $ 1,437,500   

David Vellequette(2)

     —         $ 0         212,500          $ 525,000   

James M. Chirico, Jr.

     —         $ 0         175,000          $ 431,250   

Roger Gaston

     —         $ 0         77,778          $ 191,666   

Amy Fliegelman Olli

     —         $ 0         90,909          $ 227,273   

 

  (1)   The amounts included in the table have been determined using a per share value of our common stock ranging from $2.25 to $2.50, which was the fair market value of one share of our common stock on each of their respective vesting dates.
  (2)   Of the shares listed in this table, Mr. Vellequette has deferred receipt of 37,500 shares, which had a value realized on vesting of $93,750, until October 2017.

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

The table below sets forth information concerning all nonqualified deferred compensation earned by each of the NEOs during fiscal 2015.

 

All information represents data from the ASRP, a nonqualified defined contribution plan designed to restore lost tax-deferred savings opportunities for executive officers unavailable under the ASPSE, the Company’s qualified savings plan, due to Code limitations. Executive officers may contribute from 1-25% of eligible compensation (including base pay, short-term disability payments, short-term incentive compensation and marketing/sales compensation paid after the executive officer reaches the maximum contribution and/or compensation limit established by the Code). Effective March 1, 2009, the Company suspended matching contributions to this plan. Earnings are based on the individual fund allocations selected by each participant from among the variety of different investment fund choices available; investment elections can be changed daily, subject to certain funds’ trading restrictions. All participants are fully vested in their accounts under this plan.

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in the Last
Fiscal Year
     Registrant
Contributions
in the Last
Fiscal Year
     Aggregate
Earnings
in the Last
Fiscal
Year
    Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
in the Last
Fiscal Year
     Aggregate
Balance at
the Last
Fiscal
Year End
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

   $ 71,588       $ —         $ 10,474      $ —         $ 459,257   

David Vellequette

   $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —     

James M. Chirico, Jr.

   $ 55,725       $ —         $ 1,651      $ —         $ 443,534   

Roger Gaston

   $ 35,400       $ —         $ (3,528   $ —         $ 308,775   

Amy Fliegelman Olli

   $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —     

 

Potential Payments on Occurrence of Change of Control and Other Events

 

General

 

The sections below indicate amounts that could have been received by each of the NEOs following, or in connection with, an involuntary separation, resignation and retirement. The sections assume that the triggering event happened as of September 30, 2015. It should be noted that each of the sections below represents the various amounts that could have been received by the NEOs under alternative scenarios, and they are not cumulative in nature.

 

160


Table of Contents

Involuntary Separation

 

Cash and Benefits

 

During fiscal 2015, the NEOs were participants under the Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers, or the Senior Officer Plan. The Plan is designed to provide a specific payment and certain benefit enhancements to eligible Senior Officers of Avaya and its affiliated companies and subsidiaries in the event that their employment is involuntarily terminated under certain conditions.

 

The Senior Officer Plan covers our CEO and each other officer of the Company who is elected by the Company’s Board at a level above vice president and who is designated “At Risk” under the Avaya Force Management Program Guidelines. Each NEO is a participant in this plan.

 

The Senior Officer Plan provides that a Senior Officer is “At Risk” if there is a Company initiated termination other than for “cause,” defined as: (i) a material breach of duties and responsibilities as an executive officer of the Company (other than as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness) which is demonstrably willful and deliberate, which is committed in bad faith or without reasonable belief that such breach is in the best interests of the Company and which is not remedied in a reasonable period of time after receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such breach; (ii) conviction (including a plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of a felony involving moral turpitude; (iii) the commission of theft, fraud, breach of trust or any act of dishonesty involving the Company or its subsidiaries; or (iv) any significant violation of the Company’s Code of Conduct or any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or its subsidiaries.

 

In the event that a Senior Officer (other than Mr. Kennedy) is terminated by the Company other than for “cause,” that Senior Officer is entitled to receive under the Senior Officer Plan, upon executing a termination agreement and release, a payment equal to 100% of final annual base salary, along with certain other benefits to continue for a period of time post-termination of employment, including certain medical benefits as prescribed by applicable law, and outplacement services. With respect to Mr. Kennedy, the terms of his employment agreement provide that his involuntary termination would be governed by the same plan, but he would be entitled to a payment equal to 200% of his base salary plus 200% of his target bonus under the Company’s short term incentive plan for the year of termination, in addition to the other benefits offered generally to Senior Officers under the Senior Officer Plan.

 

Under the terms of the EC LTIP, if a participant’s employment was terminated involuntarily without cause as of September 30, 2015, such participant’s account would have been credited for any amount earned during fiscal 2015 and subsequently paid on December 31, 2016.

 

The table below represents amounts that could have been received by each of the NEOs as of September 30, 2015, assuming an involuntary separation occurred on that date.

 

Name

   Cash
Payment
Based on
Salary(1)
     Cash
Payment
Based on
Target
Bonus(2)
     Outplacement
Services (3)
     Total (4)  

Kevin J. Kennedy

   $ 2,500,000       $ 3,125,000       $ 7,000       $ 5,632,000   

David Vellequette

   $ 625,000       $ 562,500       $ 7,000       $ 1,194,500   

James M. Chirico, Jr.

   $ 675,000       $ 573,750       $ 7,000       $ 1,255,750   

Roger Gaston

   $ 425,000       $ 318,750       $ 7,000       $ 750,750   

Amy Fliegelman Olli

   $ 650,000       $ 520,000       $ 7,000       $ 1,177,000   

 

(1)   Amounts represent two times annual base salary for Mr. Kennedy, and one times annual base salary for each of Messrs. Vellequette, Chirico and Gaston, and Ms. Fliegelman Olli, each as of September 30, 2015.
(2)  

Amount for Mr. Kennedy is equal to two times his target EC DAIP award as per his employment agreement. Amounts for NEOs other than Mr. Kennedy assume that the last date of employment was September 30,

 

161


Table of Contents
  2015 and that the Company paid EC DAIP at target. Amounts reflect total target EC DAIP opportunity for the fiscal year, regardless of whether or not actually earned - e.g., regardless of actual results for fiscal 2015 as set forth above under “-Fiscal 2015 Compensation Elements and Pay Decisions - EC Discretionary Annual Incentive Plan (“EC DAIP”).” See “Summary Compensation Table” for actual EC DAIP payments earned in fiscal 2015.
(3)   Represents an estimated cost to the Company for outplacement services based upon historical experience.
(4)   Excludes amounts earned in the EC LTIP Plan for fiscal 2015. See “Summary Compensation Table” and chart in footnote (4).

 

Stock Options

 

Termination without Cause (Outside of the Change in Control Context)

 

If an employee is terminated without “cause,” generally there would be an acceleration of vesting of time-based stock options as follows: one quarter of the shares that otherwise would have vested at the end of the vesting year had the termination not occurred will vest for each partial or full quarter in which the optionee was employed during that vesting year. “Vesting year” means a twelve-month period beginning on the date of grant or an anniversary of the date of grant, as applicable, and ending on the first anniversary of such beginning date.

 

Generally, the employee would have 90 days post-termination of employment to exercise any vested stock options, and any unvested stock options would be forfeited as of the date of termination. However, Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement would allow him 12 months to exercise his vested stock options in such an event. The number of stock options for which vesting would be accelerated due to an involuntary termination as of September 30, 2015 and the value of the accelerated options are represented in the table below. Pursuant to the terms of the 2007 Plan, if the exercise price of an option is equal to or greater than the fair market value of a share of Company common stock at the time of exercise, those stock options are not exercisable. The fair market value of a share of our common stock on September 30, 2015 was $2.25. Where the fair market value of $2.25 is less than or equal to the respective exercise prices for those awards, no value has been attributed to them.

 

Name

   Number of
Time-based
Stock
Options
Accelerated
Vesting
     Exercise
Price
     Value of
Accelerated
Vesting
Options
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

     234,375       $ 2.50       $ —     
     266,667       $ 2.25       $ —     

David Vellequette

     81,250       $ 4.00       $ —     
     85,938       $ 2.50       $ —     
     30,000       $ 2.25       $ —     

James M. Chirico, Jr.

     85,938       $ 2.50       $ —     
     30,000       $ 2.25       $ —     

Roger Gaston

     31,250       $ 2.50       $ —     
     13,333       $ 2.25       $ —     

Amy Fliegelman Olli

     50,000       $ 2.75       $ —     
     46,875       $ 2.50       $ —     

 

Termination without Cause (Change in Control Context)

 

Stock option award agreements also contain certain provisions that are triggered upon a change in control. Under the 2007 Plan, “change in control” is defined to mean the acquisition by a person or group of at least forty percent (40%) of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock or securities representing at least forty percent (40%) of the voting power of the Company.

 

162


Table of Contents

With respect to time-based stock options, if an employee is terminated without cause within one-year following a change in control, then, unless the stock option has been terminated, exercised or exchanged for other current or deferred cash or property in connection with the change in control, the time-based stock option is treated as having vested in full immediately prior to such termination of employment. For these purposes “cause” is defined for our NEOs as in the Senior Officer Plan, as discribed above. Generally, a terminated employee would have 90 days post-termination of employment to exercise any of such vested time-based stock options. Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement would allow him 12 months to exercise all of his stock options in such an event. Mr. Kennedy’s 2008 employment agreement allows for potential tax gross-up payments in certain circumstances. The number of stock options for which vesting would be accelerated due to an involuntary termination, or within the one-year period following, a change in control occurring on September 30, 2015 and the value of the accelerated options are represented in the table below. Pursuant to the terms of the 2007 Plan, if the exercise price of a grant is equal to or greater than the fair market value of a share of common stock at the time of exercise, those stock options are not exercisable. The fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on September 30, 2015 was $2.25. Where the fair market value of $2.25 is less than or equal to the respective exercise prices for those awards, no value has been attributed to them.

 

Name

   Number of
Time-based
Stock Options
Accelerated
Vesting
     Exercise
Price
     Value of
Accelerated
Vesting
Options
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

     937,500       $ 2.50       $   
     1,333,331       $ 2.25       $   

David Vellequette

     81,250       $ 4.00       $   
     343,750       $ 2.50       $   
     149,999       $ 2.25       $   

James M. Chirico, Jr.

     343,750       $ 2.50       $   
     149,999       $ 2.25       $   

Roger Gaston

     66,665       $ 2.25       $   
     125,000       $ 2.50       $   

Amy Fliegelman Olli

     200,000       $ 2.75       $   
     187,500       $ 2.50       $   

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

RSU awards issued under the 2007 Plan, including the RSU portions of the STGI awards, generally provide for accelerated vesting upon death or disability or upon a termination without cause, or a resignation with good reason, within one year following a change in control (each as defined in the 2007 Plan). The number and value of RSUs that would be accelerated assuming a change in control occurred on September 30, 2015 is represented in the table below.

Name

   Number of
Restricted
Stock Units
Accelerated
Vesting
     Fair Market
Value at
September 30,
2015
     Value of
Accelerated
Vesting
Units
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

     1,316,668       $ 2.25       $ 2,962,503   

David Vellequette

     492,500       $ 2.25       $ 1,108,125   

James M. Chirico, Jr.

     455,000       $ 2.25       $ 1,023,750   

Roger Gaston

     175,555       $ 2.25       $ 394,999   

Amy Fliegelman Olli

     361,818       $ 2.25       $ 814,091   

 

163


Table of Contents

In addition to the amounts shown above, to the extent that receipt of shares underlying previously vested RSUs has been deferred, those shares would be distributed upon the earlier of a change in control, death or disability (each as defined in the 2007 Plan), termination of employment or five (5) years from the grant date. The number of shares and value of previously vested and deferred shares is represented in the table below.

 

Name

   Number of
Restricted
Stock Units
Deferred
Distribution
     Fair Market
Value at
September 30,
2015
     Value of
Deferred
Distribution
Units
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

     1,144,445       $ 2.25       $ 2,575,001   

David Vellequette

     255,556       $ 2.25       $ 575,001   

James M. Chirico, Jr.

     314,723       $ 2.25       $ 708,127   

Roger Gaston

     127,167       $ 2.25       $ 286,126   

Amy Fliegelman Olli

     —         $ 2.25       $ —     

 

Resignation/Retirement

 

Cash and Benefits

 

Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement provides that, in the event he resigns for “good reason,” he would be entitled to receive the same amount as set forth under “Involuntary Separation - Cash and Benefits” above. Under the agreement, “good reason” means: a material reduction by the Company in his base salary; a material breach of the agreement by the Company which shall include a material reduction or material negative change by the Company in the type or level of compensation and benefits (other than base salary) to which he is entitled under the agreement, other than any such reduction or change that is part of and consistent with a general reduction or change applicable to all senior officers of the Company; a material failure by the Company to pay or provide to him any compensation or benefits to which he is entitled; a change in Mr. Kennedy’s status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities that constitutes a material and adverse change from his status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities as in effect immediately before such change; the assignment to him of any duties or responsibilities that are materially and adversely inconsistent with his status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities as in effect immediately before such assignment; any removal of Mr. Kennedy from or failure to reappoint or reelect him to any of such positions, titles or offices; the Company changing the location of its principal executive offices to a location more than 50 miles from its current principal office; any material breach by the Company of the agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Mr. Kennedy incorporated by reference in the agreement; or the provision of notice by the Company of its intention not to renew the agreement.

 

In all other contexts, upon resignation or retirement, there would be no continuation of benefits (other than certain medical benefits as prescribed by applicable law) and no additional payments made under any of the Company’s defined contribution (qualified and nonqualified) plans to any of the NEOs, other than as set forth under the “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans” table.

 

With respect to the EC LTIP, if a participant’s employment was terminated due to retirement as of September 30, 2015, such participant’s account would have been credited for any amount earned during fiscal 2015 and subsequently paid on December 31, 2016. If a Change of Control had occurred on September 30, 2015 and a participant’s employment was voluntarily terminated with “good reason” within one year of the Change of Control event, such participant’s account would have been credited for any amount earned during fiscal 2015.

 

Equity Awards

 

Generally, each of the NEOs has up to 30 days subsequent to a resignation to exercise vested stock options, and any unvested stock options and/or RSUs as of the date of termination of employment are forfeited. If the resignation is for “good reason” (as defined in the 2007 Plan), then each of the NEOs would have 90 days from

 

164


Table of Contents

the date of such termination to exercise any vested stock options. However, Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement provides that, with respect to his stock option awards, he would have 12 months following his termination of employment to exercise those stock options.

 

In addition, with respect to time-based stock options and time-based RSUs, if the resignation is for “good reason” and it occurs within one-year following a change in control (as defined under the 2007 Plan), then, unless the time-based equity award has been terminated, exercised or exchanged for other current or deferred cash or property in connection with the change in control, the time-based equity award is treated as having vested in full immediately prior to such termination of employment. For these purposes, “good reason” means any of the following events or conditions which occur without the individual’s consent and which the Company does not cure within 30 days of being notified of such event or condition: (i) a material reduction in base compensation; (ii) material diminution of the NEO’s position with the Company involving a substantial reduction in the scope, nature and function, commonly demonstrated by a reduction in compensation and/or title; (iii) a change of thirty miles or more in the geographic location of the NEO’s principal office; or (iv) a material reduction in employee benefits except for across-the-board changes for senior executives at the Company. For a summary of the time-based equity awards held by each of the Named Executive Officers, please see “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.” The number and value of the shares accelerated on resignation for “good reason” is identical to the information provided in the section above labeled “ Termination without Cause (Change in Control Context).”

 

Confidentiality; Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation; Recoupment of Profits

 

All of the Company’s senior officers, including the NEOs, have signed confidentiality agreements as a requirement for receiving certain stock-based compensation. The agreements stipulate that these officers will not misappropriate or disclose the Company’s proprietary information.

 

The agreements generally provide that, during the term of their employment and for a period of twelve months from the date of termination of employment, the officers will not directly or indirectly: (i) subject to certain exceptions, work for or provide services to, in any capacity, whether as an employee, independent contractor or otherwise, whether with or without compensation, a material competitor of the Company; (ii) hire or solicit for hire any employee of the Company or seek to persuade or induce any employee of the Company to discontinue employment with the Company; (iii) hire or engage any independent contractor providing services to the Company, or solicit, encourage or induce any independent contractor providing services to the Company to terminate or diminish in any substantial respect its relationship with the Company; and (iv) subject to certain limitations, (a) solicit, encourage or induce any customer of the Company to terminate or diminish in any substantial respect its relationship with the Company or (b) seek to persuade or induce any such customer or prospective customer of the Company to conduct with anyone else any substantial business or activity which such customer or prospective customer conducts or could conduct with the Company.

 

If the officers breach the provisions of these agreements, then the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it, have the right to institute legal proceedings to enjoin the offending conduct. In addition, the Company generally has the immediate right to call and repurchase any shares of stock that have been issued under any stock options that have been awarded to the optionee by the Company at a purchase price that is the lesser of cost or fair market value.

 

Mr. Kennedy’s Employment Agreement

 

Mr. Kennedy is party to an employment agreement with the Company under which he agrees to serve as the Company’s President and CEO. The agreement, which became effective December 22, 2008, has an initial three-year term that is automatically renewed for subsequent one-year periods unless notice of non-renewal is delivered by the Company.

 

165


Table of Contents

Effective December 22, 2008, Mr. Kennedy also received 400,000 RSUs, which are now fully vested and for which the underlying shares have been distributed to him. Prior to an initial public offering, (i) if Mr. Kennedy’s employment is terminated other than for cause, (ii) if he voluntarily resigns for any reason or (iii) upon his death or disability, Mr. Kennedy has the right to require the Company to purchase from him any or all of the shares of common stock subject to those vested RSUs at fair market value, unless fair market value is less than $10 per share, in which case the purchase price shall be $10 per share. Further, in the event that certain “drag-along” or “tag-along” provisions under the management stockholders’ agreement are exercised and Mr. Kennedy sells shares of common stock underlying those vested RSUs in certain transactions and receives less than $10 per share, then the Company is obligated to pay to Mr. Kennedy the difference between $10 per share and the amount realized by Mr. Kennedy in such transaction.

 

In addition, the agreement provides that, for so long as Mr. Kennedy is the Company’s CEO, the Sponsors shall ensure that their affiliates vote to elect him as a member of our board of directors.

 

Director Compensation

 

In August 2011, the Board of Directors approved a non-affiliate director compensation program. Effective October 1, 2013, the Board of Directors revised the program. The program consists of an initial grant of RSUs with a market value of $200,000 upon joining the Board and an annual retainer of $100,000 in cash plus RSUs with a market value of $150,000. Each independent director who serves on the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee of the Company receives an additional $10,000 as part of his or her annual retainer in lieu of meeting attendance fees. The Audit Committee Chairperson receives an additional $20,000 as part of his annual retainer and each of the Compensation Committee Chairperson and the Nominating and Governance Committee Chairperson receives an additional $15,000 as part of their annual retainer. Eligible directors may elect to receive some or all of their cash retainers in the form of RSUs. Each RSU granted under the program vests immediately upon issuance and is distributed to a director upon his resignation or removal from the Company’s board. The market value of all RSUs granted under the program is established based on the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of each initial or annual grant, as applicable.

 

In August 2015, the Compensation Committee confirmed continuing this Director Compensation program with no changes.

 

In December 2013 we executed letter agreements with each of Messrs. Mohebbi and Rittenmeyer agreeing to pay them director fees in cash. We agreed to pay Mr. Mohebbi $450,000 for fiscal 2013 and $500,000 for each fiscal year thereafter and Mr. Rittenmeyer $75,000 for fiscal 2013 and $300,000 for each fiscal year thereafter.

 

Below is a summary of the compensation received by our directors for their services as directors of the Company during fiscal 2015. Except as indicated below, none of our other directors received compensation from us for service on the board of directors during fiscal 2015.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or Paid
in Cash

($)
     Stock Awards
($) (1)
     Total
($)
 

Mary Henry(2)

   $ 110,000       $ 150,000       $ 260,000   

Afshin Mohebbi

   $ 500,000       $ —         $ 500,000   

Kiran Patel(3)

   $ 130,000       $ 150,000       $ 280,000   

Ronald Rittenmeyer

   $ 300,000       $ —         $ 300,000   

Gary Smith(4)

   $ 120,000       $ 150,000       $ 270,000   

 

(1)  

Amounts indicated for “Stock Awards” represent the fair value of the awards at the date of grant as calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation,” or ASC 718, without regard to forfeiture assumptions.

 

166


Table of Contents
  For more information regarding the valuation of stock-based awards (including assumptions made in such valuation), refer to Note 15, “Share-based Compensation,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2)   Includes Ms. Henry’s annual grant of RSUs and annual retainers, all of which she elected to receive in the form of RSUs. In fiscal 2015 she received RSUs for 44,000 shares in lieu of cash for her annual retainers. As of September 30, 2015, Ms. Henry held vested RSUs for an aggregate of 241,274 shares.
(3)   Includes Mr. Patel’s annual grant of RSUs and annual retainers, all of which he elected to receive in the form of RSUs. In fiscal 2015 he received RSUs for 52,000 shares in lieu of cash for his annual retainers. As of September 30, 2015, Mr. Patel held vested RSUs for an aggregate of 323,717 shares.
(4)   Includes Mr. Smith’s annual grant of RSUs and annual retainers which he elected to receive in the form of cash. As of September 30, 2015, Mr. Smith held vested RSUs for an aggregate of 289,849 shares.

 

167


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Arrangements with Our Sponsors

 

In connection with their investment in us, we entered into certain stockholder agreements and registration rights agreements with the Sponsors and various co-investors. Certain of those agreements were amended in connection with the financing of the NES acquisition and again in connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition (see Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 for more information). The co-investors include individuals and entities invited by our Sponsors to participate in our financings, such as affiliated investment funds, individuals employed by affiliates of our Sponsors, limited partners of our Sponsors and members of our management. In addition, we entered into a management services agreement with affiliates of the Sponsors and, from time to time, we may enter into various other contracts with companies affiliated with our Sponsors.

 

Stockholders’ Agreement

 

In connection with the Merger, we entered into a stockholders’ agreement with the Sponsors and certain of their affiliates. This stockholders’ agreement was amended and restated in connection with the financing of the NES acquisition and again in connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition. The stockholders’ agreement contains certain restrictions on the Sponsors’ and their affiliates’ transfer of our equity securities, contains provisions regarding participation rights, contains standard tag-along and drag-along provisions, provides for the election of our directors, mandates Board of Directors approval of certain matters to include the consent of each Sponsor and generally sets forth the respective rights and obligations of the stockholders who are parties to that agreement. None of our officers or directors are parties to this agreement, although certain of our non-employee directors may have an indirect interest in the agreement to the extent of their affiliations with the Sponsors.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

In addition, in connection with the Merger, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the Sponsors and certain of their affiliates which was amended and restated in connection with the financing of the NES acquisition and again in connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, as amended, we will provide the Sponsors and certain of their affiliates party thereto with certain demand registration rights. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of common stock for sale to the public following the consummation of this offering, we will be required to give notice of such registration to the Sponsors and their affiliates party to the agreement of our intention to effect such a registration, and, subject to certain limitations, the Sponsors and such holders will have piggyback registration rights providing them with the right to require us to include shares of common stock held by them in such registration. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, associated with any registration of shares by the Sponsors or other holders described above. We have agreed to indemnify each holder of our common stock covered by the registration rights agreement for violations of federal or state securities laws by us in connection with any registration statement, prospectus or any preliminary prospectus. Each holder of such securities has in turn agreed to indemnify us for federal or state securities law violations that occur in reliance upon written information the holder provides to the Company in connection with any registration statement in which a holder of such securities is participating. None of our officers or directors is a party to this agreement, although certain of our non-employee directors may have an indirect interest in the agreement to the extent of their affiliations with the Sponsors.

 

Management Services Agreement and Consulting Services

 

Both Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. are party to a management services agreement with Silver Lake Management Company, L.L.C., an affiliate of Silver Lake, and TPG Capital Management, L.P., an affiliate of

 

168


Table of Contents

TPG, collectively the Managers, pursuant to which the Managers provide management and financial advisory services to us. Pursuant to the management services agreement, the Managers receive a monitoring fee of $7 million per annum and reimbursement on demand for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. In the event of a financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control transaction involving us during the term of the management services agreement, the Managers have the right to require us to pay a fee equal to customary fees charged by internationally-recognized investment banks for serving as a financial advisor in similar transactions. The management services agreement may be terminated at any time by the Managers, but otherwise has an initial term ending on December 31, 2017 that automatically extends each December 31 for an additional year unless earlier terminated by us or the Managers. The term has automatically extended eight times since the execution of the agreement such that the current term is December 31, 2025. In the event that the management services agreement is terminated, we are required to pay a one-time fee in an amount equal to $            , which is the net present values of the monitoring fees that would have been payable during the remaining term of the management services agreement. The termination fee will be calculated using the current term ending December 31, 2025. The management services agreement contains customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Managers and their affiliates.

 

In December 2013, the Company and TPG Capital Management, L.P. executed a letter agreement reducing the portion of the monitoring fees owed to TPG Capital Management, L.P. by $1,325,000 for fiscal 2014 and thereafter on an annual basis by $800,000. The Company agreed to pay Messrs. Mohebbi and Rittenmeyer the fees set forth under “Executive Compensation—Director Compensation” included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

 

In the course of business, Avaya will enter into arrangements with affiliates of the Sponsors pursuant to which consultants are engaged to provide services to the Company. For each of fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, expenses associated with these consulting agreements with affiliates of TPG were less than $1 million.

Transactions with Other Sponsor Portfolio Companies

 

The Sponsors are private equity firms that have investments in companies that do business with Avaya. For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, we recorded $30 million, $27 million and $6 million, respectively, associated with sales of the Company’s products and services to companies in which one or both of the Sponsors have investments. For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, we purchased goods and services of $11 million, $8 million and less than $1 million, respectively from companies in which one or both of the Sponsors have investments.

 

Financing

 

Term Loans Held by Sponsors

 

During fiscal 2013, affiliates of TPG held a portion of Avaya Inc.’s outstanding term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. Certain of the term B-1 loans held by those affiliates were converted to term B-5 loans, $22 million of which were repaid in connection with the issuance of the 9% Senior Secured Notes. Based on the amount of the term loans that were held during fiscal 2013, and consistent with the terms of the loan, those affiliates received payments of principal and interest (inclusive of amounts paid by the Company in connection with the issuance of the 9% Senior Secured Notes) aggregating approximately $23 million.

 

During fiscal 2013, an affiliate of Silver Lake held a portion of Avaya Inc.’s outstanding term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. The outstanding term B-1 loans held by this affiliate were converted to B-5 loans. Based on the amount of the term loans that were held by an affiliate of Silver Lake during fiscal 2013, and consistent with the terms of the loan, that affiliate received payments of principal and interest aggregating approximately $5 million.

 

On October 29, 2012, December 21, 2012 and February 13, 2013, Avaya Inc. amended the terms of its credit facilities in connection with certain refinancing transactions. Lenders who provided consents in connection

 

169


Table of Contents

with the amendments and/or agreed to have loans that they held in one tranche of term loans reclassified as another received certain fees. Affiliates of Silver Lake received less than $1 million in each of these transactions. Affiliates of TPG received less than $1 million in each of these transactions during fiscal 2013.

 

See Note 10. “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on our financing arrangements.

 

Preferred Stock Ownership by Sponsors

 

In connection with the financing of the acquisition of NES, we issued shares of our non-voting Series A Preferred Stock to affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake. In connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition, we issued shares of our convertible non-voting Series B Preferred Stock to affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake. For information regarding the equity holdings of affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake, please see “Principal Stockholders.”

 

Arrangements Involving our Directors and Executive Officers

 

Sponsor Board Appointments and Director Independence

 

Charles Giancarlo is a Director of each of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and he was previously a Senior Advisor of Silver Lake. Greg Mondre is a Director of each of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and he holds the positions of Managing Partner and Managing Director of Silver Lake. John W. Marren and Afshin Mohebbi are Directors of each of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and they hold the positions of Partner and Senior Advisor, respectively, of TPG. Ronald Rittenmeyer is a Director of each of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and he serves in these capacities as a director designated by TPG.

 

Each of Messrs. Patel and Smith and Ms. Henry have been determined by the Board of Directors to meet the independence rules of the New York Stock Exchange and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

Senior Manager Registration and Preemptive Rights Agreement and Management Stockholders’ Agreement

 

In connection with the Merger, we entered into a senior manager registration and preemptive rights agreement with certain current and former members of our senior management who own shares of our common stock and options and RSUs convertible into shares of our common stock, including Messrs. Chirico, Giancarlo and Kennedy. Pursuant to the senior manager registration and preemptive rights agreement we will provide the senior managers party thereto that hold registrable securities thereunder with certain registration rights upon either (a) the exercise of the Sponsors or their affiliates of demand registration rights under the Sponsors’ registration rights agreement discussed above or (b) any request by the Sponsors to file a shelf registration statement for the resale of such shares. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of common stock for sale to the public following the consummation of this offering, pursuant to the senior manager registration and preemptive rights agreement, senior managers party thereto that hold registrable securities thereunder are entitled to notice of such registration and, subject to certain limitations, such senior managers will have piggyback registration rights providing them with the right to require us to include shares of common stock held by them in such registration. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, associated with any registration of stock by the senior managers as described above. We have agreed to indemnify each holder of registrable securities covered by this agreement for violations of federal or state securities laws by us in connection with any registration statement, prospectus or any preliminary prospectus. Each holder of such registrable securities has in turn agreed to indemnify us for federal or state securities law violations that occur in reliance upon written information the holder provides to the Company in connection with any registration statement in which a holder of such registrable securities is participating.

 

In addition, pursuant to the senior manager registration and preemptive rights agreement, the Company agreed to provide each senior manager party thereto with certain preemptive rights to participate in any future

 

170


Table of Contents

issuance of shares of our common stock to the Sponsors or their affiliates. The preemptive rights granted under the senior manager registration and preemptive rights agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering.

 

In connection with the Merger, we also entered into a management stockholders’ agreement with management stockholders, including all of our named executive officers and Mr. Giancarlo. The stockholders’ agreement contains certain restrictions on such stockholders’ transfer of our equity securities, contains rights of first refusal upon disposition of shares, contains standard tag-along and drag-along provisions, and generally sets forth the respective rights and obligations of the stockholders who are parties to that agreement.

 

Transactions with Expert Global Solutions Inc.

 

Ronald A. Rittenmeyer serves on the Board of Directors of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Expert Global Solutions, Inc. (formerly known as NCO Group, Inc.), or Expert Global Solutions, a global provider of business process outsourcing services until June 2014. During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, sales of the Company’s products and services to Expert Global Solutions were $8 million, $9 million and $9 million, respectively.

 

Transactions with Intuit, Inc.

 

Kiran Patel serves on the Board of Directors of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and served until September 2013 as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Small Business Group of Intuit, Inc., or Intuit, a provider of financial software solutions for consumers and small businesses. During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, sales of the Company’s products and services to Intuit were $1 million, $2 million and $2 million, respectively.

 

Transactions with Ciena Corporation

 

Gary B. Smith serves on the Board of Directors of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and also currently serves as president, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Ciena Corporation, a network infrastructure company. In each of fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 sales of the Company’s products and services to Ciena were less than $1 million. In each of fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 the Company also purchased goods and services from Ciena of less than $1 million.

 

Related Party Transaction Policy

 

In February 2009, our Board of Directors adopted written procedures for the review, approval and/or ratification of “related party transactions,” which are those transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K as promulgated by the SEC.

 

The procedures give our Audit Committee the power to approve or disapprove existing and potential related party transactions involving our directors and certain of our executive officers. Upon becoming aware of an existing or potential related party transaction, the Audit Committee is required to conduct a full inquiry into the facts and circumstances concerning that transaction and to determine the appropriate actions, if any, for us to take. If the Audit Committee does not approve a transaction that is brought before it, then the matter is automatically forwarded to our full board of directors for consideration. A director who is the subject of a potential related party transaction is not permitted to participate in the decision-making process of the Audit Committee or full board of directors, as applicable, relating to what actions, if any, shall be taken by us in light of that transaction.

 

All related party transactions identified above that occurred during fiscal 2015 or that are currently proposed which required approval and/or ratification through the procedures described above were subject to such review procedures (other than those listed under the heading “Arrangements with our Sponsors-Transactions with Other Sponsor Portfolio Companies” which were transacted in the ordinary course of the Company’s business).

 

171


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at November 1, 2015 for:

 

   

each person whom we know beneficially owns more than five percent of our common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC.

 

The percentage of common stock beneficially owned by each person before the offering is based on 491,777,992 shares of common stock outstanding as of November 1, 2015, and              shares of common stock expected to be outstanding following this offering after giving effect to the              shares of common stock offered hereby. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Shares of common stock that may be acquired within 60 days following November 1, 2015 pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such holder but are not deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person shown in the table. Beneficial ownership representing less than one percent is denoted with an “*.”

 

Upon the completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors will own, in the aggregate, approximately         % of our common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. As a result, we intend to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Name

   Common Stock of
Avaya  Holdings Corp.
Beneficially Owned
     Percentage of
Outstanding  Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Silver Lake Funds and affiliates (1)

     419,814,172         72.5

TPG Funds and affiliates (2)

     419,814,172         72.5

James M. Chirico, Jr. (3)(4)(5)

     1,955,923         *   

Amy Fliegelman Olli (3)(5)

     251,920         *   

Roger C. Gaston (3)(4)(5)

     1,280,139         *   

Kevin J. Kennedy (3)(4)(5)(6)

     8,731,020         1.7

David Vellequette (3)(4)(5)

     1,085,431         *   

Mary Henry (4)

     241,274         *   

John W. Marren (2)(7)

             *   

Charles H. Giancarlo (1)(3)(4)(8)

     383,334         *   

Afshin Mohebbi (2)(9)

             *   

Greg K. Mondre (1)(10)

             *   

Kiran Patel (4)

     323,717         *   

Ronald Rittenmeyer (2)(11)

             *   

Gary B. Smith (4)

     289,849         *   

Directors and executive officers as a group,
(21 Persons)
(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)(10)(11)

     19,270,148         3.8

 

(1)  

The shares of our common stock that are attributed to Silver Lake Funds (as defined below) and affiliates consist of an aggregate of 332,450,000 shares of our common stock, 32,649 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our convertible Series B Preferred Stock and 87,331,523 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. Of the warrants owned by Silver Lake Funds and affiliates, 71,007,030 warrants have an exercise price of $3.25 per share and are exercisable at any time prior to

 

172


Table of Contents
  December 18, 2019, and 16,324,493 warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 per share and are exercisable at any time prior to May 29, 2022. Excluding warrants and shares issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock, the shares of our common stock that are attributed to Silver Lake Funds and affiliates represent 67.6% of all shares of our common stock outstanding as of November 1, 2015. The 32,649 shares of our convertible non-voting Series B Preferred Stock owned by Silver Lake Funds and affiliates represents 66.7% of all shares of our Series B Preferred Stock outstanding as of November 1, 2015. In addition, funds affiliated with Silver Lake own an aggregate of 38,864 shares of our non-voting Series A Preferred Stock (representing 31.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock) that are not convertible into our common stock and are excluded from the table above. The warrants expiring on December 18, 2019 and the Series A Preferred Stock were issued in connection with the financing of the NES acquisition, while the warrants expiring on May 29, 2022 and the Series B Preferred Stock were issued in connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition (see Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for more information).

 

The shares of common stock, Series B Preferred Stock and warrants (rounded to the nearest whole share) that are attributed to the Silver Lake Funds and their affiliates in this table represent direct holdings by the following entities:

 

     Common Stock      Series B Preferred      Warrants  

Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., or SLP II

     39,815,641         4,319         9,855,464   

Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., or SLP III

     109,624,955         11,892         27,135,186   

Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., or SLTI II

     184,359         20         45,634   

Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., or SLTI III

     375,045         40         92,834   

Sierra Co-Invest, LLC, or Sierra Co-Invest

     182,450,000                   

Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC, or Sierra Co-Invest II

                     42,014,060   

Sierra Co-Invest III, LLC, or Sierra Co-Invest III

             16,376         8,188,344   

Total fractional shares held by Silver Lake Funds and Affiliates

             2         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     332,450,000         32,649         87,331,523   

 

For ease of reference, we refer to SLP II, SLP III, SLTI II and SLTI III collectively as the Silver Lake Funds. The general partner of each of SLP II and SLTI II is Silver Lake Technology Associates II, L.L.C., whose managing member is Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. The general partner of each of SLP III and SLTI III is Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., whose general partner is SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., whose managing member is Silver Lake Group, L.L.C.

 

The managing member of Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II and Sierra Co-Invest III is Sierra Manager Co-Invest, LLC, or Sierra Manager. Pursuant to Sierra Manager’s limited liability company operating agreement, each of TPG GenPar V, L.P. and Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P. has the right to designate one of the two members of Sierra Manager’s management committee. Greg Mondre currently serves as Silver Lake’s designee.

 

The mailing address for Greg Mondre and for each of the Silver Lake Funds and their direct and indirect general partners is c/o Silver Lake, 2775 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025. Charles Giancarlo, who was previously a Senior Advisor for Silver Lake from January 2014 until September 30, 2015, can also be contacted care of Silver Lake’s mailing address.

 

(2)  

The shares of our common stock that are attributed to the TPG Funds (as defined below) and affiliates in this table consist of an aggregate of 332,450,000 shares of our common stock, 32,649 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our convertible Series B Preferred Stock and 87,331,523 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. Of the warrants owned by TPG Funds and affiliates,

 

173


Table of Contents
  71,007,030 warrants have an exercise price of $3.25 per share and are exercisable at any time prior to December 18, 2019, and 16,324,493 warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 per share and are exercisable at any time prior to May 29, 2022. Excluding warrants and shares issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock, the shares of our common stock that are attributed to the TPG Funds and affiliates represent 68% of all shares of our common stock outstanding as of November 1, 2015. The 32,649 shares of our convertible non-voting Series B Preferred Stock owned by TPG Funds and affiliates represents 67.6% of all shares of our Series B Preferred Stock outstanding as of November 1, 2015. In addition, funds affiliated with TPG own an aggregate of 38,864 shares of our non-voting Series A Preferred Stock (representing 31.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock) that are not convertible into common stock and are excluded from the table above. The warrants expiring on December 18, 2019 and the Series A Preferred Stock were issued in connection with the financing of the NES acquisition, while the warrants expiring on May 29, 2022 and the Series B Preferred Stock were issued in connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition (see Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for more information).

 

The shares of our common stock and warrants (rounded to the nearest whole share) that are attributed to TPG Partners V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or Partners, TPG FOF V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or FOF A, and TPG FOF V-B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or FOF B, which, together with Partners and FOF A, are collectively referred to as the TPG Funds, and their affiliates in this table represent direct holdings by the following entities:

 

     Common Stock      Series B Preferred      Warrants  

Partners

     149,294,510         16,195         36,954,491   

FOF A

     390,556         42         96,673   

FOF B

     314,933         34         77,954   

Sierra Co-Invest

     182,450,000                   

Sierra Co-Invest II

                     42,014,060   

Sierra Co-Invest III

             16,376         8,188,344   

Total fractional shares held by TPG Funds and Affiliates

     1         2         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     332,450,000         32,649         87,331,523   

 

The general partner of each of the TPG Funds is TPG GenPar V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or GenPar, whose general partner is TPG GenPar V Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or GenPar Advisors, whose sole member is TPG Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or Holdings I, whose general partner is TPG Holdings I-A, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or Holdings I GP, whose sole member is TPG Group Holdings (SBS), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or Group Holdings, whose general partner is TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or Group Advisors, which, together with the TPG Funds, GenPar, GenPar Advisors, Holdings I, Holdings I GP and Group Holdings we collectively refer to as the TPG Entities. The managing member of Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II and Sierra Co-Invest III is Sierra Manager. Pursuant to the Sierra Manager’s limited liability company operating agreement, each of GenPar and Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P. has the right to designate one of the two members of the management committee of Sierra Manager. John Marren currently serves as GenPar’s designee.

 

Because of these relationships, Group Advisors may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and warrants directly held by the TPG Funds, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II and Sierra Co-Invest III. David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are officers and sole shareholders of Group Advisors. Because of the relationship of Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter to Group Advisors, each of Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and warrants directly held by the TPG Funds, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II and Sierra Co-Invest III. Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares and warrants directly held by the TPG Funds, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II and Sierra Co-Invest III except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

 

174


Table of Contents

The mailing address for each of Group Advisors and Messrs. Bonderman , Coulter and John Marren is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102. The mailing address for each of Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II, and Sierra Co-Invest III is 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102. The mailing address for Sierra Manager is 9 West 57th Street, 32 nd Floor, New York, NY 10019.

 

(3)   Includes beneficial ownership of the following numbers of shares of common stock that may be acquired within 60 days of November 1, 2015 pursuant to stock options:

 

 

James J. Chirico, Jr.

     1,398,439         David Vellequette      569,689   
  Amy Fliegelman Olli      146,875         Charles H. Giancarlo      325,000   
  Roger C. Gaston      846,418        

Directors and executive officers as a group

     11,976,474   
  Kevin J. Kennedy      6,267,611           

 

(4)   Includes ownership of the following numbers of shares of common stock underlying RSUs that have vested or that may vest within 60 days of November 1, 2015 for which receipt has been deferred such that, absent an event triggering issuance of the shares in accordance with the terms of the award agreement under which the RSUs were issued, the shares would not be received within 60 days of November 1, 2015.

 

 

James J. Chirico, Jr.

     314,723        

Mary Henry

     241,274   
 

Roger C. Gaston

     193,834        

Kiran Patel

     323,717   
 

Kevin J. Kennedy

     1,144,145        

Gary B. Smith

     289,849   
 

David Vellequette

     293,056        

Directors and executive officers as a group

     4,422,794   
 

Charles H. Giancarlo

     58,334           

 

(5)   Includes ownership of the following numbers of shares of common stock underlying RSUs that may vest within 60 days of November 1, 2015 for which receipt has not been deferred such that, the shares will be received within 60 days of November 1, 2015.

 

 

James J. Chirico, Jr.

     107,500         Kevin J. Kennedy      308,333   
  Amy Fliegelman Olli      45,000         David Vellequette      107,500   
  Roger C. Gaston      41,111        

Directors and executive officers as a group

     937,221   

 

(6)   Includes 320,000 shares held by Mr. Kennedy and his spouse as trustees under a grantor retained annuity and a family trust.

 

(7)   John Marren is a TPG partner. Mr. Marren has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for and preferred shares convertible into shares of our common stock held directly or indirectly by the TPG Entities, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II or Sierra Co-Invest III.

 

(8)   Charles Giancarlo was previously a Senior Advisor of Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. from January 2014 until September 30, 2015. Mr. Giancarlo has no voting or investment power over the shares and warrants held directly by the Silver Lake Funds and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for shares of our common stock held by the Silver Lake Funds, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II or Sierra Co-Invest III.

 

(9)   Afshin Mohebbi is a TPG Senior Advisor. Mr. Mohebbi has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for and preferred shares convertible into shares of our common stock held directly or indirectly by the TPG Entities, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II or Sierra Co-Invest III.

 

(10)  

Greg Mondre is (a) Managing Partner and Managing Director of Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., (b) a member of Sierra Manager’s management committee and (c) a vice president of Sierra Manager. Mr. Mondre has no

 

175


Table of Contents
  voting or investment power over the shares and warrants held directly by the Silver Lake Funds and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for shares of our common stock held by the Silver Lake Funds, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II or Sierra Co-Invest III.

 

(11)   Ronald Rittenmeyer is a member of our Board of Directors designated by TPG. Mr. Rittenmeyer has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for and preferred shares convertible into shares of our common stock held directly or indirectly by the TPG Entities, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II or Sierra Co-Invest III.

 

176


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS

 

Senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility, or Domestic ABL

 

Overview

 

In connection with the Merger, Avaya Inc. entered into a credit agreement and related security and other agreements, dated October 26, 2007, for a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility, or Domestic ABL. The Domestic ABL was amended and restated as of October 29, 2012, amended as of February 5, 2014 and amended as of June 4, 2015, as discussed under “-Amendments of Domestic ABL” below.

 

On May 15, 2014, Avaya Inc. borrowed $40 million under its Domestic ABL, the proceeds of which were used to fund, in part, the redemption of the 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015 and 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes. Borrowings under the Domestic ABL bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at Avaya Inc.’s option, either; (a) a LIBOR rate plus a margin of 1.75% or (b) a base rate plus a margin of 0.75%. The interest rate election made on November 30, 2015 borrowing was the LIBOR rate. Any principal amount outstanding under this facility is payable in full on June 4, 2020.

 

The Domestic ABL provides senior secured revolving financing of up to $335 million, subject to availability under a borrowing base, of which $200 million may be in the form of letters of credit. The borrowing base at any time equals the sum of 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. The Domestic ABL includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings, referred to as swingline loans, and is available in euros in addition to dollars. At September 30, 2015, the borrowings under this facility were $55 million, in addition to $119 million of issued and outstanding letters of credit, with aggregate remaining revolver availability of $83 million.

 

Avaya Inc. has the right to request up to $100 million of additional commitments under the Domestic ABL, although the lenders under this facility are not under any obligation to provide any such additional commitments, and any increase in commitments is subject to certain conditions precedent. If Avaya Inc. were to request any such additional commitments and the existing lenders or new lenders were to agree to provide such commitments, the facility size could be increased by up to $100 million, but Avaya Inc.’s ability to borrow under this facility would still be limited by the amount of the borrowing base.

 

Amendments of Domestic ABL

 

On October 29, 2012, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Domestic ABL, pursuant to which the Domestic ABL was amended and restated in its entirety.

 

The modified terms of the Domestic ABL include permission to issue or incur, as applicable, secured indebtedness in the form of (1) one or more series of incremental replacement junior secured notes in lieu of the $100 million of additional commitments discussed in the final paragraph of “-Senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility, or Domestic ABL-Overview” above, plus the amount by which unused commitments have been previously reduced under the Domestic ABL, less the amount of all revolving commitment increases effected at or prior to the time of issuance of such incremental replacement junior secured notes, and (2) one or more series of junior secured notes or junior secured loans, in the case of each such issuance or incurrence, in connection with a modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension of senior unsecured indebtedness and subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the Domestic ABL.

 

177


Table of Contents

On February 13, 2013, Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Domestic ABL pursuant to which the Domestic ABL was amended.

 

The modified terms of the Domestic ABL permitted Avaya Inc. to refinance all of Avaya Inc.’s outstanding senior unsecured notes with junior secured notes or junior secured loans, subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the Domestic ABL. Further, the terms of the amendment permit certain other obligations of Avaya Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries to be secured by the ABL Priority Collateral (defined below) on a junior-priority basis.

 

On June 4, 2015, Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 4 to the Domestic ABL which, among other things: (i) extended the stated maturity of the facility from October 26, 2016 to June 4, 2020 (subject to certain conditions specified in the Domestic ABL), (ii) increased the sublimit for letter of credit issuances under the Domestic ABL from $150 million to $200 million, and (iii) amended certain covenants and other provisions of the existing agreement.

 

Interest rate and fees

 

Borrowings under the Domestic ABL bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at Avaya Inc.’s option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citicorp USA, Inc. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility is based on excess availability under that facility and ranges from (1) 0.50% to 0.75% per annum with respect to base rate borrowings and (2) 1.50% to 1.75% per annum with respect to LIBOR borrowings. Swingline loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the base rate plus the applicable margin.

 

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Domestic ABL, Avaya Inc. is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. Avaya Inc. must also pay customary letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin on LIBOR loans and agency fees.

 

Mandatory repayments

 

If at any time the aggregate amount of outstanding loans, unreimbursed letter of credit drawings and undrawn letters of credit under the Domestic ABL exceeds the lesser of (i) the commitment amount and (ii) the borrowing base, Avaya Inc. will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess, with no reduction of the commitment amount. If the amount available under the Domestic ABL is less than the greater of (a) $25 million and (b) 7.5% of the lesser of (I) the borrowing base and (II) the revolving credit commitment, or if the aggregate amount available under the Domestic ABL and Foreign ABL (collectively, the ABL Facilities) is less than the greater of (c) $48.5 million and (d) 10% of the lesser of (III) the aggregate borrowing base under the ABL Facilities and (IV) the aggregate revolving credit commitment under the ABL Facilities (a “US Liquidity Event”), in each case, for five consecutive business days or if any one of certain specified events of default have occurred, Avaya Inc. will be required to deposit cash from specified concentration accounts daily in a collection account maintained with the administrative agent under the Domestic ABL, which will be used to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit.

 

Voluntary repayments

 

Avaya Inc. may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

 

178


Table of Contents

Amortization and final maturity

 

There is no scheduled amortization under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility. Pursuant to an amendment to this facility effective June 4, 2015, all outstanding loans under the Domestic ABL are due and payable in full on June 4, 2020.

 

Co-borrowers, guarantees and security

 

All obligations under the Domestic ABL are unconditionally guaranteed by Avaya Holdings Corp. In addition, all of our existing 100% owned domestic subsidiaries (with certain agreed-upon exceptions), or the subsidiary borrowers, act as co-borrowers under the facility, and certain of our future domestic 100% owned subsidiaries will act as co-borrowers under the facility. All obligations under the Domestic ABL, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, on a pari passu basis (subject to intercreditor arrangements) with the senior secured credit facility, the 7% Senior Secured Notes, the 9% Senior Secured Notes and any future senior obligations, by substantially all of our assets and the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary borrowers, including:

 

   

a first-priority security interest in personal property consisting of accounts receivable, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, securities accounts, chattel paper and certain related assets and proceeds of the foregoing, which are collectively referred to as “ABL Priority Collateral”;

 

   

a second-priority pledge of all of Avaya Inc.’s capital stock and all of the capital stock held by Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary borrowers (which pledge, in the case of the capital stock of any foreign subsidiary or of any U.S. subsidiary that holds capital stock of a foreign subsidiary and is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is limited to 65% of the voting stock of such subsidiary); and

 

   

a second-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of us, Avaya Inc. and each subsidiary borrower, including substantially all of our material owned real property and equipment, fixtures, intellectual property, investment property, instruments, commercial tort claims, documents and general intangibles, which are collectively, and together with the pledge of capital stock described in the previous bullet-point, referred to as “Non-ABL Priority Collateral”.

 

Certain covenants and events of default

 

The Domestic ABL contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of Avaya Inc.’s subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock;

 

   

make certain acquisitions or investments;

 

   

incur or assume certain liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another company;

 

   

transfer or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

   

redeem subordinated debt;

 

   

incur obligations that restrict the ability of its subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to us; and

 

   

create or designate unrestricted subsidiaries.

 

179


Table of Contents

The covenants limiting the incurrence of unsecured or subordinated debt, dividends and other restricted payments, investments, loans, advances and acquisitions, and prepayments or redemptions of Avaya Inc.’s subordinated indebtedness, each permit the restricted actions in an unlimited amount, subject to the satisfaction of certain payment conditions, principally that so long as no event of default shall have occurred and be continuing and (a) either (x) pro forma aggregate borrowing capacity under the ABL Facilities exceeds certain specified thresholds, or (y)(i) pro forma aggregate borrowing capacity under the ABL Facilities exceeds certain specified thresholds that are lower than those specified in the preceding clause (a)(x) and (ii) the pro forma Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the four-fiscal quarter period then most recently ended is not less than 1.00 to 1.00, and (b) pro forma borrowing capacity under the Domestic ABL is in excess of certain specified thresholds.

 

From the time when (a) any one of certain specified events of default has occurred and is continuing under the Domestic ABL, or (b) any US Liquidity Event has occurred on any day, until the time when (I) no such specified event of default is continuing and (II) aggregate borrowing capacity under the ABL Facilities and borrowing capacity under the Domestic ABL exceed certain specified thresholds for twenty consecutive days following the most recent US Liquidity Event, the Domestic ABL requires Avaya Inc. to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter of at least 1.00 to 1.00. The breach of this covenant is subject to certain equity cure rights.

 

The Domestic ABL also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including a cross-default to the Foreign ABL, an event of default that would result from the failure to make payment beyond any applicable grace period in respect of any indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount of not less than $75 million, the failure to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such indebtedness (other than the senior secured credit facility) which results in the acceleration of, or permits the holders of such indebtedness to accelerate, the maturity of such indebtedness or the failure to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to the senior secured credit facility which results in the lenders thereunder accelerating the maturity of such facility.

 

Senior secured foreign asset-based revolving credit facility, or Foreign ABL

 

Overview

 

On June 4, 2015, Avaya Inc. and certain of its foreign subsidiaries (the “Foreign Borrowers”), Citibank, N.A., and the lenders party thereto, entered into a senior secured foreign asset-based revolving credit facility, or Foreign ABL.

 

The Foreign ABL provides senior secured financing of up to $150 million, subject to availability under the respective borrowing bases of the Foreign Borrowers. The total borrowing base for all Foreign Borrowers at any time equals the sum of (i) 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the Foreign Borrowers, plus (ii) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory of the Canadian Foreign Borrower and Irish Foreign Borrower, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. The Foreign ABL includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for Canadian or European swingline loans, and is available in Euros, Canadian dollars and British pound sterling in addition to U.S. dollars. Borrowings under the Foreign ABL bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Foreign Borrowers’ option depending upon the currency and type of the applicable borrowing, a base rate or specific market rates plus an applicable margin as discussed under “—Interest rates and fees” below. The interest rate election at November 27, 2015 was the LIBOR rate. Any principal amount outstanding under this facility are payable in full on June 4, 2020.

 

Under the Foreign ABL the Foreign Borrowers have the right to request up to $30 million of additional commitments. The lenders under the Foreign ABL are not under any obligation to provide any such additional commitments. Any increase in commitments is subject to certain conditions precedent and any borrowing in respect of such increased commitments would be subject to the borrowing base under the Foreign ABL at such time. At September 30, 2015, borrowings under this facility were $20 million, in addition to $22 million of issued and outstanding letters of credit with aggregate remaining availability of $101 million.

 

180


Table of Contents

Interest rates and fees

 

Borrowings under the Foreign ABL bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Foreign Borrowers’ option depending upon the currency and type of the applicable borrowing, (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate of Citibank, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, and (3) the sum of 1.00% plus the LIBOR rate for a thirty day interest period as determined on such day, (b) a Canadian prime rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the base rate of Citibank, Canadian branch, and (2) the sum of 1.00% plus the CDOR rate for a thirty day interest period as determined on such day, (c) a LIBOR rate, (d) a CDOR Rate, (e) a EURIBOR rate or (f) an overnight LIBOR rate, in each case plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under the Foreign ABL on June 4, 2015 was equal to (1) 0.75% per annum with respect to base rate and Canadian prime rate borrowings and (2) 1.75% per annum with respect to LIBOR, CDOR or EURIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Foreign ABL is subject to a step down based on average historical excess availability under the Foreign ABL. Swingline loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, in the case of swingline loans to the Canadian Foreign Borrower, the base rate if denominated in U.S. Dollars or the Canadian prime rate if denominated in Canadian dollars and, in the case of swingline loans to the UK Foreign Borrower, the Irish Foreign Borrower or the German Foreign Borrowers, the base rate if denominated in U.S. Dollars or the overnight LIBOR rate if denominated in Euros or British pound sterling.

 

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Foreign ABL, the Foreign Borrowers are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The Foreign Borrowers must also pay customary letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin on LIBOR, CDOR and EURIBOR loans and agency fees.

 

Mandatory repayments

 

If at any time the aggregate amount of outstanding loans, unreimbursed letter of credit drawings and undrawn letters of credit (the “Revolving Credit Exposure”) under the Foreign ABL exceeds the aggregate amount of revolving credit commitments thereunder or the total borrowing base, or the Revolving Credit Exposure of the applicable Foreign Borrower(s) exceeds the respective borrowing base with respect to such Foreign Borrower(s) under the Foreign ABL, then the applicable Foreign Borrower(s) are required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount at least equal to such excess, with no reduction of the commitment amount. If (a) any one of certain specified events of default has occurred and is continuing, or (b) aggregate borrowing capacity under the ABL Facilities is less than the greater of (i) $48.5 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of (A) the aggregate borrowing base under the ABL Facilities and (B) the aggregate revolving credit commitments under the ABL Facilities, or (c) the amount available under the Foreign ABL is less than the greater of (i) $11 million and (ii) 7.5% of the lesser of (A) the borrowing base and under the Foreign ABL and (B) the revolving credit commitments under the Foreign ABL (a “Foreign Liquidity Event”), in each case under clauses (b) and (c), for five consecutive business days, the Foreign Borrowers will be required to deposit cash from specified deposit accounts daily in a collection account maintained with the administrative agent under the Foreign ABL.

 

Voluntary repayments

 

The unutilized portion of the commitment amount may be reduced and outstanding loans may be repaid at any time without premium or penalty other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR, CDOR and EURIBOR loans.

 

Amortization and Final Maturity

 

There is no scheduled amortization under the Foreign ABL. The stated final maturity date under the Foreign ABL is June 4, 2020, subject to certain conditions specified in the Foreign ABL.

 

181


Table of Contents

Co-borrowers, guarantees and security

 

All obligations under the Foreign ABL are unconditionally guaranteed, subject to certain limitations, (i) by each Foreign Borrower and each Foreign Guarantor and (ii) on an unsecured basis, by Avaya Inc. and Avaya Inc.’s existing wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain agreed-upon exceptions. The obligations of the Foreign Borrowers under the Foreign ABL are secured by:

 

   

first-priority security interests over substantially all of the present and after-acquired assets of each Foreign Borrower, including pledges of all the equity interests held by each Foreign Borrower in any wholly-owned material foreign subsidiary located in Canada, Germany, Ireland or the United Kingdom (in each case, with certain agreed-upon exceptions); and

 

   

first-priority pledges of all the equity interests of each Foreign Borrower owned by a Foreign Guarantor.

 

Certain covenants and events of default

 

The Foreign ABL contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of Avaya Inc.’s subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock;

 

   

make certain acquisitions or investments;

 

   

incur or assume certain liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another company;

 

   

transfer or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

   

redeem subordinated debt;

 

   

incur obligations that restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to us; and

 

   

create or designate unrestricted subsidiaries

 

The covenants limiting the incurrence of unsecured or subordinated debt; dividends and other restricted payments; investments, loans, advances and acquisitions; and prepayments or redemptions of Avaya Inc.’s subordinated indebtedness, each permit the restricted actions in an unlimited amount, subject to the satisfaction of certain payment conditions, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (a) either (x) pro forma aggregate borrowing capacity under the ABL Facilities exceeds certain specified thresholds, or (y)(i) pro forma aggregate borrowing capacity under the ABL Facilities exceeds certain specified thresholds that are lower than those specified in the preceding clause (a)(x) and (ii) the pro forma Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the four-fiscal quarter period then most recently ended is not less than 1.00 to 1.00, and (b) pro forma borrowing capacity under the Foreign ABL is in excess of certain thresholds.

 

From the time when (a) any one of certain specified events of default has occurred and is continuing under the Foreign ABL, or (b) any Foreign Liquidity Event has occurred on any day until the time when (I) no such specified event of default is continuing and (II) aggregate borrowing capacity under the ABL Facilities and borrowing capacity under the Foreign ABL exceed certain specified thresholds for twenty consecutive days following the most recent Foreign Liquidity Event, the Foreign ABL requires Avaya Inc. to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter of at least 1.00 to 1.00. The breach of this covenant is subject to certain equity cure rights.

 

182


Table of Contents

The Foreign ABL also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including a cross-default to the Domestic ABL. The Foreign ABL provides that the commitments under the Foreign ABL will terminate automatically if the commitments under the Domestic ABL are terminated.

 

Senior secured credit facility

 

Overview

 

In connection with the Merger, Avaya Inc. also entered into a credit agreement and related security and other agreements, or Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 2007. The Senior Secured Credit Agreement was amended and restated as of February 11, 2011, amended and restated as of October 29, 2012, amended and restated as of December 21, 2012, amended as of February 13, 2013, amended as of March 12, 2013, amended as of February 5, 2014 and amended as of May 29, 2015 as discussed under “—Amendments of senior secured credit facility” below.

 

The Senior Secured Credit Agreement consists of (a) a senior secured multi-currency revolver allowing for borrowings as of September 30, 2015 of $18 million, (b) term B-3 loans with an outstanding principal amount as of September 30, 2015 of $616 million, (c) term B-4 loans with an outstanding principal amount as of September 30, 2015 of $1 million, (d) term B-6 loans with an outstanding principal amount as of September 30, 2015 of $537 million and (e) term B-7 loans with an outstanding principal amount as of September 30, 2015 of $2,112 million.

 

Amendments of senior secured credit facility

 

On February 11, 2011, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement was amended and restated. The modified terms included amendments to:

 

   

permit Avaya Inc. to effect a refinancing (see below) in which the maturity of 60% of the senior secured term loans representing outstanding principal amounts of $2.2 billion was extended from October 26, 2014 to October 26, 2017 by converting such loans into a new tranche of senior secured term loans (the senior secured term loans that remain due October 26, 2014 are referred to as the senior secured term B-1 loans and the senior secured term loans that are due October 26, 2017 are referred to as the senior secured term B-3 loans);

 

   

permit, at the election of Avaya Inc., prepayments to the senior secured incremental term B-2 loans prior to the term B-1 loans and term B-3 loans and thereafter to the class of term loans with the next earliest maturity;

 

   

permit the issuance of indebtedness (including the 7% Senior Secured Notes) to refinance a portion of the term loans under the senior secured credit facility and to secure such indebtedness (including the 7% Senior Secured Notes) on a pari passu basis with the obligations under the senior secured credit facility;

 

   

permit future refinancing of the term loans under the senior secured credit facility; and

 

   

permit future extensions of the term loans and revolving credit commitments (including, in the case of the revolving credit commitments, by obtaining new revolving credit commitments) under the senior secured credit facility.

 

On October 29, 2012, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 4 pursuant to which the Senior Secured Credit Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety. The modified terms included:

 

   

extension of the maturity of a portion of the term B-1 loans representing outstanding principal amounts of $135 million from October 26, 2014 to October 26, 2017;

 

183


Table of Contents
   

permission to issue incremental replacement junior secured notes, junior secured notes and junior secured loans as described above under the heading “—Amendments of Domestic ABL” (except, pursuant to the senior secured credit facility, such incremental replacement junior secured notes, junior secured notes and junior secured loans must be secured by a lien on the collateral ranking junior to the lien securing the obligations under the senior secured credit facility); and

 

   

permission to issue indebtedness to refinance a portion of the term loans outstanding under the senior secured credit facility and to secure such indebtedness by a lien on the collateral ranking junior to the lien securing the obligations under the senior secured credit facility, subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the senior secured credit facility.

 

On December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 5 pursuant to which the Senior Secured Credit Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety. The modified terms included:

 

   

extension of the maturity of $713 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding term B-1 loans from October 26, 2014 to March 31, 2018 and $134 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding term B-4 loans from October 26, 2017 to March 31, 2018, in each case, by converting such loans into a new tranche of term B-5 loans; and

 

   

permission to apply net proceeds from the issuance of the 9% Senior Secured Notes to refinance term B-5 loans.

 

Additionally, as discussed more fully below, on December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc. completed a private placement of $290 million of the 9% Senior Secured Notes, the net proceeds of which were used to repay $284 million of term B-5 loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. Funds affiliated with TPG were holders of $22 million of term B-5 loans repaid with the proceeds of the 9% Senior Secured Notes.

 

On February 13, 2013, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 6 pursuant to which the Senior Secured Credit Agreement was amended. The modified terms of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement permitted Avaya Inc. to refinance all of Avaya Inc.’s outstanding senior unsecured notes with indebtedness secured by a lien on the collateral ranking junior to the lien on the collateral securing the obligations under the senior secured credit facility, subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the senior secured credit facility.

 

On March 12, 2013, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 7 pursuant to which the Senior Secured Credit Agreement was further amended. The modified terms of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement resulted in the refinancing in full all the outstanding term B-1 loans with the cash proceeds from the issuance of $589 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

 

On February 5, 2014, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 8 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the amendment, Avaya Inc. refinanced in full all the outstanding term B-5 loans with the cash proceeds from the issuance of $1,136 million aggregate principal balance of term B-6 loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

 

On May 15, 2014, Avaya Inc. borrowed $100 million under its senior secured multi-currency revolver, the proceeds of which were used to fund, in part, the redemption of the 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015 and 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes. The borrowings bear interest at a rate per annum equal to a LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin.

 

On May 29, 2015, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 9 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the amendment, Avaya Inc. refinanced $1,473 million in principal amounts of term B-3 loans maturing October 26, 2017, $0.4 million in principal amounts of term B-4 loans maturing October 26, 2017, and $581 million of term B-6 loans maturing March 31, 2018 with the cash proceeds from the issuance of $2,125 million aggregate principal balance of term B-7 loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

 

184


Table of Contents

On June 5, 2015, Avaya Inc. permanently reduced the revolving credit commitments under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement from $200 million to $18 million and transferred all letters of credit outstanding under the credit agreement to the Domestic ABL.

 

Interest rate and fees

 

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at Avaya Inc.’s option, either a base rate (subject to a floor of 2.25% in the case of the term B-4 loans and 2.00% in the case of the term B-6 loans and term B-7 loans) or a LIBOR rate (subject to a floor of 1.25% in the case of the term B-4 loans and 1.00% in the case of the term B-6 loans and term B-7 loans), in each case plus an applicable margin. Subject to the floor described in the immediately preceding sentence, the base rate is determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1%. Subject to the floor described in the first sentence of this paragraph, the LIBOR rate is determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.

 

The applicable margin for borrowings of revolving loans under the senior secured multi-currency revolver are subject to adjustment each fiscal quarter based on its senior secured leverage ratio and range from (A) 1.00% to 1.75% per annum with respect to revolving loans that are base rate borrowings and (B) 2.00% to 2.75% per annum with respect to revolving loans that are LIBOR borrowings.

 

The applicable margins for borrowings of term B-3 loans, term B-4 loans, term B-6 loans, and term B-7 loans under the senior secured credit facility are equal at all times to 3.50%, 5.25%, 4.50% and 4.25% per annum with respect to base rate borrowings and 4.50%, 6.25%, 5.50% and 5.25%, per annum with respect to LIBOR borrowings, respectively. The applicable margins on the term B-4 loans term B-6 loans and term B-7 loans are subject to increase pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement in connection with the making of certain refinancing, extended or replacement term loans under the senior secured credit facility with an effective yield greater than the applicable effective yield payable in respect of the applicable loans at such time plus 50 basis points.

 

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, Avaya Inc. is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum in respect of the unutilized commitments under the senior secured multi-currency revolver. This commitment fee is subject to adjustment to 0.375% each fiscal quarter based on Avaya Inc.’s senior secured leverage ratio. Avaya Inc. is also required to pay customary letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin on LIBOR loans and agency fees under this facility.

 

Mandatory repayments

 

Avaya Inc. is required to prepay outstanding term loans under its Senior Secured Credit Agreement with (x) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any debt issued by it or its subsidiaries (with exceptions for certain debt permitted to be incurred under the facility), (y) 50% (which percentage is reduced to 25% and to 0% if Avaya Inc.’s senior secured leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.00:1.00 and 2.50:1.00, respectively) of Avaya Inc.’s annual excess cash flow (as defined in the facility) and (z) if Avaya Inc.’s senior secured leverage ratio exceeds 2.50:1.00, 100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales, casualty events or other dispositions of property by it or its subsidiaries, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions.

 

Voluntary repayments

 

Avaya Inc. may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under its Senior Secured Credit Agreement and reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount in respect of the senior secured multi-currency revolver at any time without premium or penalty other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

 

185


Table of Contents

Amortization and final maturity

 

Avaya Inc. is required to make quarterly principal payments of $6.3 million with respect to the term B-7 loans. All outstanding amounts of the term B-3 loans and the term B-4 loans are payable on October 26, 2017, all outstanding amounts of the term B-6 loans are payable on March 31, 2018, all remaining outstanding amounts of the term B-7 loans are payable on May 29, 2020.

 

Pursuant to an amendment to this facility effective August 8, 2011, the principal amount outstanding of the loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement is due and payable in full on October 26, 2016.

 

Guarantees and security

 

All obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and all of our existing 100% owned domestic subsidiaries (with certain agreed-upon exceptions) and will be required to be guaranteed by certain of our future domestic 100% owned subsidiaries. All obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, on a pari passu basis (subject to intercreditor arrangements) with the ABL Facilities, the 7% Senior Secured Notes, the 9% Senior Secured Notes and any future senior obligations, by substantially all of our assets and the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors, including:

 

   

a second-priority security interest in personal property consisting of accounts receivable, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, securities accounts, chattel paper and certain related assets and proceeds of the foregoing;

 

   

a first-priority pledge of all of Avaya Inc.’s capital stock and all of the capital stock held by Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors (which pledge, in the case of the capital stock of any foreign subsidiary or of any U.S. subsidiary that holds capital stock of a foreign subsidiary and is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is limited to 65% of the voting stock of such subsidiary); and

 

   

a first-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of us, Avaya Inc. and each subsidiary guarantor, including substantially all of our material owned real property and equipment, fixtures, intellectual property, investment property, instruments, commercial tort claims, demands and general intangibles.

 

Certain covenants and events of default

 

The Senior Secured Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase its capital stock;

 

   

make certain acquisitions or investments;

 

   

incur or assume certain liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another company;

 

   

transfer or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

   

redeem subordinated debt;

 

   

incur obligations that restrict the ability of its subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to Avaya Inc.; and

 

   

create or designate unrestricted subsidiaries.

 

186


Table of Contents

The facility also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including an event of default that would result from the failure to make payment beyond any applicable grace period in respect of any indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount of not less than $75 million, the failure to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such indebtedness (other than the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility) which results in the acceleration of, or permits the holders of such indebtedness to accelerate, the maturity of such indebtedness or the failure to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to the Domestic ABL which results in the lenders thereunder accelerating the maturity of such facility.

 

Senior unsecured cash-pay notes and senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015

 

Overview

 

As of September 30, 2013, Avaya Inc. had outstanding an aggregate principal amount of $58 million senior unsecured cash-pay notes due 2015 and $92 million senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015, which were issued on October 24, 2008 in exchange for all of the outstanding loans under a bridge loan facility entered into in connection with the Merger.

 

On March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. completed the exchange offer in which $1,384 million of senior unsecured notes (including $642 million of senior unsecured cash-pay notes and $742 million of senior unsecured PIK toggle notes) were exchanged for the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes. Prior to March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. had $700 million and $750 million of senior unsecured cash-pay notes and senior unsecured PIK toggle notes, respectively.

 

On May 15, 2014, Avaya Inc. redeemed 100% of the aggregate principal amount of its 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes due 2015 and 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, or $92 million and $58 million, respectively. The redemption price of $150 million was funded through cash on-hand of $10 million and borrowings of $140 million under Avaya Inc.’s revolving credit facilities.

 

7% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

 

Overview

 

As of September 30, 2015, Avaya Inc. had outstanding an aggregate principal amount of $1,009 million senior secured notes due 2019 (the “7% Senior Secured Notes”), which were issued on February 11, 2011.

 

Interest rate

 

The 7% Senior Secured Notes were issued in the aggregate principal amount of $1,009 million and bear interest in cash at the rate of 7.00% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 commencing on October 1, 2011.

 

Optional redemption

 

Commencing April 1, 2015, Avaya Inc. may redeem the 7% Senior Secured Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 103.5% of the principal amount redeemed, which decreases to 101.75% on April 1, 2016 and to 100% on or after April 1, 2017, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

Change of control offer

 

If a change of control occurs, Avaya Inc. must give holders of its 7% Senior Secured Notes an opportunity to sell their notes to Avaya Inc. at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

187


Table of Contents

Mandatory offer to purchase following certain asset sales

 

If Avaya Inc. or its subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, unless they invest the cash proceeds from such sales in their business or use the proceeds to prepay secured indebtedness (including under the credit facilities) within a specified period of time, Avaya Inc. must offer to repurchase the 7% Senior Secured Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, with such proceeds (if applicable, on a pro rata basis with certain pari passu indebtedness).

 

Final maturity

 

The 7% Senior Secured Notes mature on April 1, 2019, and do not have required principal payments prior to maturity.

 

Guarantees and security

 

Avaya Inc.‘s domestic 100% owned subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors of the Domestic ABL, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the senior unsecured notes and the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes guarantee the 7% Senior Secured Notes.

 

All obligations under the indenture governing the 7% Senior Secured Notes, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, on a pari passu basis (subject to intercreditor arrangements) with the Domestic ABL, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the 9% Senior Secured Notes and any future senior obligations, by a first-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors other than real estate and other than the ABL Priority Collateral and by a second-priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral.

 

Certain covenants and events of default

 

The indenture governing the 7% Senior Secured Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional debt and issue preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

issue capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create liens; and

 

   

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies.

 

The indenture governing the 7% Senior Secured Notes also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including an event of default that would result from either the failure to pay at stated final maturity, or acceleration of the maturity of, a principal amount of any other indebtedness of Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries if the aggregate principal amount of such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or the maturity of which has been accelerated, aggregates $85 million or more at any time.

 

9% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

 

Overview

 

As of September 30, 2015, Avaya Inc. had outstanding an aggregate principal amount of $290 million senior secured notes due 2019 (the “9% Senior Secured Notes”), which were issued on December 21, 2012.

 

188


Table of Contents

Interest rate

 

The 9% Senior Secured Notes were issued in the aggregate principal amount of $290 million and bear interest in cash at the rate of 9.00% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 commencing on April 1, 2013.

 

Optional redemption

 

Commencing April 1, 2015, Avaya Inc. may redeem the 9% Senior Secured Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 104.5% of the principal amount redeemed, which decreases to 102.25% on April 1, 2016 and to 100% on or after April 1, 2017, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

Change of control offer

 

If a change of control occurs, Avaya Inc. must give holders of its 9% Senior Secured Notes an opportunity to sell their notes to Avaya Inc. at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

Mandatory offer to purchase following certain asset sales

 

If Avaya Inc. or its subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, unless they invest the cash proceeds from such sales in their business or use the proceeds to prepay secured indebtedness (including under the credit facilities) within a specified period of time, Avaya Inc. must offer to repurchase the 9% Senior Secured Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, with such proceeds (if applicable, on a pro rata basis with certain pari passu indebtedness).

 

Final maturity

 

The 9% Senior Secured Notes mature on April 1, 2019, and do not have required principal payments prior to maturity.

 

Guarantees and security

 

Avaya Inc.’s domestic 100% owned subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors of the Domestic ABL, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the senior unsecured notes, the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes and the 7% Senior Secured Notes guarantee the 9% Senior Secured Notes.

 

All obligations under the indenture governing the 9% Senior Secured Notes, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, on a pari passu basis (subject to intercreditor arrangements) with the Domestic ABL, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the 7% Senior Secured Notes and any future senior obligations, by a first-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors other than real estate and other than the ABL Priority Collateral and by a second-priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral.

 

Certain covenants and events of default

 

The indenture governing the 9% Senior Secured Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional debt and issue preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

issue capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

189


Table of Contents
   

make certain investments;

 

   

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create liens; and

 

   

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies.

 

The indenture governing the 9% Senior Secured Notes also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including an event of default that would result from either the failure to pay at stated final maturity, or acceleration of the maturity of, a principal amount of any other indebtedness of Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries if the aggregate principal amount of such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or the maturity of which has been accelerated, aggregates $85 million or more at any time.

 

10.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2021

 

Overview

 

On March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. completed an Exchange Offer in which $1,384 million of senior unsecured notes were exchanged for $1,384 million of 10.50% senior secured notes due 2021 (the “10.50% Senior Secured Notes”). As of September 30, 2015, Avaya Inc. had outstanding an aggregate principal amount of $1,384 million senior secured notes due 2021, which were issued on March 7, 2013.

 

Interest rate

 

The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes were issued in the aggregate principal amount of $1,384 million and bear interest in cash at the rate of 10.50% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually on March 1 and September 1.

 

Optional redemption

 

Commencing March 1, 2017, Avaya Inc. may redeem the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 107.875% of the principal amount redeemed, which decreases to 105.250% on March 1, 2018, to 102.625% on March 1, 2019 and to 100% on or after March 1, 2020, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

Prior to March 1, 2017, Avaya Inc. may redeem the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

In addition, at any time until March 1, 2016, Avaya Inc. may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price equal to 110.50% of the face amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds raised in or more equity offerings by Avaya Inc. or Avaya Holdings Corp.; provided that the aggregate principal amount of 10.50% Senior Secured Notes that remain outstanding immediately after such redemption is equal to or greater than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of 10.50% Senior Secured Notes issued under the indenture governing the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes.

 

Change of control offer

 

If a change of control occurs, Avaya Inc. must give holders of its 10.50% Senior Secured Notes an opportunity to sell their notes to Avaya Inc. at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

190


Table of Contents

Mandatory offer to purchase following certain asset sales

 

If Avaya Inc. or its subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, unless they invest the cash proceeds from such sales in their business or use the proceeds to prepay secured indebtedness (including under the credit facilities) within a specified period of time, Avaya Inc. must offer to repurchase the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, with such proceeds (if applicable, on a pro rata basis with certain pari passu indebtedness).

 

Final maturity

 

The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes mature on March 1, 2021, and do not have required principal payments prior to maturity.

 

Guarantees and security

 

Avaya Inc.’s domestic 100% owned subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors of the Domestic ABL, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the senior unsecured notes, the 7% Senior Secured Notes and the 9% Senior Secured Notes guarantee the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes.

 

All obligations under the indenture governing the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, on a junior priority basis to the Domestic ABL, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the 7% Senior Secured Notes, the 9% Senior Secured Notes and any future senior obligations by a lien on substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors other than real estate, subject to certain limited exceptions.

 

Certain covenants and events of default

 

The indenture governing the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional debt and issue preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

issue capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create liens; and

 

   

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies.

 

The indenture governing the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including an event of default that would result from either the failure to pay at stated final maturity, or acceleration of the maturity of, a principal amount of any other indebtedness of Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries if the aggregate principal amount of such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or the maturity of which has been accelerated, aggregates $85 million or more at any time.

 

191


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following is a description of the material terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as each is anticipated to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering.

 

General

 

Upon the consummation of this offering, the total amount of our authorized capital stock will consist of            shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and            shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of November 1, 2015, we had 491,777,992 shares of common stock outstanding, held by 233 holders, 125,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding, held by 33 holders and 48,922 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding, held by 8 holders.

 

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, and giving effect to the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds” above, we expect to have                  issued and outstanding shares of common stock (             shares of common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) and up to 125,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding, in the event we do not redeem any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock. Immediately outstanding following the closing of this offer, we also expect to have:

 

   

outstanding vested and unvested options to acquire             shares of common stock and options available for grant under our 2007 Plan to acquire             shares of common stock;

 

   

shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by affiliates of our Sponsors, and convertible at any time as such Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is outstanding at a conversion price equal to the lesser of (1) $4.00 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution provisions) or (2) the offering price per share in this offering, which shares if converted are subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriters.”

 

   

outstanding RSUs issued under the 2007 Plan, each representing the right to receive one share of common stock, subject to certain restrictions on their transfer and sale as provided for in the 2007 Plan and the related award agreements; and

 

   

outstanding warrants to acquire a total of 124,460,642 shares of common stock (see “—Warrants”).

 

Common Stock

 

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any series of preferred stock that is outstanding at the time of the dividend.

 

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately our net assets available for distribution to stockholders after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock.

 

All shares of common stock will, when issued, be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

Warrants

 

In connection with the financing of the acquisition of NES, on December 18, 2009, we issued warrants to purchase 100,000,000 shares of our common stock. The warrants have a cashless exercise feature. The warrants contain customary adjustment provisions for stock splits, capital reorganizations and certain other distributions. The warrants have an exercise price of $3.25 per share and are exercisable at any time prior to December 18, 2019.

 

192


Table of Contents

In connection with the issuance on May 29, 2012 of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock described below, we issued warrants to purchase 24,460,642 shares of our common stock. The warrants have a cashless exercise feature. The warrants contain customary adjustment provisions for stock splits, capital reorganizations and certain other distributions. The warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 per share and are exercisable at any time prior to May 29, 2022.

 

Options and Restricted Stock Units

 

As of September 30, 2015, we had outstanding options to acquire 26,535,628 shares of common stock which are held by our employees, directors and advisors, with exercise prices ranging from $2.25 to $5.00 per share and a weighted average exercise price of $2.84 per share. As of September 30, 2015, we also had 22,296,466 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and distributions of RSUs. Each RSU represents the right to receive one share of common stock, subject to certain restrictions on their transfer and sale as provided for in the 2007 Plan and the related award agreements.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series, with such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as determined by our board of directors, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. We believe that the board of directors’ authority to set the terms of, and our ability to issue, preferred stock will provide flexibility in connection with possible financing transactions in the future. The issuance of preferred stock, however, could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us.

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

Our board of directors has designated 125,000 shares of preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock. As of September 30, 2015 we had 125,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. The certificate of designations for the Series A Preferred Stock grants holders of our Series A Preferred Stock the right to receive, when and if declared by our board of directors and in preference to the holders of any and all other series or classes of capital stock, payable either in cash or, at our option, by issuance of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock, cumulative annual dividends at a rate of 5% per annum on $1,000 per share (which value is to be proportionately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series A Preferred Stock), compounded quarterly from and after the date of issuance of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Except as required by Delaware law or as otherwise provided by our certificate of incorporation, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock have no right to vote their shares at any stockholders’ meeting or provide consent to any action taken by stockholders in writing in lieu of a meeting.

 

In the event of certain events including our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, either voluntarily or involuntarily, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or our merger or consolidation, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, in cash, prior and in preference to any other distribution of any of our assets to the holders of all series and classes of our stock, an amount per share equal to the sum of $1,000 (as adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series A Preferred Stock) plus the amount of accrued unpaid dividends for any prior dividend periods on such share, if any (such sum being referred to as the Series A Preferential Amount). We may at any time redeem, in cash, to the extent of lawfully available funds therefor, any or all Series A Preferred Shares at a price per share equal to the Series A Preferential Amount allocable to each share of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

As disclosed under “Use of Proceeds” above, we may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem some or all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

193


Table of Contents

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

 

Our board of directors has designated 52,500 shares of preferred stock as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. As of September 30, 2015, we had 48,922 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. The certificate of designations for the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock grants holders of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock the right to receive, as when and if declared by our board of directors and in preference to the holders of any and all other series or classes of capital stock, payable either in cash or, at our option, by issuance of additional shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, cumulative annual dividends at a rate of 8% per annum on $4,000 per share (which value is to be proportionately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock), compounded annually from and after the date of issuance of such shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. Except as required by Delaware law or as otherwise provided by our certificate of incorporation, the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock have no right to vote their shares at any stockholders’ meeting or provide consent to any action taken by stockholders in writing in lieu of a meeting.

 

In the event of certain events including our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, either voluntarily or involuntarily, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or our merger or consolidation, the holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, in cash, prior and in preference to any other distribution of any of our assets to the holders of all series and classes of our stock, an amount per share equal to the sum of $4,000 (as adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock) multiplied by the redemption premium, calculated as follows based on the date fixed for redemption: (1) from the date of issuance through the date of the 1st anniversary thereof, 110%; (2) from the date that follows the 1st anniversary through the date of the 2nd anniversary, 120%; (3) from the date that follows the 2nd anniversary through the date of the 3rd anniversary, 130%; (4) from the date that follows the 3rd anniversary through the date of the 4th anniversary, 140% and (4) any date that follows the 4th anniversary of the date of issuance, 150%, plus the amount of accrued unpaid dividends for any prior dividend periods on such share, if any (such sum being referred to as the Series B Preferential Amount). A majority of the holders of Series B Convertible Stock may elect at any time prior to this offering to redeem, in cash, to the extent of lawfully available funds therefor, all Series B Convertible Preferred Shares at a price per share equal to the Series B Preferential Amount allocable to each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. We may at any time redeem, in cash, to the extent of lawfully available funds therefor, all Series B Convertible Preferred Shares at a price per share equal to the Series B Convertible Preferential Amount allocable to each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

Each holder of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock may at any time prior to this offering elect to convert the shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of common stock, the number of which will be determined by dividing $4,000 (as adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends by the lesser of (a) $4.00 (as adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock); or (b) in the event that such conversion is in connection with this offering, the offering price per share in such offering (such amount being referred to as the Conversion Price).

 

Notwithstanding the optional conversion and redemption rights described above, concurrently with the consummation of this offering, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will be converted into common stock at the Conversion Price or redeemed for cash at the Series B Preferential Amount. The determination of which will occur will be made by the majority of the holders of Series B Convertible Stock; however, if our Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in our Senior Secured Credit Agreement) after giving effect to this offering would be greater than 5.0x, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock.

 

194


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover Effects of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us, some of which may only become effective when the Sponsors collectively cease to beneficially own at least 40% or more of our outstanding common stock (such time referred to in this section as the “triggering event”). We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with the board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they may also discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor. This offering will not constitute a triggering event.

 

Board of Directors

 

Immediately following this offering, the board of directors will consist of nine members. Our certificate of incorporation provides that the board of directors will not have more than fifteen members. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Arrangements with Our Sponsors.”

 

Potential Staggered Board

 

Our current board is, and upon completion of this offering will be, comprised of a single class of directors. Our certificate of incorporation provides that at the first annual meeting after the triggering event, the Board shall be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. The classification of our Board could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

 

Action by Written Consent

 

The Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, provides that, unless otherwise stated in a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the stockholders may act by written consent without a meeting. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, following the triggering event, any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of the stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting, and not by written consent without a meeting. Prior to the triggering event, stockholders may act by written consent without a meeting.

 

Special Meeting of Stockholders and Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by (a) our chairman or, if one is appointed, vice chairman of the Board, (b) our president, (c) a majority of the board of directors through a special resolution or (d) prior to the triggering event, a Sponsor-nominated director.

 

In addition, following the first annual meeting of stockholders that occurs at least 90 days after the triggering event described above, our bylaws will require advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders, including the nomination of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider the proposals specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered a timely written notice in proper form to our secretary, of the stockholders’ intention to bring such business before the meeting.

 

These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting any stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

 

195


Table of Contents

Requirements for Removal and Interim Election of Directors

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, prior to the triggering event, directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

Following the triggering event, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the directors may only be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

Vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders, except that, prior to a triggering event, such vacancies may be filled by a vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock. In addition, the certificate of incorporation provides that any vacancy created by the removal of a director by the stockholders shall only be filled by, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding common stock. Our bylaws allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings, which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed.

 

These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

 

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Prior to the triggering event, our bylaws may be amended by a majority vote of our board of directors or the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock. Following the triggering event, our bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock. Additionally, prior to the triggering event, our certificate of incorporation may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock. Following the triggering event, the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on the adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of our certificate of incorporation, voting as a single class, is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provision inconsistent with the “Board of Directors,” “No Action by Written Consent,” “Special Meetings of Stockholders,” “Amendments to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” and “Business Combinations” provisions described in our certificate of incorporation. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging the removal of any anti-takeover defenses provided for in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws.

 

Exclusive Jurisdiction of Certain Actions

 

Our certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in the name of the company, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits the Company by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

 

196


Table of Contents

Authorized but Unissued Shares

 

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

 

Business Combinations

 

We have elected to not be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which regulates business combinations with “interested stockholders,” until such time as neither Sponsor is an “interested stockholder” under the DGCL.

 

Corporate Opportunities

 

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that none of our Sponsors or non-employee directors, or any of their respective affiliates, partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers or employees, shall have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as we do or offer us business opportunities of which they become aware. The affirmative vote of eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on the adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of amendments to our certificate of incorporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with that provision.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                    .

 

Listing

 

We have applied to list our shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AVYA.”

 

197


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the possibility of such sales, could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately             shares of common stock. In addition, as of the closing of this offering, (a) options to purchase an aggregate of             approximately             shares of our common stock will be outstanding, (b)             restricted stock units, each representing the right to receive one share of common stock will be outstanding and (c) warrants to acquire 124,460,642 shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of the outstanding shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration.

 

The remaining             shares of our common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration under Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below. Subject to our stockholders’ agreement and the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Number of Shares

  

Date of Availability for Sale

   Various times after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rule 144
   Various times beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus

 

Lock-Up Arrangements

 

We and our officers, directors, employees and certain stockholders, including the Sponsors, who together hold an aggregate of shares of our common stock after the consummation of this offering, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, unless extended pursuant to its terms, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. For additional information, see “Underwriters.”

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144, immediately upon the completion of this offering, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were held by such person for less than one year.

 

Our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than another of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any

 

198


Table of Contents

three-month period those shares and any other shares they have acquired that are not restricted securities, provided that the aggregate number of shares sold does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering, and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

 

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

 

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

 

Stock Plans

 

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under the 2007 Plan and for future equity incentive plans to be effective upon consummation of this offering. Resale of these shares will be subject to any applicable contractual lock-up periods.

 

Registration Rights

 

Subject to the lock-up agreements described above, certain holders of our common stock may demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act or, if we file another registration statement under the Securities Act other than a Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our equity plans or on Form S-4, may elect to include their shares of common stock in such registration. Shares sold pursuant to any such registration statement will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless held by our affiliates.

 

199


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR

NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders (defined below). This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relevant to Non-U.S. Holders of our common stock. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect.

 

This summary deals only with shares of our common stock that are purchased in this offering and held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular investment circumstances or status, nor does it address specific tax considerations that may be relevant to particular persons (including, for example, financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt entities, pension plans, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons in special situations, such as those who have elected to mark securities to market or those who hold common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment, or holders subject to the alternative minimum tax). In addition, this summary does not address any U.S. federal income tax consequences other than U.S. federal income tax consequences (such as estate and gift tax considerations) or considerations under the tax laws of the United States, any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction.

 

For purposes of this summary, a “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, an individual, corporation, estate or trust and is not:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, if (i) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

If an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of its partners will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and persons considering an investment in our common stock through an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

 

THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND NOT SPECIFIC TO ANY PARTICULAR INVESTOR. NON-U.S. HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

 

200


Table of Contents

Distributions on Our Common Stock

 

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends on our common stock. If we do make a distribution of cash or other property with respect to our common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will first constitute a tax-free return of capital and will reduce the holder’s basis in our common stock (normally determined on a share by share basis), but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distribution would also be subject to the discussion below in “—Additional FATCA Withholding.”

 

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax unless such Non-U.S. Holder provides us or our agent, as the case may be, with the appropriate IRS Form W-8, such as:

 

   

IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, a reduction in or exemption from withholding under an applicable income tax treaty, or

 

   

IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) certifying that a dividend paid on common stock is not subject to such withholding tax because it is effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of the Non-U.S. Holder (in which case such dividend generally will be subject to regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates as described below).

 

The certification requirement described above also may require a Non-U.S. Holder that provides an IRS form or that claims treaty benefits to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number. Special certification and other requirements apply in the case of certain Non-U.S. Holders that are intermediaries or pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each Non-U.S. Holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor about the specific methods for satisfying these requirements. A claim for exemption will not be valid if the person receiving the applicable form has actual knowledge or reason to know that the statements on the form are false.

 

If dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of a Non-U.S. Holder, the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from the withholding tax described above (provided that the certifications described above are satisfied), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States (unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise). In addition, if a Non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Non-U.S. Holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” equal to 30% (unless reduced by an applicable income treaty) of its earnings and profits, subject to adjustments, in respect of such effectively connected dividend income.

 

If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, the holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amount withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock

 

Subject to the discussion below in “—Additional FATCA Withholding,” in general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless (i) such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain other conditions are met, (ii) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation,” as defined in the Code (a “USRPHC”), at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period in the shares of our common stock, and certain other requirements are met, or (iii) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States).

 

201


Table of Contents

If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which such Non-U.S. Holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources (including gain, if any, realized on a disposition of our common stock) exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition. If the third exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States, and a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a branch profits tax with respect any earnings and profits, subject to adjustments, attributable to such gain at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty).

 

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance in this regard, we believe that we are not, and do not currently anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we were to become a USRPHC, a Non-U.S. Holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock by reason of our status as a USRPHC so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market at any time during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs and such Non-U.S. Holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and the holder’s holding period. However, no assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.

 

Additional FATCA Withholding

 

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code and related Treasury guidance (“FATCA”), a withholding tax of 30% will be imposed in certain circumstances on payments of (a) dividends on our common stock on or after January 1, 2014, and (b) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017 to certain foreign financial institutions or foreign entities that are not foreign financial institutions. In the case of payments made to a ‘‘foreign financial institution’’ as defined under FATCA (including, among other entities, an investment fund), as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary, the tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such institution (i) enters into (or is otherwise subject to) and complies with an agreement with the U.S. government (a “FATCA Agreement”) or (ii) complies with applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction (an “IGA”), in either case to, among other things, collect and provide to the U.S. or other relevant taxing authorities certain information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution. In the case of payments made to a foreign entity that is not a foreign financial institution (as a beneficial owner or an intermediary), the tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such foreign entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any “substantial U.S. owner” (generally, any specified U.S. person that directly or indirectly owns more than a specified percentage of such entity) or that identifies its substantial U.S. owners. If our common stock is held through a foreign financial institution that enters into (or is otherwise subject to) a FATCA Agreement, such foreign financial institution (or, in certain cases, a person paying amounts to such foreign financial institution) generally will be required, subject to certain exceptions, to withhold such tax on payments of dividends and proceeds described above made to (x) a person (including an individual) that fails to comply with certain information requests or (y) a foreign financial institution that has not entered into (and is not otherwise subject to) a FATCA Agreement and is not required to comply with FATCA pursuant to applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an IGA. Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the application of FATCA to the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including through an intermediary.

 

202


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to the holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to the distributions.

 

Non-U.S. Holders must generally have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at a rate of 28% with respect to dividends on our common stock, or otherwise establish an exemption.

 

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a Non-U.S. Holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a U.S. broker or a non-U.S. broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

 

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder can be refunded or credited against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

 

Additional Tax on Net Investment Income

 

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a 3.8% tax is imposed on the net investment income (which includes dividends and gains recognized upon of a disposition of stock) of certain individuals, trusts, and estates with adjusted gross income in excess of certain thresholds. The tax is expressly not imposed on nonresident aliens, and proposed guidance suggests estates and trusts that are Non-U.S. Holders and have no U.S. beneficiaries are exempted from the tax. Therefore, Non-U.S. Holders of our common shares should consult their own tax advisors regarding application of this tax in their particular situations.

 

203


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as the representatives and joint book-running managers. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are also acting as joint book-running managers for the offering. The underwriters have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of Shares  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this Prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this Prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $            a share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives, including in connection with sales of unsold allotments of common stock or subsequent sales of common stock purchased by the representatives in stabilizing and related transactions.

 

We granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to            additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this Prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

204


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to                    additional shares of our common stock.

 

    

 

     Total  
     Per Share      No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $                $                $            

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                $                $            

 

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, are approximately $            million, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration of the common stock to be sold pursuant to this prospectus.

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AVYA.”

 

We and all of our directors and officers have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock.

 

   

in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

 

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

   

transactions by persons other than us relating to shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of our common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

   

transfers by any person other than us of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock as a bona fide gift, provided that each donee shall enter into a written agreement accepting the restrictions set forth herein and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act,

 

205


Table of Contents
 

reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

   

distributions by any persons other than us of shares of common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to partners, members, stockholders, affiliates or any entity which is directly or indirectly controlled by, or is under common control with, such person, provided that each distributee shall enter into a written agreement accepting the restrictions set forth herein and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period; or

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of our common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of our common stock during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of such person or us.

 

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period;

 

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

In order to facilitate this offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In addition, to stabilize the price of common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in this offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

 

206


Table of Contents

From time to time, certain of the underwriters and/or their respective affiliates may provide investment banking services to us. In addition, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are our customers and the contracts governing such relationships were entered into at arm’s length and on customary terms. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of Avaya, including the existing senior unsecured notes. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments. The underwriters and their affiliates have in the past engaged, currently engage and may in the future engage, in transactions with and perform services for, including commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services, us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business for which they have received or will receive customary fees and expenses. We also have, and expect to continue to have, economic hedges, cash management relationships and/or other swaps and hedges in place with certain of the underwriters or their affiliates on customary economic terms. An affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC owns shares representing less than 5% of our outstanding stock. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders and/or agents under our existing credit facilities.

 

We and the several underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

Selling Restrictions

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each referred to as a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive.

 

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by the Issuer for any such offer; or

 

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

 

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or

 

207


Table of Contents

subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

United Kingdom

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

(a) (i) it is a person whose ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of its business and (ii) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell the shares other than to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses or who it is reasonable to expect will acquire, hold, manage or dispose of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses where the issue of the shares would otherwise constitute a contravention of Section 19 of the FSMA by the Issuer;

 

(b) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer or the Guarantors; and

 

(c) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

France

 

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:

 

   

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

   

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.

 

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

   

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

 

   

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

   

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

 

The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

 

208


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

 

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

 

Japan

 

The shares offered in this prospectus have not been registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

Switzerland

 

This document as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus, or the Shares, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The Shares will not be listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the

 

209


Table of Contents

documents relating to the Shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SWX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SWX Swiss Exchange.

 

The Shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the Shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the Company from time to time.

 

This document as well as any other material relating to the Shares is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the Company. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

 

Dubai International Financial Centre

 

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus, or the Shares, may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale.

 

Prospective purchasers of the Shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the Shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

 

210


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, will pass for us on the validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. The underwriters are being represented by Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP , New York, New York. Ropes & Gray LLP and some partners of Ropes & Gray LLP are limited partners of RGIP, LP, which is an investor in certain investment funds associated with Silver Lake and TPG and often a co-investor with such funds. RGIP, LP directly or indirectly owns shares of our common stock representing less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each of our common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants.

 

EXPERTS

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements of Avaya Holdings Corp. as of September 30, 2015 and 2014, and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2015 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

 

The reports and other information we file with the SEC can be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information that we file electronically with the SEC. Our website address is www.avaya.com. Our subsidiary, Avaya Inc., currently is a voluntary filer and makes available free of charge, through our website, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Please note that our website address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and is therefore not incorporated by reference.

 

211


Table of Contents

 

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013

      

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-4   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficiency

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Avaya Holdings Corp.:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive loss, of changes in stockholders’ deficiency and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Avaya Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at September 30, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company changed the timing of their annual impairment testing date for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles in 2014 and the manner in which it presents debt issuance costs in 2015.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Florham Park, New Jersey

December 22, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Fiscal years ended
September 30,
 
     2015     2014     2013  

REVENUE

      

Products

   $ 2,029      $ 2,196      $ 2,337   

Services

     2,052        2,175        2,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,081        4,371        4,578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COSTS

      

Products:

      

Costs (exclusive of amortization of acquired technology intangible assets)

     744        854        963   

Amortization of acquired technology intangible assets

     35        56       
63
  

Services

     872        962        1,022   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,651        1,872        2,048   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

     2,430        2,499        2,530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

      

Selling, general and administrative

     1,432        1,531        1,512   

Research and development

     338        379        445   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     226        227        228   

Restructuring charges, net

     62        165       
200
  

Acquisition-related costs .

     1               1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,059        2,302        2,386   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

     371        197        144   

Interest expense

     (452     (459     (467

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (6     (5     (6

Other (expense) income, net

     (11     3        (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     (98     (264     (354

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes of continuing operations

     (70     (51     35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

     (168     (315     (319

INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF INCOME TAXES

            62        (57
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS . .

     (168     (253    
(376

Less: Accretion and accrued dividends on Series A and Series B preferred stock

     (46     (45     (43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

   $ (214   $ (298   $ (419
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Loss from continuing operations per share – basic and diluted

   $ (0.43   $ (0.73   $ (0.74

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per share – basic and diluted

            0.13        (0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share – basic and diluted

   $ (0.43   $ (0.60   $ (0.86
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted

     499.7        495.4        489.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In millions)

 

     Years ended September 30,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Net loss

   $ (168   $ (253   $ (376

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

      

Pension, postretirement and postemployment benefit-related items, net of provision for income taxes of $0, $0 and $121 for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively

     (218     (201     160   

Cumulative translation adjustment, net of (provision for) benefit from income taxes of $(12), $0 and $4 for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively

     34        7        (43

Change in interest rate swaps, net of benefit from income taxes of $7 for fiscal 2013

     —          —          20   

Income tax benefit reclassified into earnings upon the expiration of certain interest rate swaps

     —          —          (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (184     (194     120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (352   $ (447   $ (256
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except share amounts)

 

     September 30,  
     2015     2014  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 323      $ 322   

Accounts receivable, net

     678        745   

Inventory

     174        197   

Deferred income taxes, net

     26        24   

Other current assets

     163        206   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

     1,364        1,494   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     282        281   

Deferred income taxes, net

     34        52   

Intangible assets, net

     970        1,224   

Goodwill

     4,074        4,047   

Other assets

     112        81   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 6,836      $ 7,179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

    

Current liabilities:

    

Debt maturing within one year

   $ 7      $ 19   

Accounts payable

     379        416   

Payroll and benefit obligations

     229        228   

Deferred revenue

     665        668   

Business restructuring reserve, current portion

     90        86   

Other current liabilities

     355        303   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

     1,725        1,720   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     5,960        5,949   

Pension obligations

     1,690        1,535   

Other postretirement obligations

     194        273   

Deferred income taxes, net

     262        249   

Business restructuring reserve, non-current portion

     67        119   

Other liabilities .

     415        475   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

     8,588        8,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Equity awards on redeemable shares

     19        21   

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, 250,000 shares authorized at September 30, 2015 and 2014

    

Convertible Series B, 48,922 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2015 and 2014

     338        300   

Series A, 125,000 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2015 and 2014

     167        159   

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY

    

Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 750,000,000 and 750,000,000 shares authorized; 491,777,992 and 489,459,943 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively

              

Additional paid-in capital

     2,425        2,453   

Accumulated deficit

     (5,042     (4,874

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,384     (1,200
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY

     (4,001     (3,621
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY

   $ 6,836      $ 7,179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficiency

(In millions)

 

    Number of
Shares
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficiency
 

Balance as of October 1, 2012

    487.6      $      $ 2,528      $ (4,245   $ (1,126   $ (2,843

Issuance of common stock, net of shares redeemed
and cancelled, under employee stock option plan

    1.3          (2         (2

Share-based compensation

        11            11   

Accrued dividends on Series A preferred stock

        (7         (7

Accrued dividends on Series B preferred stock

        (16         (16

Accretion on Series B preferred stock

        (20         (20

Reclassifications to equity awards on redeemable shares

        (5         (5

Net loss

          (376       (376

Other comprehensive income

            120        120   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2013

    488.9               2,489        (4,621     (1,006     (3,138

Issuance of common stock, net of shares redeemed and cancelled, under employee stock option plan

    0.6                       

Share-based compensation

        25            25   

Accrued dividends on Series A preferred stock

        (8         (8

Accrued dividends on Series B preferred stock

        (17         (17

Accretion on Series B preferred stock

        (20         (20

Reclassifications to equity awards on redeemable shares

        (16         (16

Net loss

          (253       (253

Other comprehensive income

            (194     (194
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2014

    489.5               2,453        (4,874     (1,200     (3,621

Issuance of common stock, net of shares redeemed
and cancelled, under employee stock option plan

    2.3          (3         (3

Share-based compensation

        19            19   

Accrued dividends on Series A preferred stock

        (8         (8

Accrued dividends on Series B preferred stock

        (19         (19

Accretion on Series B preferred stock

        (19         (19

Reclassifications to equity awards on redeemable shares

        2            2   

Net loss

          (168       (168

Other comprehensive income

            (184     (184
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2015

    491.8      $      $ 2,425      $ (5,042   $ (1,384   $ (4,001
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

 

     Fiscal years ended
September 30,
 
     2015     2014     2013  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net loss

   $ (168   $ (253   $ (376

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

            62        (57
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (168     (315     (319

Adjustments to reconcile loss from continuing operations to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     371        434        455   

Share-based compensation

     19        25        11   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     13        14        17   

Accretion of debt discount

     7        5        4   

Non-cash charge for debt issuance costs upon redemption of term loans

     3        3        5   

Third-party fees expensed in connection with the debt modification

     8        2        18   

Payment of paid-in-kind interest

     (1     (9       

Change in fair value of Preferred Series B embedded derivative

     24        22        11   

Premium on issuance of senior secured term B-5 loans

                   3   

Provision for uncollectible receivables

                   1   

Deferred income taxes, net

     29        22        (101

(Gain) loss on sale of investments and long-lived assets, net

     (1            (1

Gain on sale of TBU business

            (14       

Impairment of long-lived assets

                   1   

Pension curtailments

                   (9

Unrealized (gain) loss on foreign currency exchange

     (4     (15     (23

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     70        (51     72   

Inventory

     14        46        9   

Accounts payable

     (27     19        (29

Payroll and benefit obligations

     (85     (177     (60

Business restructuring reserve

     (30     42        38   

Deferred revenue

     13        24        80   

Other assets and liabilities .

     (40     (42     (52
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY CONTINUING OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     215        35        131   

NET CASH PROVIDED BY DISCONTINUED OPERATING ACTIVITIES

            4        20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     215        39        151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Capital expenditures

     (124     (134     (110

Capitalized software development costs

            (1     (14

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (24     (16     (12

Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets

            101        23   

Proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions

     22                 

Proceeds from sale of TBU business

            26          

Proceeds from sale of investments

     1        1        1   

Purchase of investment

     (1     (10       

Other investing activities net

     (3            (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED FOR CONTINUING INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     (129     (33     (113

NET CASH PROVIDED BY DISCONTINUED INVESTING ACTIVITIES

            101          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     (129     68        (113
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Proceeds from Term B-7 Loans

     2,100                 

Repayment of Term B-3 Loans

     (1,473              

Repayment of Term B-6 Loans

     (581              

Proceeds from Term B-6 Loans

            1,136          

Proceeds from 9% senior secured notes

                   290   

Repayment of Term B-5 Loans

            (1,138     (284

Proceeds from Term B-5 Loans

                   589   

Repayment of Term B-1 Loans

                   (584

Proceeds from Foreign ABL

     60                 

Repayment of Foreign ABL

     (40              

Proceeds from Domestic ABL

     75        40          

Repayment of Domestic ABL

     (60              

Proceeds from borrowings on revolving loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement

     50        100          

Repayments of borrowings on revolving loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement

     (122     (10       

Repayment of senior unsecured cash pay notes

            (58       

Repayment of senior unsecured PIK toggle notes

            (83       

Debt issuance and third-party debt modification costs

     (14     (10     (49

Repayment of long-term debt

     (32     (38     (38

Payments related to sale-leaseback transactions

     (12              

Other financing activities, net

     (4     1        (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED FOR FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     (53     (60     (79
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH (USED FOR) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       (60     (79
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (32     (14     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     1        33        (49

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     322        289        338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 323      $ 322      $ 289   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1. Description of Business

 

Background

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. (formerly Sierra Holdings Corp.) together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “Avaya”) is a leading provider of contact center, unified communications and networking products and services. The Company’s products and services portfolio spans software, hardware, networking technology and professional services. Avaya conducts its business operations in three segments. Two of those segments, Global Communications Solutions and Avaya Networking, make up Avaya’s Enterprise Collaboration Solutions product portfolio. The third segment contains Avaya’s services portfolio and is called Avaya Global Services.

 

Avaya sells directly through its worldwide sales force and through its global network of channel partners. As of September 30, 2015, Avaya had approximately 9,300 channel partners, including distributors, service providers, dealers, value-added resellers, system integrators and business partners that provide sales and service support.

 

Merger

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. is a holding company formed by affiliates of two private equity firms, Silver Lake Partners (“Silver Lake”) and TPG (“TPG”) (collectively, the “Sponsors”) on June 1, 2007, solely for the purpose of entering into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Avaya Inc. Prior to the Merger Agreement, Avaya Inc. was a registered company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and had common stock traded on the New York Stock Exchange. On June 4, 2007, the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Sierra Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation, (“Merger Sub”), entered into a Merger Agreement with Avaya Inc. pursuant to which Merger Sub would be merged with and into Avaya Inc., with Avaya Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Avaya Holdings Corp. (the “Merger”).

 

Acquisition of Enterprise Solutions Business of Nortel Networks Corporation

 

On December 18, 2009, Avaya acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the enterprise solutions business (“NES”) of Nortel Networks Corporation (“Nortel”) out of bankruptcy court proceedings, for an adjusted purchase price of $933 million. The terms of the acquisition did not include any significant contingent consideration arrangements.

 

Acquisition of RADVISION Ltd.

 

On June 5, 2012, Avaya acquired RADVISION Ltd. (“Radvision”), a global provider of videoconferencing and telepresence technologies over internet protocol and wireless networks, for $230 million in cash.

 

Divestiture of IT Professional Services Business

 

On March 31, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its IT Professional Services (“ITPS”) business for a final sales price of $101 million, inclusive of $3 million of working capital adjustments and net of $2 million in costs to sell. See Note 5, “Divestitures—IT Professional Services Business,” for further details.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Basis of Presentation

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. has no material assets or standalone operations other than its ownership in Avaya Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Consolidated Financial Statements as of September 30, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 reflect the operating results of Avaya Holdings Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries. As a result of the divestiture of the ITPS business, the results of operations and cash flows of this business have been classified as discontinued operations in all periods presented.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Use of Estimates

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the periods reported. These estimates include assessing the collectibility of accounts receivable, sales returns and allowances, the use and recoverability of inventory, the realization of deferred tax assets, business restructuring reserves, pension and postretirement benefit costs, the fair value of equity compensation, the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, the recoverability of long-lived assets, and useful lives and impairment of tangible and intangible assets including goodwill, the amount of exposure from potential loss contingencies, and fair value measurements, among others. The markets for the Company’s products are characterized by intense competition, rapid technological development and frequent new product introductions, all of which could affect the future recoverability of the Company’s assets. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically and the effects of revisions are reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period they are determined to be necessary. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Avaya and its subsidiaries. In the event that the Company is a primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the variable interest entity will be included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

 

Acquisition Accounting

 

The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method, which requires an allocation of the purchase price of an acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company derives revenue primarily from the sale of products, software, and services for communications systems and applications. The Company’s products are sold directly through its worldwide sales force and indirectly through its global network of distributors, service providers, dealers, value-added resellers, systems integrators and business partners. Services includes (i) supplemental maintenance service, including services provided under contracts to monitor and optimize customers’ communications network performance; (ii) professional services for implementation and integration of converged voice and data networks, network security and unified communications; and (iii) Cloud and managed services. Maintenance contracts have terms that range from one to five years. Contracts for professional services typically have terms that range from four to six weeks for standard products and from six months to one year for customized products. Contracts for Cloud and managed services have terms that range from one to seven years.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

In accordance with GAAP, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. For arrangements that require acceptance of the product, system, or solution as specified by the customer, revenue is deferred until the acceptance criteria have been met.

 

The Company’s indirect sales to channel partners are generally recognized at the time of shipment if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. The Company accrues a provision for estimated sales returns and other allowances, including promotional marketing programs and other incentives as a reduction of revenue at time of sale. When estimating returns, the Company considers customary inventory levels held by third-party distributors.

 

The Company enters into multiple deliverable arrangements, which may include various combinations of products, software and services. Most product and service deliverables qualify as separate units of accounting and can be sold on a standalone basis. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value and, where return rights exist, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within the Company’s control. When the Company sells products with implementation services, they are generally combined as one or more units of accounting, depending on the nature of the services and the customer’s acceptance requirements.

 

Most of the Company’s products have both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the products’ essential functionality. For these multiple deliverable arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to the deliverables based on their relative selling prices. To the extent that a deliverable is subject to specific guidance on whether and/or how to allocate the consideration in a multiple element arrangement, that deliverable is accounted for in accordance with such specific guidance. The Company limits the amount of revenue recognition for delivered items to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services or meeting other future performance obligations.

 

The Company allocates revenue based on a selling price hierarchy of vendor-specific objective evidence, third-party evidence, and then estimated selling price. Vendor-specific objective evidence is based on the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately. Third-party evidence is based on largely interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone sales to similarly situated customers. As the Company is unable to reliably determine what competitors products’ selling prices are on a standalone basis, the Company is not typically able to determine third-party evidence. Estimated selling price is based on the Company’s best estimates of what the selling prices of deliverables would be if they were sold regularly on a standalone basis. Estimated selling price is established considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices in different geographies and through different sales channels, major product and services groups, and customer classifications.

 

Once the Company allocates revenue to each deliverable, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with its policies when all revenue recognition criteria are met. Product revenue is generally recognized upon delivery and maintenance services revenue is generally recognized ratably over the period during which the services are performed, whereas revenue from Cloud and managed services is generally recognized based on usage, subject to contractual minimums. However, revenue for professional services arrangements is generally recognized upon completion of performance and revenue for arrangements that require acceptance of the product, system or solution, is recognized when the acceptance criteria have been met.

 

Standalone or subsequent sales of software or software-related items are recognized in accordance with the software revenue recognition guidance. For multiple deliverable arrangements that only include software items, the Company generally uses the residual method to allocate the arrangement consideration. Under the residual method, the amount of consideration allocated to the delivered items equals the total arrangement consideration, less the fair value of the undelivered items. Where vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value for the undelivered items cannot be determined, the Company generally defers revenue until all items are delivered and services have been performed, or until such evidence of fair value can be determined for the undelivered items.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased, and are stated at cost, which approximates market value.

 

Concentrations of Risk

 

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are invested in various investment grade institutional money market accounts and bank term deposits. Deposits held at banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. Generally, these deposits may be redeemed upon demand and are maintained with financial institutions with reputable credit and therefore bear minimal credit risk. The Company seeks to mitigate such risks by spreading its risk across multiple counterparties and monitoring the risk profiles of these counterparties.

 

The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts with high credit quality financial institutions to manage short-term exchange rate risk and is exposed to losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to these contracts. To date, no counterparty has failed to meet its obligations to the Company.

 

The Company relies on a limited number of contract manufacturers and suppliers to provide manufacturing services for its products. The inability of a contract manufacturer or supplier to fulfill supply requirements of the Company could materially impact future operating results.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Accounts receivable are recorded net of reserves for sales returns and allowances and provisions for doubtful accounts. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral from its customers. The allowances are based on analyses of historical trends, aging of accounts receivable balances and the creditworthiness of customers as determined by credit checks, analyses, and payment history. At September 30, 2015, one distributor accounted for approximately 14% of accounts receivable and on September 30, 2014, a different distributor accounted for approximately 11% of accounts receivable.

 

Inventory

 

Inventory includes goods awaiting sale (finished goods), equipment that is being installed at customer locations for various installations that are not yet complete and goods to be used in connection with providing maintenance services. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, determined on a first-in, first-out method. Reserves to reduce the inventory cost to market value are based on current inventory levels, assumptions about future demand and product life cycles for the various inventory types.

 

As discussed in detail in Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies-Purchase Commitments and Termination Fees,” the Company has outsourced the manufacturing of substantially all of its products and may be obligated to purchase certain excess inventory levels from its outsourced manufacturers if actual sales of product vary from forecast, in which case additional inventory provisions may need to be recorded in the future.

 

Research and Development Costs

 

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. The costs incurred for the development of communications software that will be sold, leased or otherwise marketed, however, are capitalized when technological feasibility has been established in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 985, “Software” (“ASC 985”). These capitalized costs are subject to an ongoing assessment of recoverability based on anticipated future revenues and costs and changes in hardware and software technologies. Costs that are capitalized include direct labor and related overhead.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Amortization of capitalized software development costs begins when the product is available for general release to customers. Amortization is recognized on a product-by-product basis generally on the straight-line method over a period of up to two years. Unamortized software development costs determined to be in excess of net realizable value of the product are expensed immediately. Included in other assets at September 30, 2015 and 2014 is unamortized software development costs of $1 million and $8 million, respectively.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is determined using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated lives range from three to ten years for machinery and equipment, up to five years for rental equipment and up to 40 years for buildings. Improvements that extend the useful life of assets are capitalized and maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or disposal of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets and any gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

Internal Use Software

 

Avaya capitalizes costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use when the preliminary project stage is completed and it is determined that the software will provide enhanced capabilities and modifications. Internal use software is amortized on a straight-line basis generally over three to seven years. Costs capitalized include payroll and related benefits, third party development fees and acquired software and licenses. General and administrative costs, overhead, maintenance and training, and the cost of the software that does not add functionality to existing systems, are expensed as incurred. The Company had unamortized internal use software costs included in Property, Plant and Equipment, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets of $71 million and $51 million as of September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic testing for impairment in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”) at the reporting unit level which is one level below the Company’s operating segments. The assessment of goodwill impairment is conducted by estimating and comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting units, as defined in ASC 350, to their carrying value as of that date. The fair value is estimated using an income approach whereby the fair value of the reporting unit is based on the future cash flows that each reporting unit’s assets can be expected to generate. Future cash flows are based on forward-looking information regarding market share and costs for each reporting unit and are discounted using an appropriate discount rate. Future discounted cash flows can be affected by changes in industry or market conditions or the rate and extent to which anticipated synergies or cost savings are realized with newly acquired entities.

 

In fiscal 2013 and prior, Avaya performed its annual impairment test of goodwill on September 30th, its fiscal year end date. During fiscal 2014, the Company adopted a change in accounting principle whereby the annual impairment assessment of goodwill will be performed as of July 1 st each year. The change in the testing date allows more time for analysis and is in line with the timing of the Company’s annual strategic planning process. This change in accounting principle does not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. Accordingly, the Company believes that the change described above is preferable. The Company will continue to test for impairment more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

 

Intangible and Long-lived Assets

 

Intangible assets include technology, customer relationships, trademarks and trade-names and other intangibles. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated

 

F-12


Table of Contents

economic lives of the assets, which range from two to fifteen years. Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the estimated fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell. Intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually and more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an asset may be impaired.

 

In fiscal 2013 and prior, Avaya performed its annual impairment test of indefinite-lived intangible assets on September 30th, its fiscal year end date. In fiscal 2014, the Company adopted a change in accounting principle whereby the annual impairment assessment of indefinite-lived intangible assets will be performed as of July 1 st each year. The change in the testing date allows more time for analysis and is in line with the timing of the Company’s annual strategic planning process. This change in accounting principle does not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. Accordingly, the Company believes that the change described above is preferable. The Company will continue to test for impairment more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an asset may be impaired.

 

Financial Instruments

 

The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to manage and reduce risk to the Company by generating cash flows that offset the cash flows of certain transactions in foreign currencies in relation to their amounts and timing. The foreign currency forward contracts are used as risk management tools and not for speculative or trading purposes. As permitted under FASB ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”), the Company has elected not to designate its foreign currency forward contracts as hedges thereby precluding the use of hedge accounting for these instruments.

 

The fair value of each interest rate swap that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge under ASC 815 is reflected as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, reported as a component of other comprehensive loss and reclassified to earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on derivative instruments representing hedge ineffectiveness are recognized in current earnings. The fair value of each interest rate swap is estimated as the net present value of their projected cash flows at the balance sheet date.

 

As discussed more fully in Note 16 “Capital Stock”, the Company has issued Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“preferred series B”) containing certain features which are considered an embedded derivative under GAAP. This embedded derivative was separated from the host contract (i.e. the preferred stock) and recognized as a current liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. Gains and losses on the changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative are included in other (expense) income, net.

 

The Company also utilizes non-derivative financial instruments including letters of credit and commitments to extend credit.

 

Restructuring Programs

 

The Company accounts for exit or disposal of activities in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations” (“ASC 420”). In accordance with ASC 420, a business restructuring is defined as an exit or disposal activity that includes but is not limited to a program that is planned and controlled by management and materially changes either the scope of a business or the manner in which that business is conducted. Business restructuring charges include (i) one-time termination benefits related to employee separations, (ii) contract termination costs and (iii) other costs associated with exit or disposal activities including, but not limited to, costs for consolidating or closing facilities and relocating employees.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value for one-time termination benefits once the plan of termination is communicated to affected employees and it meets all of the following criteria: (i) management commits to a plan of termination, (ii) the plan identifies the number of employees to be terminated and their job classifications or functions, locations and the expected completion date, (iii) the plan establishes the terms of the benefit arrangement and (iv) it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or the plan will be withdrawn. Contract termination costs include costs to terminate a contract or costs that will continue to be incurred under the contract without benefit to the Company. A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value when the Company either terminates the contract or ceases using the rights conveyed by the contract. A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value for other associated costs in the period in which the liability is incurred.

 

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

 

The Company sponsors non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering a portion of its U.S. employees and retirees, and postretirement benefit plans covering a portion of its U.S. retirees that include healthcare benefits and life insurance coverage. Certain non-U.S. operations have various retirement benefit programs covering substantially all of their employees. Some of these programs are considered to be defined benefit pension plans for accounting purposes.

 

The Company’s pension and postretirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions, including the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Material changes in pension and postretirement benefit costs may occur in the future due to changes in these assumptions, changes in the number of plan participants, changes in the level of benefits provided, changes in asset levels and changes in legislation.

 

The market-related value of the Company’s plan assets as of the measurement date is developed using a five-year smoothing technique. First, a preliminary market-related value is calculated by adjusting the market-related value at the beginning of the year for payments to and from plan assets and the expected return on assets during the year. The expected return on assets represents the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets adjusted up to plus or minus 2% based on the actual ten-year average rate of return on plan assets. A final market-related value is determined as the preliminary market-related value, plus 20% of the difference between the actual return and expected return for each of the past five years.

 

These pension and other postretirement benefits are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits” (“ASC 715”). ASC 715 requires that plan assets and obligations be measured as of the reporting date and the over-funded, under-funded or unfunded status of plans be recognized as of the reporting date as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, ASC 715 requires costs and related obligations and assets arising from pensions and other postretirement benefit plans to be accounted for based on actuarially-determined estimates.

 

The plans use different factors, including years of service, eligible compensation and age, to determine the benefit amount for eligible participants. The Company funds its U.S. qualified pension plans in compliance with applicable laws. See Note 14, “Benefit Obligations,” for further details on the Company’s pension and postretirement plans.

 

Advertising Costs

 

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs were $57 million, $68 million and $54 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Share-based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with FASB Topic ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including stock options, restricted stock units and stock purchases based on estimated fair values.

 

Equity Awards on Redeemable Shares

 

The Company issued equity awards, including restricted stock units and stock options, to employees of the Company that had a provision allowing, upon the employees’ death or disability during employment, their estates to sell any shares obtained as a result of the equity award to the Company at an amount equal to the then current fair value per share as long as the sale is done pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement. As a result of this provision, the Company classifies the vested portion of the intrinsic value of these stock options and restricted stock units in the mezzanine section between debt and stockholders’ deficiency in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. Additionally, the accounting for income taxes requires the Company to evaluate and make an assertion as to whether undistributed foreign earnings will be indefinitely reinvested or repatriated.

 

FASB ASC Subtopic 740-10, “Income Taxes—Overall” (“ASC 740-10”) prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, classification, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions. ASC 740-10 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.

 

Significant judgment is required in evaluating uncertain tax positions and determining the provision for income taxes. Although the Company believes its reserves are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which is reflected in the historical income tax provision and accruals. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances.

 

As part of the Company’s accounting for business combinations, some of the purchase price is allocated to goodwill and intangible assets. Impairment expenses associated with goodwill are generally not tax deductible and will result in an increased effective income tax rate in the fiscal period any impairment is recorded. The income tax benefit from future releases of the acquisition date valuation allowances or income tax contingencies, if any, are reflected in the income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, rather than as an adjustment to the purchase price allocation.

 

Net Loss Per Share

 

Basic net loss per share from continuing and discontinued operations is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

period. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is adjusted (increased) for preferred stock dividends earned during the period. Diluted loss per share from continuing and discontinued operations is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus potentially dilutive common shares.

 

Deferred Financing Costs

 

Deferred financing costs, which are recorded as a reduction of debt maturing within one year and long-term debt, are amortized using the effective interest method as interest expense over the contractual lives of the related credit facilities. As discussed in Note 3, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs,” the Company adopted a new accounting pronouncement which requires debt issuance costs related to a debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment, where the local currency is the functional currency, are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates while income and expenses are translated at the spot rate. Translation gains or losses related to net assets located outside the U.S. are shown as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficiency. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, which are denominated in currencies other than Avaya’s functional currency, are included in other (expense) income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) is recorded directly to a separate section of stockholders’ deficiency in accumulated other comprehensive loss and primarily includes unrealized gains and losses excluded from the Consolidated Statements of Operations. These unrealized gains and losses consist of changes in foreign currency translation, interest rate swaps, and changes in unamortized pension, postretirement and postemployment actuarial gains and losses.

 

3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

New Standards Recently Adopted

 

Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exist

 

In the first quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-11 “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” The standard requires the netting of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTBs”) against a deferred tax asset for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax positions. UTBs are required to be netted against all available same-jurisdiction loss or other tax carryforwards that would be utilized, rather than only against carryforwards that are created by the UTBs. The relevant presentation and disclosures have been applied prospectively.

 

Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03 “Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” The standard requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this

 

F-16


Table of Contents

update. The Company adopted this guidance in the second quarter of fiscal 2015, which has been applied retrospectively. As a result, unamortized debt issuance costs of $13 million originally included in other current assets and $42 million originally included in other assets, were reclassified as a reduction of debt maturing within one year and long-term debt, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2014.

 

Recent Standards Not Yet Effective

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” The standard supersedes most of the current revenue recognition guidance under GAAP and is intended to improve and converge with international standards the financial reporting requirements for revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. New disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers are also required. This new guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. Early adoption is permitted in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The ASU may be applied retrospectively (a) to each reporting period presented or (b) with the cumulative effect in retained earnings at the beginning of the adoption period. The Company is currently evaluating the method of adoption and the impact that the adoption of this standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15 “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.” The standard requires management to evaluate, at each annual and interim reporting period, the company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued and provide related disclosures. This standard is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and is not expected to have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01 “Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items.” The standard eliminated from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. This standard is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2016 and is not expected to have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software.” The standard amended the existing accounting standards for intangible assets and provides explicit guidance to customers in determining the accounting for fees paid in a cloud computing arrangement, wherein the arrangements that do not convey a software license to the customer are accounted for as service contracts. This standard is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11 “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory.” The standard simplifies the measurement of inventory, by requiring that inventory be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value as opposed to lower of cost or market. This standard is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16 “Business Combinations Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments.” The standard requires that an acquirer recognize measurement-period adjustments in the period in which the adjustments are determined. The income effects of such measurement-period adjustments are to be recorded in the same period’s financial statements but calculated as if the accounting had been completed as of the acquisition date. The impact of measurement-period adjustments to earnings that relate to prior period financial statements are to be presented separately on the income statement or disclosed by line item. This standard is effective for the Company on a prospective basis beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and is not expected to have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

4. Business Combinations

 

IT Navigator Ltd.

 

On October 1, 2013, Avaya acquired IT Navigator, Ltd. (“IT Navigator”), a global provider of Cloud, social media and management products and services. The integration of the Avaya and IT Navigator portfolios has added key management reporting and social media capabilities and enhanced Avaya’s Cloud as well as its unified communication and contact center products. These audited Consolidated Financial Statements include the operating results of IT Navigator since October 1, 2013.

 

RADVISION Ltd.

 

On June 5, 2012, Avaya acquired Radvision for $230 million in cash. The purchase price was funded with (i) $196 million from the issuance of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase common stock and (ii) approximately $34 million of Avaya’s cash. The acquisition of Radvision has been accounted for under the acquisition method, which requires an allocation of the purchase price of the acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values from a market-participant perspective at the date of acquisition.

 

Other Acquisitions

 

During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company completed several other acquisitions primarily to enhance the Company’s technology portfolio which had an aggregate purchase price of $37 million, $2 million and $2 million, respectively.

 

Acquired intangible assets among other acquisitions were $13 million, $2 million and $1 million during fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The acquired intangible assets are being amortized over a weighted average useful life of 4 years, on a straight-line basis. No in-process research and development was acquired in the acquisitions.

 

The excess of the purchase price over the assessment of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired in connection with these other acquisitions resulted in $30 million of goodwill in fiscal 2015, no goodwill in fiscal 2014 and less than $1 million of goodwill in fiscal 2013, respectively. The premiums paid by the Company in the transactions are largely attributable to the acquisition of assembled workforces and the synergies and economies of scale provided to a market participant, particularly as it pertains to marketing efforts and customer base. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

 

These Consolidated Financial Statements include the operating results of the acquired entities since their respective acquisition dates. The revenues and expenses specific to these businesses and their pro forma results are not material to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

5. Divestitures

 

IT Professional Services Business

 

On March 31, 2014, the Company completed the sale of the ITPS business of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Avaya Government Solutions Inc. for a final sales price of $101 million, inclusive of $3 million of working capital adjustments and net of $2 million in costs to sell. The ITPS business, which was part of the Avaya Global Services segment, provides specialized information technology services exclusively to government customers in the U.S. The Company retained its Federal product sales and services teams and continues to sell unified communications, collaboration, contact center and networking products and services to Federal, state and municipal governments under the name Avaya Government Solutions.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

 

Summarized financial information relating to the Company’s discontinued operations are as follows:

 

     Fiscal years  ended
September 30,
 

In millions

       2014              2013      

SERVICES REVENUE

   $ 53       $ 130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

   $ 7       $ (67

Gain on sale of ITPS business

     52           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     59         (67

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes from discontinued operations

     3         10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF INCOME TAXES

   $ 62       $ (57 )  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Operating loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2013 includes a goodwill impairment charge of $89 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the ITPS reporting unit experienced a decline in revenues as a result of reduced government spending in anticipation of sequestration and budget cuts. Additionally, there was uncertainty regarding how the U.S. government sequestration cuts would be implemented and the impact they would have on contractors supporting the government. As a result of these events, the Company determined that an interim impairment test of the reporting unit’s goodwill should be performed.

 

The results of step one of the goodwill impairment test indicated that the estimated fair value of the ITPS reporting unit was less than the respective carrying value of its net assets (including goodwill) and as such, the Company performed step two of the impairment test.

 

As a result of the application of step two of the goodwill impairment test, the Company estimated the implied fair value of the goodwill to be $44 million as compared with a carrying value of $133 million and recorded an impairment to goodwill of $89 million associated with the ITPS reporting unit.

 

Prior to the goodwill testing discussed above, the Company tested the intangible assets and other long-lived assets of the ITPS reporting unit for impairment during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and no impairment was identified.

 

Technology Business Unit

 

On July 31, 2014, Avaya completed the sale of assets and liabilities associated with the Technology Business Unit (“TBU”) for $26 million, subject to working capital and other customary adjustments. As a result of the sale, a $14 million gain was recognized and included in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during fiscal 2014. TBU, which was acquired as part of the Radvision acquisition, is a software development business that licenses technologies to developers for their use and integration into their own products and includes protocol stacks, client framework solutions, and network testing and monitoring tools.

 

6. Goodwill

 

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic testing for impairment at the reporting unit level which is one level below the Company’s operating segments. In fiscal 2013 and prior, Avaya performed its annual impairment test of goodwill on September 30th, its fiscal year end date. As discussed in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies-Goodwill,” during fiscal 2014, the Company adopted a change in accounting principle whereby the annual impairment assessment of goodwill will be performed as of July 1st each year. The Company continues to test for impairment more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The impairment test for goodwill is a two-step process. Step one consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Company estimated the fair value of each reporting unit using an income approach which values the unit based on the future cash flows expected from that reporting unit. Future cash flows are based on forward-looking information regarding market share and costs for each reporting unit and are discounted using an appropriate discount rate. Future discounted cash flows can be affected by changes in industry or market conditions or the rate and extent to which anticipated synergies or cost savings are realized with newly acquired entities. In step one of the test, a market approach was used as a reasonableness test but was not given significant weighting in the final determination of fair value.

 

The discounted cash flows model used in the Company’s income approach relies on assumptions regarding revenue growth rates, gross profit, projected working capital needs, selling, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses, business restructuring costs, capital expenditures, income tax rates, discount rates and terminal growth rates. To estimate fair value, the Company discounts the expected cash flows of each reporting unit. The discount rate Avaya uses represents the estimated weighted average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk involved in its reporting unit operations and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. To estimate cash flows beyond the final year of its model, Avaya uses a terminal value approach. Under this approach, Avaya applies a perpetuity growth assumption and discounts by a perpetuity discount factor to determine the terminal value. Avaya incorporates the present value of the resulting terminal value into its estimate of fair value.

 

The Company forecasted cash flows for each of its reporting units and took into consideration current economic conditions and trends, estimated future operating results, Avaya’s view of growth rates and anticipated future economic conditions. Revenue growth rates inherent in this forecast are based on input from internal and external market intelligence research sources that compare factors such as growth in global economies, regional trends in the telecommunications industry and product evolution from a technological segment basis. Macroeconomic factors such as changes in economies, product evolutions, industry consolidations and other changes beyond Avaya’s control could have a positive or negative impact on achieving its targets.

 

At July 1, 2015, July 1, 2014 and September 30, 2013, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test and determined that the respective book values of the Company’s reporting units did not exceed their estimated fair values and therefore no impairment existed. However, if market conditions deteriorate, it may be necessary to record impairment charges in the future.

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by operating segment are as follows:

 

In millions

   Global
Communications
Solutions
    Networking      Avaya
Global
Services
    Total  

Balance as of October 1, 2013

   $ 1,508      $       $ 2,540      $ 4,048   

Acquisitions

     13                       13   

Sale of TBU business

     (7             (2     (9

Adjustments

     (5                    (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2014

   $ 1,509      $       $ 2,538      $ 4,047   

Acquisitions

     30                       30   

Adjustments

     (3                    (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2015

   $ 1,536      $       $ 2,538      $ 4,074   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2015

         

Goodwill

   $ 2,670      $       $ 2,538      $ 5,208   

Accumulated Impairment

     (1,134                    (1,134
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,536      $       $ 2,538      $ 4,074   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

“Adjustments” substantially pertain to the reversal of business restructuring reserves, tax valuation allowances, and the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

 

7. Acquired Intangible Assets

 

Acquired intangible assets include acquired technology, customer relationships, trademarks and trade-names and other intangibles. Acquired intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from two to fifteen years.

 

The Company’s acquired intangible assets consist of:

 

In millions

   Acquired
technology
and
patents
    Customer
relationships
and other
intangibles
    Trademarks
and trade
names
    Total  

Balance as of September 30, 2015

        

Gross Carrying Amount

   $ 1,421      $ 2,306      $ 546      $ 4,273   

Accumulated Amortization

     (1,361     (1,752            (3,113

Accumulated Impairment

                   (190     (190
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 60      $ 554      $ 356      $ 970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2014

        

Gross Carrying Amount

   $ 1,419      $ 2,302      $ 546      $ 4,267   

Accumulated Amortization

     (1,330     (1,523            (2,853

Accumulated Impairment

                   (190     (190
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 89      $ 779      $ 356      $ 1,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset may be impaired.

 

The Company’s trademarks and trade names are expected to generate cash flows indefinitely. Consequently, these assets were classified as indefinite-lived intangibles and accordingly are not amortized but reviewed for impairment annually, or sooner under certain circumstances. Prior to the goodwill testing discussed above, the Company tested its intangible assets with indefinite lives. The test for impairment requires the Company to compare the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets to the carrying value of those assets. In situations where the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the intangible asset, an impairment loss equal to the difference is recognized. The Company estimates the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets using an income approach; specifically, based on discounted cash flows.

 

In fiscal 2013 and prior, Avaya performed its annual impairment test of indefinite-lived intangible assets on September 30th, its fiscal year end date. As discussed in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies-Intangible and Long-lived Assets,” during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014, the Company adopted a change in accounting principle whereby the annual impairment assessment of indefinite-lived intangible assets will be performed as of July 1st each year. The Company continues to test for impairment more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangibles below its carrying amount.

 

At July 1, 2015, July 1, 2014 and September 30, 2013, the Company performed its annual test of recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company determined that the respective book values of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets did not exceed their estimated fair values and therefore no impairment existed.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Future amortization expense of acquired intangible assets for the years ending September 30 is as follows:

 

In millions

      

2016

   $ 256   

2017

     224   

2018

     41   

2019

     30   

2020 and thereafter

     63   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 614   
  

 

 

 

 

8. Supplementary Financial Information

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Information

 

     Fiscal years ended
September 30,
 

In millions

   2015     2014     2013  

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

      

Amortization of software development costs included in costs

   $ 7      $ 22      $ 34   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     261        283        291   

Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment and internal use software included in costs and operating expenses

     103        129        130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 371      $ 434      $ 455   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME, NET

      

Interest income

   $ 1      $ 2      $ 2   

Gain on foreign currency transactions and forward contracts

     14        18        5   

Third party fees incurred in connection with debt modification

     (8     (2     (18

Gain on sale of TBU business

            14          

Change in fair value of Preferred B embedded derivative

     (24     (22     (11

Venezuela hyperinflationary and devaluation charges

            (2     (1

Change in certain tax indemnifications

     9        (4       

Other, net

     (3     (1     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income, net

   $ (11   $ 3      $ (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet Information

 

     Fiscal years ended
September 30,
 

In millions

   2015     2014      2013  

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

       

Allowance for Accounts Receivable:

       

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 31      $ 28       $ 24   

Decrease (increase) in expense

     (3     2         6   

(Deductions) additions

     (2     1         (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 26      $ 31       $ 28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance:

       

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,639      $ 1,504       $ 1,455   

Increase (decrease) in expense

     289        130         (49

Additions

     48        5         98   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,976      $ 1,639       $ 1,504   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     September 30,  

In millions

   2015     2014  

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

    

Land and improvements

   $ 1      $ 1   

Buildings and improvements

     181        165   

Machinery and equipment

     248        302   

Rental equipment

     240        203   

Assets under construction

     11        22   

Internal use software

     213        174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment

     894        867   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (612     (586
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 282      $ 281   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Included in buildings and improvements is $9 million under a capital lease related to an office facility acquired in the acquisition of NES. Included in machinery and equipment is $16 million related to equipment acquired under capital leases.

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

     Fiscal years ended
September 30,
 

In millions

   2015      2014      2013  

OTHER PAYMENTS

        

Interest payments

   $ 417       $ 452       $ 473   

Income tax payments

   $ 56       $ 50       $ 39   

NON-CASH FINANCING TRANSACTION

        

Exchange of debt (1)

   $       $       $ 1,384   

Acquisition of equipment under capital lease

   $       $ 42       $   

 

  (1)   Represents exchange of $642 million of senior unsecured cash-pay notes and $742 million of senior unsecured paid-in-kind toggle notes each originally due November 1, 2015 for $1,384 million of 10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2021. See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements.”

 

F-23


Table of Contents

9. Business Restructuring Reserves and Programs

 

Fiscal 2015 Restructuring Program

 

During fiscal 2015, the Company continued to identify opportunities to streamline operations and generate costs savings which included eliminating employee positions. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2015 associated with these initiatives, net of adjustments to previous periods, were $62 million. These charges included employee separation costs of $52 million, primarily associated with employee severance actions in the U.S. and Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), for which the related payments are expected to be completed in fiscal 2019. The separation charges include, but are not limited to, social pension fund payments and health care and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. As the Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations, it may identify cost savings globally and take additional restructuring actions in the future and the costs of those actions could be material.

 

In millions

   Employee
Separation Costs
    Lease
Obligations
     Total  

2015 restructuring charges

   $ 52      $ 2       $ 54   

Cash payments

     (20             (20

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     (1             (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2015

   $ 31      $ 2       $ 33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2014 Restructuring Program

 

During fiscal 2014, the Company continued to identify opportunities to streamline operations and generate costs savings which included exiting facilities and eliminating employee positions. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2014 associated with these initiatives, net of adjustments to previous periods, were $165 million. These charges included employee separation costs of $155 million, primarily associated with employee severance actions of $123 million in EMEA and $24 million in the U.S. The EMEA charges include approved plans in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2014 for the elimination of 121 and 165 positions and resulted in a charge of $26 million and $39 million, respectively, for which the related payments are expected to be completed in fiscal 2019. The separation charges include, but are not limited to, social pension fund payments and health care and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. The charges in the U.S. included an enhanced separation plan that was offered to certain employees that will result in the elimination of 172 positions and a restructuring charge of $10 million, for which the related payments are expected to be completed in fiscal 2016.

 

Restructuring charges also included $9 million of lease obligations primarily in the U.S. The future lease obligations, net of estimated sublease income, related to operating lease obligations for unused space in connection with vacating or consolidating facilities during fiscal 2014 are expected to continue through fiscal 2022.

 

The following table summarizes the components of the fiscal 2014 restructuring program:

 

In millions

   Employee
Separation
    Lease
Obligations
    Total  

2014 restructuring charges

   $ 155      $ 9      $ 164   

Cash payments

     (34     (2     (36

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     (6            (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2014

     115        7        122   

Cash payments

     (42     (4     (46

Adjustments (1)

     (1     4        3   

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     (11            (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2015

   $ 61      $ 7      $ 68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Included in adjustments are changes in estimates, whereby all increases and decreases in costs related to the fiscal 2014 restructuring program are recorded to the restructuring charges line item in operating expenses in the period of the adjustment.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013 Restructuring Program

 

During fiscal 2013, the Company continued to identify opportunities to streamline operations and generate cost savings which included exiting facilities and eliminating employee positions. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2013 associated with these initiatives, net of adjustments to previous periods, were $200 million and include separation costs primarily associated with employee severance actions in EMEA and the U.S. In EMEA an approved plan provided for the elimination of 234 positions and resulted in a charge of $48 million, for which the related payments are expected to be completed in fiscal 2015. The separation charges include, but are not limited to, social pension fund payments and health care and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the impacted employees. Enhanced separation plans were offered to certain management employees in the U.S. in the first and third quarters of fiscal 2013 and resulted in the elimination of 196 and 447 positions and restructuring charges of $9 million and $20 million, respectively for which the related payments were completed in fiscal 2014.

 

Restructuring charges also include $52 million of future lease obligations, which included $32 million of lease obligations associated with the Frankfurt, Germany facility vacated during fiscal 2013. The Company also recorded restructuring charges related to facilities vacated in the United Kingdom and the U.S. The future rental payments, net of estimated sublease income, related to operating lease obligations for unused space in connection with vacating or consolidating of facilities during fiscal 2013 are expected to continue through fiscal 2021.

 

The following table summarizes the components of the fiscal 2013 restructuring program:

 

In millions

   Employee
Separation
Costs
    Lease
Obligations
    Total  

2013 restructuring charges

   $ 142      $ 52      $ 194   

Cash payments

     (78     (7     (85

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

            1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2013

     64        46        110   

Cash payments

     (55     (11     (66

Adjustments (1)

     (3     3          

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

            (3     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2014

     6        35        41   

Cash payments

     (4     (9     (13

Adjustments (1)

     1        3        4   

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     (1     (3     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2015

   $ 2      $ 26      $ 28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Included in adjustments are changes in estimates, whereby all increases and decreases in costs related to the fiscal 2013 restructuring program are recorded to the restructuring charges line item in operating expenses in the period of the adjustment.

 

Fiscal 2008 through 2012 Restructuring Programs

 

During fiscal 2008 through 2012, the Company identified opportunities to streamline operations and generate cost savings which included exiting facilities and eliminating employee positions. The payments related to the headcount reductions identified in those programs are expected to be completed in fiscal 2018. Future rental payments, net of estimated sublease income, related to operating lease obligations for unused space in connection with the closing or consolidation of facilities are expected to continue through fiscal 2021.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The following table aggregates the remaining components of the fiscal 2008 through 2012 restructuring programs:

 

In millions

   Employee
Separation
Costs
    Lease
Obligations
    Total  

Balance as of October 1, 2012

   $ 71      $ 64      $ 135   

Cash payments

     (59     (18     (77

Adjustments (1)

     (5     5          

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     2               2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2013

     9        51        60   

Cash payments

     (7     (13     (20

Adjustments (1)

            1        1   

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     1               1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2014

     3        39        42   

Cash payments

     (1     (10     (11

Adjustments (1)

            1        1   

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     (1     (3     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2015

   $ 1      $ 27      $ 28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Included in adjustments are changes in estimates, whereby all increases and decreases in costs related to the fiscal 2009 through 2012 restructuring programs are recorded to the restructuring charges in operating expenses in the period of the adjustment. Also included in adjustments are changes in estimates whereby all increases in costs related to the fiscal 2008 restructuring reserve are recorded in the restructuring charges line item in operating expenses in the period of the adjustment and decreases in costs are recorded as adjustments to goodwill.

 

As a result of restructuring programs noted above and cost saving initiatives to consolidate facilities, the Company sold facilities in both fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company is leasing portions of these facilities under separate agreements from the sales. The Company changed its estimates of the salvage values and useful lives of these buildings to reflect the sales prices and the closing dates of the sales. The changes to the estimated salvage values and the useful lives resulted in additional depreciation expense of $35 million and $21 million for fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

10. Financing Arrangements

 

In connection with the Merger, on October 26, 2007, Avaya Inc. entered into financing arrangements consisting of (a) a senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Agreement”), (b) a senior unsecured credit facility, which later became senior unsecured notes, and (c) a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the “Domestic ABL”). The Senior Secured Credit Agreement consists of senior secured term loans and a senior secured multi-currency revolver. The financing arrangements were subsequently amended through a series of refinancing transactions and in connection with an acquisition as discussed below.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Principal amounts of long-term debt and long-term debt net of discounts and issuance costs consists of the following:

 

     September 30, 2015     September 30, 2014  

In millions

   Principal
Amount
     Net of
Discounts
and Issuance
Costs
    Principal
Amount
     Net of
Discounts
and Issuance
Costs
 

Variable rate revolving loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement due October 26, 2016

   $ 18       $ 18      $ 90       $ 88   

Variable rate revolving loans under the Domestic ABL due June 4, 2020 (1)

     55         55        40         40   

Variable rate revolving loans under the Foreign ABL due June 4, 2020 (2)

     20         20                  

Variable rate Term B-3 Loans due October 26, 2017

     616         611        2,102         2,079   

Variable rate Term B-4 Loans due October 26, 2017

     1         1        1         1   

Variable rate Term B-6 Loans due March 31, 2018

     537         532        1,128         1,113   

Variable rate Term B-7 Loans due May 29, 2020

     2,112         2,077                  

7% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019

     1,009         999        1,009         996   

9% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019

     290         286        290         285   

10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2021

     1,384         1,368        1,384         1,366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 6,042         5,967      $ 6,044         5,968   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Debt maturing within one year

        (7        (19
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Non-current portion of long-term debt

      $ 5,960         $ 5,949   
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

  (1)   On June 4, 2015, the Company amended the Domestic ABL which, among other things, extended the stated maturity from October 26, 2016 to June 4, 2020 subject to certain conditions specified in the Domestic ABL.
  (2)   Maturity date is subject to certain conditions specified in the Foreign ABL.

 

Senior Secured Credit Agreement

 

As of October 1, 2012, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement consisted of (a) a senior secured multi-currency revolver allowing for borrowings of up to $200 million, (b) senior secured term B-1 loans (“term B-1 loans”) with an outstanding principal amount of $1,434 million, and (c) senior secured term B-3 loans (“term B-3 loans”) with an outstanding principal amount of $2,152 million.

 

On October 29, 2012, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 4 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement which (i) extended the maturity of $135 million of term B-1 loans from October 26, 2014 to October 26, 2017 by converting such loans into a new tranche of senior secured term B-4 loans (“term B-4 loans”), (ii) provided the issuance of Incremental Replacement Secured Notes and Junior Secured Debt as described below under the heading “Domestic ABL” (except, pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, such Incremental Replacement Secured Notes and Junior Secured Debt must be secured by a lien on the Collateral (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) ranking junior to the lien securing the obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) and (iii) provided for the issuance of indebtedness to refinance a portion of the term loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and to secure such indebtedness by a lien on the Collateral (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) ranking junior to the lien securing the obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

 

On December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 5 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement which (i) extended the maturities of $713 million term B-1 loans from October 26, 2014 to March 31, 2018 and $134 million term B-4 loans from October 26, 2017 to March 31, 2018, in each case, by converting such loans

 

F-27


Table of Contents

into a new tranche of senior secured term B-5 loans (“term B-5 loans”) and (ii) provided for the net proceeds from Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) incurred or issued on December 21, 2012 to refinance, at Avaya Inc.’s election, any class or classes of senior secured term loans, including the new term B-5 loans.

 

Additionally, as discussed below, on December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc. completed a private placement of $290 million senior secured notes (the “9% Senior Secured Notes”), the net proceeds of which were used to repay $284 million of term B-5 loans. Funds affiliated with TPG were holders of $22 million of term B-5 loans repaid with the proceeds of the 9% Senior Secured Notes.

 

On February 13, 2013, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 6 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement which permitted Avaya Inc. to refinance all the 9.75% senior unsecured notes (the “cash-pay notes”) due 2015 and 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured paid-in-kind (“PIK”) toggle notes due 2015 (collectively, the “Old Notes”) with indebtedness secured by a lien on the Collateral (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) ranking junior to the lien on the Collateral securing the obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

 

On March 12, 2013, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 7 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement pursuant to which Avaya Inc. refinanced all term B-1 loans with the cash proceeds from the issuance of $589 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans.

 

The holders of the term B-1 loans, term B-3 loans, term B-5 loans and/or revolving credit commitments under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement who consented to each amendment during fiscal 2013 received in aggregate a consent fee of $15 million.

 

On February 5, 2014, Avaya Inc., entered into Amendment No. 8 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement pursuant to which Avaya Inc. refinanced all of the term B-5 loans with the cash proceeds from the issuance of $1,136 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured term B-6 loans (“term B-6 loans”).

 

On May 15, 2014, Avaya Inc. borrowed $100 million under the senior secured multi-currency revolver, the proceeds of which were used to fund the partial redemption of the Old Notes due 2015.

 

On May 29, 2015, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 9 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement pursuant to which the Company refinanced a portion of the term B-3, term B-4 and term B-6 loans in exchange for and with the proceeds from the issuance of $2,125 million in principal amount of senior secured term B-7 loans (“term B-7 loans”) maturing May 29, 2020.

 

On June 5, 2015, Avaya Inc. permanently reduced the senior secured multi-currency revolver from $200 million to $18 million and all letters of credit under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement were transferred to the Domestic ABL, as discussed below.

 

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and substantially all of Avaya Inc.’s U.S. subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Credit Agreement is secured by substantially all assets of Avaya Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and subsidiary guarantors.

 

The term B-3 loans, term B-4 loans, term B-6 loans and term B-7 loans each bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either a base rate (subject to a floor of 2.25% in the case of the term B-4 loans and 2.00% in the case of the term B-6 loans and term B-7 loans) or a LIBOR rate (subject to a floor of 1.25% in the case of the term B-4 loans and 1.00% in the case of the term B-6 loans and term B-7 loans), in each case plus an applicable margin. Subject to the floor described in the immediately preceding sentence the base rate is determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  1 / 2 of 1%. The applicable margin for borrowings of term B-3 loans, term B-4 loans, term B-6 loans and term B-7 loans

 

F-28


Table of Contents

is 3.50%, 5.25%, 4.50% and 4.25% per annum, respectively, with respect to base rate borrowings and 4.50%, 6.25%, 5.50%, 5.25%, per annum, respectively, with respect to LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin on the term B-4 loans, term B-6 loans and B-7 loans is subject to increase pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement in connection with the making of certain refinancing, extended or replacement term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement with an Effective Yield (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) greater than the applicable Effective Yield payable in respect of the applicable loans at such time plus 50 basis points.

 

During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, Avaya Inc. paid $32 million, $38 million and $38 million, respectively in aggregate quarterly principal payments on the senior secured term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. In addition, Avaya Inc. is required to prepay outstanding term loans based on its annual excess cash flow, as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. No such excess cash payments were required in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 based on Avaya Inc.’s cash flows. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal, Avaya Inc. is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum in respect of unutilized commitments under the senior secured multi-currency revolver portion of this facility.

 

Senior Unsecured Notes

 

In fiscal 2009, Avaya Inc. issued $700 million cash-pay notes with interest due at 9.75% and $750 million PIK-toggle notes with interest rates at 10.125% per annum for the cash interest and 10.875% for the PIK interest per annum. As discussed below, on March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. completed an exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) in which $642 million of cash-pay notes and $742 million PIK toggle notes were exchanged for $1,384 million 10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2021.

 

On May 15, 2014, Avaya Inc. redeemed all remaining Old Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest for $150 million. The redemption represents a debt extinguishment for accounting purposes and a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1 million was recognized during fiscal 2014.

 

Domestic ABL

 

Avaya Inc.’s Domestic ABL allows for borrowings of up to $335 million, subject to availability under a borrowing base. The borrowing base at any time equals the sum of 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. Avaya Inc. and substantially all of its U.S. subsidiaries are borrowers under this facility, and borrowings are guaranteed by Avaya Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and substantially all of Avaya Inc.’s U.S. subsidiaries. The facility is secured by substantially all assets of Avaya Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors.

 

On October 29, 2012 Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Domestic ABL, pursuant to which Avaya Inc. modified terms to include permission to issue or incur, as applicable, secured indebtedness in the form of (1) Incremental Replacement Secured Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100 million, plus the amount by which unused Commitments (as defined in the Domestic ABL) have been previously reduced pursuant to the Domestic ABL, less the amount of all Revolving Commitment Increases effected at or prior to the time of issuance of such notes (“Incremental Replacement Secured Notes”), and (2) Junior Secured Debt not to exceed $750 million (“Junior Secured Debt”). Any such Incremental Replacement Secured Notes or Junior Secured Debt (a) must be (x) issued or incurred, as applicable, in connection with a modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension of senior unsecured indebtedness and (y) secured by a lien on the Collateral (as defined in the Domestic ABL) ranking junior to the lien securing the obligations under the Domestic ABL and (b) will be subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the Domestic ABL.

 

On February 13, 2013, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Domestic ABL pursuant to which Avaya Inc. was permitted to refinance all of the its outstanding Old Notes with indebtedness secured by a lien on

 

F-29


Table of Contents

the Collateral (as defined in the Domestic ABL) ranking junior to the lien on the Collateral securing the obligations under the Domestic ABL, subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the Domestic ABL. Further, the terms of the amendment permit certain other obligations of Avaya Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries to be secured by the ABL Priority Collateral (as defined in the Domestic ABL) on a junior-priority basis.

 

On May 15, 2014, Avaya Inc. borrowed $40 million under the Domestic ABL, the proceeds of which were used to fund, in part, the redemption of the Old Notes.

 

On June 4, 2015, Avaya Inc. entered into Amendment No. 4 to the Domestic ABL which, among other things (i) extended the stated maturity of the facility from October 26, 2016 to June 4, 2020 (subject to certain conditions specified in the Domestic ABL), (ii) increased the sublimit for letter of credit issuances under the Domestic ABL from $150 million to $200 million, and (iii) amended certain covenants and other provisions of the existing agreement.

 

Borrowings under the Domestic ABL bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) a LIBOR rate plus a margin of 1.75% or (b) a base rate plus a margin of 0.75%. At September 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company had aggregate outstanding borrowings of $55 million and $40 million, issued and outstanding letters of credit of $119 million and $79 million, with aggregate remaining revolver availability of $83 million and $207 million, respectively.

 

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Domestic ABL, the borrowers are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder.

 

Foreign ABL

 

On June 4, 2015, Avaya Inc. and certain foreign subsidiaries of the Company (the “Foreign Borrowers”), entered into a senior secured foreign asset-based revolving credit facility (the “Foreign ABL”) which matures June 4, 2020 (subject to certain conditions specified in the Foreign ABL).

 

The Foreign ABL allows senior secured financing of up to $150 million, subject to availability under the respective borrowing bases of the Foreign Borrowers. The total borrowing base for all Foreign Borrowers at any time equals the sum of (i) 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the Foreign Borrowers, plus (ii) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory of the Canadian Foreign Borrower and Irish Foreign Borrower, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. The Foreign ABL includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for Canadian or European swingline loans, and is available in Euros, Canadian dollars and British pound sterling in addition to U.S. dollars.

 

Under the Foreign ABL the Foreign Borrowers have the right to request up to $30 million of additional commitments. The lenders under the Foreign ABL are not under any obligation to provide any such additional commitments. Any increase in commitments is subject to certain conditions precedent and any borrowing in respect of such increased commitments would be subject to the borrowing base under the Foreign ABL at such time. At September 30, 2015, the Company had aggregate outstanding borrowings of $20 million, outstanding letters of credit of $22 million and remaining availability of $101 million under the Foreign ABL.

 

Borrowings under the Foreign ABL are guaranteed by Avaya Holdings Corp., substantially all of the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries and certain foreign subsidiaries.

 

Borrowings under the Foreign ABL bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Foreign Borrowers’ option depending upon the currency and type of the applicable borrowing, (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate of Citibank, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, and (3) the sum of 1.00% plus the LIBOR rate for a thirty day interest period as determined on such day, (b) a Canadian prime rate

 

F-30


Table of Contents

determined by reference to the higher of (1) the base rate of Citibank, Canadian branch, and (2) the sum of 1.00% plus the CDOR rate for a thirty day interest period as determined on such day, (c) a LIBOR rate, (d) a CDOR Rate, (e) a EURIBOR rate or (f) an overnight LIBOR rate, in each case plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under the Foreign ABL on June 4, 2015 was equal to (1) 0.75% per annum with respect to base rate and Canadian prime rate borrowings and (2) 1.75% per annum with respect to LIBOR, CDOR or EURIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Foreign ABL is subject to a step down based on average historical excess availability under the Foreign ABL. Swingline loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, in the case of swingline loans to the Canadian Foreign Borrower, the base rate if denominated in U.S. Dollars or the Canadian prime rate if denominated in Canadian dollars and, in the case of swingline loans to the UK Foreign Borrower, the Irish Foreign Borrower or the German Foreign Borrowers, the base rate if denominated in U.S. Dollars or the overnight LIBOR rate if denominated in Euros or British pound sterling. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Foreign ABL, the Foreign Borrowers are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The Foreign Borrowers must also pay customary letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin on LIBOR, CDOR and EURIBOR loans and agency fees.

 

7% Senior Secured Notes

 

On February 11, 2011, Avaya Inc. completed a private placement of $1,009 million of senior secured notes (the “7% Senior Secured Notes”). The 7% Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 7% per annum, mature on April 1, 2019 the proceeds from which were used to repay in full the senior secured incremental term B-2 loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and to pay related fees and expenses.

 

The 7% Senior Secured Notes are redeemable at 103.5% of the principal amount redeemed, which decreases to 101.75% on April 1, 2016 and to 100% on or after April 1, 2017. Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of changes of control, Avaya Inc. will be required to make an offer to purchase the 7% Senior Secured Notes at 101% of their principal amount. If Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries engages in certain asset sales, under certain circumstances Avaya Inc. will be required to use the net proceeds to make an offer to purchase the 7% Senior Secured Notes at 100% of their principal amount.

 

Substantially all of Avaya Inc.’s U.S. subsidiaries are guarantors of the 7% Senior Secured Notes. The 7% Senior Secured Notes are secured by substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors (other than with respect to real estate). The notes and the guarantees are secured equally and ratably with the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and any future first lien obligations by (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of Avaya Inc.’s and the guarantors’ assets, other than (x) any real estate and (y) collateral that secures the Domestic ABL on a first-priority basis (the “ABL Priority Collateral”), and (ii) a second-priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, subject to certain customary exceptions.

 

9% Senior Secured Notes

 

On December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc. completed a private placement of $290 million 9% Senior Secured Notes. The 9% Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 9% per annum, mature on April 1, 2019, the proceeds from which were used to repay $284 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans and to pay related fees and expenses.

 

The 9% Senior Secured Notes are redeemable at 104.5% of the principal amount redeemed, which decreases to 102.25% on April 1, 2016 and to 100% on or after April 1, 2017. Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of changes of control, Avaya Inc. will be required to make an offer to purchase the 9% Senior Secured Notes at 101% of their principal amount. If Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries engages in certain asset sales, under certain circumstances Avaya Inc. will be required to use the net proceeds to make an offer to purchase the 9% Senior Secured Notes at 100% of their principal amount.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Substantially all of the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries are guarantors of the 9% Senior Secured Notes. The 9% Senior Secured Notes are secured by substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors (other than with respect to real estate). The notes and the guarantees are secured equally and ratably with the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the 7% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 and any future first lien obligations by (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of the Avaya Inc. and the guarantors’ assets, other than (x) any real estate and (y) collateral that secures the Domestic ABL on a first-priority basis (the “ABL Priority Collateral”), and (ii) a second-priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, subject to certain customary exceptions.

 

10.50% Senior Secured Notes

 

On March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. completed an Exchange Offer in which $1,384 million of Old Notes were exchanged for $1,384 million of senior secured notes due 2021 (the “10.50% Senior Secured Notes”). The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 10.50% per annum and mature on March 1, 2021.

 

The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes are redeemable at 107.875% of the principal amount redeemed commencing March 1, 2017, which decreases to 105.250% on March 1, 2018, to 102.625% on March 1, 2019 and to 100% on or after March 1, 2020. Avaya Inc. may redeem all or part of the notes at any time prior to March 1, 2017 at 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium. In addition, Avaya Inc. may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the notes at any time prior to March 1, 2016 with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings at 110.5% of the aggregate principal amount redeemed. Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of changes of control, Avaya Inc. will be required to make an offer to purchase the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes at 101% of their principal amount. If Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries engages in certain asset sales, under certain circumstances Avaya Inc. will be required to use the net proceeds to make an offer to purchase the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes at 100% of their principal amount.

 

Substantially all of the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries are guarantors of the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes. The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes are secured by substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors (other than with respect to real estate). The notes and the corresponding guarantees are secured on a junior priority basis to the Domestic ABL, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the existing 7% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, the existing 9% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 and any future senior obligations by a junior priority lien on substantially all of Avaya Inc. and the guarantors’ assets, other than any real estate.

 

The 7% Senior Secured Notes, the 9% Senior Secured Notes, and the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes (collectively, the “Senior Secured Notes”) were sold at par through a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A (and outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act or applicable state or foreign securities laws and may not be offered or sold absent such registration.

 

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt and Debt Issuance and Modification Costs

 

The aforementioned refinancing transactions were accounted for as a modification of debt to the extent the original debt was refinanced with new debt to the same creditor and an extinguishment of debt to the extent original debt was refinanced with new debt issued to new creditors. Accordingly, for the portion accounted for as debt extinguishment, the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value of the original debt (including any unamortized discount and issuance costs) was recognized as a loss on extinguishment of debt. Third party expenses associated with the issuance of the new debt were recorded as a discount to the face value of the debt and are being accreted over the term of the debt as interest expense. Third party expenses associated with the modification of debt were expensed as incurred and included in other income, net.

 

Avaya Inc.’s Senior Secured Credit Agreement, Domestic ABL, Foreign ABL, Senior Secured Notes and indentures governing its notes contain a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain

 

F-32


Table of Contents

exceptions, restrict Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of certain of its subsidiaries to: (a) incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock; (b) pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock; (c) make certain acquisitions or investments; (d) incur or assume certain liens; (e) enter into transactions with affiliates; (f) merge or consolidate with another company; (g) transfer or otherwise dispose of assets; (h) redeem subordinated debt; (i) incur obligations that restrict the ability of Avaya Inc.’s subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to Avaya Holdings Corp. or Avaya Inc.; and (j) create or designate unrestricted subsidiaries. They also contain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. As of September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014, Avaya Inc. was not in default under any of these agreements.

 

The weighted average contractual interest rate of the Company’s outstanding debt as of September 30, 2015 and 2014 was 7.3% and 6.9%, respectively.

 

Annual maturities of long-term debt, for the next five years ending September 30th and thereafter, consist of:

 

In millions

      

2016

   $ 25   

2017

     43   

2018

     1,179   

2019

     1,324   

2020

     2,087   

2021 and thereafter

     1,384   
  

 

 

 
   $ 6,042   
  

 

 

 

 

Capital Lease Obligations

 

Included in other liabilities is $61 million and $59 million of capital lease obligations as of September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

On August 20, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement to outsource certain delivery services associated with the Avaya Private Cloud Services business. That agreement also included the sale of specified assets owned by the Company which are being leased-back by Avaya and accounted for as a capital lease. Under the terms of the agreement, additional financing is available to Avaya and its subsidiaries of up to $24 million per year for the sale of equipment used in the performance of services under the agreement, provided that no material adverse change with respect to the Company has occurred or is continuing as of the date any such financing is requested. During fiscal 2015, the Company received $22 million in cash proceeds in connection with the sale of equipment used in the performance of services under this agreement. As of September 30, 2015 and 2014, capital lease obligations associated with this agreement were $48 million and $40 million, respectively.

 

11. Foreign Currency Forward Contracts, Embedded Derivative and Interest Rate Swaps

 

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

 

The Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts primarily to manage short-term exchange rate exposures on certain receivables, payables and intercompany loans of foreign subsidiaries, which are denominated in currencies other than the subsidiary’s functional currency. When those items are revalued into the subsidiaries’ functional currencies at the month-end exchange rates, the effects of the changes in the exchange rates are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as other (expense) income, net. Changes in the fair value of the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts used to offset these exposed items are also recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as other (expense) income, net in the period in which the exchange rates change.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The losses from foreign currency forward contracts included in other (expense) income, net were $5 million, $4 million, and $10 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

The notional amount of the Company’s financial instruments represents the face amount of the contractual arrangements and the basis on which U.S. dollars are to be exchanged. It is not a measure of market or credit exposure. The following table summarizes these notional amounts that principally represent the equivalent in U.S. dollars for contracts in their respective currencies:

 

     September 30,  

In millions

  

2015

    

2014

 

Indian rupee

   $ 5       $ 66   

Japanese yen

             28   

Euros

     94         21   

Swiss franc

     13         10   

British pound sterling

     6         19   

Chinese yuan

     2         24   

All other foreign currencies

     24         55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 144       $ 223   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts and the location of those values in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are disclosed in Note 12, “Fair Value Measures.”

 

Preferred Series B Embedded Derivative

 

As discussed more fully in Note 16 “Capital Stock”, the Company has issued preferred series B containing certain features which are considered an embedded derivative under generally accepted accounting principles. This embedded derivative was separated from the host contract (i.e. the preferred stock) and recognized as a current liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. When the embedded derivative is revalued at each balance sheet date, the changes in the fair value are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations as other (expense) income, net. In fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, the loss on the preferred series B embedded derivative included in other (expense) income, net was $24 million, $22 million and $11 million, respectively.

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of derivatives:

 

In millions

   September 30, 2015      September 30, 2014  

Balance Sheet Location

   Total      Foreign
Currency
Forward
Contracts
     Series B
Preferred
Embedded
Derivative
     Total      Foreign
Currency
Forward
Contracts
     Series B
Preferred
Embedded
Derivative
 

Other current liabilities

   $ 74       $ 1       $ 73       $ 51       $ 2       $ 49   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge against variability of cash flows related to changes in benchmark interest rates for certain borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2013 each of these agreements reached maturity and there are no outstanding interest rate swap agreements. The following table presents the (gains) and losses on the interest rate contracts qualifying and designated as cash flow hedging instruments for fiscal 2013:

 

F-34


Table of Contents

In millions

      

(Gain) loss on interest rate swaps

  

Recognized in other comprehensive loss

   $ (13
  

 

 

 

Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense

   $ 13   
  

 

 

 

Recognized in operations (ineffective portion)

   $   
  

 

 

 

 

12. Fair Value Measures

 

Pursuant to the accounting guidance for fair value measurements, fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and it considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

 

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The inputs are prioritized into three levels that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1: Inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that are observable.

 

Level 2: Inputs that reflect quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

 

Level 3: Inputs that are unobservable to the extent that observable inputs are not available for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Asset and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

     September 30, 2015  
     Fair Value Measurements Using  

In millions

   Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Instruments
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Other Non-Current Assets:

           

Investments

   $ 1       $ 1       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Current Liabilities:

           

Preferred series B embedded derivative

   $ 73       $       $       $ 73   

Foreign currency forward contracts

     1                 1           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 74       $       $ 1       $ 73   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     September 30, 2014  
     Fair Value Measurements Using  

In millions

   Total      Quoted Prices  in
Active Markets
for  Identical
Instruments
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Other Non-Current Assets:

           

Investments

   $ 1       $ 1       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Current Liabilities:

           

Preferred Series B embedded derivative

   $ 49       $       $       $ 49   

Foreign currency forward contracts

     2                 2           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 51       $       $ 2       $ 49   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

 

Foreign currency forward contracts classified as Level 2 assets and liabilities are priced using quoted market prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

Investments

 

Investments classified as Level 2 assets and liabilities are priced using quoted market prices for identical assets which are subject to infrequent transactions (i.e. a less active market).

 

Preferred Series B Embedded Derivative

 

The preferred series B embedded derivative classified as a Level 3 liability is priced by calculating the difference in the fair value of the preferred series B with and without the aggregated embedded features. To estimate the fair value of the preferred series B a Binomial Lattice model was used. Significant inputs into the binomial lattice model include the total equity value of the Company, risk-free rate, volatility, and expected term.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The following table presents the changes in the fair value of the preferred series B embedded derivative for fiscal 2014 and 2015.

 

In millions

   Preferred Series B
Embedded Derivative
 

Balance as of October 1, 2013

   $ 27   

Change in fair value

     22   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2014

     49   

Change in fair value

     24   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2015

   $ 73   
  

 

 

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, to the extent the underlying liability will be settled in cash, approximate carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

The estimated fair values of the amounts borrowed under Avaya Inc.’s revolving credit facilities were estimated based on a Level 2 input using discounted cash flow techniques. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flow model include projected future cash flows based on projected LIBOR rates, and the average margin for companies with similar credit ratings and similar maturities. The estimated fair values of all other amounts borrowed under the Company’s financing arrangements at September 30, 2015 and 2014 were estimated based on a Level 2 input using quoted market prices for Avaya Inc.’s debt which is subject to infrequent transactions (i.e. a less active market).

 

The estimated fair values of the amounts borrowed under Avaya Inc.’s credit agreements at September 30, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

     September 30, 2015      September 30, 2014  

In millions

   Principal
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Principal
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

Variable rate revolving loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement due October 26, 2016

   $ 18       $ 17       $ 90       $ 86   

Variable rate revolving loans under the Domestic ABL due June 4, 2020  (1)

     55         42         40         38   

Variable rate revolving loans under the Foreign ABL due June 4, 2020  (2)

     20         15                   

Variable rate Term B-3 Loans due October 26, 2017

     616         532         2,102         2,002   

Variable rate Term B-4 Loans due October 26, 2017

     1         1         1         1   

Variable rate Term B-6 Loans due March 31, 2018

     537         461         1,128         1,116   

Variable rate Term B-7 Loans due May 29, 2020

     2,112         1,666                   

7% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019

     1,009         800         1,009         975   

9% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019

     290         242         290         294   

10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2021

     1,384         644         1,384         1,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,042       $ 4,420       $ 6,044       $ 5,716   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   On June 4, 2015, Avaya Inc. amended the Domestic ABL which, among other things, extended the stated maturity from October 26, 2016 to June 4, 2020 subject to certain conditions specified in the Domestic ABL.
  (2)   Maturity date is subject to certain conditions specified in the Foreign ABL.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

13. Income Taxes

 

The (provision for) benefit from income taxes of continuing operations is comprised of U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes. The following table presents the U.S. and foreign components of loss from continuing operations before income taxes and the (provision for) benefit from income taxes of continuing operations:

 

                                                        
     Fiscal years ended
September 30,
 

In millions

   2015     2014     2013  

LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES:

      

U.S.

   $ (65   $ (195   $ (308

Foreign

     (33     (69     (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ (98   $ (264   $ (354
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(PROVISION FOR) BENEFIT FROM INCOME TAXES OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS:

      

CURRENT

      

Federal

   $      $ 1      $ (1

State and local

     1        10        1   

Foreign

     (42     (40     (66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (41     (29     (66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

DEFERRED

      

Federal

     (13     (12     81   

State and local

            (1     18   

Foreign

     (16     (9     2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (29     (22     101   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes of continuing operations

   $ (70   $ (51   $ 35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes are provided for the effects of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of September 30, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

     September 30,  

In millions

   2015     2014  

DEFERRED INCOME TAX ASSETS:

    

Benefit obligations

   $ 744      $ 667   

Net operating losses / credit carryforwards

     1,306        1,221   

Property, plant and equipment

     47        34   

Valuation allowance

     (1,976     (1,639
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets

     121        283   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

DEFERRED INCOME TAX LIABILITIES:

    

Goodwill and intangible assets

     (259     (346

Other

            (19

Accrued liabilities

     (70     (94
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

     (329     (459
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax liabilities

   $ (208   $ (176
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company recorded a correction to the prior period valuation allowance on deferred tax assets which decreased the provision for income taxes of continuing operations by $6 million. During the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company recorded a correction to prior period deferred tax assets and liabilities for certain foreign legal entities which decreased the provision for income taxes of continuing operations by $6 million. The Company evaluated each correction in relation to the Period of Adjustment, as well as the periods in which the adjustment originated, and concluded that each adjustment was not material to fiscal 2015 and 2014 or and quarter or year.

 

A reconciliation of the Company’s loss from continuing operations before income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory rate to the (provision for)/benefit from income taxes of continuing operations is as follows:

 

                                                        
     Fiscal years ended
September 30,
 

In millions

   2015     2014     2013  

Income tax benefit computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%

   $ 35      $ 93      $ 123   

State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax effect

     1        10        29   

Tax differentials on foreign earnings

     (18     (26     (27

Loss on foreign subsidiaries

     303        1          

Taxes on unremitted foreign earnings and profits

     3        26        (22

Adjustment to deferred taxes

     (20     28          

Audit settlements and accruals

     (6     2        (21

Credits and other taxes

     (9     (13     (10

Rate changes

     2        (6     (5

U.S. tax on foreign source income

     (42     (29     (23

Other differences—net

     (5     16        4   

Valuation allowance

     (305     (145     (9

(Non-deductible expense)/non-taxable income on derivative

     (9     (8     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes of continuing operations

   $ (70   $ (51   $ 35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

In fiscal 2015, the Company recorded for statutory purposes only in Luxembourg, impairments related to its wholly owned subsidiaries. Pursuant to Luxembourg tax law, the impairment charge resulted in a tax effected net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward of $370 million, offset by a $67 million deferred tax liability, subject to a valuation allowance of $303 million.

 

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Primarily as a result of significant book taxable losses incurred subsequent to the Merger, the Company’s deferred tax assets exceed its deferred tax liabilities, exclusive of the U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company considered the scheduled reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities, projected future taxable income, and certain tax planning strategies in assessing the realization of its deferred tax assets. Based on this assessment, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets in certain significant jurisdictions, including the U.S., Israel, Ireland, Germany, Luxembourg, and France, will not be realized to the extent they exceed the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities.

 

In fiscal 2015, 2014, 2013, the Company’s valuation allowance increased $337 million, $135 million, and $49 million, respectively, primarily due to valuation allowances established for additional NOL carryforwards and the tax effects related to other comprehensive income. In fiscal 2013, as a result of tax charges to other comprehensive income the Company recognized an income tax benefit to the Consolidated Statement of Operations as less valuation allowance was required against the Company’s deferred tax assets. At September 30, 2015, the valuation allowance of $1,976 million is comprised of $1,148 million, $263 million, $507 million and $58 million related to the U.S., Germany, Luxembourg, and other foreign subsidiaries, respectively. The recognition of valuation allowances will continue to adversely affect the Company’s effective income tax rate.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2015, the Company has an outside basis difference of $290 million with a deferred tax liability of $46 million with respect to earnings and profits of $106 million. The Company is permanently reinvested on the remaining basis difference and estimates the unrecorded deferred tax liability to be $71 million.

 

As of September 30, 2015, the Company had tax-effected NOLs of $1,227 million, comprised of $394 million for U.S. federal, state and local taxes and $833 million for foreign taxes, including $191 million and $610 million in Germany and Luxembourg, respectively. There are $502 million of tax-effected NOLs in Luxembourg associated with impairment of intercompany balances in wholly owned subsidiaries. These NOLs, under the current operating structure of the Company, can only be utilized against future increases in value of the aforementioned intercompany balances.

 

The U.S. federal and state NOLs expire through the year 2032, with the majority expiring in excess of 10 years. The majority of foreign NOLs have no expiration. Additionally, the Company has various other tax credit carry-forwards totaling $79 million, of which $42 million expire within 5 to 20 years while the remaining have no expiration.

 

As a result of the Merger in October 2007, a significant change in the ownership of the Company occurred which, pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, will limit on an annual basis the Company’s ability to utilize its pre-Merger U.S. federal NOLs and U.S. federal tax credits. The Company’s NOLs and credits will continue to be available to offset taxable income and tax liabilities (until such NOLs and credits are either used or expire) subject to the Section 382 annual limitation. If the annual limitation amount is not fully utilized in a particular tax year, then the unused portion from that particular tax year will be added to the annual limitation in subsequent years. On June 9, 2011, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 (as updated from time to time) relating to a proposed initial public offering of its common stock. This share issuance itself, or when aggregated with other prior shareholder ownership changes during the applicable testing period, may cause an ownership change that would further limit, on an annual basis, the Company’s ability to utilize its current U.S. federal net operating losses and U.S. federal tax credits. Under German tax law any change in excess of 25% would limit the amount of NOL carryforward available for use in future periods. Depending on market conditions, share issuance related to a proposed initial public offering may result in an ownership change under German law that would limit our ability to utilize our current German NOL carryforward.

 

As of September 30, 2015 there were $252 million of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTBs”) associated with uncertain tax positions and an additional $16 million of accrued interest and penalties related to these amounts. The Company estimates that approximately $81 million of UTBs would affect the effective tax rate if recognized. At this time, the Company is unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in connection with these tax liabilities. The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to its uncertain tax positions within the (provision for) benefit from income taxes. Included in the (provision for) benefit from income taxes of continuing operations in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 is interest (benefit) expense of $(4) million, $2 million and $1 million, respectively. The Company files corporate income tax returns with the federal government in the U.S. and with multiple U.S. state and local jurisdictions and foreign tax jurisdictions. In the ordinary course of business these income tax returns will be examined by the tax authorities. Various state, local, and foreign income tax returns, such as Brazil, Italy, Germany, India, Ireland, Israel, and Netherlands are under examination by taxing authorities for tax years ranging from 2001 through 2014. It is reasonably possible that the total amount of UTB will decrease in the next 12 months as a result of these examinations by an estimated $7 million.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the changes in the gross UTB liability for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 

In millions

      

Gross UTB balance at October 1, 2012

   $ 245   

Additions based on tax positions relating to the period

     21   

Change to tax positions relating to prior periods

     4   

Settlements with taxing authorities

     (1

Statute of limitations expirations

     (5
  

 

 

 

Gross UTB balance at September 30, 2013

     264   

Additions based on tax positions relating to the period

     23   

Change to tax positions relating to prior periods

     (27

Statute of limitations expirations

     (3
  

 

 

 

Gross UTB balance at September 30, 2014

   $ 257   

Additions based on tax positions relating to the period

     24   

Change to tax positions relating to prior periods

     (16

Statute of limitations expirations

     (13
  

 

 

 

Gross UTB balance at September 30, 2015

   $ 252   
  

 

 

 

 

14. Benefit Obligations

 

Pension, Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits

 

The Company sponsors non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering a portion of its U.S. employees and retirees, and postretirement benefit plans covering a portion of its U.S. retirees that include healthcare benefits and life insurance coverage. Certain non-U.S. operations have various retirement benefit programs covering substantially all of their employees. Some of these programs are considered to be defined benefit pension plans for accounting purposes.

 

The Company froze benefit accruals and additional participation in the pension and postretirement benefit plans for its U.S. management employees effective December 31, 2003. The Company also subsequently amended the postretirement benefit plan for its U.S. management employees as follows: Effective January 1, 2013, to terminate retiree dental coverage, and to cease providing medical and prescription drug coverage to a retiree, dependent, or lawful spouse who has attained age 65; effective January 1, 2015, to reduce the Company’s maximum contribution toward the cost of providing benefits under the plan; and effective January 1, 2016, to replace coverage through the Company’s group plan, with coverage through the private insurance marketplace. The latest amendment will allow retirees to choose insurance from the marketplace while still receiving financial support from the Company toward the cost of coverage through a Health Reimbursement Arrangement.

 

Effective November 25, 2013 and January 31, 2014, the Company entered into a 2-year contract extension with the Communications Workers of America (“CWA”) and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers (“IBEW”), respectively. With the contract extension, the contract with the CWA and the contract with the IBEW now terminate on June 13, 2016. The contract extensions did not affect the Company’s obligation for pension and postretirement benefits available to U.S. employees of the Company who are represented by the CWA or IBEW.

 

In September 2015, the Company approved a change to the postretirement medical plan for represented retirees who are retired as of October 15, 2015 and their eligible dependents (“existing retirees”). The change, which is effective January 1, 2017, will replace medical coverage the existing retirees receive through the Company’s group plan, with medical coverage through the private and public insurance marketplace. The change will allow the existing retirees to choose insurance from the marketplace while still receiving financial support

 

F-41


Table of Contents

from the Company toward the cost of coverage through a Health Reimbursement Arrangement. The impact of this change, as measured at September 30, 2015, was a $62 million reduction to the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.

 

The Company’s general funding policy with respect to the qualified pension plans is to contribute amounts at least sufficient to satisfy the minimum amount required by applicable law and regulations, or to directly pay benefits where appropriate. Contributions to the U.S. pension plans were $95 million, $160 million and $108 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The contributions to the U.S. pension plans were $6 million, $7 million and $6 million for certain pension benefits that were not pre-funded, and cash contributions of $89 million, $153 million and $102 million to satisfy the minimum statutory funding requirements in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Contributions to the non-U.S. pension plans were $25 million, $27 million and $25 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. In fiscal 2016, the Company estimates that it will make payments totaling $7 million for certain U.S. pension benefits that are not pre-funded, contributions totaling $87 million to satisfy the minimum statutory funding requirements in the U.S. and contributions totaling $26 million for non-U.S. plans.

 

Most post-retirement medical benefits are not pre-funded. Consequently, the Company makes payments directly to the claims administrator as retiree medical benefit claims are disbursed. These payments are funded by the Company up to the maximum contribution amounts specified in the plan documents and contract with the CWA and IBEW, and contributions from the participants, if required. As a result, payments for retiree medical and dental benefits were $28 million, $45 million and $52 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company estimates it will make payments for retiree medical and dental benefits totaling $35 million during fiscal 2016.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligations and fair value of assets of the defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, the funded status of the plans, and the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets is provided in the table below:

 

     Pension  Benefits
U.S.
    Pension  Benefits
Non-U.S.
    Postretirement
Benefits
 
     September 30,     September 30,     September 30,  

In millions

   2015     2014     2015     2014     2015     2014  

CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION

            

Benefit obligation as of beginning of year

   $ 3,333      $ 3,174      $ 616      $ 596      $ 486      $ 500   

Service cost

     5        5        7        7        2        2   

Interest cost

     136        145        15        21        19        22   

Employee contributions

                                 13        13   

Amendments

                   (1            (62     (3

Actuarial loss (gain)

     205        249        6        57        (14     14   

Benefits paid

     (235     (240     (25     (26     (56     (62

Exchange rate movements

                   (67     (39              

Curtailments, settlements and other

                   3                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation as of end of year

   $ 3,444      $ 3,333      $ 554      $ 616      $ 388      $ 486   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS

            

Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of year

   $ 2,321      $ 2,176      $ 60      $ 51      $ 173      $ 164   

Actual return on plan assets

     37        226        6        12        1        13   

Employer contributions

     95        160        25        27        28        45   

Employee contributions

                                 13        13   

Benefits paid

     (235     (240     (25     (26     (56     (62

Exchange rate movements

                   (6     (4              

Curtailments, settlements and other

            (1     (1                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets as of end of period

   $ 2,218      $ 2,321      $ 59      $ 60      $ 159      $ 173   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

AMOUNT RECOGNIZED IN THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS CONSISTS OF:

            

Noncurrent assets

   $      $      $ 1      $ 1      $      $   

Accrued benefit liability, current

     (7     (7     (25     (27     (35     (40

Accrued benefit liability, noncurrent

     (1,219     (1,005     (471     (530     (194     (273
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (1,226   $ (1,012   $ (495   $ (556   $ (229   $ (313
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

AMOUNT RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (PRE-TAX) CONSISTS OF:

            

Net prior service cost (credit)

   $ 3      $ 4      $      $      $ (101   $ (52

Net actuarial loss (gain)

     1,304        1,054        136        142        70        81   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ 1,307      $ 1,058      $ 136      $ 142      $ (31   $ 29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Effective September 30, 2015, to reflect its best estimate of future mortality for its U.S. pension and postretirement benefit plans, the Company updated its mortality rate assumptions to the Society of Actuaries Retirement Plans-2014 base table at 2006, projected with improvement scale Mortality Projection-2015. The change resulted in a $189 million increase in the Company’s U.S. pension obligation and a $1 million decrease in the Company’s U.S. postretirement benefit obligation.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The following table provides the accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans and information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:

 

     U.S. Plans      Non -U.S.
Plans
 
     September 30,      September 30,  

In millions

   2015      2014      2015      2014  

Accumulated Benefit Obligation for all plans

   $ 3,444       $ 3,333       $ 542       $ 599   

Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan Assets

           

Projected Benefit Obligation

   $ 3,444       $ 3,333       $ 549       $ 612   

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

   $ 3,444       $ 3,333       $ 537       $ 595   

Fair Value of Plan Assets

   $ 2,218       $ 2,321       $ 53       $ 54   

 

Estimated future benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years, and in aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter, are presented below:

 

     Pension Benefits      Other
Benefits
     Federal
Prescription
Drug Subsidy
Receipts
 

In millions

   US      Non-U.S.        

2016

   $ 218       $ 26       $ 40       $ 2   

2017

     217         24         25         1   

2018

     216         24         20           

2019

     216         25         20           

2020

     216         23         20           

2021—2025

     1,072         128         103         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,155       $ 250       $ 228       $ 4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) for the pension plans are provided in the table below:

 

     Pension Benefits -U.S.     Pension Benefits -  Non-U.S.  
     Year ended September 30,     Year ended September 30,  

In millions

   2015     2014     2013     2015     2014     2013  

Components of net periodic benefit cost (credit)

            

Service cost

   $ 5      $ 5      $ 6      $ 7      $ 7      $ 7   

Interest cost

     136        145        137        15        21        21   

Expected return on plan assets

     (179     (168     (162     (2     (2     (2

Amortization of prior service cost

     1        1        1                        

Amortization of actuarial loss

     97        82        120        7        4        5   

Curtailment, settlement loss

                   2                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 60      $ 65      $ 104      $ 27      $ 30      $ 31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) for the postretirement plans are provided in the table below:

 

     Postretirement Benefits - U.S.  
     Year ended September 30,  

In millions

   2015     2014     2013  

Components of net periodic benefit cost (credit)

      

Service cost

   $ 2      $ 2      $ 3   

Interest cost

     19        22        20   

Expected return on plan assets

     (10     (11     (10

Amortization of prior service cost

     (13     (13     (14

Amortization of actuarial loss

     5        4        7   

Curtailment, settlement gain

                   (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost (credit)

   $ 3      $ 4      $ (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

As a result of restructuring initiatives during fiscal 2013, the U.S. pension and postretirement plans for salaried employees experienced a curtailment. A $2 million loss was recognized with respect to curtailment of the pension plan, and $11 million gain was recognized with respect to curtailment of the postretirement plan.

 

Effective October 1, 2015, the Company changed its estimate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost for its U.S. pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Previously, the Company estimated the service and interest cost components utilizing a single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation. The new estimate utilizes a full yield curve approach in the estimation of these components by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to their underlying projected cash flows. The new estimate provides a more precise measurement of service and interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows and their corresponding spot rates. The change does not affect the measurement of the Company’s U.S. pension and postretirement benefit obligations and it is accounted for as a change in accounting estimate, which is applied prospectively. For fiscal 2016, the change in estimate is expected to reduce U.S. pension and postretirement net periodic benefit plan cost by $30 million to $35 million when compared to the prior estimate.

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss are provided in the table below:

 

    Pension Benefits - U.S.     Pension Benefits - Non-U.S.     Postretirement Benefits  
    Year ended September 30,     Year ended September 30,     Year ended September 30,  

In millions

  2015     2014     2015     2014     2015     2014  

Net loss (gain)

  $ 347      $ 193      $ 2      $ 49      $ (6   $ 12   

Prior service cost (credit)

                  (1            (62     (3

Amortization of prior service cost (credit)

    (1     (1                   13        13   

Amortization of actuarial gain

    (97     (82     (7     (4     (5     (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss

  $ 249      $ 110      $ (6   $ 45      $ (60   $ 18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive loss

  $ 309      $ 175      $ 21      $ 75      $ (57   $ 22   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The estimated amounts to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income/loss into net periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2016 are provided in the table below:

 

In millions

   Pension
Benefits - U.S.
     Pension
Benefits - Non-
U.S.
     Postretirement
Benefits
 

Amortization of prior service cost

   $ 1       $       $ (20

Recognized net actuarial loss

     113         6         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 114       $ 6       $ (16
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation for the pension and postretirement plans are provided in the table below:

 

     Pension
Benefits - U.S.
    Pension
Benefits - Non-U.S.
    Postretirement
Benefits
 
     September 30,     September 30,     September 30,  
     2015     2014     2015     2014     2015     2014  

Discount rate

     4.23     4.21     2.53     2.63     4.35     4.17

Rate of compensation increase

     4.00     4.00     3.19     2.96     4.00     4.00

 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the pension and postretirement plans are provided in the tables below:

 

     Pension Benefits - U.S.     Pension Benefits -  Non-U.S.  
     Year ended September 30,     Year ended September 30,  
         2015             2014             2013         2015     2014     2013  

Discount rate

     4.21     4.75     3.94     2.63     3.61     3.61

Expected return on plan assets

     8.00     8.00     8.00     3.49     4.19     4.25

Rate of compensation increase

     4.00     4.00     4.00     2.96     3.44     3.37

 

     Postretirement Benefits  
     Year ended September 30,  
         2015             2014             2013      

Discount rate

     4.17     4.62     3.81

Expected return on plan assets

     5.90     6.90     7.00

Rate of compensation increase

     4.00     4.00     4.00

 

The discount rate is subject to change each year, consistent with changes in rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments currently available and expected to be available during the expected benefit payment period. The Company selects the assumed discount rate for its U.S. pension and postretirement benefit plans by applying the rates from the Aon Hewitt AA Only and Aon Hewitt AA Only Above Median yield curves to the expected benefit payment streams and develops a rate at which it is believed the benefit obligations could be effectively settled. The Company follows a similar process for its non-U.S. pension plans by applying the Aon Hewitt Euro AA corporate bond yield curve. Based on the published rates as of September 30, 2015, the Company used a weighted average discount rate of 4.23% for the U.S. pension plans, 2.53% for the non-U.S. pension plans, and 4.35% for the postretirement plans, an increase of 2 basis points and 18 basis points from the prior year for the U.S. pension plans and postretirement benefit plans, respectively, and a 10 basis point decrease from the prior year for the non-U.S. pension plans. As of September 30, 2015, this had the effect of reducing the projected U.S. pension benefit obligation $8 million, reducing the postretirement obligation by approximately $8 million and increasing the non-U.S. pension benefit obligation $13 million. For fiscal 2016, this will have the effect of increasing the U.S. pension and postretirement service cost by less than $1 million.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The expected long-term rate of return on U.S. pension and postretirement benefit plan assets is selected by applying forward-looking capital market assumptions to the strategic asset allocation approved by the governing body for each plan. The forward-looking capital market assumptions are developed by an investment adviser and reviewed by the Company for reasonableness. The return and risk assumptions consider such factors as anticipated long-term performance of individual asset classes, risk premium for active management based on qualitative and quantitative analysis, and correlations of the asset classes that comprise the asset portfolio.

 

Based on an analysis of the U.S. qualified pension plans completed in fiscal 2015, the expected long-term rate of return for fiscal 2016 will be 8.0%, unchanged from fiscal 2015. A 25 basis point change in the expected long-term rate of return will result in approximately a $6 million change in pension cost.

 

Based on an analysis of the postretirement plans completed in fiscal 2015, the expected long-term rate of return for fiscal 2016 will remain unchanged at 5.9%. A 25 basis point change in the expected long-term rate of return will result in a change in postretirement expense of less than $1 million.

 

The assumed health care cost trend rates for postretirement benefit plans were as follows:

 

     September 30,  
       2015         2014    

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

     8.1     7.2

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

     5.0     5.0

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     2025        2025   

 

The Company’s cost for postretirement healthcare claims is capped and the projected postretirement healthcare claims exceed the cap. Therefore, a one-percentage-point increase or decrease in the Company’s healthcare cost trend rates will not impact the postretirement benefit obligation and the service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost.

 

The weighted-average asset allocation of the pension and postretirement plans by asset category and target allocation is as follows:

 

     Pension Plan
Assets - U.S.
    Pension Plan
Assets -Non-U.S.
    Postretirement
Plan Assets
 
     September 30,     Long-term
Target
    September 30,     September 30,     Long-term
Target
 

Asset Category

   2015     2014       2015     2014     2015     2014    

Equity Securities

     42     28     44     2     6     40     39     45

Debt Securities

     38     49     39     82     78     60     61     55

Hedge Funds

     8     8     8                    

Private Equity

     3     4     3                    

Real Estate

     4     4     4                    

Commodities

     2     2     2                    

Other (1)

     3     5         16     16            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)   The other category for U.S. pension plan assets includes cash/cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments, and payables/receivables for pending transactions. The other category for non-U.S. pension assets includes insurance contracts with a guaranteed interest credit and assets held in asset allocation funds other than equity and debt securities.

 

The Company’s asset management strategy focuses on the dual objectives of improving the funded status of the pension plans and reducing the impact of changes in interest rates on the funded status. To improve the

 

F-47


Table of Contents

funded status of the pension plans, assets are invested in a diversified mix of asset classes designed to generate higher returns over time, than the pension benefit obligation discount rate assumption. To reduce the impact of interest rate changes on the funded status of the pension plans, assets are invested in a mix of fixed income investments (including long-term debt) that are selected based on the characteristics of the benefit obligation of the pension plans. Strategic asset allocation is the principal method for achieving the Company’s investment objectives, which are determined in the course of periodic asset-liability studies. The most recent asset-liability study was completed in fiscal 2015 for the pension plans.

 

As part of the Company’s asset management strategy, investments are professionally-managed and diversified across multiple asset classes and investment styles to minimize exposure to any one specific investment. Derivative instruments (such as forwards, futures, swaptions and swaps) may be held as part of the Company’s asset management strategy. However, the use of derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes is prohibited by the Company’s investment policy.

 

Also, as part of the Company’s investment strategy, the U.S. pension plans invest in hedge funds, real estate funds, private equity and commodities to provide additional uncorrelated returns. All funds are broadly diversified to minimize exposure to any one specific investment.

 

The fair value of plan assets is determined by the trustee, and reviewed by the Company, following the accounting guidance for fair value measurements and the fair value hierarchy discussed in Note 12, “Fair Value Measures.” Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, estimated fair values determined using Level 2 and Level 3 inputs may differ significantly from the fair values that would have been used had quoted prices in an active market existed.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize the fair value measurements of the U.S. pension plans assets by asset class:

 

    As of September 30, 2015     As of September 30, 2014  

In millions

  Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Cash and cash equivalents (a)

  $ 11      $      $      $ 11      $ 1      $ 5      $      $ 6   

U.S. Government debt securities (b)

           173               173               247               247   

Corporate debt securities:(c)

               

Investment grade

           2               2               300               300   

High-yield

                                       86               86   

Other debt securities

                                       7               7   

Equity securities:(d)

               

U.S. large/mid-cap

                                82                      82   

U.S. small cap

                                30                      30   

Non-U.S. equity

                                74                      74   

Real estate(e)

           9        84        93               8        77        85   

Private equity(f)

                  60        60                      80        80   

Investment funds:(g)

               

Cash and cash equivalents

           56               56               126               126   

Long duration fixed income

           574               574                               

Investment grade corporate debt

                                       328               328   

High-yield debt

           93               93        47                      47   

Emerging market debt

                                       120               120   

U.S. equity

           488               488               215               215   

Non-U.S. equity

           345               345               154               154   

Commodities

           41               41                               

Emerging market equity

           98               98               97               97   

Multi-strategy hedge funds(h)

           176        8        184               173        11        184   

Commodities(i)

                                       56               56   

Derivative instruments(j)

                                       5               5   

Other plan liabilities, net

                                       (8            (8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total plan assets at fair value

  $ 11      $ 2,055      $ 152      $ 2,218      $ 234      $ 1,919      $ 168      $ 2,321   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Includes cash collateral, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies with less than one year to maturity, and repurchase agreements which are valued at cost plus accrued interest.
  (b)   Includes U.S. treasury bonds, notes and inflation linked bonds, as well as Federal National Mortgage Association pools, which are generally valued using institutional bid evaluations from various contracted pricing vendors. Institutional bid evaluations are estimated prices that represent the price a dealer would pay for a security. Pricing inputs to the institutional bid evaluation vary by security, and include benchmark yields, reported trades, unadjusted broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, bids, offers or other observable market data.
  (c)   Includes corporate bonds diversified across various business sectors, as well as collateralized mortgage obligations and asset backed securities, which are generally valued using institutional bid evaluations from various contracted pricing vendors. Institutional bid evaluations are estimated prices that represent the price a dealer would pay for a security. Pricing inputs to the institutional bid evaluation vary by security, and include benchmark yields, reported trades, unadjusted broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, bids, offers or other observable market data.
  (d)  

Includes U.S. and non-U.S. corporate stocks, which are generally valued using the composite close price from an active exchange. The composite close price is the last trade of the day and can come

 

F-49


Table of Contents
  from any exchange on which the security trades. Generally, the last trade of the day comes from the primary exchange; therefore, the composite close and the primary close price are generally the same.
  (e)   Includes open ended real estate commingled funds, close ended real estate limited partnerships, and insurance company separate accounts that invest primarily in U.S. office, lodging, retail and residential real estate. The insurance company separate accounts and the commingled funds account for their portfolio of assets at fair value and calculate the net asset value per share/unit (“NAV”) on either a monthly or quarterly basis. Shares can be redeemed at the NAV on a quarterly basis, provided a written redemption request is received in advance (generally 45 - 91 days) of the redemption date. Therefore, the undiscounted NAV is used as the fair value measurement. For limited partnerships, the fair value of the underlying assets and the capital account for each investor is determined by the General Partner (“GP”). The valuation techniques used by the GP generally consist of unobservable inputs such as discounted cash flow analysis, analysis of recent comparable sales transactions, actual sale negotiations and bona fide purchase offers received from third parties. The partnerships are typically funded over time as capital is needed to fund asset purchases, and distributions from the partnerships are received as the partnerships liquidate their underlying asset holdings. Therefore, the life cycle for a typical investment in a real estate limited partnership is expected to be approximately 10 years from initial funding.
  (f)   Includes limited partner interests in various limited partnerships (“LP”s) that invest primarily in U.S. and non-U.S. investments either directly, or through other partnerships or funds with a focus on venture capital, buyouts, expansion capital, or companies undergoing financial distress or significant restructuring. The fair value of the net assets of the LPs and of the capital account of each investor is determined by the GP of each LP. Marketable securities held by the LPs are valued based on the closing price on the valuation date on the exchange where they are principally traded and may be adjusted for legal restrictions, if any. Investments without a public market are valued based on assumptions made and valuation techniques used by the GP, which consist of unobservable inputs. Such valuation techniques may include discounted cash flow analysis, analysis of recent comparable sales transactions, actual sale negotiations and bona fide purchase offers received from third parties. The LPs are typically funded over time as capital is needed to fund purchases, and distributions are received as the partnerships liquidate their underlying asset holdings. There have not been any new commitments to private equity since 2007, and no new commitments are expected under current asset allocation targets. Since some partnerships are not yet in the liquidation phase, a reasonable estimate cannot be provided as to when full liquidation of all existing partnerships will be completed.
  (g)   Includes open-end funds and unit investment trusts that invest in various asset classes including: U.S. and non-U.S. corporate debt, U.S. equity, non-U.S developed and emerging markets equity, and commodities. The funds account for their portfolio of assets at fair value and calculate the NAV of the fund on a daily basis, and shares can be redeemed at the NAV. Therefore, the undiscounted NAV as reported by the funds is used as the fair value measurement.
  (h)   Includes hedge fund of funds and hedge funds that pursue multiple strategies to diversify risks and reduce volatility. The funds account for their portfolio of assets at fair value and calculate the NAV of their fund on a monthly basis. The funds limit the frequency of redemptions to manage liquidity and protect the interests of the fund and its shareholders. Several of the funds, with a fair value totaling $8 million as of September 30, 2015, are in the process of liquidation and cannot provide an estimate as to when the liquidation will be completed. However, since trades (purchases and redemptions) are executed using the NAV as calculated on the trade date, the undiscounted NAV as reported by the fund is used as the fair value measurement.
  (i)  

Consists of partnership interests in limited liability companies (“LLC”) that invest in long-only, unleveraged portfolios of exchange-traded, U.S. dollar-denominated futures and forward contracts in tangible commodities. The NAV of each LLC is determined at the end of each month. The underlying futures and forward contracts are valued based upon the settlement price on the

 

F-50


Table of Contents
  exchanges where they are traded, and where there is no settlement price, value is based upon the last trade price. An investor can withdraw all or any portion of its capital account effective as of the last day of the calendar month. The capital account was fully liquidated during fiscal 2015 and replaced by an investment in a commodity collective trust fund.
  (j)   Includes futures, options and swap agreements. Futures and options are generally valued using the last trade price at which a specific contract/security was last traded on the primary exchange, which is provided by a contracted vendor. If pricing is not available from the contracted vendor, then pricing is obtained from other sources such as Bloomberg, broker bid, ask/offer quotes or the investment manager. Swaps and Swaptions are generally valued by one of several contracted pricing vendors who use inputs such as interdealer broker rates and benchmark yields to create a swap yield curve and determine price based on the terms of the swap. If pricing is not available through one of the contracted vendors, then pricing is obtained from another source such as the investment manager, who obtains the mark -to-market value from the counterparty and applies this value to the current face of the trade to determine price.

 

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of Level 3 U.S. pension plan assets for fiscal 2015 and 2014:

 

In millions

   Real Estate     Private
Equity
    Hedge Funds     Total  

Balance as of October 1, 2013

   $ 73      $ 100      $ 8      $ 181   

Realized gains/(losses)

            (1            (1

Unrealized gains relating to investments still held at the end of the period

     12        13        1        26   

Purchases, sales and settlements (net)

     (8     (32     (3     (43

Transfers in/(out)

                   5        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2014

     77        80        11        168   

Realized gains/(losses)

     1        (5     1        (3

Unrealized gains/(losses) relating to investments still held at the end of the period

     8        10        (1     17   

Purchases, sales and settlements (net)

     (2     (25     (3     (30

Transfers in/(out)

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2015

   $ 84      $ 60      $ 8      $ 152   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the fair value of the non-U.S. pension plan assets by asset class:

 

     As of September 30, 2015      As of September 30, 2014  

In millions

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Investment funds:

                 

Equity securities

   $       $ 1       $       $ 1       $       $ 4       $       $ 4   

Debt securities

             2                 2                 2                 2   

Asset allocation

             2                 2                                   

Insurance contracts(a)

             54                 54                 54                 54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total plan assets at fair value

   $       $ 59       $       $ 59       $       $ 60       $       $ 60   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)  

Most non-U.S. pension plans are funded through insurance contracts, which provide for a guaranteed interest credit, and a profit-sharing adjustment based on the actual performance of the underlying investment assets of the insurer. The fair value of the contract is determined by the insurer based on the premiums paid by the Company plus interest credits plus the profit-sharing adjustment less benefit payments. The underlying assets of the insurer are invested in compliance

 

F-51


Table of Contents
  with local rules or law, which tend to require a high allocation to fixed income securities. For example, in the Netherlands, where the pension plan assets account for 77% of the Company’s total non-U.S. pension assets, the insurer’s underlying asset allocation at September 30, 2015 was 100% fixed income securities.

 

The following table summarizes the fair value of the postretirement plans assets by asset class:

 

     As of September 30, 2015      As of September 30, 2014  

In millions

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Investment funds:

                    

Blended asset fund(a)

   $       $       $       $       $ 11       $       $       $ 11   

Group life insurance contracts(b)

             159                 159                 162                 162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total plan assets at fair value

   $       $ 159       $       $ 159       $ 11       $ 162       $       $ 173   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)   An investment in a broadly diversified registered investment company (mutual fund). As of September 30, 2014, the fund asset allocation was approximately 70% fixed income securities, 21% U.S. equity and 9% non-U.S. equity. The fund values its security holdings each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange and computes a NAV by dividing the total fair value of its assets minus liabilities by the number of fund shares outstanding. The fair value of the Plan’s investment in the fund is calculated by multiplying the NAV by the number of shares held by the Plan.
  (b)   The group life insurance contracts are held in a reserve of an insurance company that provides for investment of pre-funding amounts in a family of pooled separate accounts. The fair value of each group life insurance contract is primarily determined by the value of the units it owns in the pooled separate accounts that back the policy. Each of the pooled separate accounts provides a unit NAV on a daily basis, which is based on the fair value of the underlying assets owned by the account. The postretirement benefit plans can transact daily at the unit NAV without restriction. As of September 30, 2015, the asset allocation of the pooled separate accounts in which the contracts invest was approximately 60% fixed income securities, 22% U.S. equity securities and 18% non-U.S. equity securities.

 

Savings Plans

 

Substantially all of the Company’s U.S. employees are eligible to participate in savings plans sponsored by the Company. The plans allow employees to contribute a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax and after-tax basis in accordance with specified guidelines. Avaya matches a percentage of employee contributions up to certain limits. The Company’s expense related to these savings plans was $6 million, $7 million and $10 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

15. Share-based Compensation

 

Post-Merger Equity Incentive Plan

 

The Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (“2007 Plan”) governs the issuance of equity awards, including restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and stock options, to eligible plan participants. Key employees, directors, and consultants of the Company may be eligible to receive awards under the 2007 Plan. Each stock option, when vested and exercised, and each RSU, when vested, entitles the holder to receive one share of common stock, subject to certain restrictions on their transfer and sale as defined in the 2007 Plan and related award agreements. On August 12, 2015, the Compensation Committee approved an amendment to the 2007 Plan, which was approved by the stockholders of the Company effective November 16, 2015, to make an additional 5,379,467 shares available for issuance, increasing the total amount of shares of its common stock available for issuance under the 2007 Plan to 61,236,872.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Option Awards

 

Under the 2007 Plan, stock options may not be granted with an exercise price of less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Share-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates in accordance with the authoritative guidance. All options awarded under the 2007 Plan expire the earlier of ten years from the date of grant or upon cessation of employment, in which event there are limited exercise provisions allowed for vested options.

 

During the period from October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2009, the Company granted time-based, performance-based “EBITDA,” and market-based “multiple-of-money” options to purchase common stock. Options granted during the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 have an exercise price of $5.00, and options granted during the year ended September 30, 2009 have an exercise price of $3.80, which was the fair market value (as defined under the 2007 Plan) of the underlying shares at the time granted.

 

In November 2009, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock option exchange program through which individuals holding stock options having exercise prices of $5.00 and $3.80 per share could exchange them on a one-option-for-one-option basis, for replacement options with an exercise price of $3.00 per share, the fair market value (as defined under the 2007 Plan) of the underlying shares at the time of exchange, and with new vesting terms. The replacement options issued to participants in the exchange program include time-based and market-based multiple-of-money options.

 

During the period November 18, 2009 through October 1, 2012, the Company granted time-based and multiple-of-money options to purchase common stock.

 

On February 25, 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock option exchange program through which individuals holding multiple-of-money and EBITDA stock options could exchange them on a three-for-one basis for RSUs. The tender offer was closed on April 30, 2013 and 45,500 EBITDA and 10,159,189 multiple-of-money options were tendered for exchange. In connection with the exchange offer, 3,401,654 replacement RSUs were granted which have an effective grant date of May 6, 2013. The replacement RSUs vested in full in December 2013.

 

Subsequent to October 1, 2012, the Company granted time-based options to purchase common stock. As a result of the stock option exchange programs offered in November 2009 and February 2013, outstanding stock options at September 30, 2015 consist of time-based stock options and those EBITDA and multiple-of-money stock options that were not tendered for exchange.

 

Time-based options vest over their performance periods and are payable in shares of common stock upon vesting and exercise. The performance period for time-based options is generally three to four years, with the exception of 5,850,000 time-based options granted during fiscal 2010 which vested 20% on December 18, 2009, the date on which the closing of the NES acquisition was completed, and 20% annually thereafter for the following four years. Compensation expense equal to the fair value of the option measured on the grant date is recognized utilizing graded attribution over the requisite service period.

 

EBITDA options vest in equal installments each year over a four-year period assuming annual EBITDA targets are met. In the event that any annual EBITDA target is not met, cumulative targets would permit catch-up vesting in subsequent years should these annual EBITDA targets be achieved on a cumulative basis. The fair value of EBITDA options was measured on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recorded utilizing graded attribution over the requisite service period. Vesting, and therefore compensation expense, is estimated at the time that the achievement of the annual or cumulative EBITDA targets become probable. Compensation expense is adjusted for subsequent changes in the expected outcome of the annual and cumulative EBITDA targets until the vesting date.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Multiple-of-money options vest upon the achievement of defined returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in the Company. Because vesting of the multiple-of-money market-based options is outside the control of the Company and the award recipients, compensation expense relative to the multiple-of-money options must be recognized upon the occurrence of a triggering event (e.g., sale or initial public offering of the Company). Achievement of defined returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment may also cause any unvested portion of the EBITDA options to vest.

 

The following table summarizes option awards under the 2007 Plan (excluding the continuation options, as discussed below):

 

Options (in 000s)

   Time-based     EBITDA     Multiple-of-
Money
    Total     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Fair Value
at Date of
Grant
(in 000s)
 

Outstanding—October 1, 2014

     25,551        23        481        26,055      $ 2.95       $ 46,548   

Granted

     4,955                      4,955      $ 2.49         7,665   

Exercised

                               $           

Forfeited

     (4,301     (5     (169     (4,475   $ 3.09         (8,097
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Outstanding—September 30, 2015

     26,205        18        312        26,535      $ 2.84       $ 46,116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 the weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the year was $1.55, $1.55 and $1.39, respectively. The fair value of option awards is determined at the date of grant utilizing the Cox-Ross-Rubinstein (“CRR”) binomial option pricing model which is affected by the fair value of the Company’s common stock as well as a number of complex and subjective assumptions. Expected volatility is based primarily on a combination of the historical volatility and estimates of implied volatility of the Company’s peer group. The peer group is periodically reviewed by management and the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors for consistency with the Company’s business strategy, the businesses and markets in which the Company operates, and the Company’s competitive landscape. The risk-free interest rate assumption was derived from reference to the U.S. Treasury Spot rates for the expected term of the stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s current intent not to issue a dividend under its dividend policy. The expected holding period assumption was estimated based on the Company’s historical experience. The underlying weighted average assumptions used in the valuations were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended September 30,  
         2015             2014             2013      

weighted-average assumptions/inputs:

      

Stock price

   $ 2.49      $ 2.38      $ 2.81   

Expected term

     5        5        5   

Volatility

     76.16     81.87     62.76

Risk-free rate

     1.62     1.38     0.74

Dividend yield

            

 

For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized share-based compensation associated with these options of $9 million, $8 million and $3 million, respectively, which is included in costs and operating expenses. At September 30, 2015, there was $7 million of unrecognized share-based compensation that the Company expects to recognize as expense over the next four years associated with 2007 Plan options. The expected expense does not include any compensation associated with the multiple-of-money and EBITDA awards. At September 30, 2015 there are 15,997,403 vested and exercisable options outstanding. These options have a weighted average exercise price of $3.00, a fair value at the date of grant of $30 million, no intrinsic value and a weighted average remaining contractual term of 6 years. At September 30, 2015, there are 26,535,628 options that are vested and exercisable or expected to vest over the next four years. These options have a weighted average exercise price of $2.84, a fair value at the date of grant of $46 million, no intrinsic value and a weighted average remaining contractual term of 7 years.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

During fiscal 2015 and 2014 there were no options exercised. During fiscal 2013, 89,250 options were exercised with an intrinsic value of less than $1 million.

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

The Company has issued RSUs each of which represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock when fully vested. The fair value of the common stock underlying the RSUs was estimated by the Compensation Committee of the Company Board of Directors at the date of grant.

 

During fiscal 2015, the Company awarded 5,521,521 time-based RSUs in the ordinary course of business with an aggregate fair value at the date of grant of $14 million.

 

For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized compensation expense associated with RSUs of $10 million, $17 million and $8 million respectively.

 

As of September 30, 2015, there was $16 million of unrecognized share based compensation associated with RSUs that the Company expects to recognize as expense through October 2018. The following table summarizes the RSUs granted under the 2007 Plan:

 

Nonvested Shares

   Shares  

Non-vested shares at October 1, 2012

     1,920,887   

Granted

     6,541,439   

Forfeited

     (710,743

Vested

     (1,416,680
  

 

 

 

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2013

     6,334,903   

Granted

     9,764,906   

Forfeited

     (1,201,823

Vested

     (8,124,854
  

 

 

 

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2014

     6,773,132   

Granted

     5,521,521   

Forfeited

     (858,710

Vested

     (3,714,069
  

 

 

 

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2015

     7,721,874   
  

 

 

 

 

Continuation Awards

 

At the time of the closing of the Merger, fully vested options to purchase shares of Avaya Inc. held by certain members of management that were not exercised before the Merger were substituted for fully-vested stock options to purchase 1,592,970 shares of common stock having the same intrinsic value of $6 million (“continuation options”). The continuation options have an exercise price of $1.25. As of September 30, 2015, 1,474,618 of these continuation options had been exercised, with the remaining 118,352 continuation options expiring unexercised.

 

Additionally, following the closing of the Merger, fully vested performance based RSUs of Avaya Inc. held by certain members of management were substituted for 1,391,155 fully-vested RSUs of the Company, having the same intrinsic value of $7 million (“continuation units”). Prior to October 2012, 592,054 continuation units were canceled and during October 2012, shares of common stock were distributed with respect to the remaining 799,101 continuation units.

 

In accordance with the 2007 Plan, the continuation options and continuation units do not detract from the authorized shares under the 2007 Plan.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

16. Capital Stock

 

Capital Stock

 

The certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated, authorizes the Company to issue up to 750,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $.001 per share and 250,000 shares of Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.001 per share.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Preferred Series A

 

On December 19, 2009 the Company issued 125,000 shares of Series A preferred stock (“preferred series A”) with detachable warrants to purchase up to 38.5 million common shares at a price of $3.25 per share which expire December 19, 2019. The aggregate proceeds from the issuance of the preferred series A and associated warrants were $125 million and were used to partially fund the acquisition of NES. The preferred series A shares are non-voting, redeemable at the Company’s election and have a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share plus cumulative, compounded quarterly, accrued unpaid dividends at a rate of 5 percent per annum in cash.

 

Funds affiliated with Silver Lake and TPG provided an aggregate of $78 million of the cash proceeds from the issuance of the preferred series A shares and the warrants, with each sponsor-affiliated group providing $39 million of the cash proceeds. Based on their contributed cash, the Silver Lake and TPG funds each received 38,864 preferred series A shares and warrants to purchase up to 11,958,192 common shares. Under the terms of the preferred stock agreement, the preferred series A shares are redeemable at the Company’s election only; however, because affiliates of Silver Lake and TPG control the board of directors and hold a substantial portion of the preferred series A shares, they could trigger a demand for redemption at their discretion and therefore, the preferred series A shares have been classified in the mezzanine section between debt and stockholders’ deficiency in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

In accordance with GAAP, the Company allocated the aggregate proceeds received at closing between the preferred series A shares and warrants issued based on their relative fair values at December 19, 2009. The estimated fair value of the preferred series A shares on December 19, 2009 was $85 million, which was estimated using the discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements (e.g. Level 2 Input). The warrants have a term of 10-years, have an exercise price of $3.25 per share and an aggregate estimated fair value of $71.5 million. The fair value of each warrant was determined utilizing the CRR binomial option model under the following assumptions: estimated fair value of underlying stock of $3.00; expected term to exercise of 10 years; expected volatility of 48.8%; risk-free interest rate of 3.6%; and no dividend yield. The Company allocated the cash proceeds of $125 million received to the preferred series A shares and warrants based on their relative fair values, or $68 million and $57 million, respectively. Contemporaneously, the Company recorded a discount accretion of $57 million to the carrying amount of the preferred series A at the date of issuance, so that the carrying amount will equal the original redemption amount of $125 million.

 

As of September 30, 2015, the carrying value of the preferred series A was $167 million, which includes $42 million of accumulated and unpaid dividends as well as $57 million of discount accretion. As of September 30, 2014, the carrying value of the preferred series A was $159 million, which includes $34 million of accumulated and unpaid dividends as well as $57 million of discount accretion.

 

Preferred Series B

 

On May 29, 2012 the Company issued 48,922 shares of preferred series B with detachable warrants to purchase up to 24.5 million common shares at a price of $4.00 per share which expire May 29, 2022. The

 

F-56


Table of Contents

aggregate proceeds from the issuance of the preferred series B and associated warrants were $196 million and were used to partially fund the acquisition of Radvision. The preferred series B shares are non-voting and earn cumulative dividends at a rate of 8 percent per annum, compounded annually, whether or not declared, and are payable in cash or additional shares of preferred series B at the Company’s option. Preferred series B dividends must be paid prior to dividends on any other series or classes of the Company’s stock. Additionally, holders of preferred series B participate in any dividends payable on shares of the Company’s common stock on an as converted basis.

 

The preferred series B are redeemable at the Company’s election. The Redemption Price is equal to (1) 110% of the Original Purchase Price of $4,000 per share which increases by 10% on each anniversary of the date of issuance up to 150% following the fourth anniversary of the date of issuance, plus (2) any accrued and unpaid dividends. Upon consummation of a Qualified Public Offering or, if so determined by the Required Holders, an Initial Public Offering (as each such term is defined in the agreement), the preferred series B will mandatorily convert into common stock at the Conversion Price as described below or will be redeemed for cash at the option of the holders at the Redemption Price in effect at such time. However, if the Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Cash Flow Credit Agreement), after giving effect to such Qualified Public Offering or Initial Public Offering and the application of the proceeds there from, would be greater than 5.0, the preferred series B will mandatorily convert into common stock. The preferred series B is convertible into common stock at a Conversion Price equal to the lesser of (1) $4.00 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution provisions) or (2) the offering price per share in a Qualified Public Offering or an Initial Public Offering.

 

If a Qualified Public Offering or an Initial Public Offering has not occurred, on or after 5 years from the date of issuance, the preferred series B are redeemable in cash at the option of the holders at the Redemption Price in effect at such time.

 

Upon liquidation, the holders of the preferred series B are entitled to the greater of (1) the amount which would be receivable if such preferred series B was converted into common stock immediately prior to the liquidation event, or (2) the Redemption Price in effect at such time. Such payment must be made in preference to any other distribution to the holders of any other series and classes of the Company’s stock.

 

The preferred series B were issued to funds affiliated with Silver Lake and TPG. Because the preferred series B shares are redeemable at the Company’s election at any time and affiliates of Silver Lake and TPG control the board of directors, the holders of the preferred series B could trigger a demand for redemption. In addition, the preferred series B is redeemable at the option of the holders in certain cases. As a result, the preferred series B shares have been classified in the mezzanine section between debt and stockholders’ deficiency in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

In accordance with GAAP, the Company allocated the aggregate proceeds received at closing between the preferred series B shares and the warrants. The estimated fair value of the preferred series B on May 29, 2012 was $210 million, which was estimated using a Binomial Lattice model. The warrants had an aggregate fair value of $27 million. The fair value of each warrant was $1.11 and was estimated utilizing the CRR binomial option under the following assumptions: estimated fair value of underlying stock of $1.75 per share; expected term to exercise of 10 years; expected volatility of 70%; risk-free interest rate of 1.7%; and no dividend yield. The Company allocated the cash proceeds of $196 million received to the preferred series B shares and warrants based on their relative fair values, or $173 million and $23 million, respectively.

 

Because the preferred series B shares contain certain features which are required to be bifurcated and accounted for as a derivative instrument, a portion of the $173 million of cash proceeds allocated to the preferred series B shares was assigned to the embedded derivative and recognized as a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amount assigned to the embedded derivative or $10 million, was equivalent to the fair value of such features and was determined by estimating the fair value of the preferred series B with and without such features.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Contemporaneous to the allocation of the preferred series B proceeds, the Company recorded discount accretion of $33 million to the carrying amount of the preferred series B at the date of issuance. Additionally, the Company is recording periodic accretion to the Redemption Price.

 

As of September 30, 2015, the carrying value of the preferred series B was $338 million, which includes $57 million of accumulated and unpaid dividends, $85 million of accretion to the Redemption Price, as well as $33 million of discount accretion at the date of issuance. As of September 30, 2014, the carrying value of the preferred series B was $300 million, which includes $38 million of accumulated and unpaid dividends, $66 million of accretion to the Redemption Price, as well as $33 million of discount accretion at the date of issuance.

 

Warrants

 

In connection with the financing of the acquisition of NES, on December 18, 2009, the Company issued warrants to purchase 100 million shares of its common stock of which 61.5 million warrants were issued in connection with the incremental B-2 term loans and 38.5 million warrants were issued in connection with the issuance of the preferred series A. The warrants have an exercise price of $3.25 per share and are exercisable any time prior to December 18, 2019.

 

In connection with the financing of the acquisition of Radvision, on May 29, 2012, the Company issued warrants to purchase 24.5 million shares of its common stock in connection with the issuance of the preferred series B. The warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 per share and are exercisable any time prior to May 29, 2022.

 

All such warrants have a cashless exercise feature, contain customary adjustment provisions for stock splits, capital reorganizations and certain other distributions and are currently outstanding as of September 30, 2015.

 

17. Net Loss Per Share

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock as discussed in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Net Loss Per Share”:

 

     Fiscal years ended
September 30,
 
In millions, except per share amounts    2015     2014     2013  

Numerator:

      

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (168   $ (315   $ (319

Dividends on Series A preferred stock

     (8     (8     (7

Dividends on Series B preferred stock

     (19     (17     (16

Accretion on Series B preferred stock

     (19     (20     (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders

     (214     (360     (362

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

            62        (57
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (214   $ (298   $ (419
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Weighted average common shares—basic and diluted

     499.7        495.4        489.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Loss from continuing operations per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.43   $ (0.73   $ (0.74

(Loss) income from discontinued operations per share—basic and diluted

            0.13        (0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.43   $ (0.60   $ (0.86
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The Company’s preferred stock and unvested restricted stock units are participating securities which require the application of the two-class method to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share. Under the two-class

 

F-58


Table of Contents

method, undistributed earnings are allocated to common stock and the participating securities according to their respective participating rights in undistributed earnings, as if all the earnings for the period had been distributed. Basic net loss is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is increased for preferred stock dividends earned during the period. No allocation of undistributed earnings to participating securities was performed for periods with net losses as such securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company.

 

For periods with net losses, all potentially dilutive common shares consisting of stock options, restricted stock units, convertible preferred stock and warrants are antidilutive.

 

18. Reportable Segments

 

Avaya conducts its business operations in three segments. Two of those segments, Global Communications Solutions (“GCS”) and Avaya Networking (“Networking”), make up Avaya’s Enterprise Collaboration Solutions (“ECS”) product portfolio. The third segment contains Avaya’s services portfolio and is called Avaya Global Services (“AGS”).

 

The GCS segment primarily develops, markets, and sells unified communications and contact center products by integrating multiple forms of communications, including telephone, e-mail, instant messaging and video. Avaya’s Networking segment’s portfolio of products offers integrated networking products which are scalable across customer enterprises. The AGS segment develops, markets and sells comprehensive end-to-end global service offerings that allow customers to evaluate, plan, design, implement, monitor, manage and optimize complex enterprise communications networks.

 

For internal reporting purposes, the Company’s chief operating decision maker makes financial decisions and allocates resources based on segment profit information obtained from the Company’s internal management systems. Management does not include in its segment measures of profitability selling, general, and administrative expenses, research and development expenses, amortization of intangible assets, and certain discrete items, such as charges relating to restructuring actions, impairment charges, and acquisition-related costs as these costs are not core to the measurement of segment management’s performance, but rather are controlled at the corporate level.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Summarized financial information relating to the Company’s reportable segments is shown in the following table:

 

     Fiscal year ended
September 30,
 

In millions

   2015     2014     2013  

REVENUE

      

Global Communications Solutions

   $ 1,796      $ 1,953      $ 2,096   

Avaya Networking

     233        243        242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Enterprise Collaboration Solutions

     2,029        2,196        2,338   

Avaya Global Services

     2,052        2,175        2,241   

Unallocated Amounts (1)

                   (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 4,081      $ 4,371      $ 4,578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

      

Global Communications Solutions

   $ 1,189      $ 1,241      $ 1,276   

Avaya Networking

     97        107        101   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Enterprise Collaboration Solutions

     1,286        1,348        1,377   

Avaya Global Services

     1,180        1,220        1,223   

Unallocated Amounts (1)

     (36     (69     (70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,430        2,499        2,530   

OPERATING EXPENSES

      

Selling, general and administrative

     1,432        1,531        1,512   

Research and development

     338        379        445   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     226        227        228   

Restructuring charges, net

     62        165        200   

Acquisition-related costs

     1               1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,059        2,302        2,386   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

     371        197        144   

INTEREST EXPENSE, LOSS ON EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT AND OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME , NET

     (469     (461     (498
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

   $ (98   $ (264   $ (354
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Fiscal year ended
September 30,
 

In millions

   2015      2014  

ASSETS:

     

Global Communications Solutions

   $ 1,609       $ 1,590   

Avaya Networking

     14         26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Enterprise Collaboration Solutions

     1,623         1,616   

Avaya Global Services

     2,625         2,628   

Unallocated Assets (2)

     2,588         2,935   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,836       $ 7,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Unallocated Amounts in Gross Profit include the effect of the amortization of acquired technology intangibles and costs that are not core to the measurement of segment management’s performance, but rather are controlled at the corporate level. Unallocated Amounts in Revenue and Gross Profit also include the impacts of certain fair value adjustments recorded in purchase accounting in connection with the acquisitions.
  (2)   Unallocated Assets consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, deferred income tax assets, property, plant and equipment, acquired intangible assets and other assets. Unallocated Assets are managed at the corporate level and are not identified with a specific segment.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Geographic Information

 

Financial information relating to the Company’s revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area is as follows:

 

     Revenue  (1)  
     Years ended September 30,  

In millions

   2015      2014      2013  

U.S.

   $ 2,203       $ 2,267       $ 2,430   

International:

        

EMEA

     1,073         1,234         1,239   

APAC—Asia Pacific

     425         445         457   

Americas International—Canada and Latin America

     380         425         452   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total International

     1,878         2,104         2,148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 4,081       $ 4,371       $ 4,578   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Long-Lived Assets  (2)  
     September 30,  

In millions

   2015          2014      

U.S.

   $ 180       $ 162   

International:

     

EMEA

     72         81   

APAC—Asia Pacific

     18         24   

Americas International—Canada and Latin America

     12         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total International

     102         119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 282       $ 281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Revenue is attributed to geographic areas based on the location of customers.
  (2)   Represents property, plant and equipment, net.

 

19. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are summarized as follows:

 

In millions

  Change in
unamortized pension,

postretirement and
postemployment
benefit-related items
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
    Unrealized
loss on term
loan interest
rate swap
    Other     Accumulated  Other
Comprehensive Loss
 

Balance as of October 1, 2012

  $ (1,109   $ (13   $ (3   $ (1   $ (1,126

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

    193        (47                   146   

Amounts reclassified to earnings

    88               13               101   

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

    (121     4        (10            (127
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2013

    (949     (56            (1     (1,006

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

    (251     7                      (244

Amounts reclassified to earnings

    50                             50   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2014

    (1,150     (49            (1     (1,200

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

    (287     46                      (241

Amounts reclassified to earnings

    69                             69   

Provision for income taxes

           (12                   (12
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2015

  $ (1,368   $ (15   $      $ (1   $ (1,384
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

The amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss into the Consolidated Statements of Operations prior to the impact of income taxes, with line item location, were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended
September 30,
      

In millions

   2015      2014      2013     

Line item in Statement of Operations

Change in unamortized pension, postretirement and postemployment benefit-related items

   $ 18       $ 13       $ 21       Costs—Products
     18         13         21       Costs—Services
     28         20         36       Selling, general and administrative
     5         4         10       Research and development
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
     69         50         88      

Unrealized loss on term loan interest rate swap

                     13       Interest expense
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 69       $ 50       $ 101      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

20. Related Party Transactions

 

Management Services Agreement and Consulting Services

 

Both Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. are party to a Management Services Agreement with Silver Lake Management Company, L.L.C., an affiliate of Silver Lake, and TPG Capital Management, L.P., an affiliate of TPG, collectively “the Managers,” pursuant to which the Managers provide management and financial advisory services to the Company. Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, the Managers receive a monitoring fee of $7 million per annum and reimbursement on demand for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. In the event of a financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control transaction involving the Company during the term of the Management Services Agreement, the Managers have the right to require the Company to pay a fee equal to customary fees charged by internationally-recognized investment banks for serving as a financial advisor in similar transactions. The Management Services Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Managers, but otherwise has an initial term ending on December 31, 2017 that automatically extends each December 31 st for an additional year unless terminated earlier by us or the Managers. The term has been automatically extended eight times since the execution of the agreement such that the current term is December 31, 2025. In the event that the Management Services Agreement is terminated, the Company is required to pay a termination fee equal to the net present value of the monitoring fees that would have been payable during the remaining term of the Management Services Agreement. Therefore, if the Management Services Agreement were terminated at September 30, 2015, the termination fee would be calculated using the current term ending December 31, 2025. In accordance with the Management Services Agreement, the Company recorded $7 million of monitoring fees per year during fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

In December 2013, the Company and TPG Capital Management, L.P. executed a letter agreement reducing the portion of the monitoring fees owed to TPG Capital Management, L.P. by $1,325,000 for fiscal 2014 and thereafter on an annual basis by $800,000. The Company agreed to pay Messrs. Mohebbi and Rittenmeyer in aggregate $800,000 annually.

 

Transactions with Other Sponsor Portfolio Companies

 

The Sponsors are private equity firms that have investments in companies that do business with Avaya. For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded $30 million, $27 million, and $6 million, respectively, associated with sales of the Company’s products and services to companies in which one or both of the Sponsors have investments. For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company purchased goods and services of $11 million, $8 million and less than $1 million, respectively from companies in which one or both of the Sponsors have

 

F-62


Table of Contents

investments. In September 2015, a company in which a Sponsor has an investment merged with a commercial real estate services firm that began providing management services associated with the Company’s leased properties during fiscal 2015. The Company incurred $4 million of management services provided by this commercial real estate services firm during fiscal 2015.

 

Term Loans Held by Sponsors

 

During fiscal 2013, affiliates of TPG held some of the Company’s outstanding term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. Certain of the term B-1 loans held by those affiliates were converted to term B-5 loans, $22 million of which were repaid in connection with the issuance of the 9% Senior Secured Notes. Based on the amount of the term loans that were held during fiscal 2013, and consistent with the terms of the loan, those affiliates received payments of principal and interest (inclusive of amounts paid by Avaya Inc. in connection with the issuance of the 9% Senior Secured Notes) aggregating approximately $23 million.

 

During fiscal 2013, an affiliate of Silver Lake held some of Avaya Inc.’s outstanding term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. The outstanding term B-1 loans held by such affiliate were converted to term B-5 loans. Based on the amount of the term loans that were held by such affiliate during fiscal 2013, and consistent with the terms of the loan, that affiliate received payments of principal and interest aggregating approximately $5 million.

 

On October 29, 2012, December 21, 2012 and February 13, 2013, Avaya Inc. amended the terms of its credit facilities in connection with certain refinancing transactions. Affiliates of Silver Lake and TPG received less than $1 million in each of these transactions during fiscal 2013.

 

As of September 30, 2015 and 2014 affiliates of Silver Lake and TPG held no outstanding principal amounts of term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

 

See Note 10, “Financing Arrangements” for further details on the financing arrangements.

 

Preferred Stock Ownership by Sponsors

 

In connection with the financing of the acquisition of NES, the Company issued shares of its non-voting Series A Preferred Stock to affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake. As of September 30, 2015 and 2014, affiliates of TPG owned 38,864.13 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and affiliates of Silver Lake owned 38,864.13 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock.

 

In connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition, the Company issued shares of its convertible non-voting Series B Preferred Stock to affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake. As of September 30, 2015 and 2014, affiliates of TPG owned 32,649 shares of the Company’s preferred Series B Preferred Stock and affiliates of Silver Lake owned 32,649 shares of the Company’s preferred Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Arrangements Involving our Directors and Executive Officers

 

Charles Giancarlo is a Director of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and held the positions of Special Advisor and Managing Partner of Silver Lake until September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Mr. Giancarlo also serves as a Director of Accenture, Plc (“Accenture”), a management consulting business. During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 sales of the Company’s products and services to Accenture were $1 million, $1 million and $3 million, respectively. During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 the Company purchased goods and services from Accenture of less than $1 million, less than $1 million and $4 million, respectively.

 

Greg Mondre is a Director of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and holds the positions of Managing Partner and Managing Director of Silver Lake. Mr. Mondre is related to the Vice Chairman and Co-Chief

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Executive Officer of C3/Customer Contact Channels Holdings L.P. (“C3 Holdings”), a provider of outsourced customer management solutions. During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 sales of the Company’s products and services to C3 Holdings were $1 million, $2 million and less than $1 million, respectively.

 

John W. Marren is a Director of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and holds the position of Partner of TPG and serves on the Board of Directors of Sungard Data Systems, Inc. (“Sungard”), a software and technology services company. In each of fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 the Company purchased goods and services from Sungard of $1 million.

 

Afshin Mohebbi is a Director of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and holds the position of Senior Advisor of TPG.

 

Ronald A. Rittenmeyer is a Director of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and serves in these capacities as a director designated by TPG. Mr. Rittenmeyer serves on the Board of Directors of Tenet Healthcare Corporation (“Tenet Healthcare”), a healthcare services company, and served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Expert Global Solutions, Inc. (formerly known as NCO Group, Inc.) (“Expert Global Solutions”), a global provider of business process outsourcing services until June 2014. During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 sales of the Company’s products and services to Tenet Healthcare were $1 million, less than $1 million and $1 million, respectively. During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 sales of the Company’s products and services to Expert Global Solutions were $8 million, $9 million and $9 million, respectively.

 

Kiran Patel is a Director of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and held the position of Executive Vice President and General Manager, Small Business Group of Intuit, Inc. (“Intuit”), a provider of financial software solutions for consumers and small businesses until September 2013. During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 sales of the Company’s products and services to Intuit were $1 million, $2 million and $2 million, respectively.

 

Marc Randall is the Senior Vice President and General Manager of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and serves on the Board of Directors of Xirrus, Inc. (“Xirrus”), a provider of wireless access network solutions. In March 2014, the Company entered a strategic partnership with Xirrus whereby the Company owns less than 6% of the outstanding voting securities of Xirrus on a fully diluted basis. The Company also has one seat on the board of directors held by Mr. Randall. During fiscal 2015 and 2014, the Company purchased goods and services from Xirrus of $10 million and $5 million, respectively. Purchases during fiscal 2013 were not material.

 

21. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Legal Proceedings

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in litigation, claims, government inquiries, investigations and proceedings, including, but not limited to, those identified below, relating to intellectual property, commercial, employment, environmental and regulatory matters.

 

The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses in connection with its current lawsuits and material claims and disputes, and intends to vigorously contest each of them.

 

Based on the Company’s experience, management believes that the damages amounts claimed in a case are not a meaningful indicator of the potential liability. Claims, suits, investigations and proceedings are inherently uncertain and it is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome of cases.

 

Other than as described below, in the opinion of the Company’s management based upon information currently available to the Company, while the outcome of these lawsuits, claims and disputes is uncertain, the likely results of these lawsuits, claims and disputes are not expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows, although the effect could be material to the Company’s results of operations or cash flows for any interim reporting period.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Antitrust Litigation

 

In 2006, the Company instituted an action in the U.S. District Court, District of New Jersey, against defendants Telecom Labs, Inc., TeamTLI.com Corp. and Continuant Technologies, Inc. (“TLI/Continuant”) and subsequently amended its complaint to include certain individual officers of these companies as defendants. Defendants purportedly provide maintenance services to customers who have purchased or leased the Company’s communications equipment. The Company asserted in its amended complaint that, among other things, defendants, or each of them, engaged in tortious conduct by improperly accessing and utilizing the Company’s proprietary software, including passwords, logins and maintenance service permissions, to perform certain maintenance services on the Company’s customers’ equipment. TLI/Continuant filed counterclaims against the Company alleging that the Company has violated the Sherman Act’s prohibitions against anticompetitive conduct through the manner in which the Company sells its products and services. TLI/Continuant sought to recover the profits they claim they would have earned from maintaining Avaya’s products, and asked for injunctive relief prohibiting the conduct they claim is anticompetitive. The trial commenced on September 9, 2013. On January 8, 2014, the Court issued an opinion dismissing the Company’s affirmative claims. With respect to TLI/Continuant’s counterclaims, on March 27, 2014, a jury found against the Company on two of eight claims and awarded damages of $20 million. Under the federal antitrust laws, the jury’s award is subject to automatic trebling, or $60 million.

 

Following the jury verdict, TLI/Continuant sought an injunction regarding the Company’s ongoing business operations. On June 30, 2014, a federal judge rejected the demands of TLI/Continuant’s proposed injunction and stated that “only a narrow injunction is appropriate.” Instead, the judge issued an order relating to customers who purchased an Avaya PBX system between January 1, 1990 and April 30, 2008 only. Those customers and their agents will have free access to the on demand maintenance commands that were installed on their systems at the time of the purchase transaction. The court specified that this right “does not extend to access on a system purchased after April 30, 2008.” Consequently, the injunction affects only systems sold prior to April 30, 2008. The judge denied all other requests TLI/Continuant made in its injunction filing. The Company is complying with the injunction.

 

The Company and TLI/Continuant filed post-trial motions seeking to overturn the jury’s verdict, which motions were denied. In September 2014, the Court entered judgment in the amount of $63 million, which included the jury’s award of $20 million, subject to automatic trebling, or $60 million, plus prejudgment interest in the amount of $3 million. On October 10, 2014, the Company filed a Notice of Appeal, and on October 23, 2014, TLI/Continuant filed a Notice of Conditional Cross-Appeal. On October 23, 2014, the Company filed its supersedeas bond with the Court in the amount of $63 million, which includes an amount for post-judgment interest and stays execution of the judgment while the matter is on appeal. The Company secured posting of the bond through the issuance of a letter of credit under its existing credit facilities. On November 10, 2014, TLI/Continuant made an application for attorney’s fees, expenses and costs, which the Company is contesting. TLI/Continuant’s current application for attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs is approximately $65 million and represents activity through September 11, 2014. Once the initial application is resolved by the Court, the Company expects that TLI/Continuant will make a supplemental application for activity beyond September 11, 2014. Once required, and in order to stay the enforcement of any award for attorney’s fees, expenses and costs, on appeal or otherwise, the Company will post a bond in the amount of the award for attorney’s fees, expenses and costs, plus interest. The Company expects to secure posting of the bond through existing resources and may use any or a combination of the issuance of one or more letters of credit under its existing credit facilities and cash on hand.

 

The Company continues to believe that TLI/Continuant’s claims are without merit and unsupported by the facts and law, and the Company intends to defend this matter, including by filing its appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. The Company filed its initial appellate brief with the Third Circuit on June 12, 2015 and briefing by the parties is now complete. The Third Circuit has tentatively scheduled oral argument for January 18, 2016, after which the Third Circuit will issue a written opinion. No loss reserve has been provided for this matter.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

In the event TLI/Continuant ultimately succeed on appeal, any potential loss could be material. At this time an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, the Company cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on the manner in which it does business, its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Intellectual Property and Commercial Disputes

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in litigation alleging it has infringed upon third parties’ intellectual property rights, including patents and copyrights; some litigation may involve claims for infringement against customers, distributors and resellers by third parties relating to the use of Avaya’s products, as to which the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope to certain parties. The Company is also involved in litigation pertaining to general commercial disputes with customers, suppliers, vendors and other third parties including royalty disputes. These matters are on-going and the outcomes are subject to inherent uncertainties. As a result, the Company cannot be assured that any such matter will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

SNMP Research International, Inc. and SNMP Research, Inc. (collectively, “SNMP-RI”) brought a complaint, on November 2, 2011, against Avaya and Nortel Networks, Inc. (“Nortel”) (and others) in the Nortel Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding captioned In re Nortel Networks, Inc., 09-10138 (KG) (Bankr. D. Del.). In the complaint, SNMP-RI alleges that Avaya is liable to SNMP-RI for copyright and trade secret infringement with respect to Nortel products acquired by Avaya that incorporate SNMP-RI products. No trial date has been set. In a separate case pending in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, SNMP-RI alleged that (i) Avaya either underreported or failed to report royalties owed to SNMP-RI under a license agreement and (ii) Avaya’s use of SNMP-RI software in certain ways constitutes copyright and trade secret infringement. Trial of this matter is currently scheduled to begin May 9, 2016.

 

In late 2014 SNMP-RI also brought two separate complaints against several of Avaya’s resellers or distributors, alleging essentially the same facts as in the matters described above; these two cases are now stayed following motions filed by Avaya.

 

Avaya believes it has meritorious defenses but at this time an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, the Company cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on the manner in which it does business, its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Other

 

In October 2009, a group of former employees of Avaya’s former Shreveport, Louisiana manufacturing facility brought suit in Louisiana state court, naming as defendants Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc., Lucent Technologies Services Company, Inc., and AT&T Technologies, Inc. The former employees allege hearing loss due to hazardous noise exposure from the facility dating back over forty years, and stipulate that the total amount of each individual’s damages does not exceed fifty thousand dollars. In February 2010 plaintiffs amended their complaint to add the Company as a named defendant. There are 101 plaintiffs in the case. In light of the Louisiana Supreme Court’s holding in another hearing loss case (“Graphic Packaging”), in which the Court held that noise induced hearing loss qualifies as an occupational injury or disease subject to Workers’ Compensation claims, in October 2015 Avaya filed dispositive motions seeking dismissal of this matter.

 

At this time an outcome cannot be predicted, however, because the amounts of the claims individually and in the aggregate are not material, the Company believes the outcome of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on the manner in which it does business, its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

General

 

The Company records accruals for legal contingencies to the extent that it has concluded it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. No estimate of the possible

 

F-66


Table of Contents

loss or range of loss in excess of amounts accrued, if any, can be made at this time regarding the matters specifically described above because the inherently unpredictable nature of legal proceedings may be exacerbated by various factors, including: (i) the damages sought in the proceedings are unsubstantiated or indeterminate; (ii) discovery is not complete; (iii) the proceeding is in its early stages; (iv) the matters present legal uncertainties; (v) there are significant facts in dispute; (vi) there are a large number of parties (including where it is uncertain how liability, if any, will be shared among multiple defendants); or (vii) there is a wide range of potential outcomes.

 

Product Warranties

 

The Company recognizes a liability for the estimated costs that may be incurred to remedy certain deficiencies of quality or performance of the Company’s products. These product warranties extend over a specified period of time generally ranging up to two years from the date of sale depending upon the product subject to the warranty. The Company accrues a provision for estimated future warranty costs based upon the historical relationship of warranty claims to sales. The Company periodically reviews the adequacy of its product warranties and adjusts, if necessary, the warranty percentage and accrued warranty reserve, which is included in other current and non-current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, for actual experience.

 

In millions

      

Balance as of October 1, 2013

   $ 16   

Reductions for payments and costs to satisfy claims

     (13

Accruals for warranties issued during the period

     10   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2014

     13   

Reductions for payments and costs to satisfy claims

     (12

Accruals for warranties issued during the period

     8   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2015

   $ 9   
  

 

 

 

 

Guarantees of Indebtedness and Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Letters of Credit

 

As of September 30, 2015, the Company had $177 million of outstanding letters of credit which ensure the Company’s performance or payment to third parties. Included in this amount is $119 million issued under the Domestic ABL, $22 million of letters of credit issued under the Foreign ABL and $36 million of letters of credit issued under uncommitted facilities.

 

Surety Bonds

 

The Company arranges for the issuance of various types of surety bonds, such as license, permit, bid and performance bonds, which are agreements under which the surety company guarantees that the Company will perform in accordance with contractual or legal obligations. These bonds vary in duration although most are issued and outstanding from three months to three years. These bonds are backed by $71 million of the Company’s letters of credit and include the $63 million supersedeas bond filed with the Court in the TLI/Continuant matter discussed above. If the Company fails to perform under its obligations, the maximum potential payment under these surety bonds is $76 million as of September 30, 2015.

 

Purchase Commitments and Termination Fees

 

The Company purchases components from a variety of suppliers and uses several contract manufacturers to provide manufacturing services for its products. During the normal course of business, in order to manage manufacturing lead times and to help assure adequate component supply, the Company enters into agreements

 

F-67


Table of Contents

with contract manufacturers and suppliers that allow them to produce and procure inventory based upon forecasted requirements provided by the Company. If the Company does not meet these specified purchase commitments, it could be required to purchase the inventory, or in the case of certain agreements, pay an early termination fee. Historically, the Company has not been required to pay a charge for not meeting its designated purchase commitments with these suppliers, but has been obligated to purchase certain excess inventory levels from its outsourced manufacturers due to actual sales of product varying from forecast and due to transition of manufacturing from one vendor to another.

 

The Company’s outsourcing agreements with its most significant contract manufacturers automatically renew in July and September for successive periods of twelve months each, subject to specific termination rights for the Company and the contract manufacturers. All manufacturing of the Company’s products is performed in accordance with either detailed requirements or specifications and product designs furnished by the Company and is subject to rigorous quality control standards.

 

Long-Term Cash Incentive Bonus Plan

 

The Company has established a long-term incentive cash bonus plan (“LTIP”). Under the LTIP, the Company will make cash awards available to compensate certain key employees upon the achievement of defined returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in the Company (a “triggering event”). The Company authorized LTIP awards covering a total of $60 million, of which $37 million in awards were outstanding as of September 30, 2015. The Company will begin to recognize compensation expense relative to the LTIP awards upon the occurrence of a triggering event (e.g., a sale or initial public offering). As of September 30, 2015, no compensation expense associated with the LTIP has been recognized.

 

Credit Facility Indemnification

 

In connection with its obligations under the credit facilities described in Note 10, “Financing Arrangements,” the Company has agreed to indemnify the third-party lending institutions for costs incurred by the institutions related to changes in tax law or other legal requirements. While there have been no amounts paid to the lenders pursuant to this indemnity in the past, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be obligated to indemnify the lenders under this arrangement in the future.

 

Transactions with Alcatel-Lucent

 

Pursuant to the Contribution and Distribution Agreement effective October 1, 2000, Lucent Technologies, Inc. (now Alcatel-Lucent) contributed to the Company substantially all of the assets, liabilities and operations associated with its enterprise networking businesses (the “Company’s Businesses”) and distributed the Company’s stock pro-rata to the shareholders of Lucent (“distribution”). The Contribution and Distribution Agreement, among other things, provides that, in general, the Company will indemnify Alcatel-Lucent for all liabilities including certain pre-distribution tax obligations of Alcatel-Lucent relating to the Company’s Businesses and all contingent liabilities primarily relating to the Company’s Businesses or otherwise assigned to the Company. In addition, the Contribution and Distribution Agreement provides that certain contingent liabilities not allocated to one of the parties will be shared by Alcatel-Lucent and the Company in prescribed percentages. The Contribution and Distribution Agreement also provides that each party will share specified portions of contingent liabilities based upon agreed percentages related to the business of the other party that exceed $50 million. The Company is unable to determine the maximum potential amount of other future payments, if any, that it could be required to make under this agreement.

 

The Tax Sharing Agreement governs Alcatel-Lucent’s and the Company’s respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the distribution with respect to taxes for the periods ending on or before the distribution. Generally, pre-distribution taxes or benefits that are clearly attributable to the business of one party will be borne solely by that party and other pre-distribution taxes or benefits will be shared by the parties based on a formula

 

F-68


Table of Contents

set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement. The Company may be subject to additional taxes or benefits pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement related to future settlements of audits by state and local and foreign taxing authorities for the periods prior to the Company’s separation from Alcatel-Lucent.

 

Leases

 

The Company leases land, buildings and equipment under agreements that expire in various years through 2026. Rental expense under operating leases, excluding any lease termination costs incurred related to the Company’s restructuring programs, was $99 million, $107 million and $107 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

The table below sets forth future minimum lease payments, net of sublease income, due under non-cancelable operating leases, of which $62 million of such payments have been accrued for as of September 30, 2015 in accordance with GAAP pertaining to restructuring and exit activities.

 

In millions

      

2016

   $ 84   

2017

     70   

2018

     62   

2019

     50   

2020

     38   

2021 and thereafter

     54   
  

 

 

 

Future minimum lease payments

   $ 358   
  

 

 

 

 

The table below sets forth future minimum lease payments, due under non-cancelable capitalized leases as of September 30, 2015.

 

In millions

      

2016

   $ 26   

2017

     21   

2018

     15   

2019

     5   
  

 

 

 

Future minimum lease payments

     67   

Less: Imputed Interest

     (6
  

 

 

 

Present value of net minimum lease payments

   $ 61   
  

 

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

22. Quarterly information (unaudited)

 

     First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
    Fiscal
Year
 
In millions, except per share amounts                               

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015

          

Revenue

   $ 1,079      $ 995      $ 999      $ 1,008      $ 4,081   

Gross profit

     638        592        584        616        2,430   

Operating income

     104        83        84        100        371   

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes of continuing operations

     (3     6        (3     (70     (70

Net income (loss)

     3        (20     (64     (87     (168

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (8     (32     (75     (99     (214

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.02   $ (0.06   $ (0.15   $ (0.20   $ (0.43

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014

          

Revenue

   $ 1,131      $ 1,060      $ 1,054      $ 1,126      $ 4,371   

Gross profit

     640        597        607        655        2,499   

Operating income

     87               48        62        197   

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes of continuing operations

     (26     (1     8        (32     (51

Loss from continuing operations

     (59     (120     (87     (49     (315

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     3        27        2        30        62   

Net loss

     (56     (93     (85     (19     (253

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (67     (104     (96     (31     (298

Loss from continuing operations per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.15   $ (0.26   $ (0.19   $ (0.13   $ (0.73

Income from discontinued operations per share—basic and diluted

   $ 0.01      $ 0.05      $ 0.00      $ 0.07      $ 0.13   

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.14   $ (0.21   $ (0.19   $ (0.06   $ (0.60

 

23. Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. has no material assets or standalone operations other than its ownership in Avaya Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

There are significant restrictions on the Company’s ability to obtain funds from any of its subsidiaries through dividends, loans or advances. Accordingly, these condensed financial statements have been presented on a “Parent-only” basis. Under a Parent-only presentation, the Company’s investments in its consolidated subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting. These Parent-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

The following tables present the financial position of Avaya Holdings Corp. as of September 30, 2015 and 2014 and the results of its operations and cash flows for the years ended September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

     September 30,  

In millions

   2015     2014  

Other current assets

   $ 2      $ 1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 2      $ 1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, DEFICIENCY IN EXCESS OF INVESTMENT IN AVAYA INC., PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY

    

Due to Avaya Inc.

   $ 10      $ 6   

Other current liabilities

     73        49   

Note payable to Avaya Inc.

     18        18   

Deficiency in excess of investment in Avaya Inc.

     3,378        3,069   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Equity awards on redeemable shares

     19        21   

Preferred stock, Series B

     338        300   

Preferred stock, Series A

     167        159   

Stockholders’ deficiency

     (4,001     (3,621
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 2      $ 1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Condensed Statements of Operations

 

     Years ended September 30,  

In millions

     2015       2014       2013    

Equity in net loss of Avaya Inc.

   $ (144   $ (231   $ (364

Change in fair value of Preferred Series B derivative

     (24     (22     (11

Securities registration fees

                   (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     (168     (253     (376

Provision for income taxes

                   —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS

     (168     (253     (376

Less: Accretion and accrued dividends on Series A and Series B preferred stock

     (46     (45     (43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

   $ (214   $ (298   $ (419
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

     Years ended September 30,  

In millions

     2015         2014         2013    

Net loss

   $ (168   $ (253   $ (376

Equity in comprehensive (loss) income of Avaya Inc.

     (184     (194     120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (352   $ (447   $ (256
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Years ended September 30,  

In millions

       2015             2014             2013      

Net loss

   $ (168   $ (253   $ (376

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities

      

Equity in net loss of Avaya Inc.

     144        231        364   

Change in fair value of Preferred Series B derivative

     24        22        11   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

            (1     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

            (1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

                   (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

                   (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Proceeds from loan from Avaya Inc.

                   10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

                   10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

            (1       

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

            1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $      $      $ 1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

24. Subsequent Events

 

The financial statements of Avaya Holdings Corp. are substantially comprised of the financial statements of Avaya Inc., which issued its annual financial statements on November 23, 2015. Accordingly, the Company has evaluated transactions for consideration as recognized subsequent events in the annual financial statements through the date of November 23, 2015. Additionally, the Company has evaluated transactions that occurred as of the issuance of these financial statements, December 22, 2015, for purposes of disclosure of unrecognized subsequent events.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the registration of the shares of common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 116,100   

FINRA filing fee

     75,500   

Stock exchange listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer Agent and Registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous expenses

     *   

Total Expenses

   $ *   

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its original certificates of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchase or redemptions pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL.

 

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was lawful.

 

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been

 

II-1


Table of Contents

adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our certificate of incorporation also will provide that the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to the certificate of incorporation, are not exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. Section 145(f) of the DGCL further provides that a right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to such provision after the occurrence of the act or omission which is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

 

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors and officers. Such agreements generally provide for indemnification by reason of being our director or officer, as the case may be. These agreements are in addition to the indemnification provided by our charters and bylaws.

 

We have also obtained officers’ and directors’ liability insurance that insures against liabilities that officers and directors of the registrant may, in such capacities, incur. Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides that a corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under that section.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Equity Securities

 

In connection with the closing of the Merger, on October 26, 2007, we issued 1,592,970 Continuation Options with an exercise price of $1.25 per share, and 1,331,155 continuation units resulting from the rollover of certain equity awards. For more information on continuation options and continuation units issued in connection with the Merger, see “Executive Compensation—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Long-Term Incentives . ” Of the continuation options issued on the closing of the Merger, options representing shares of 1,037,609 and 125,600 shares were exercised in fiscal years 2009 and 2010, respectively, resulting in the issuance of common stock representing 380,347 and 42,026 shares, during each of fiscal years 2009 and 2010, respectively. In fiscal year 2008, continuation units representing 358,814 shares were cancelled. The continuation options, continuation units and net shares were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2008, we granted to certain eligible participants 110,000 restricted stock units and options to purchase 39,185,000 shares of common shares under the 2007 Plan. The exercise price for each of these options was $5.00 per share. During the year ended September 30, 2008, options representing 8,570,000 shares were cancelled. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2009, we granted to certain eligible participants 730,789 restricted stock units and options to purchase 12,555,000 common shares under the 2007 Plan. The exercise price for each of these options was $3.80 per share. During the year ended September 30, 2009 options representing 11,874,469

 

II-2


Table of Contents

shares were cancelled. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

 

Following the completion of fiscal year 2009, we extended an offer to our outstanding stock option holders to exchange their existing stock options having an exercise price equal to or greater than $3.80 per share for new stock options in a one-for-one option exchange. The new “replacement” stock options were awarded on November 17, 2009 (“replacement option date of grant”) following the completion of the exchange offer, have an exercise price of $3.00 per share, which was the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the replacement option date of grant, and have new vesting provisions. In aggregate there were 30,890,000 stock options eligible for exchange, for which 28,595,000 were validly tendered in the offer. No consideration was paid to the registrant by any recipient. The replacement stock options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, as an exchange by the issuer with its existing security holders without commission.

 

The purchase price for the NES acquisition was funded, in part, with the issuance on December 18, 2009 of (a) warrants to acquire 100,000,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $3.25 per share, which warrants are exercisable at any time prior to December 18, 2019 at an exercise price of $3.25 per share, and (b) 125,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock. The issuance of warrants and Series A Preferred Stock was consummated without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. All of the shares of our Series A Preferred Stock will be redeemed with the proceeds of this offering.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2010, we granted to certain eligible participants 495,000 restricted stock units and options to purchase 17,925,000 common shares under the 2007 Plan, excluding options granted in conjunction with the exchange offer noted above. The exercise price for each of these options was $3.00 per share. During the year ended September 30, 2010 restricted stock units representing 15,000 shares, and options representing 5,086,487 shares were cancelled, exclusive of the options cancelled in the exchange offer. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2011, we granted to certain eligible participants 305,000 restricted stock units and options to purchase 6,870,000 common shares under the 2007 Plan. Options granted prior to May 2011 have an exercise price of $3.00 per share and options granted subsequent to May 2011 have an exercise price or $4.40 per share. During the year ended September 30, 2011 restricted stock units representing 65,789 shares, and options representing 7,353,528 shares were cancelled. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

 

During the three months ended December 31, 2011, we granted to certain eligible participants 778,182 restricted stock units and options to purchase 2,027,253 common shares under the 2007 Plan. The exercise price for each of these options was $4.40 per share. During the three months ended December 31, 2011 restricted stock units representing 50,000 shares, and options representing 1,869,422 shares were cancelled. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

 

The purchase price for the Radvision acquisition was funded, in part, with the issuance on May 29, 2012 of (a) warrants to acquire 24,460,642 shares of our common stock at a price of $4.00 per share, which warrants are exercisable at any time prior to May 29, 2022 at an exercise price of $4.00 per share, and (b) 48,922 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock, which is convertible at any time at a price equal to the lesser of (1) $4.00 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution provisions) and (2) the offering price per share in this offering. The issuance of

 

II-3


Table of Contents

warrants and Series B Preferred Stock was consummated without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2012, we granted to certain eligible participants 1,956,115 restricted stock units and options to purchase 5,762,253 common shares under the 2007 Plan. Options granted prior to May 2012 have an exercise price of $4.40 per share and options granted subsequent to May 2012 have an exercise price of $4.00 per share. During the year ended September 30, 2012 restricted stock units representing 220,682 shares, and options representing 9,916,162 shares were cancelled. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

 

Following the completion of fiscal year 2012, we extended an offer to certain of our outstanding stock option holders to exchange certain of their existing stock options for restricted stock units. Option holders who participated in the exchange program received three “replacement” restricted stock units for each stock option exchanged. The new restricted stock units were awarded on May 6, 2013 (“replacement RSU date of grant”) following the completion of the exchange offer and have new vesting provisions. The fair market value of a share of our common stock on the replacement RSU date of grant was equal to or less than the exercise price of each option exchanged. In aggregate there were 11,494,439 stock options eligible for exchange, for which 10,204,689 were validly tendered in the offer. No consideration was paid to the registrant by any recipient. In connection with the exchange offer, 3,401,654 replacement RSUs were granted. The replacement restricted stock units were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, as an exchange by the issuer with its existing security holders without commission.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2013, we granted to certain eligible participants 3,139,785 restricted stock units (excluding the replacement restricted stock units in the exchange offer described above) and options to purchase 3,263,469 common shares under the 2007 Plan. Options granted from October 1, 2012 through November 30, 2012 have an exercise price of $4.00 per share, options granted from December 2012 through March 31, 2013 have an exercise price of $3.00 per share and options granted from April 1, 2013 through September 30, 2013 have an exercise price of $2.25 per share. During the year ended September 30, 2013 restricted stock units representing 710,743 shares, and options representing 8,198,305 shares were cancelled, excluding those options tendered for exchange in connection with the exchange offer. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2014, we granted to certain eligible participants 9,764,906 restricted stock units and options to purchase 9,091,089 common shares under the 2007 Plan. Options granted from October 1, 2013 through February 11, 2014 have an exercise price of $2.25. Options granted from February 12, 2014 through August 12, 2014 have an exercise price of $2.75. Options granted from August 13, 2014 through September 30, 2014 have an exercise price of $2.50. During the year ended September 30, 2014, restricted stock units representing 1,201,823 shares, and options representing 6,154,719 shares were cancelled. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2015, we granted to certain eligible participants 5,521,521 restricted stock units and options to purchase 4,955,373 common shares under the 2007 Plan. Options granted from October 1, 2014 through August 11, 2015 have an exercise price of $2.50. Options granted from August 12, 2015 through September 30, 2015 have an exercise price of $2.25. During the year ended September 30, 2015, restricted stock units representing 858,710 shares, and options representing 4,476,471 shares were cancelled. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a) (2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

With regard to the foregoing, to the extent an individual acquires shares of our common stock upon exercise of a stock option or vesting of a restricted stock unit, those shares are subject to the restrictions on transfer and other provisions contained in a stockholders’ agreement.

 

Debt Securities

 

On October 24, 2008, Avaya Inc. issued $700 million of senior unsecured cash-pay notes and $750 million of senior unsecured PIK toggle notes upon conversion of the senior cash-pay loans and the senior PIK toggle loans. The issuance of the senior unsecured cash-pay notes and senior unsecured PIK toggle notes was conducted pursuant to the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The interest rate for the cash-pay notes is fixed at 9.75% and the interest rates for the cash interest and PIK interest portions of the PIK-toggle notes are fixed at 10.125% and 10.875%, respectively. In connection with the conversion of the senior cash-pay loans and the senior PIK toggle loans, Avaya Inc. and the guarantors of the outstanding notes entered into a registration rights agreement in which they agreed, among other things, to file a registration statement to exchange the notes for similar notes registered under the Securities Act. The registration statement on Form S-4 registering such notes was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 23, 2009 and declared effective on January 14, 2010.

 

On February 11, 2011, Avaya Inc. issued $1,009 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 at an issue price of 100% of the principal amount of the notes, pursuant to the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, to “qualified institutional buyers” in the United States as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act, and outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. These notes mature on April 1, 2019 and bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum, payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on October 1, 2011. All of the proceeds from the offering were used to repay term B-2 loans outstanding under Avaya Inc.’s senior secured credit facility.

 

On December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc. issued $290 million aggregate principal amount of its 9.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 at an issue price of 100% of the principal amount of the notes, pursuant to the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, to “qualified institutional buyers” in the United States as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act, and outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. These notes mature on April 1, 2019 and bear interest at a rate of 9.00% per annum, payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on April 1, 2013. All of the proceeds from the offering were used to repay term B-5 loans outstanding under Avaya Inc.’s senior secured credit facility.

 

On March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. completed an exchange offer in which $642 million of its 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes due 2015 and $742 million of 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due November 1, 2015 were exchanged for $1,384 million of 10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2021. The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes were issued at par, bear interest at a rate of 10.50% per annum and mature on March 1, 2021. The 10.5% Senior Secured Notes were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, to “qualified institutional buyers” in the United States as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act, and outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)    Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Avaya Holdings Corp. (to be effective upon completion of this offering)*
  3.2       Amended and Restated By-Laws of Avaya Holdings Corp. (to be effective upon completion of this offering)*
  4.1       Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2008, by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  4.2       Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 19, 2010, by and among Avaya Government Solutions Inc., Integrated Information Technology Corporation, AC Technologies, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 13, 2010)
  4.3       Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2012, among RADVision, Inc., AvayaLive Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  4.4      

Supplemental Indenture dated February 15, 2013 between Avaya Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)

  4.5       Form of 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 (included in the Exchange Note Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1)
  4.6       Form of 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015 (included in the Exchange Note Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1)
  4.7       Indenture dated February 11, 2011 by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)
  4.8       Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2012, among RADVision, Inc., AvayaLive Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee and Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  4.9       Pledge and Security Agreement dated February 11, 2011 by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)
  4.10       Supplement No. 1 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  4.11       Form of 7% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)
  4.12       Indenture dated December 21, 2012 by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  4.13       Form of 9% Senior Secured Note due 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)
  4.14       Pledge and Security Agreement dated December 21, 2012 by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)
  4.15       Indenture dated March 7, 2013 by and among Avaya Inc., the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)
  4.16       Form of 10.50% Senior Secured Note due 2021 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)
  4.17       Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of March 7, 2013 among Avaya Inc., the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)
  4.18       Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 18, 2009, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC and Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.11 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**
  4.19       Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 29, 2012, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC and Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.19 to this Registration Statement on December 3, 2013)**
  4.20       Senior Manager Registration and Preemptive Rights Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. and the individual members of management listed on Schedule A thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 4.12 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**
  4.21       Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Avaya Holdings Corp.*
  4.22       Certificate of Designations of Series A Preferred Stock of Avaya Holdings Corp. (previously filed as Exhibit 4.9 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**
  4.23       Certificate of Designation for Series B Preferred Stock of Avaya Holdings Corp.
  4.24       Form of Warrant, dated December 18, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.10 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**
  4.25       Form of Warrant, dated May 29, 2012
  5.1       Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP*
  10.1       Purchase Agreement dated February 8, 2011 between Avaya Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as Representative for the several Initial Purchasers identified therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)
  10.2       Purchase Agreement dated December 18, 2012 between Avaya Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Representative for the several Initial Purchasers identified therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.3       Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, the other lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.4       Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2009, among Avaya Inc., the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.5       Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and each lender party thereto, amending Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and each lender party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)
  10.6       Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)
  10.7       Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement dated August 8, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and each lender party thereto, amending the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and each lender party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2011)
  10.8       Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)
  10.9       Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)
  10.10       Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)
  10.11       Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)
  10.12       Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2013, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 19, 2013)
  10.13       Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2013, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2013)

 

II-8


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.14       Amendment No. 8 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2014, among Avaya Inc., Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 11, 2014)
  10.15       Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2015, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the Extending Term B-7 Lenders, the Refinancing Term B-7 Lenders and the Required Lenders (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 3, 2015)
  10.16       Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.17       Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2008, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.18       Supplement No. 2 dated as of January 29, 2010, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.19       Supplement No. 3 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Avaya Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.20       Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.21       Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2008, to the Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.22       Supplement No. 2 dated as of January 29, 2010, to the Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.23       Supplement No. 3 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.24       Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer, the other lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.25       Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto, amending the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Avaya Holdings Corp., Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2011)
  10.26       Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)
  10.27       Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Avaya Holdings Corp., Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)
  10.28       Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2013, among Avaya Inc., the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 19, 2013)
  10.29       Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Inc., the subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 10, 2015)
  10.30       Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.31       Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2008, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.32       Supplement No. 2 dated as of January 29, 2010, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

 

II-10


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.33       Supplement No. 3 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Avaya Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.34       Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.35       Credit Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Canada Corp., Avaya UK, Avaya International Sales Limited, Avaya Deutschland GmbH and Avaya GmbH & Co., KG, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and letter of credit issuer, Citibank, N.A., Canadian Branch, as Canadian swing line lender, Citibank, N.A., London branch, as European swing line lender, the other lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as syndication agent, Bank of America, N.A., as documentation agent, and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 10, 2015)
  10.36       U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya International Sales Limited, as Irish Borrower, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.37       U.S. Guaranty (Foreign ABL), dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Inc., the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.38       Canadian Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Canada Corp., as Canadian Borrower, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.39       Canadian Guarantee (Foreign ABL), dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Canada Corp., as Canadian Borrower, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.40       Deed of Hypothec, dated as of June 2, 2015, between Avaya Canada Corp., as grantor, and Citibank, N.A., as the representative (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.41       Deposit Account Control Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Canada Corp., as lien grantor, Citibank, N.A., as the secured party, and Citibank, N.A., Canadian branch as depositary bank (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.42       Undisclosed Pledge of Receivables, dated as of June 4, 2015, between Avaya International Sales Limited, as pledgor, and Citibank, N.A., in its capacity of administrative agent and as pledgee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.43       (Notarized) Share Pledges over all shares of Avaya Deutschland GmbH, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya GmbH & Co. KG as pledgor, Avaya Deutschland GmbH as company and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)

 

II-11


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.44       Interest Pledges over the general and all limited partnership interests in Avaya GmbH & Co. KG, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Verwaltungs GmbH, Avaya Germany GmbH and Tenovis Telecom Frankfurt GmbH & Co. KG, as pledgors, Avaya GmbH & Co. KG, as partnership, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.45       German Guarantee and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya GmbH & Co. KG, Avaya Deutschland GmbH, Avaya Verwaltungs GmbH, Avaya Germany GmbH and Tenovis Telecom Frankfurt GmbH & Co. KG, as guarantors, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.46       Account Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Deutschland GmbH and Avaya GmbH & Co. KG, as pledgors, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.47       Global Assignment Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Deutschland GmbH and Avaya GmbH & Co. KG, as assignors, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.48       Security Transfer Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Deutschland GmbH, Avaya GmbH & Co. KG and Avaya International Sales Limited, as transferors, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.49       Irish Security Deed, dated June 4, 2015, among the companies specified in Schedule 1 thereto, as the original chargors, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.50       Irish Security Trust Deed, dated June 4, 2015, among Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the companies specified in Schedule 1 thereto, as the original chargors (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.51       Security Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, between Avaya UK, Avaya International Sales Limited, Avaya Deutschland GmbH, as chargors, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.52       Share Charge, dated as of June 4, 2015, between Avaya UK Holdings Limited, as chargor, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.53       Security Trust Deed, dated as of June 4, 2015, between Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the companies listed in Schedule 1 thereto, as the original chargors (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.54       Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2008, by and among Kevin J. Kennedy, Avaya Inc. and Sierra Holdings Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.55       Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 12, 2009 among Kevin J. Kennedy, Avaya Inc. and Sierra Holdings Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

 

II-12


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.56       Offer Letter Agreement by and between Avaya Inc. and David Vellequette, effective as of October 1, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.57       Offer Letter Agreement by and between Avaya Inc. and James M. Chirico, Jr., effective on or about January 2, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.58       Offer Letter Agreement by and between Avaya Inc. and James M. Chirico, Jr., effective as of January 26, 2009 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.59       Retention Bonus Letter Agreement by and between Avaya Inc. and James M. Chirico, Jr., dated as of November 20, 2015
  10.60       Offer Letter Agreement by and between Avaya Inc. and Roger C. Gaston, effective on or about May 1, 2006. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.61       Offer Letter Agreement by and between Avaya Inc. and Amy Fliegelman Olli, effective on or about June 9, 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.62       Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.63       Form of Indemnity Agreement between Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and certain directors of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.64       Form of Indemnity Agreement between Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and certain officers of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.65       Form of Indemnification Agreement among Avaya Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and directors and officers of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.66       Avaya Inc. Savings Restoration Plan, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.67       Avaya Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.68       Management Services Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. (as successor by merger to Sierra Merger Corp.), TPG Capital, L.P. and Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.69       Letter Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2013, by and among Avaya Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and TPG Capital Management, L.P. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 17, 2013)
  10.70       Letter Agreement, dated December 16, 2013, between Avaya Holdings Corp. and Mr. Afshin Mohebbi (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 17, 2013)
  10.71       Letter Agreement, dated December 16, 2013, between Avaya Holdings Corp. and Mr. Ronald Rittenmeyer (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 17, 2013)

 

II-13


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.72       Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 26, 2014)
  10.73       Amendment No. 1 to Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, effective as of November 16, 2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.71 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.74       Form of Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 26, 2014)
  10.75       Form of Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Non-Statutory Stock Option Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 26, 2014)
  10.76       Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Independent Directors (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.74 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.77      

Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

  10.78      

Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Non-Statutory Stock Option Award Agreement

  10.79      

Avaya Inc. Long-Term Cash Award Agreement

  10.80       Avaya Inc. Executive Committee 2011-2013 Performance Recognition Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2011)
  10.81       Avaya Inc. Executive Committee Performance Recognition Plan as amended and restated effective as of October 1, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 17, 2013)
  10.82       Form of Award Agreement for the Avaya Inc. Executive Committee 2011-2013 Performance Recognition Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2011)
  10.83       Form of Award Agreement for the Avaya Inc. Executive Committee Performance Recognition Plan for 2014-2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 12, 2012)
  10.84       Executive Committee Discretionary Annual Incentive Plan, effective as of October 13, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 21, 2013)
  10.85       Management Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., the Majority Stockholders (as defined therein) and the individuals listed on Schedule A thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.25 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**
  10.86       Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, by and among TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC, Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC and Avaya Holdings Corp., dated as of May 29, 2012
  10.87       Form of Award Agreement for 2012 Sales Incentive Program (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 9, 2011)

 

II-14


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.88       Form of Segment Transformation Growth Incentive cash award agreement dated July 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2013)
  10.89       Form of Segment Transformation Growth Incentive restricted stock unit award agreement dated July 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2013)
  10.90       Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2014, by and among Avaya Inc., Avaya Government Solutions, Inc., Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc., and Camber Corporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014)
  10.91       Avaya Holdings Corp. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan*
  10.92       Avaya Holdings Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan*
  21.1       List of Subsidiaries*
  23.1       Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2       Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)*
  24.1       Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages of this Registration Statement)

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.
  **   Previously filed.

 

(b)    Financial Statement Schedules

 

All schedules are omitted because the required information is presented within Consolidated Financial Statements included in the prospectus that is part of this registration statement.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Santa Clara, State of California, on the 22 nd day of December, 2015.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp.
By:   /s/    D AVID V ELLEQUETTE
 

 

  Name:   David Vellequette
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

* * * *

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned directors and officers of Avaya Holdings Corp. hereby appoint each of David Vellequette and Amy Fliegelman Olli, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Forms S-1 (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933) and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/ S / K EVIN J. K ENNEDY      

Kevin J. Kennedy

 

Director, President and Chief

Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 22, 2015

/ S /    D AVID V ELLEQUETTE        

David Vellequette

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

December 22, 2015

/ S /    L. D AVID D ELL ’O SSO        

L. David Dell’Osso

 

Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

December 22, 2015

*

Charles H. Giancarlo

  Chairman of the Board of Directors  

December 22, 2015

*

Mary Henry

  Director  

December 22, 2015

*

John W. Marren

  Director  

December 22, 2015

 

II-16


Table of Contents

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

*

Afshin Mohebbi

  Director  

December 22, 2015

*

Greg K. Mondre

  Director  

December 22, 2015

*

Kiran Patel

  Director  

December 22, 2015

*

Ronald Rittenmeyer

  Director  

December 22, 2015

*

Gary B. Smith

  Director  

December 22, 2015

*By:

  / S /    D AVID V ELLEQUETTE        
 

 

 

David Vellequette

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-17


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Avaya Holdings Corp. (to be effective upon completion of this offering)*
  3.2       Amended and Restated By-Laws of Avaya Holdings Corp. (to be effective upon completion of this offering)*
  4.1       Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2008, by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  4.2       Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 19, 2010, by and among Avaya Government Solutions Inc., Integrated Information Technology Corporation, AC Technologies, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 13, 2010)
  4.3       Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2012, among RADVision, Inc., AvayaLive Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  4.4      

Supplemental Indenture dated February 15, 2013 between Avaya Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)

  4.5       Form of 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 (included in the Exchange Note Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1)
  4.6       Form of 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015 (included in the Exchange Note Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1)
  4.7       Indenture dated February 11, 2011 by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)
  4.8       Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2012, among RADVision, Inc., AvayaLive Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee and Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  4.9       Pledge and Security Agreement dated February 11, 2011 by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)
  4.10       Supplement No. 1 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  4.11       Form of 7% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)
  4.12       Indenture dated December 21, 2012 by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

 

II-18


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  4.13       Form of 9% Senior Secured Note due 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)
  4.14       Pledge and Security Agreement dated December 21, 2012 by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)
  4.15       Indenture dated March 7, 2013 by and among Avaya Inc., the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)
  4.16       Form of 10.50% Senior Secured Note due 2021 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)
  4.17       Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of March 7, 2013 among Avaya Inc., the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)
  4.18       Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 18, 2009, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC and Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.11 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**
  4.19       Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 29, 2012, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC and Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.19 to this Registration Statement on December 3, 2013)**
  4.20       Senior Manager Registration and Preemptive Rights Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. and the individual members of management listed on Schedule A thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 4.12 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**
  4.21       Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Avaya Holdings Corp.*
  4.22       Certificate of Designations of Series A Preferred Stock of Avaya Holdings Corp. (previously filed as Exhibit 4.9 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**
  4.23       Certificate of Designation for Series B Preferred Stock of Avaya Holdings Corp.
  4.24       Form of Warrant, dated December 18, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.10 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**
  4.25       Form of Warrant, dated May 29, 2012
  5.1       Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP*
  10.1       Purchase Agreement dated February 8, 2011 between Avaya Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as Representative for the several Initial Purchasers identified therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)
  10.2       Purchase Agreement dated December 18, 2012 between Avaya Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Representative for the several Initial Purchasers identified therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

 

II-19


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.3       Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, the other lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.4       Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2009, among Avaya Inc., the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.5       Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and each lender party thereto, amending Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and each lender party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)
  10.6       Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)
  10.7       Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement dated August 8, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and each lender party thereto, amending the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and each lender party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2011)
  10.8       Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)
  10.9       Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)
  10.10       Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)
  10.11       Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)
  10.12       Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2013, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 19, 2013)
  10.13       Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2013, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2013)

 

II-20


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.14       Amendment No. 8 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2014, among Avaya Inc., Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 11, 2014)
  10.15       Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2015, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the Extending Term B-7 Lenders, the Refinancing Term B-7 Lenders and the Required Lenders (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 3, 2015)
  10.16       Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.17       Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2008, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.18       Supplement No. 2 dated as of January 29, 2010, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.19       Supplement No. 3 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Avaya Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.20       Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.21       Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2008, to the Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.22       Supplement No. 2 dated as of January 29, 2010, to the Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.23       Supplement No. 3 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

 

II-21


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.24       Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer, the other lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.25       Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto, amending the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Avaya Holdings Corp., Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2011)
  10.26       Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)
  10.27       Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Avaya Holdings Corp., Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)
  10.28       Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2013, among Avaya Inc., the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 19, 2013)
  10.29       Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Inc., the subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 10, 2015)
  10.30       Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.31       Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2008, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.32       Supplement No. 2 dated as of January 29, 2010, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

 

II-22


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.33       Supplement No. 3 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Avaya Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)
  10.34       Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.35       Credit Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Canada Corp., Avaya UK, Avaya International Sales Limited, Avaya Deutschland GmbH and Avaya GmbH & Co., KG, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and letter of credit issuer, Citibank, N.A., Canadian Branch, as Canadian swing line lender, Citibank, N.A., London branch, as European swing line lender, the other lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as syndication agent, Bank of America, N.A., as documentation agent, and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 10, 2015)
  10.36       U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya International Sales Limited, as Irish Borrower, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.37       U.S. Guaranty (Foreign ABL), dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Inc., the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.38       Canadian Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Canada Corp., as Canadian Borrower, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.39       Canadian Guarantee (Foreign ABL), dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Canada Corp., as Canadian Borrower, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.40       Deed of Hypothec, dated as of June 2, 2015, between Avaya Canada Corp., as grantor, and Citibank, N.A., as the representative (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.41       Deposit Account Control Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Canada Corp., as lien grantor, Citibank, N.A., as the secured party, and Citibank, N.A., Canadian branch as depositary bank (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.42       Undisclosed Pledge of Receivables, dated as of June 4, 2015, between Avaya International Sales Limited, as pledgor, and Citibank, N.A., in its capacity of administrative agent and as pledgee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.43       (Notarized) Share Pledges over all shares of Avaya Deutschland GmbH, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya GmbH & Co. KG as pledgor, Avaya Deutschland GmbH as company and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)

 

II-23


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.44       Interest Pledges over the general and all limited partnership interests in Avaya GmbH & Co. KG, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Verwaltungs GmbH, Avaya Germany GmbH and Tenovis Telecom Frankfurt GmbH & Co. KG, as pledgors, Avaya GmbH & Co. KG, as partnership, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.45       German Guarantee and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya GmbH & Co. KG, Avaya Deutschland GmbH, Avaya Verwaltungs GmbH, Avaya Germany GmbH and Tenovis Telecom Frankfurt GmbH & Co. KG, as guarantors, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.46       Account Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Deutschland GmbH and Avaya GmbH & Co. KG, as pledgors, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.47       Global Assignment Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Deutschland GmbH and Avaya GmbH & Co. KG, as assignors, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.48       Security Transfer Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, among Avaya Deutschland GmbH, Avaya GmbH & Co. KG and Avaya International Sales Limited, as transferors, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.49       Irish Security Deed, dated June 4, 2015, among the companies specified in Schedule 1 thereto, as the original chargors, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.50       Irish Security Trust Deed, dated June 4, 2015, among Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the companies specified in Schedule 1 thereto, as the original chargors (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.51       Security Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2015, between Avaya UK, Avaya International Sales Limited, Avaya Deutschland GmbH, as chargors, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.52       Share Charge, dated as of June 4, 2015, between Avaya UK Holdings Limited, as chargor, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.53       Security Trust Deed, dated as of June 4, 2015, between Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the companies listed in Schedule 1 thereto, as the original chargors (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015)
  10.54       Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2008, by and among Kevin J. Kennedy, Avaya Inc. and Sierra Holdings Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.55       Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 12, 2009 among Kevin J. Kennedy, Avaya Inc. and Sierra Holdings Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

 

II-24


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.56       Offer Letter Agreement by and between Avaya Inc. and David Vellequette, effective as of October 1, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.57       Offer Letter Agreement by and between Avaya Inc. and James M. Chirico, Jr., effective on or about January 2, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.58       Offer Letter Agreement by and between Avaya Inc. and James M. Chirico, Jr., effective as of January 26, 2009 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.59       Retention Bonus Letter Agreement by and between Avaya Inc. and James M. Chirico, Jr., dated as of November 20, 2015
  10.60       Offer Letter Agreement by and between Avaya Inc. and Roger C. Gaston, effective on or about May 1, 2006. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.61       Offer Letter Agreement by and between Avaya Inc. and Amy Fliegelman Olli, effective on or about June 9, 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.62       Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.63       Form of Indemnity Agreement between Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and certain directors of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.64       Form of Indemnity Agreement between Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and certain officers of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.65       Form of Indemnification Agreement among Avaya Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and directors and officers of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.66       Avaya Inc. Savings Restoration Plan, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.67       Avaya Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.68       Management Services Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. (as successor by merger to Sierra Merger Corp.), TPG Capital, L.P. and Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)
  10.69       Letter Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2013, by and among Avaya Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and TPG Capital Management, L.P. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 17, 2013)
  10.70       Letter Agreement, dated December 16, 2013, between Avaya Holdings Corp. and Mr. Afshin Mohebbi (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 17, 2013)
  10.71       Letter Agreement, dated December 16, 2013, between Avaya Holdings Corp. and Mr. Ronald Rittenmeyer (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 17, 2013)

 

II-25


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.72       Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 26, 2014)
  10.73       Amendment No. 1 to Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, effective as of November 16, 2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.71 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.74       Form of Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 26, 2104)
  10.75       Form of Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Non-Statutory Stock Option Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 26, 2014)
  10.76       Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Independent Directors (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.74 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2015)
  10.77      

Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

  10.78      

Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Non-Statutory Stock Option Award Agreement

  10.79      

Avaya Inc. Long-Term Cash Award Agreement

  10.80       Avaya Inc. Executive Committee 2011-2013 Performance Recognition Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2011)
  10.81       Avaya Inc. Executive Committee Performance Recognition Plan as amended and restated effective as of October 1, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 17, 2013)
  10.82       Form of Award Agreement for the Avaya Inc. Executive Committee 2011-2013 Performance Recognition Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2011)
  10.83       Form of Award Agreement for the Avaya Inc. Executive Committee Performance Recognition Plan for 2014-2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 12, 2012)
  10.84       Executive Committee Discretionary Annual Incentive Plan, effective as of October 13, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 21, 2013)
  10.85       Management Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., the Majority Stockholders (as defined therein) and the individuals listed on Schedule A thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.25 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**
  10.86       Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, by and among TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC, Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC and Avaya Holdings Corp., dated as of May 29, 2012
  10.87       Form of Award Agreement for 2012 Sales Incentive Program (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 9, 2011)

 

II-26


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.88       Form of Segment Transformation Growth Incentive cash award agreement dated July 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2013)
  10.89       Form of Segment Transformation Growth Incentive restricted stock unit award agreement dated July 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2013)
  10.90       Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2014, by and among Avaya Inc., Avaya Government Solutions Inc., Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc. and Camber Corporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014)
  10.91       Avaya Holdings Corp. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan*
  10.92       Avaya Holdings Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan*
  21.1       List of Subsidiaries*
  23.1       Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2       Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)*
  24.1       Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages of this Registration Statement)

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.
  **   Previously filed.

 

II-27

Exhibit 4.23

 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 09:50 AM 05/29/2012

FILED 09:44 AM 05/29/2012

SRV 120647237 - 4362134 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS

of the

SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

of

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation

Law of the State of Delaware

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions of Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify that, pursuant to the authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors of Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), by the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), the Board of Directors has duly provided for the issuance of and created a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), and in order to fix the designation and amount and the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of a series of Preferred Stock, has duly adopted this Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Preferred Stock (the “ Certificate ”).

Each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall rank equally in all respects and shall be subject to the following provisions:

1. DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT . The designation of the second series of the authorized preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation shall be the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”). The number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall initially be 52,500, subject to increase or decrease (but not in excess of the authorized shares of preferred stock of the Corporation and not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) from time to time by action of the Board of Directors and, in each case, subject to Section 8.1 hereof. The Series B Preferred Stock shall rank senior to the Series A Preferred Stock currently outstanding (the “ Existing Preferred Stock ”) and senior to the Common Stock of the Corporation as to dividends and as to distributions of assets upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.

2. DEFINITIONS . Certain capitalized terms are used in this Certificate as specifically defined below in this Section 2. Except as the context otherwise explicitly requires, (a) the capitalized term “Section” refers to sections of this Certificate, (b) references to a particular Section include all subsections thereof, (c) the word “including” shall be construed as “including without limitation”, (d) accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meaning provided under generally accepted accounting principles, (e) references to a particular statute or regulation include all rules and regulations thereunder and any successor


statute, regulation or rules, in each case as from time to time in effect and (f) references to a particular Person include such Person’s successors and assigns to the extent not prohibited by this Certificate. References to “the date hereof” mean the effective date of this Certificate.

Accruing Dividends ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

Common Stock ” means the shares common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation and any shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued or issuable with respect to such common stock by way of conversion, dividend or other distribution payable thereon or stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation, exchange, subdivision or similar transactions or any combination thereof.

Conversion Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.

Corporation ” means Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation.

Existing Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.

Initial Public Offering ” means the first underwritten public offering and sale of the equity securities of the Corporation or its successor for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act.

Junior Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.1.

Manager ” means Sierra Manager Co-Invest, LLC or its successor determined in accordance with Section 3.02 of the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Sierra Co-Invest III, LLC.

Member ” means any “Member” of Co-Invest III, LLC, as defined in the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Sierra Co-Invest III, LLC.

Original Purchase Price ” means the original purchase price of $4,000.00 per share (subject to proportional adjustment for subsequent stock splits, combinations and dividends and similar recapitalizations).

Permitted Transferee ” means (i) a Person controlled by, under the control of or under common control with a holder or (ii) in the case of any holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or any foreign equivalent thereof, any partner, member or foreign equivalent thereof of such holder; provided , however , that a partner, member or foreign equivalent thereof of a holder shall not be a Permitted Transferee under clause (ii) unless the transfer to such Person is made in a pro rata distribution in accordance with the applicable partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or foreign equivalent thereof, as the case may be.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization, business trust, limited liability corporation and any governmental department or agency or political subdivision.

 

-2-


Qualified Public Offering ” or “ QPO ” means the first public offering and sale of the equity securities of the Corporation or its successor pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act or Rule 144 sale, which, in combination with any previous public offering and sale pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act or Rule 144 sale, results in receipt by the sellers thereof of net proceeds of $500 million in the aggregate in public offerings and sales pursuant to effective registration statements (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act or under Rule 144, provided that a QPO cannot occur prior to an Initial Public Offering but the Initial Public Offering may also be a QPO.

Required Holders ” means the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

Series B Preferential Amount ” shall having the meaning set forth in Section 4.

Series B Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.

3. DIVIDENDS . The holders of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors and in preference to the holders of any and all other series or classes of capital stock of the Corporation, and shall be payable either in cash or, at the Corporation’s option, by issuance of additional fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series B Preferred Stock in lieu of the payment in cash of all or a portion of the dividend otherwise payable on any dividend payment date, cumulative annual dividends (the “ Accruing Dividends ”) on the Series B Preferred Stock accruing daily at a rate of 8% per annum on the Original Purchase Price, compounded annually from and after the first date of issuance of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock. To the extent that dividends are declared on any Junior Stock, (a) no such dividends shall be paid until all accrued and unpaid Accruing Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock have been paid to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, and (b) such dividends shall not be paid at a rate greater than the rate paid on Series B Preferred Stock. The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to participate on an as converted basis in any dividends payable on the Common Stock.

4. LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE . In the event of (a) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, or, (b) unless the Required Holders determine otherwise, (1) a sale or exclusive lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or (2) an acquisition of the Corporation by another person or entity by means of any transaction or series of transactions (including any reorganization, merger, consolidation or share transfer) where the shareholders of the Corporation immediately preceding such transaction own, following such transaction, less than 50% of the voting securities of the Corporation (the events specified in (a) and (b), collectively, the “ Liquidation Preference Events ”), distributions to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be made in the following manner. The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, in cash, prior and in preference to any other distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of all series and classes of the Corporation’s stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share equal to the amount that would be paid upon redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock as determined in accordance with Section 6.6 (such amount being referred to as the “ Series B Preferential Amount ”).

 

-3-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the amount which would be receivable in connection with a Liquidation Preference Event if the Series B Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Preference Event is greater than the amount which would be paid under the foregoing provisions, the then holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive such greater amount.

If cash assets of the Corporation shall be insufficient to permit the payment of the full Series B Preferential Amount to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, then all cash assets legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the aggregate liquidation preferences of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock held by each of them, and the remaining assets of the Corporation shall be distributed to them to the extent of any Series B Preferential Amount payable, based on the fair value of such assets, and if such remaining assets of the Corporation shall be insufficient to permit the payment of the full Series B Preferential Amount, then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the aggregate liquidation preferences of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by each of them. After payment has been made to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the full amount to which they are entitled, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to share in the remaining assets without participation by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock.

5. VOTING RIGHTS . Except as required by Delaware law or as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation (including this Certificate), the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall have no right to vote their shares at any stockholders’ meeting or provide consent to any action taken by stockholders in writing in lieu of a meeting, nor shall they be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting or solicitation of stockholders’ consents.

6. REDEMPTION AND CONVERSION .

6.1. Redemption at the Holder’s Option . If a Qualified Public Offering has not yet occurred, the Required Holders may elect on or after the fifth anniversary of the closing of the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock to require the Corporation to redeem for cash (in accordance with Section 6.6) all the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

6.2. Redemption at the Corporation’s Option . The Corporation may at any time, by delivery of the notice specified in Section 6.7, redeem for cash (in accordance with Section 6.6) all of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

6.3. Optional Conversion . Each holder of the Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right at any time prior to a Qualified Public Offering to convert (in accordance with Section 6.5) the shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock.

6.4. Mandatory Conversion or Redemption Rights . Notwithstanding the foregoing optional conversion and redemption rights, concurrently with (i) the

 

-4-


consummation of a Qualified Public Offering or (ii) if so determined by the Required Holders, the consummation of an Initial Public Offering that is not a Qualified Public Offering, the Series B Preferred Stock shall be mandatorily converted into Common Stock (in accordance with Section 6.5) or redeemed for cash (in accordance with Section 6.6); provided , that the determination of which of such conversion or redemption shall occur will be determined by the Required Holders; provided , however , that, if the Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the Corporation, Citicorp USA, INC., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto) of the Corporation after giving effect to such Qualified Public Offering or Initial Public Offering, as applicable, and the application of the proceeds thereof would be greater than 5.0x, the Series B Preferred Stock will automatically convert into Common Stock.

6.5. Rate of Conversion . Upon a conversion, the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted shall be determined by dividing the Original Purchase Price plus all accrued and unpaid dividends by the lesser of (a) one one-thousandth (1/1000 th ) of the Original Purchase Price (as adjusted pursuant to Section 7); or (b) in the event that such conversion is in connection with an Initial Public Offering or a Qualified Public Offering, the offering price per share in such Initial Public Offering or Qualified Public Offering, as applicable (such amount, the “ Conversion Price ”).

6.6. Redemption Price . Upon a redemption, the Corporation must redeem for cash all of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock at price per share equal to the Original Purchase Price (x)  multiplied by the redemption premium, calculated as follows based on the date fixed for redemption: (1) from the date of issuance through the date of the 1st anniversary thereof, 110%; (2) from the date that follows the 1st anniversary through the date of the 2nd anniversary, 120%; (3) from the date that follows the 2nd anniversary through the date of the 3rd anniversary, 130%; (4) from the date that follows the 3rd anniversary through the date of the 4th anniversary, 140% and (4) any date that follows the 4th anniversary of the date of issuance, 150%, (y)  plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. The redemption rights of the Series B Preferred Stock will be senior to the rights of the Existing Preferred Stock.

6.7. Notice of Redemption . Written notice of redemption of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6.2 shall be given not fewer than five Business Days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, at such holder’s address on the books of the Corporation. Each such notice shall state: (a) the redemption date; (b) the number of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed; (c) the Series B Preferential Amount allocable to the shares of such holder to be redeemed; and (d) the place or places where certificates representing such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the Series B Preferential Amount allocable to such holder’s shares to be redeemed. If fewer than all of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are to be redeemed on any redemption date, Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from the holders thereof pro rata from each holder based on the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then held by each holder.

 

-5-


6.8. Cancellation of Shares . If any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are redeemed pursuant to this Section 6 and the holder thereof fails to deliver the certificate representing such shares in accordance with this Certificate, the Corporation may, at its option, in addition to all other remedies it may have, cancel on its books such certificate representing such shares to be redeemed.

7. ANTI-DILUTION PROVISIONS.

7.1. Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

(a) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 7, the following definitions shall apply:

(b) “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(c) “ Series B Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued.

(d) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(e) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 7.1.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series B Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “ Exempted Securities ”):

(i) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Series B Preferred Stock;

(ii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Sections 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5;

(iii) shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including up to an aggregate of 52,772,282 shares of Common Stock (or common stock equivalents) issued in connection with awards under the Company’s equity incentive plans;

(iv) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common

 

-6-


Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security; or

(v) any warrants issued in connection with the purchase of any Series B Preferred Stock.

7.1.2. No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Required Holders agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

7.1.3. Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 7.1.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or

 

-7-


Convertible Security, or (ii) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 7.1.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 7.1.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series B Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series B Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 7.1.3(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 7.1.4, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 7.1.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 7.1.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security

 

-8-


is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 7.1.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation could first be made.

7.1.4. Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series B Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 7.1.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “CP 2 ” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) “CP 1 ” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Series B Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

-9-


7.1.5. Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 7.1, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

(i) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

(ii) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

(iii) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(b) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 7.1.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

(i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

(ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

7.1.6. Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 7.1.4, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than ninety (90) days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

-10-


7.2. Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

7.3. Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

  (l) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance as of the close of business on such record date, and

 

  (2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance as of the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series B Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

7.4. Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in cash, securities of the Corporation

 

-11-


(other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property, then and in each such event the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such cash, securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such cash, securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

7.5. Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Section 4, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Series B Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 7.1, 7.3 or 7.4), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Series B Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 7 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 7 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock.

7.6. Treasury Shares . The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and the disposition of any such shares (other than the cancellation or retirement thereof or the transfer of such shares among the Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries) shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock for the purpose of this Section 7.

7.7. Adjustments at the Discretion of the Board . If any event of the type contemplated by the provisions of this Section 7 but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including, without limitation, the granting of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock rights or other rights with equity features) occurs, then the Board will make an appropriate adjustment in its sole discretion in the Conversion Price as to protect the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Section 7; provided , that no such adjustment pursuant to this Subsection 7.7 shall increase the Conversion Price or otherwise decrease the number of shares of Common Stock issuable as otherwise determined pursuant to this Section 7.

7.8. Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 7, the Corporation at its

 

-12-


expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Series B Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Series B Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock.

8. CERTAIN COVENANTS .

8.1. Special Restrictions . At any time when shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation (and in addition to any other vote required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation), without the affirmative vote of the Required Holders, given at a meeting or by written consent in lieu of a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, the Corporation will not:

8.1.1. create, authorize, or issue any additional class or series of shares of stock, or issue any shares thereof, unless the same ranks junior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to the distribution of assets upon the occurrence of any Liquidation Preference Event (any such class or series of shares of stock, including without limitation any currently or subsequently issued or issuable Common Stock and the Existing Preferred Stock, “ Junior Stock ”), or increase or decrease the authorized amount of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock or increase the authorized amount of shares of any additional class or series of capital stock of the Corporation unless the same ranks junior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to the distribution of assets upon the occurrence of any Liquidation Preference Event, or create or authorize any instrument or security convertible into shares of Series B Preferred Stock or into shares of any other class or series of stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to the distribution of assets upon the occurrence of any Liquidation Preference Event, whether any such creation, authorization or increase shall be by means of amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise;

8.1.2. amend, alter, waive, or repeal its Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws or similar organizational documents, whether by amendment, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, in a manner that is adverse to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock in any respect;

8.1.3. purchase or set aside any sums for the purchase or redemption of any shares of stock or other securities other than the Series B Preferred Stock, except

 

-13-


for repurchases required or otherwise permitted under the Management Stockholders’ Agreement, by and among the Corporation and the parties thereto, dated as of October 26, 2007, as amended, or any other agreement between the Corporation and an employee of the Corporation or its direct or indirect subsidiaries;

8.1.4. consolidate or merge into or with any other entity or entities, whether or not the Corporation or a subsidiary is the surviving corporation (other than a merger between any of the Corporation’s wholly-owned subsidiaries);

8.1.5. sell, transfer or otherwise dispose (which for purposes of clarification excludes inventory and other sales in the ordinary course of business) of more than 25% of the fair market value of the Corporation’s consolidated assets in any transaction or series of related transactions; or

8.1.6. issue any debt securities which are convertible into capital stock.

8.1.7. declare, pay or make any dividends or other distributions on any Junior Stock.

8.2. No Impairment . The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of lncorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of all or a substantial portion of its assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, closing of transfer books or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Certificate by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Certificate and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock against impairment as hereinabove contemplated.

8.3. Notice of Certain Events . If at any time:

(a) the Corporation shall declare any dividend or distribution payable to the holders of any of its Junior Stock;

(b) any recapitalization or reorganization of the Corporation, or consolidation or merger of the Corporation with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another corporation or business organization shall occur; or

(c) a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation shall occur;

then, in any one or more of such cases, the Corporation shall give the registered holders of the Series B Preferred Stock written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights or for determining stockholders entitled to vote upon such recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up and of the date when any such transaction shall take place, as the case may be. Such notice shall also specify the date as of which the holders of Junior Stock of record shall participate in such

 

-14-


dividend, distribution or subscription rights, or shall be entitled to exchange their Junior Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be. Such written notice shall be given at least five days prior to the record date with respect thereto.

8.4. No Reissuance of Series B Preferred Stock . No shares of Series B Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue. The Corporation may from time to time take such appropriate corporate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock accordingly.

9. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER . Until the earlier of (i) May 25, 2017 and (ii) a Qualified Public Offering (the “ Initial Holding Period ”), no holder may transfer any Series B Preferred Stock except (i) to a Permitted Transferee or (ii) with the prior written consent of the Manager, which consent may be withheld by the Manager in its sole discretion.

10. RESERVATION OF COMMON STOCK.

10.1. Sufficient Shares . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock or shares acquired by the Corporation, solely for issuance upon the conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock as provided in this Certificate of Designation, free from any preemptive or other similar rights, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be issuable upon the conversion of all the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, assuming that the Conversion Price equaled the 1/1000 th the Original Purchase Price.

10.2. Free and Clear Delivery . All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and other encumbrances (other than liens, charges, security interests and other encumbrances created by the holders); provided , that such shares of Common Stock shall be subject to the Second Amended & Restated Stockholders Agreement of the Corporation.

10.3. Compliance with Law . Prior to the delivery of any securities that the Corporation shall be obligated to deliver upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all federal and state laws and regulations thereunder requiring the registration of such securities with, or any approval of or consent to the delivery thereof by, any governmental authority.

11. AMENDMENTS . The provisions of these terms of the Series B Preferred Stock may not be amended, modified or waived (whether through amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without the written consent or affirmative vote of the Required Holders, acting as a separate class. Except to the extent required by law, the vote of the holders of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation is not required for the amendment, modification or waiver (whether through merger, consolidation or otherwise) of the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Designation.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

-15-


Avaya Holdings Corp. has caused this certificate to be signed by its Treasurer, and attested by its Chief Administrative Officer, this 29 day of May, 2012.

 

LOGO
Name: Matthew Booher
Title: Treasurer

 

ATTEST:
LOGO
Name: Pamela Craven
Title: Chief Administrative Officer

[Signature Page to Certificate of Designation (Series B Preferred Stock)]

Exhibit 4.25

FORM OF WARRANT

NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON ITS EXERCISE HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS (I) PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR (II) IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM AND ACCOMPANIED, IF REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY, WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM (UNLESS SUCH TRANSFER IS TO AN AFFILIATE OF THE HOLDER).

THE VOTING OF THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT, AND THE SALE, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS WARRANT OR SUCH SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF A STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AND IN EFFECT FROM TIME TO TIME), A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE INSPECTED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY OR OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY WITHOUT CHARGE.

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to [ ] (“ Holder ”) the right to purchase [ ] shares (“ Shares ”) of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”). The exercise price per Share (the “ Initial Purchase Price ”) of the warrants granted hereby shall initially equal $4.00. The Initial Purchase Price and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2 of this Warrant. This Warrant may be exercised at any time and from time to time prior to the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Expiration Date ”). This Warrant shall expire and be of no further force or effect at the earlier of the time when it has been exercised or 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the Expiration Date.

1. Exercise of Warrant . This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time by the Holder prior to the Expiration Date by surrendering this Warrant, together with a Notice of Exercise in the form appearing at the end hereof properly completed and duly executed by the Holder or on behalf of the Holder by the Holder’s duly authorized representative, to the Company at its principal executive office (or at the office of the agency maintained for such purpose).

If the Holder has elected a “cash payment” exercise, the Notice of Exercise shall be accompanied by payment in cash or by check payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the Purchase Price (as defined in Section 2) multiplied by the number of Shares being purchased pursuant to such exercise. If the Holder has elected a “cashless exercise”, the number of Shares obtainable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be reduced to a number of Shares equal to (a) the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is then being exercised multiplied by (b) a


fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of one Share over the Purchase Price, and the denominator of which is the Fair Market Value of one Share. “ Fair Market Value ” means (i) the latest available closing price per Share on the principal trading market for the Shares, if the Shares are traded in the public markets, or (ii) the fair market value as reasonably and in good faith determined by the Company, if the Shares are not then traded in the public markets.

In the event of an exercise of this Warrant, certificates for the Shares purchased pursuant to such exercise shall be delivered to the Holder within ten (10) days of receipt of such notice and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised or has expired, a new Warrant representing the portion of the Shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised shall also be issued to the Holder within such ten day period. Upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant and such Notice of Exercise, together with the applicable aggregate Purchase Price, the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Shares purchased pursuant to such exercise, notwithstanding that Certificates representing such Shares shall not then be actually delivered to the Holder or that such Shares are not then set forth on the stock transfer book of the Company.

2. Adjustment of Exercise Consideration and Purchase Price . The Exercise Consideration (as defined below) which the Holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to receive upon the exercise hereof shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Consideration which would otherwise, but for the provisions of this Section 2, be issuable upon such exercise, by the fraction of which (a) the numerator is the Initial Purchase Price and (b) the denominator is the Purchase Price in effect on the date of such exercise. The “ Purchase Price ” shall initially be the Initial Purchase Price, adjusted and readjusted from time to time as provided in this Section 2 and, as so adjusted or readjusted, shall remain in effect until a further adjustment or readjustment thereof is required by this Section 2.

(a) Adjustments for Subdivisions, Stock Dividends, Combinations or Consolidation . In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock (or any successor equity securities that are a part of the Exercise Consideration) shall be increased by way of stock (or successor equity securities) issued as a dividend or other distribution for no consideration or subdivided by stock split or otherwise into a greater number of shares of Common Stock (or successor equity securities), the Purchase Price then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such increase or subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock (or any successor equity securities that are a part of the Exercise Consideration) shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock (or successor equity securities), the Purchase Price then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately increased.

(b) Subsequent Events . In the event of any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation of the Company or its successor, or in the event of any reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event in which the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, the Warrant shall be exercisable for such shares or other interests as the Holder would have been entitled if the Warrant had been exercised for Common Stock immediately prior to such event (the consideration into which the Warrant is exercisable (including, prior to or in the absence of

 

-2-


any event described in this Section 2(b), the Shares), the “ Exercise Consideration ”), and the terms of this Warrant shall be deemed to be restated as necessary to give effect to such change in the Exercise Consideration. In such an event, the term “ Shares ” for the purposes of this Warrant shall mean the number of shares of capital stock of the Company into which the Common Stock has been reclassified or otherwise changed. In the event that an offer is made to purchase all of the outstanding shares or all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the Company proposes to amalgamate or merge with another company, the Company shall have the right, subject to the right of the Holder to exercise such Warrant, to require that as a condition of closing of any such transaction, the participant shall accept in full substitution for this Warrant, an equivalent Warrant of the successor or purchasing company, in which case this Warrant shall be canceled upon the issuance of such substituted Warrant to the Holder. Without limiting the obligations of the Holder under the Stockholders Agreement, the Company shall not effect any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor entity (if other than the Company) resulting from the consolidation or merger or the entity purchasing such assets assumes by written instrument (in form and substance satisfactory to the Holders of a majority of the Warrants then remaining outstanding and unexpired) the obligation to deliver to each Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such holder may be entitled to acquire; provided, that any assumption shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.

(c) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Company at any time or from time to time after the date on which this Warrant was first issued while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired in whole or in part shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Company (other than shares of Common Stock), then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the Holder shall receive upon exercise hereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder, the kind and amount of securities of the Company which the Holder would have been entitled to receive had this Warrant been exercised into Common Stock on the date of such event and had the Holder thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the exercise date, retained any such securities receivable, giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this Section 2 with respect to the rights of the Holder.

3. Covenants .

(a) No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its charter as in effect on the date hereof or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of all or a substantial portion of its assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of the Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will (a) not increase the par value of any shares of Common Stock obtainable upon the exercise of this Warrant and (b) take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

-3-


(b) Reservation of Shares . So long as the Warrant shall remain outstanding, the Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized capital stock, for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of the Warrant, the full number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Warrant. If the Common Stock shall be listed on any national stock exchange, the Company at its expense shall include in its listing application all of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant at any time, including as a result of adjustments in the outstanding Common Stock or otherwise.

(c) Validity of Shares . All shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be free of restrictions on transfer, other than restrictions on transfer under the Stockholders Agreement or any agreement between the Holder and the Company and under applicable state and federal securities laws, and will be free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously or otherwise specified herein). The Company shall take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that all such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic stock exchange upon which shares of Common Stock may be listed (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Company upon each such issuance).

(d) Notice of Certain Events . If at any time, (1) the Company shall declare any dividend or distribution payable to the holders of its Common Stock, (2) the Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of Common Stock any additional shares of capital stock of any class or any other rights, (3) there shall be any recapitalization of the Company or consolidation or merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another corporation or business organization, or, if sooner, promptly following any agreement to do any of the foregoing, or (4) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, then, in any one or more of such cases, the Company shall give the registered Holder of this Warrant ten days’ prior written notice (or such other time period set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), in a manner permitted under the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time, the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), by and among the Stockholders (as defined therein) party thereto and the Company), of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights or for determining stockholders entitled to vote upon such recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up and of the date when any such transaction shall take place, as the case may be. Such notice shall also specify the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record shall participate in such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, or shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be. The Company shall also give such notices to the registered Holder of this Warrant to the extent and in the manner provided in the Company’s Stockholders Agreement.

4. Legend . Each certificate for Shares issued upon the exercise of the Warrant, each certificate issued upon the direct or indirect transfer of any Shares and each Warrant issued upon direct or indirect transfer or in substitution for any Warrant shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends in substantially the form set forth on the face of this Warrant.

 

-4-


5. Ownership of Warrants . The Company may treat the person in whose name any Warrant is registered on the register kept at the principal executive office of the Company (or at the office of the agency maintained for such purpose) as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Subject to the preceding sentence, a Warrant, if properly assigned, may be exercised by a new Holder without a new Warrant first having been issued.

6. Replacement of Warrants . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Warrant and, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender of such Warrant for cancellation at the principal executive office of the Company (or at the office of the agency maintained for such purpose), the Company at its expense will execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor and dated the date hereof.

7. Remedies . In the event of a breach by the Company of any of its obligations under this Warrant, the Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not provide adequate compensation for any losses incurred by reason of its breach of any of the provisions of this Warrant.

8. No Liabilities or Rights as a Stockholder . Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company. Until the exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall not have nor exercise any rights by virtue hereof as a stockholder of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event (a) the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the Exercise Price of and the number of Shares are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), and (b) the Holder exercises this Warrant between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend, the Holder shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend .

9. Notices . Any notice or other communication in connection with this Warrant shall be deemed to be delivered if given in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10 of the Company’s Stockholders Agreement.

10. Permits and Taxes . The Company shall, at its own expense, apply for and obtain any and all permits, approvals, authorizations, licenses and orders that may be necessary for the Company lawfully to issue the Shares on exercise of this Warrant. On exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall pay any and all issuance taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of the Shares. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay, and Holder shall pay, any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of the Shares in a name other than that of Holder, and no such issuance and delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issuance shall have paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or shall have established to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that such tax has been paid.

 

-5-


11. Acquisition for Own Account . The Holder is acquiring this Warrant with its own funds, for its own account, not as a nominee or agent. The Holder is purchasing or will purchase this Warrant for investment for an indefinite period and not with a view to any sale or distribution thereof, by public or private sale or other disposition.

12. Section Headings . The section headings in this Warrant are for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

13. Amendments or Waivers . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought; provided , however , that neither this Warrant nor any other warrant issued by the Company on the date hereof may be amended, unless the Company agrees to amend all such warrants in the same manner.

14. Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

15. Severability . The provisions of this Warrant will be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof; provided that if any provision of this Warrant, as applied to any party or to any circumstance, is adjudged by a court or other governmental body not to be enforceable in accordance with its terms, the parties agree that the court or governmental body making such determination will have the power to modify the provision in a manner consistent with its objectives such that it is enforceable, and/or to delete specific words or phrases, and in its reduced form, such provision will then be enforceable and will be enforced.

16. Successors and Assigns . This Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Holder and its assigns, and shall be binding upon any entity succeeding to the Company by consolidation, merger or acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The Company may not assign this Warrant or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Holder. Except as otherwise provided by the Stockholders Agreement, the Holder may assign this Warrant without the Company’s prior written consent.

17. Transfer . Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth on the face of this Warrant and in the Stockholders Agreement, this Warrant and all rights hereunder may be transferred, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant with a properly executed assignment at the principal executive office of the Company.

18. Governing Law . This Warrant and the performance of the transactions and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws, other than the conflict of laws rules, of The State of Delaware.

[Signatures appear on the following page.]

 

-6-


Dated: May 29, 2012   AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.
  By:   

 

    Name:   Pamela F. Craven
    Title:   Chief Administrative Officer

Agreed and Accepted:

[WARRANT HOLDER]

 

By:  

 

Name:
Title:
Address: [ ]
Facsimile: [ ]

Avaya Warrant – Sierra Co-Invest III, LLC


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

(To be completed and signed only on

an exercise of the Warrant.)

To Avaya Holdings Corp.:

RE: [Specify Holder’s Warrant] (the “Warrant”)

A. CASH PAYMENT

The undersigned Holder of the Warrant hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder, [number of shares to be exercised] shares of Common Stock in Avaya Holdings Corp. (“Shares”) (or a successor corporation or other entity), and herewith makes payment of $             therefor in cash or by check.

OR

B. CASHLESS EXERCISE

The undersigned Holder of the Warrant hereby irrevocably elects a cashless exercise of the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder, [number of shares to be exercised] shares of Common Stock in Avaya Holdings Corp. (“Shares”) (or a successor corporation or other entity); it being understood and agreed that the Company will only issue the Holder a number of Shares equal to (a) [number of shares to be exercised] multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Company, if the Shares are not then traded in the public markets) of one Share over the Purchase Price (as defined in the Warrant), and the denominator of which is the fair market value (as reasonably and in good faith determined by the Company, if the Shares are not then traded in the public markets) of one Share.


The undersigned hereby requests that the certificates for the Shares issuable upon this exercise of the Warrant be issued in the name(s) and delivered to the address(es) as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:                                                          

 

 

Signature of Holder

 

Print Name of Holder
(name must conform in all respects to name of Holder as specified in the face of the Warrant)

Exhibit 10.59

 

LOGO

Personal and Confidential

November 20, 2015

Mr. James Chirico

Dear Jim,

As a result of your expected future contribution to Avaya, we are pleased to offer you a Retention Bonus in the amount of $1,000,000 (the “Retention Bonus”). Details follow below.

Specifically, the Retention Bonus will be paid to you according to the following schedule, pending receipt of this signed agreement:

 

    $500,000 to be paid at the end of fiscal year 2016. To receive this payment you must be actively employed through end of FY16.

 

    $500,000 to be paid at the end of fiscal year 2017. To receive this payment you must be actively employed through end of FY17.

If you terminate your employment voluntarily or if Avaya terminates your employment involuntarily with Cause, you will be ineligible to receive any unpaid portion of this Bonus. If your employment is terminated involuntarily due to workforce reduction or other similar action, you will receive a pro-rated portion of this bonus, based on service.

This Retention Bonus is not a guarantee of continued employment or employment for any length of time. You do not acquire any future rights in obtaining this payment, even if it has been paid repeatedly in the past.

Jim, we consider you to be integral part of our future success and look forward to your continued leadership.

To accept this offer, please sign below and return a copy of this letter to Carol Bonura in Executive Compensation at execcomp@avaya.com

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Kevin J. Kennedy
Kevin J. Kennedy
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Acknowledgement

I, James Chirico, acknowledge that I have read and understood the terms and conditions of the awards as outlined in this letter.

 

Signature:    /s/ James Chirico       Date:    Nov. 23, 2015

Exhibit 10.77

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED 2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS AWARD AND ANY SECURITIES ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE AGREEMENT ARE

SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON VOTING AND TRANSFER AND REQUIREMENTS OF

SALE AND OTHER PROVISIONS AS SET FORTH IN THE MANAGEMENT

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT.

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP. STRONGLY ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF

YOUR OWN LEGAL AND FINANCIAL ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO YOUR AWARD AND

ITS TAX CONSEQUENCES.

This agreement (the “Agreement”) evidences an Award of Restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”) to the Award Recipient governed by the terms of the Avaya Holdings Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), subject to the terms set forth below and on Appendix I and in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference; and (ii) agrees with Avaya Holdings Corp. (the “Company”) as follows:

 

  1. Preliminary Matters . Not later than upon the execution of this Agreement and effective as of the date hereof, the Award Recipient has executed and become a party to the Management Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

  2. Effective Date . Subject to the Award Recipient’s execution of the documents referenced in Section 1 above, the grant date for the Award is as set forth in the grant details table above (the “Grant Date”).

 

  3. Shares Subject to Award . The Award consists of the right to receive, on the terms set forth herein and in the Plan and except as otherwise provided in Section 5 below, one share (a “Share”) of Stock of the Company with respect to each RSU forming part of the Award. Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan, the Award covers the number of RSUs as set forth in the grant details table above.

 

  4. Meaning of Certain Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided, all terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan.

 

  5. Delivery of Shares .

 

  a. Vesting . The award shall vest and become non-forfeitable according to the schedule provided below; provided, however, that vesting for any RSUs awarded shall accelerate in full upon the earlier occurrence of (i) an event that is both (x) a “change

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 


  in control event” (as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i)) and a “change in control” in which the Company or its business is acquired and (y) a Transfer by the Majority Stockholders of Control of Parent (each such capitalized term as defined in the Management Stockholders’ Agreement) (such event, a “Change in Control”), (ii) the Award Recipient’s death or Disability. In the event the Award Recipient ceases Employment with the Company, then any RSUs that are unvested as of the date of termination of Employment shall be forfeited and cancelled.

 

Vesting Date

  

Vesting Amount

First Anniversary of the Grant Date    One-fourth (1/4) of the total number of RSUs
Following the first anniversary of the grant date, on each quarterly anniversary of the Grant Date until fully vested on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date    One-sixteenth (1/16) of the total number of RSUs

 

  b. Distribution . With respect to each vested RSU and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan, the Company shall deliver one Share on, or within thirty (30) days of each Vesting Date.

 

  6. Effect of Covered Transaction . In the event a Covered Transaction that is not a Change in Control occurs prior to any date of distribution of RSUs as set forth in Section 5b of this agreement, the RSUs, unless previously distributed pursuant to Section 5 above, and unless assumed in the transaction, shall automatically be converted into the right to receive from the surviving or acquiring entity (or, if so arranged by the Administrator, from an affiliate thereof), on the same payment schedule as is specified in Section 5 above and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions of this Award, cash (or, in the Administrator’s discretion, securities or other property, including Stock) on a basis that in the Administrator’s judgment as closely as possible under the circumstances, and on a basis that complies with the requirements of Section 409A, effectuates the intent of the Award, adjusted in such manner as the Administrator shall have prescribed prior to the Covered Transaction for notional interest or other notional investment experience for the period between the Covered Transaction and payment.

 

  7. Dividends, etc. If while the Award Recipient still holds the Award and prior to delivery of any Shares under the Award, the Company makes a dividend or other distribution with respect to the Stock, the Award Recipient shall be entitled, subject to withholding of tax by the Company pursuant to Section 8 below, to a payment in lieu of such dividend or other distribution (which in-lieu-of payment shall be in cash to the extent the dividend or other distribution was in cash, and otherwise in such form as the Administrator shall determine) equal on a per-Share amount to the per-Share amount of the dividend or other distribution paid by the Company with respect to one Share of outstanding Stock.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

2


  8. Certain Tax Matters . The Award Recipient expressly acknowledges that because the Award consists of an unfunded and unsecured promise by the Company to deliver Shares in the future, subject to the terms hereof, it is not possible to make a so-called “83(b) election” with respect to the Award. The Award Recipient also expressly acknowledges that, unless applicable law provides otherwise, the Award Recipient (i) is subject to FICA tax upon the vesting of the RSUs underlying the Award and will promptly pay to the Company, upon demand, the full amount of such tax unless the Company determines instead that it will (a) hold back Shares from an award or permit the Award Recipient to tender previously owned Shares in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements (but not in excess of the applicable minimum statutory withholding rate) or (b) withhold such tax from other payments owed to the Award Recipient, and (ii) will be subject to income tax and related withholding requirements with respect to the Award at such time as cash or property is delivered with respect to the Award (unless required to include amounts in income prior thereto by reason of Section 409A or otherwise). The Award Recipient agrees that the Award Recipient’s rights hereunder are subject to the Award Recipient promptly paying to the Company in cash (or by such other means as may be acceptable to the Company in its discretion, including, as the Administrator so determines) all taxes required to be withheld in connection with the Award.

 

  9. Governing Law . This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

  10. Acknowledgement. The Award Recipient confirms that he or she has been provided adequate opportunity to review the RSU grant awarded to him or her under the Plan, including this Agreement and the Management Stockholders’ Agreement. The Award Recipient understands that clicking the appropriate box, “Accept” for acceptance or “Reject” for rejection, indicates his or her irrevocable election to accept or reject, as applicable, the terms of the grant as set forth in this Agreement. By acceptance of the Award, the Award Recipient agrees to become a party to (or remain, if the Award Recipient is already a party to), and be bound by the terms of, the Management Stockholders’ Agreement. The Award Recipient further acknowledges and agrees that (i) this is an electronic agreement, (ii) the signature to this Agreement on behalf of the Company is an electronic signature that will be treated as an original signature for all purposes hereunder and (iii) any such electronic signature shall be binding against the Company and shall create a legally binding agreement when this Agreement is accepted by the Award Recipient.

 

  11. Acceptance of Agreement. In order for this Award to become effective, the Award Recipient must acknowledge acceptance of the Agreement within 60 days from the Grant Date. If the foregoing does not occur by such date, then the Award may be cancelled at the discretion of the Company.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

3


This version supersedes any prior agreement versions for the grant described in the table above.

Agreed to as of the Grant Date

The foregoing Restricted Stock Unit

Award Agreement is hereby accepted:

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

 

By:    

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

4


Appendix I

NON-DISCLOSURE, IP ASSIGNMENT, NON-COMPETITION AND

NON-SOLICITATION

By executing the Award Agreement, the Award Recipient acknowledges the importance to Avaya Inc. and its Affiliates existing now or in the future (hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Company”), of protecting its confidential information and other legitimate business interests, including, without limitation, the valuable trade secrets and good will that it develops or acquires. The Award Recipient further acknowledges that the Company is engaged in a highly competitive business, that its success in the marketplace depends upon the preservation of its confidential information and industry reputation, and that obtaining agreements such as this one from its employees is reasonable and necessary. The Award Recipient undertakes the obligations in this Appendix I in consideration of the Award Recipient’s initial and/or ongoing relationship with the Company, this Award, the Award Recipient’s being granted access to trade secrets and other confidential information of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the Award Recipient acknowledges. As used in this Appendix I, “relationship” refers to an Award Recipient’s employment or association as an advisor, consultant or contractor, with the Company, as applicable.

 

1. Loyalty and Conflicts of Interest

1.1. Exclusive Duty . During his or her relationship with the Company, the Award Recipient will not engage in any other business activity that creates a conflict of interest except as permitted by the Company’s Code of Conduct.

1.2. Compliance with Company Policy . The Award Recipient will comply with all lawful policies, practices and procedures of the Company, as these may be implemented and/or changed by the Company from time to time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Award Recipient acknowledges that the Company may from time to time have agreements with other Persons which impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding Intellectual Property, as defined below, created during the course of work under such agreements and/or regarding the confidential nature of such work. The Award Recipient will comply with and be bound by all such obligations and restrictions which the Company conveys to him or her and will take all actions necessary (to the extent within his or her power and authority) to discharge the obligations of the Company under such agreements.

 

2. Confidentiality

2.1. Nondisclosure and Nonuse of Confidential Information . All Confidential Information, as defined below, which the Award Recipient creates or has access to as a result of his or her relationship with the Company, is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company. The Award Recipient will never, directly or indirectly, use or disclose any Confidential Information, except (a) as required for the proper performance of his or her regular duties for the Company, (b) as expressly authorized in writing in advance by the Company’s General Counsel, (c) as required by applicable law or regulation, or (d) as may be reasonably determined by the Award Recipient to be necessary in connection with the enforcement of his or her rights in connection with this Appendix I. This restriction shall continue to apply after the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company or any restriction time period set forth in this Appendix I, howsoever caused. The Award Recipient shall furnish prompt notice to the Company’s General Counsel of any required disclosure of Confidential Information sought pursuant to subpoena, court order or any other legal process or requirement, and shall provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to seek protection of the Confidential Information prior to any such disclosure, to the greatest extent time and circumstances permit.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 1


2.2. Use and Return of Documents . All documents, records, and files, in any media of whatever kind and description, relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company, and any copies (including, without limitation, electronic), in whole or in part, thereof (the “Documents” and each individually, a “Document”), whether or not prepared by the Award Recipient, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Except as required for the proper performance of the Award Recipient’s regular duties for the Company or as expressly authorized in writing in advance by the Company, the Award Recipient will not copy any Documents or remove any Documents or copies or derivatives thereof from the premises of the Company. The Award Recipient will safeguard, and return to the Company immediately upon termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company, and at such other times as may be specified by the Company, all Documents and other property of the Company, and all documents, records and files of its customers, subcontractors, vendors, and suppliers (“Third-Party Documents” and each individually a “Third-Party Document”), as well as all other property of such customers, subcontractors, vendors and suppliers, then in the Award Recipient’s possession or control. Provided, however, if a Document or Third-Party Document is on electronic media, the Award Recipient may, in lieu of surrender of the Document or Third-Party Document, provide a copy on electronic media to the Company and delete and overwrite all other electronic media copies thereof. Upon request of any duly authorized officer of the Company, the Award Recipient will disclose all passwords necessary or desirable to enable the Company to obtain access to the Documents and Third-Party Documents. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 2.2 to the contrary, the Award Recipient shall be permitted to retain copies of all Documents evidencing his or her hire, equity, compensation rate and benefits, this Appendix I, and any other agreements between the Award Recipient and the Company that the Award Recipient has signed or electronically accepted.

 

3. Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, and Other Restricted Activity

3.1. Non-Competition . This paragraph is applicable to Award Recipients who hold Vice President and higher positions as of the date this Award is accepted. During his or her relationship with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will not, directly or indirectly, whether paid or not (a) serve as a partner, principal, licensor, licensee, employee, consultant, officer, director, manager, agent, affiliate, representative, advisor, promoter, associate, investor, or otherwise for, (b) directly or indirectly, own, purchase, organize or take preparatory steps for the organization of, or (c) build, design, finance, acquire, lease, operate, manage, control, invest in, work or consult for or otherwise join, participate in or affiliate him or herself with, any business whose business, product(s) or operations are in any respect competitive with or otherwise similar to the Company’s business. The foregoing covenant shall cover the Award Recipient’s activities in every part of the Territory. “Territory” shall mean (a) all states of the United States of America from which the Company derived revenue or conducted business at any time during the two-year period prior to the date of the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company; and (b) all other countries from which the Company derived revenue or conducted business at any time during the two-year period prior to the date of the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company. The foregoing shall not prevent: (a) passive ownership by the Award Recipient of no more than two percent (2%) of the equity securities of any publicly traded company; or (b) the Award Recipient’s providing services to a division or subsidiary of a multi-division entity or holding company, so long as (i) no division or subsidiary to which the Award Recipient provides services is in any way competitive with or similar to the business of the Company, and (ii) the Award Recipient is not involved in, and does not otherwise engage in competition on behalf of, the multi-division entity or any competing division or subsidiary thereof.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 2


3.2. Good Will . Any and all good will which the Award Recipient develops during his or her relationship with the Company with any of the customers, prospective customers, subcontractors or suppliers of the Company shall be the sole, exclusive and permanent property of the Company, and shall continue to be such after termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company, howsoever caused.

3.3. Non-Solicitation of Customers . During the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will not, directly or indirectly, contact, or cause to be contacted, directly or indirectly, or engage in any form of oral, verbal, written, recorded, transcribed, or electronic communication with any customer of the Company for the purposes of conducting business that is competitive with or similar to that of the Company or for the purpose of disadvantaging the Company’s business in any way; provided that this restriction applies (i) only with respect to those customers who are or have been a customer of the Company at any time within the immediately preceding one-year period or whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company by any of its officers, employees or agents within said one-year period, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement, and (ii) only if the Award Recipient has performed work for such customer during his or her relationship with the Company, has been introduced to, or otherwise had contact with, such customer as a result of his or her relationship with the Company, or has had access to Confidential Information which would assist in the solicitation of such customer. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to general solicitation or advertising, including through media and trade publications.

3.4. Non-Solicitation/Non-Hiring of Employees and Independent Contractors . During his or her relationship with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will not, and will not assist anyone else to, (a) hire or solicit for hiring any employee of the Company or seek to persuade or induce any employee of the Company to discontinue employment with the Company, or (b) hire or engage any independent contractor providing services to the Company, or solicit, encourage or induce any independent contractor providing services to the Company to terminate or diminish in any substantial respect its relationship with the Company. For the purposes of this Appendix I, an “employee” or “independent contractor” of the Company is any person who is or was such at any time within the preceding six-month period. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to general solicitation or advertising, including through media, trade publications and general job postings.

3.5. Non-Solicitation of Others . The Award Recipient agrees that for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company, for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will not solicit, encourage, or induce, or cause to be solicited, encouraged or induced, directly or indirectly, any franchisee, joint venture, supplier, vendor or contractor who conducted business with the Company at any time during the two year period preceding the termination of his or her relationship with the Company, to terminate or adversely modify any business relationship with the Company, or not to proceed with, or enter into, any business relationship with the Company, nor shall he or she otherwise interfere with any business relationship between the Company and any such franchisee, joint venture, supplier, vendor or contractor.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 3


3.6. Notice of New Address and Employment . During the 12-month period immediately following the termination of his or her relationship with the Company, for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will promptly provide the Company with pertinent information concerning each new job or other business activity in which the Award Recipient engages or plans to engage during such 12-month period as the Company may reasonably request in order to determine the Award Recipient’s continued compliance with his or her obligations under this Appendix I. The Award Recipient shall notify his or her new employer(s) of the Award Recipient’s obligations under this Appendix I, and hereby consents to notification by the Company to such employer(s) concerning his or her obligations under this Appendix I. The Company shall treat any such notice and information as confidential, and will not use or disclose the information contained therein except to enforce its rights hereunder. Any breach of this Section 3.6 shall constitute a material breach of this agreement.

3.7. Acknowledgement of Reasonableness; Remedies . In signing or electronically accepting the Award Agreement, the Award Recipient gives the Company assurance that the Award Recipient has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions hereof. The Award Recipient acknowledges without reservation that each of the restraints contained herein is necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the good will, Confidential Information and other legitimate business interests of the Company, that each and every one of those restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time, and geographic area; and that these restraints will not prevent the Award Recipient from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which he or she is bound by them. The Award Recipient will never assert, or permit to be asserted on the Award Recipient’s behalf, in any forum, any position contrary to the foregoing. Were the Award Recipient to breach any of the provisions of this Appendix I, the harm to the Company would be irreparable. Therefore, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it, have the right to obtain preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any such breach or threatened breach without having to post bond, and the Award Recipient agrees that injunctive relief is an appropriate remedy to address any such breach. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, or other forms of relief available to the Company, in the event of the Award Recipient’s breach of any of the provisions of this Appendix I, the Award Recipient will forfeit any award or payment made pursuant to any applicable severance or other incentive plan or program, or if a payment has already been made, the Award Recipient will be obligated to return the proceeds to the Company.

3.8. Unenforceability . In the event that any provision of this Appendix I shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. The 12-month period of restriction set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 hereof and the 12-month period of obligation set forth in Section 3.6 hereof shall be tolled, and shall not run, during any period of time in which the Award Recipient is in violation of the terms thereof, in order that the Company shall have the agreed-upon temporal protection recited herein.

3.9. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . The terms of this Appendix I shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as if performed wholly within the state and without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law. In the event of any alleged breach of this Appendix I, the Award Recipient consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in and of the State of Delaware. The Award Recipient will accept service of process by registered or certified mail or the equivalent directed to his or her last known address on the books of the Company, or by whatever other means are permitted by such court.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 4


3.10. Limited Exception for Attorneys . Insofar as the restrictions set forth in this Section 3 prohibit the solicitation, inducement or attempt to hire a licensed attorney who is employed at the Company, they shall not apply if the Award Recipient is a licensed attorney and the restrictions contained herein are illegal, unethical or unenforceable under the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction in which the Award Recipient is licensed as an attorney.

3.11. Attorneys’ Fees and Costs . Except as prohibited by law, the Award Recipient shall indemnify the Company from any and all costs and fees, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Company in successfully enforcing the terms of this Award Agreement against the Award Recipient, (including, but not limited to, a court partially or fully granting any application, motion, or petition by the Company for a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, or permanent injunction), as a result of the Award Recipient’s breach or threatened breach of any provision contained herein. The Company shall be entitled to recover from the Award Recipient its costs and fees incurred to date at any time during the course of a dispute (i.e., final resolution of such dispute is not a prerequisite) upon written demand to the Award Recipient.

3.12. Enforcement . The Company agrees that it will not enforce Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.5 or the portion of Section 3.4 that prohibits Award Recipient from hiring Company employees and independent contractors to restrict Award Recipient’s employment in any jurisdiction in which such enforcement is contrary to law or regulation to the extent that Award Recipient is a resident of such jurisdiction at the time Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company terminates and does not otherwise change residency during the restriction period.

 

4. Intellectual Property

4.1. In signing or electronically accepting the Award Agreement, the Award Recipient hereby assigns and shall assign to the Company all of his or her rights, title and interest in and to all inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas, mask works, computer or other apparatus programs and related documentation, and other works of authorship (hereinafter each designated “Intellectual Property”), whether or not patentable, copyrightable or subject to other forms of protection, made, created, developed, written or conceived by the Award Recipient during the period of his or her relationship with the Company, whether during or outside of regular working hours, either solely or jointly with another, in whole or in part, either: (a) in the course of such relationship, (b) relating to the actual or anticipated business or research development of the Company, or (c) with the use of Company time, material, private or proprietary information, or facilities, except as provided in Section 4.5 below.

4.2. The Award Recipient will, without charge to the Company, but at its expense, execute a specific assignment of title to the Company and do anything else reasonably necessary to enable the Company to secure a patent, copyright or other form of protection for said Intellectual Property anywhere in the world.

4.3. The Award Recipient acknowledges that the copyrights in Intellectual Property created with the scope of his or her relationship with the Company belong to the Company by operation of law.

4.4. The Award Recipient has attached hereto as Exhibit A a list describing all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets which were made by the Award Recipient prior to his or her relationship with the Company, which belong to the Award Recipient and which are not assigned to the Company hereunder (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”), and has provided such list to the Company; and, if no such list is attached, the Award Recipient represents and warrants that there are no such Prior Inventions.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 5


4.5. Exception to Assignments. THE AWARD RECIPIENT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT REQUIRING ASSIGNMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (AS DEFINED ABOVE) TO THE COMPANY DO NOT APPLY TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY THAT QUALIFIES FULLY UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870 (ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT B). THE AWARD RECIPIENT WILL ADVISE THE COMPANY PROMPTLY IN WRITING OF ANY INVENTIONS THAT HE OR SHE BELIEVES MEET THE CRITERIA IN CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870 AND ARE NOT OTHERWISE DISCLOSED ON EXHIBIT A TO PERMIT A DETERMINATION OF OWNERSHIP BY THE COMPANY. ANY SUCH DISCLOSURE WILL BE RECEIVED IN CONFIDENCE.

 

5. Definitions

Words or phrases which are initially capitalized or are within quotation marks shall have the meanings provided in this Section 5 and as provided elsewhere in this Appendix I. For purposes of this Appendix I, the following definitions apply:

“Affiliates” means all persons and entities directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, where control may be by management authority, contract or equity interest.

“Confidential Information” means any and all information of the Company, whether or not in writing, that is not generally known by others with whom the Company competes or does business, or with whom it plans to compete or do business, and any and all information, which, if disclosed, would assist in competition against the Company, including but not limited to (a) all proprietary information of the Company, including but not limited to the products and services, technical data, methods, processes, know-how, developments, inventions, and formulae of the Company, (b) the development, research, testing, marketing and financial activities and strategic plans of the Company, (c) the manner in which the Company operates, (d) its costs and sources of supply, (e) the identity and special needs of the customers, prospective customers and subcontractors of the Company, and (f) the people and organizations with whom the Company has business relationships and the substance of those relationships. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information shall specifically include: (i) any and all product testing methodologies, product test results, research and development plans and initiatives, marketing research, plans and analyses, strategic business plans and budgets, and technology grids; (ii) any and all vendor, supplier and purchase records, including without limitation the identity of contacts at any vendor, any list of vendors or suppliers, any lists of purchase transactions and/or prices paid; and (iii) any and all customer lists and customer and sales records, including without limitation the identity of contacts at purchasers, any list of purchasers, and any list of sales transactions and/or prices charged by the Company. Confidential Information also includes any information that the Company may receive or has received from customers, subcontractors, suppliers or others, with any understanding, express or implied, that the information would not be disclosed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information that (A) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of Section 2 hereof by the Award Recipient), (B) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Award Recipient without use of the Company’s Confidential Information or (C) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Award Recipient by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company of which the Award Recipient is aware.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 6


“Person” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization, other than the Company.

 

6. Compliance with Other Agreements and Obligations

The Award Recipient represents and warrants that his or her employment or other relationship with the Company and execution and performance of the Award Agreement, including this Appendix I, will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Award Recipient is a party or is bound, and that the Award Recipient is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants or other obligations to third parties or to any court order, judgment or decree that would affect the performance of the Award Recipient’s obligations hereunder or the Award Recipient’s duties and responsibilities to the Company, except as disclosed in writing to the Company’s General Counsel no later than the time an executed copy of the Award Agreement, including this Appendix I, is returned by the Award Recipient. The Award Recipient will not disclose to or use on behalf of the Company, or induce the Company to use, any proprietary information of any previous employer or other third party without that party’s consent.

 

7. Entire Agreement; Severability; Modification

With respect to the subject matter hereof, this Appendix I sets forth the entire agreement between the Award Recipient and the Company, and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, supersedes all prior and contemporaneous communications, agreements and understandings, written or oral, regarding the same. If the Award Recipient previously executed an Award Agreement with an Appendix I or other schedule containing similar provisions, this Appendix I shall supersede such agreement. In the event of conflict between this Appendix I and any prior agreement between the Award Recipient and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof, this Appendix I shall govern. The provisions of this Appendix I are severable, and no breach of any provision of this Appendix I by the Company, or any other claimed breach of contract or violation of law, shall operate to excuse the Award Recipient’s obligation to fulfill the requirements of Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof. No deletion, addition, marking, notation or other change to the body of this Appendix I shall be of any force or effect, and this Appendix I shall be interpreted as if such change had not been made. This Appendix I may not be modified or amended, and no breach shall be deemed to be waived, unless agreed to in writing by the Award Recipient and the Company’s General Counsel. If any provision of this Appendix I should, for any reason, be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, it shall not affect any other provisions, and shall be construed by limiting it so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent permissible by law. Provisions of this Appendix I shall survive any termination if so provided in this Appendix I or if necessary or desirable to accomplish the purpose of other surviving provisions. It is agreed and understood that no changes to the nature or scope of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company shall operate to extinguish the Award Recipient’s obligations hereunder or require that a new agreement concerning the subject matter of this Appendix I be executed.

 

8. Assignment

Neither the Company nor the Award Recipient may make any assignment of this Appendix I or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Appendix I without the Award Recipient’s consent (a) in the event that the Award Recipient is transferred to a position with one of the

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 7


Company’s Affiliates or (b) in the event that the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into any company or entity or transfer to any company or entity all or substantially all of the business, properties or assets of the Company or any division or line of business of the Company with which the Award Recipient is at any time associated. This Appendix I shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Award Recipient and the Company, and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs, representatives and permitted assigns.

 

9. At-Will Employment

This Appendix I does not alter or in any way modify the at-will nature of the Award Recipient’s employment with the Company. Accordingly, this Appendix I does not in any way obligate the Company to retain the Award Recipient’s services for a fixed period or at a fixed level of compensation; nor does it in any way restrict the Award Recipient’s right or that of the Company to terminate the Award Recipient’s employment at any time, at will, with or without notice or cause.

 

10. Successors

The Award Recipient consents to be bound by the provisions of this Appendix I for the benefit of the Company, and any successor or permitted assign to whose employ the Award Recipient may be transferred, without the necessity that a new agreement concerning the subject matter or this Appendix I be re-signed at the time of such transfer.

 

11. Acknowledgement of Understanding

In signing or electronically accepting the Award Agreement, the Award Recipient gives the Company assurance that the Award Recipient has read and understood all of its terms; that the Award Recipient has had a full and reasonable opportunity to consider its terms and to consult with any person of his or her choosing before signing or electronically accepting; that the Award Recipient has not relied on any agreements or representations, express or implied, that are not set forth expressly in the Award Agreement, including this Appendix I; and that the Award Recipient has signed the Award Agreement knowingly and voluntarily.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 8


EXHIBIT A

LIST OF PRIOR INVENTIONS

AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

 

Title

  

Date

  

Identifying Number or Brief

Description

         No inventions or improvements

         Additional Sheets Attached

 

Date:           
      

Signature

        
      

Name of Employee (typed or printed)

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 9


EXHIBIT B

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870

INVENTION ON OWN TIME-EXEMPTION FROM AGREEMENT

“(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.”

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 10

Exhibit 10.78

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED 2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS AWARD AND ANY SECURITIES ISSUED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION ARE

SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON VOTING AND TRANSFER AND REQUIREMENTS OF

SALE AND OTHER PROVISIONS AS SET FORTH IN THE MANAGEMENT

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT.

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP. STRONGLY ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF

YOUR OWN LEGAL AND FINANCIAL ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO YOUR AWARD

AND ITS TAX CONSEQUENCES.

This agreement (the “Agreement”) evidences a stock option granted by Avaya Holdings Corp. (the “Company”), to the undersigned (the “Award Recipient”), pursuant to, and subject to the terms of, the Second Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated herein by reference.

1. Grant of Option . This Agreement evidences the grant by the Company to the Award Recipient on the date of grant set forth in the grant details table above (“Date of Grant”) of an option (the “Option”) to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Plan, the total number of shares of Stock (the “Shares”), having an exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Date of Grant, in each case as set forth in the table above and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan. The Option will vest in accordance with Section 3 below.

The Option evidenced by this Agreement is intended to be a non-statutory option (that is, an option not described in subsection (b) of Code Section 422).

2. Meaning of Certain Terms . Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Plan. The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

  (a) Beneficiary means, in the event of the Award Recipient’s death, the beneficiary, in order of succession:

 

  (i) named in the written designation (in form acceptable to the Administrator) most recently filed with the Administrator by the Award Recipient prior to death and not subsequently revoked prior to the death of the Award Recipient, or

 

  (ii) if there is no such designated beneficiary, the executor or administrator of the Award Recipient’s estate.

If any portion of the Option has been transferred to a Permitted Transferee who is a natural person, and such Permitted Transferee dies while such Option or transferred portion thereof is outstanding, the Option or portion thereof so transferred may thereafter be exercised, to the extent it remains exercisable and subject to such limitations as the Administrator may impose, by the person or persons to whom it passed from the Permitted Transferee according the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 


  (b) Merger has the same meaning as that term is defined in the Management Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

  (c) Option Holder means the Award Recipient or, if as of the relevant time the Option has passed to a Beneficiary or Permitted Transferee, the Beneficiary or Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, who holds the Option pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (d) Permitted Transferee means a transferee of the Option pursuant to a transfer described at Section 6 below.

 

  (e) Vest means to become exercisable.

3. Vesting; Method of Exercise; Treatment of the Option Upon Cessation of Employment.

 

  (a) Generally . The Option, or each portion thereof, as applicable, shall vest in accordance with the terms of the applicable Schedule(s) attached hereto.

 

  (b) Exercise of the Option . No portion of the Option may be exercised until such portion vests. Each election to exercise any vested portion of the Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and shall be in writing and signed by the Award Recipient or by the Beneficiary or Permitted Transferee to whom such portion of the Option has passed (or electronically transmitted, to the extent permitted by the Administrator), in each case subject to any restrictions provided under the Plan and the Management Stockholders’ Agreement. Each such exercise election must be received by the Company at its principal office and be accompanied by payment in full as provided in the Plan. The purchase price may be paid (i) by cash or check acceptable to the Administrator, or (ii) on a cashless basis under which shares of Stock otherwise deliverable under the Option and having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price are withheld by the Company in accordance with the Plan, or (iii) by such other means, if any, as may be acceptable to the Administrator, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing permissible forms of payment. In the event that the Option is exercised by a person other than the Award Recipient, the Company will be under no obligation to deliver Shares hereunder unless and until it is satisfied as to the authority of the Option Holder to exercise the Option. The latest date on which the Option or any portion thereof may be exercised is the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant, (the “ Final Exercise Date ”), and if not exercised by such date the Option or any remaining portion thereof will thereupon immediately terminate.

 

  (c) Treatment of the Option Upon Cessation of Employment . If the Award Recipient’s Employment ceases, the Option to the extent not already vested will be immediately forfeited and any vested portion of the Option will be treated as follows:

 

  (i) Subject to (ii), (iii), and (iv) below, the Option, to the extent exercisable immediately prior to the cessation of the Award Recipient’s Employment, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) 30 days following cessation of Employment or (ii) the Final Exercise Date, and unless previously exercised will thereupon immediately terminate.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

2


  (ii) In the event of cessation of the Award Recipient’s Employment by reason of death, Disability, or Retirement, the Option, to the extent exercisable immediately prior to Award Recipient’s death, Disability, or Retirement, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the Award Recipient’s death, Disability, or Retirement, or (ii) the Final Exercise Date, and unless previously exercised will thereupon immediately terminate.

 

  (iii) Except as otherwise set forth in any Schedule(s) to this Agreement, in the event of termination of the Award Recipient’s Employment by the Company without Cause or the Award Recipient’s voluntary termination of Employment for Good Reason, the Option, to the extent exercisable immediately prior to the cessation of the Award Recipient’s Employment, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) 90 days following cessation of Employment, or (ii) the Final Exercise Date, and unless previously exercised will thereupon immediately terminate.

 

  (iv) In the event of cessation of the Award Recipient’s Employment as a result of an act or failure to act constituting Cause, the Option will be treated as having terminated immediately prior to such cessation of Employment.

4. Share Restrictions, etc . Except as expressly provided herein, the Award Recipient’s rights hereunder and with respect to Shares received upon exercise are subject to the restrictions and other provisions contained in the Management Stockholders’ Agreement.

5. Legends, etc. Shares issued upon exercise shall bear such legends as may be required or provided for under the terms of the Management Stockholders’ Agreement.

6. Transfer of Option . The Option may only be transferred to a legal representative in the event of the Award Recipient’s incapacity or to one or more transferees permitted under Section 6(a)(3) of the Plan.

7. Withholding . The exercise of the Option will give rise to “wages” subject to withholding. The Award Recipient expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Award Recipient’s rights hereunder, including the right to be issued Shares upon exercise, are subject to the Award Recipient promptly paying to the Company in cash (or by such other means, including but not limited to the withholding of Shares that would otherwise be received upon exercise of the Option if deemed acceptable to the Administrator in its sole discretion, which Shares shall have a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory tax withholding requirements) all taxes required to be withheld. In the event of an exercise of the Option, or a portion of the Option, in connection with a cessation of Employment as result of death, Disability, termination without Cause, or voluntary termination for Good Reason, the Award Recipient may elect to have shares of Stock held back by the Company in satisfaction of minimum statutory tax withholding requirements. The Award Recipient also authorizes the Company and its subsidiaries to withhold such amount from any amounts otherwise owed to the Award Recipient and the Company may so withhold as provided in Section 3(b) above.

8. Effect on Employment . Neither the grant of the Option, nor the issuance of Shares upon exercise of the Option, shall give the Award Recipient any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates, affect the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to discharge or discipline such Award Recipient at any time, or affect any right of such Award Recipient to terminate his or her Employment at any time.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

3


9. Other Undertakings . By executing this Agreement, the Award Recipient also agrees to the terms and conditions set forth in Appendix I, which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive any exercise, expiration, forfeiture or other termination of this Agreement or the Option issuable hereunder.

10. Governing Law . This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

11. Acceptance of Agreement. In order for this Award to become effective, the Award Recipient must acknowledge acceptance of the Agreement within 60 days from the Grant Date. If the foregoing does not occur by such date, then the Award may be cancelled at the discretion of the Company

Acknowledgement

The Award Recipient confirms that he or she has been provided adequate opportunity to review the Option grant awarded to him or her under the Plan, including this Agreement and the Management Stockholders’ Agreement.

The Award Recipient understands that clicking the appropriate box, “Accept” for acceptance or “Reject” for rejection, indicates his or her irrevocable election to accept or reject, as applicable, the terms of the grant as set forth in this Agreement.

By acceptance of the Option, the Award Recipient agrees to become a party to (or remain, if the Award Recipient is already a party to), and be bound by the terms of, the Management Stockholders’ Agreement. The Award Recipient further acknowledges and agrees that (i) this is an electronic agreement, (ii) the signature to this Agreement on behalf of the Company is an electronic signature that will be treated as an original signature for all purposes hereunder and (iii) any such electronic signature shall be binding against the Company and shall create a legally binding agreement when this Agreement is accepted by the Award Recipient.

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted as of the Grant Date:

 

By: Avaya Holdings Corp.:

 

Name:   Roger Gaston
Title:   Senior Vice President, Human Resources

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

4


Schedule A

Vesting Schedule for Time-Based Award

 

1. The Time-Based Award, unless earlier terminated, forfeited or expired, shall vest as follows:

 

  a. One-fourth (1/4 th ) of the total number of Shares on the first anniversary of the Grant Date (“First Vesting Period”); and

 

  b. One-sixteenth (1/16) of the total number of Shares on each quarterly anniversary of the Grant Date thereafter (each a “Quarterly Vesting Date”), with the last such vesting date falling on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date (collectively “Second Vesting Period”).

 

2. Notwithstanding Section 1 above, in the event of a termination of the Award Recipient’s Employment as a result of death or Disability, or by the Company without Cause (an “Accelerating Termination” during:

 

  a. First Vesting Period: if the Accelerating Termination occurs during the First Vesting Period, one quarter (1/4) of such Shares that otherwise would have vested at the end of the First Vesting Period had the Accelerating Termination not occurred will vest on termination of Employment for each partial or full quarter following the Grant Date in which the Award Recipient was Employed during the First Vesting Period. Any other portion of the Award that remains unvested as of the date of such termination of Employment shall be forfeited and cancelled immediately.

 

  b. Second Vesting Period: if the Accelerating Termination occurs during the Second Vesting Period, the portion of the Award that was scheduled to have vested on the Quarterly Vesting Date immediately following the Accelerating Termination will vest on the date of termination of Employment. Any other portion of the Award that remains unvested as of the date of such termination of Employment shall be forfeited and cancelled immediately.

 

3. In the event of termination of the Award Recipient’s Employment as described in Section 3(c)(iii) of the Agreement, if such termination of Employment occurs within the one-year period following a Change of Control, unless the Shares shall have been terminated, exercised or exchanged for other current or deferred cash or property in connection with the Change of Control, the Shares, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such termination of Employment, shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having vested in full immediately prior to such termination of Employment.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

5


Appendix I

NON-DISCLOSURE, IP ASSIGNMENT, NON-COMPETITION AND

NON-SOLICITATION

By executing the Award Agreement, the Award Recipient acknowledges the importance to Avaya Inc. and its Affiliates existing now or in the future (hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Company”), of protecting its confidential information and other legitimate business interests, including, without limitation, the valuable trade secrets and good will that it develops or acquires. The Award Recipient further acknowledges that the Company is engaged in a highly competitive business, that its success in the marketplace depends upon the preservation of its confidential information and industry reputation, and that obtaining agreements such as this one from its employees is reasonable and necessary. The Award Recipient undertakes the obligations in this Appendix I in consideration of the Award Recipient’s initial and/or ongoing relationship with the Company, this Award, the Award Recipient’s being granted access to trade secrets and other confidential information of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the Award Recipient acknowledges. As used in this Appendix I, “relationship” refers to an Award Recipient’s employment or association as an advisor, consultant or contractor, with the Company, as applicable.

 

1. Loyalty and Conflicts of Interest

1.1. Exclusive Duty . During his or her relationship with the Company, the Award Recipient will not engage in any other business activity that creates a conflict of interest except as permitted by the Company’s Code of Conduct.

1.2. Compliance with Company Policy . The Award Recipient will comply with all lawful policies, practices and procedures of the Company, as these may be implemented and/or changed by the Company from time to time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Award Recipient acknowledges that the Company may from time to time have agreements with other Persons which impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding Intellectual Property, as defined below, created during the course of work under such agreements and/or regarding the confidential nature of such work. The Award Recipient will comply with and be bound by all such obligations and restrictions which the Company conveys to him or her and will take all actions necessary (to the extent within his or her power and authority) to discharge the obligations of the Company under such agreements.

 

2. Confidentiality

2.1. Nondisclosure and Nonuse of Confidential Information . All Confidential Information, as defined below, which the Award Recipient creates or has access to as a result of his or her relationship with the Company, is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company. The Award Recipient will never, directly or indirectly, use or disclose any Confidential Information, except (a) as required for the proper performance of his or her regular duties for the Company, (b) as expressly authorized in writing in advance by the Company’s General Counsel, (c) as required by applicable law or regulation, or (d) as may be reasonably determined by the Award Recipient to be necessary in connection with the enforcement of his or her rights in connection with this Appendix I. This restriction shall continue to apply after the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company or any restriction time

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 1


period set forth in this Appendix I, howsoever caused. The Award Recipient shall furnish prompt notice to the Company’s General Counsel of any required disclosure of Confidential Information sought pursuant to subpoena, court order or any other legal process or requirement, and shall provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to seek protection of the Confidential Information prior to any such disclosure, to the greatest extent time and circumstances permit.

2.2. Use and Return of Documents . All documents, records, and files, in any media of whatever kind and description, relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company, and any copies (including, without limitation, electronic), in whole or in part, thereof (the “Documents” and each individually, a “Document”), whether or not prepared by the Award Recipient, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Except as required for the proper performance of the Award Recipient’s regular duties for the Company or as expressly authorized in writing in advance by the Company, the Award Recipient will not copy any Documents or remove any Documents or copies or derivatives thereof from the premises of the Company. The Award Recipient will safeguard, and return to the Company immediately upon termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company, and at such other times as may be specified by the Company, all Documents and other property of the Company, and all documents, records and files of its customers, subcontractors, vendors, and suppliers (“Third-Party Documents” and each individually a “Third-Party Document”), as well as all other property of such customers, subcontractors, vendors and suppliers, then in the Award Recipient’s possession or control. Provided, however, if a Document or Third-Party Document is on electronic media, the Award Recipient may, in lieu of surrender of the Document or Third-Party Document, provide a copy on electronic media to the Company and delete and overwrite all other electronic media copies thereof. Upon request of any duly authorized officer of the Company, the Award Recipient will disclose all passwords necessary or desirable to enable the Company to obtain access to the Documents and Third-Party Documents. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 2.2 to the contrary, the Award Recipient shall be permitted to retain copies of all Documents evidencing his or her hire, equity, compensation rate and benefits, this Appendix I, and any other agreements between the Award Recipient and the Company that the Award Recipient has signed or electronically accepted.

 

3. Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, and Other Restricted Activity

3.1. Non-Competition . This paragraph is applicable to Award Recipients who hold Vice President and higher positions as of the date this Award is accepted. During his or her relationship with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will not, directly or indirectly, whether paid or not (a) serve as a partner, principal, licensor, licensee, employee, consultant, officer, director, manager, agent, affiliate, representative, advisor, promoter, associate, investor, or otherwise for, (b) directly or indirectly, own, purchase, organize or take preparatory steps for the organization of, or (c) build, design, finance, acquire, lease, operate, manage, control, invest in, work or consult for or otherwise join, participate in or affiliate him or herself with, any business whose business, product(s) or operations are in any respect competitive with or otherwise similar to the Company’s business. The foregoing covenant shall cover the Award Recipient’s activities in every part of the Territory. “Territory” shall mean (a) all states of the United States of America from which the Company derived revenue or conducted business at any time during the two-year period prior to the date of the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company; and (b) all other countries from which the Company derived revenue or conducted business at any time during the two-year period prior to the date of the termination of the Award

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 2


Recipient’s relationship with the Company. The foregoing shall not prevent: (a) passive ownership by the Award Recipient of no more than two percent (2%) of the equity securities of any publicly traded company; or (b) the Award Recipient’s providing services to a division or subsidiary of a multi-division entity or holding company, so long as (i) no division or subsidiary to which the Award Recipient provides services is in any way competitive with or similar to the business of the Company, and (ii) the Award Recipient is not involved in, and does not otherwise engage in competition on behalf of, the multi-division entity or any competing division or subsidiary thereof.

3.2. Good Will . Any and all good will which the Award Recipient develops during his or her relationship with the Company with any of the customers, prospective customers, subcontractors or suppliers of the Company shall be the sole, exclusive and permanent property of the Company, and shall continue to be such after termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company, howsoever caused.

3.3. Non-Solicitation of Customers . During the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will not, directly or indirectly, contact, or cause to be contacted, directly or indirectly, or engage in any form of oral, verbal, written, recorded, transcribed, or electronic communication with any customer of the Company for the purposes of conducting business that is competitive with or similar to that of the Company or for the purpose of disadvantaging the Company’s business in any way; provided that this restriction applies (i) only with respect to those customers who are or have been a customer of the Company at any time within the immediately preceding one-year period or whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company by any of its officers, employees or agents within said one-year period, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement, and (ii) only if the Award Recipient has performed work for such customer during his or her relationship with the Company, has been introduced to, or otherwise had contact with, such customer as a result of his or her relationship with the Company, or has had access to Confidential Information which would assist in the solicitation of such customer. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to general solicitation or advertising, including through media and trade publications.

3.4. Non-Solicitation/Non-Hiring of Employees and Independent Contractors . During his or her relationship with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will not, and will not assist anyone else to, (a) hire or solicit for hiring any employee of the Company or seek to persuade or induce any employee of the Company to discontinue employment with the Company, or (b) hire or engage any independent contractor providing services to the Company, or solicit, encourage or induce any independent contractor providing services to the Company to terminate or diminish in any substantial respect its relationship with the Company. For the purposes of this Appendix I, an “employee” or “independent contractor” of the Company is any person who is or was such at any time within the preceding six-month period. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to general solicitation or advertising, including through media, trade publications and general job postings.

3.5. Non-Solicitation of Others . The Award Recipient agrees that for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company, for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will not solicit, encourage, or induce, or cause to be solicited, encouraged or induced,

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 3


directly or indirectly, any franchisee, joint venture, supplier, vendor or contractor who conducted business with the Company at any time during the two year period preceding the termination of his or her relationship with the Company, to terminate or adversely modify any business relationship with the Company, or not to proceed with, or enter into, any business relationship with the Company, nor shall he or she otherwise interfere with any business relationship between the Company and any such franchisee, joint venture, supplier, vendor or contractor.

3.6. Notice of New Address and Employment . During the 12-month period immediately following the termination of his or her relationship with the Company, for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will promptly provide the Company with pertinent information concerning each new job or other business activity in which the Award Recipient engages or plans to engage during such 12-month period as the Company may reasonably request in order to determine the Award Recipient’s continued compliance with his or her obligations under this Appendix I. The Award Recipient shall notify his or her new employer(s) of the Award Recipient’s obligations under this Appendix I, and hereby consents to notification by the Company to such employer(s) concerning his or her obligations under this Appendix I. The Company shall treat any such notice and information as confidential, and will not use or disclose the information contained therein except to enforce its rights hereunder. Any breach of this Section 3.6 shall constitute a material breach of this agreement.

3.7. Acknowledgement of Reasonableness; Remedies . In signing or electronically accepting the Award Agreement, the Award Recipient gives the Company assurance that the Award Recipient has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions hereof. The Award Recipient acknowledges without reservation that each of the restraints contained herein is necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the good will, Confidential Information and other legitimate business interests of the Company, that each and every one of those restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time, and geographic area; and that these restraints will not prevent the Award Recipient from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which he or she is bound by them. The Award Recipient will never assert, or permit to be asserted on the Award Recipient’s behalf, in any forum, any position contrary to the foregoing. Were the Award Recipient to breach any of the provisions of this Appendix I, the harm to the Company would be irreparable. Therefore, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it, have the right to obtain preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any such breach or threatened breach without having to post bond, and the Award Recipient agrees that injunctive relief is an appropriate remedy to address any such breach. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, or other forms of relief available to the Company, in the event of the Award Recipient’s breach of any of the provisions of this Appendix I, the Award Recipient will forfeit any award or payment made pursuant to any applicable severance or other incentive plan or program, or if a payment has already been made, the Award Recipient will be obligated to return the proceeds to the Company.

3.8. Unenforceability . In the event that any provision of this Appendix I shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. The 12-month period of restriction set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 hereof and the 12-month period of obligation set forth in Section 3.6 hereof shall be tolled, and shall not run, during any period of time in which the Award Recipient is in violation of the terms thereof, in order that the Company shall have the agreed-upon temporal protection recited herein.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 4


3.9. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . The terms of this Appendix I shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as if performed wholly within the state and without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law. In the event of any alleged breach of this Appendix I, the Award Recipient consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in and of the State of Delaware. The Award Recipient will accept service of process by registered or certified mail or the equivalent directed to his or her last known address on the books of the Company, or by whatever other means are permitted by such court.

3.10. Limited Exception for Attorneys . Insofar as the restrictions set forth in this Section 3 prohibit the solicitation, inducement or attempt to hire a licensed attorney who is employed at the Company, they shall not apply if the Award Recipient is a licensed attorney and the restrictions contained herein are illegal, unethical or unenforceable under the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction in which the Award Recipient is licensed as an attorney.

3.11. Attorneys’ Fees and Costs . Except as prohibited by law, the Award Recipient shall indemnify the Company from any and all costs and fees, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Company in successfully enforcing the terms of this Award Agreement against the Award Recipient, (including, but not limited to, a court partially or fully granting any application, motion, or petition by the Company for a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, or permanent injunction), as a result of the Award Recipient’s breach or threatened breach of any provision contained herein. The Company shall be entitled to recover from the Award Recipient its costs and fees incurred to date at any time during the course of a dispute (i.e., final resolution of such dispute is not a prerequisite) upon written demand to the Award Recipient.

3.12. Enforcement . The Company agrees that it will not enforce Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.5 or the portion of Section 3.4 that prohibits Award Recipient from hiring Company employees and independent contractors to restrict Award Recipient’s employment in any jurisdiction in which such enforcement is contrary to law or regulation to the extent that Award Recipient is a resident of such jurisdiction at the time Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company terminates and does not otherwise change residency during the restriction period.

 

4. Intellectual Property

4.1. In signing or electronically accepting the Award Agreement, the Award Recipient hereby assigns and shall assign to the Company all of his or her rights, title and interest in and to all inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas, mask works, computer or other apparatus programs and related documentation, and other works of authorship (hereinafter each designated “Intellectual Property”), whether or not patentable, copyrightable or subject to other forms of protection, made, created, developed, written or conceived by the Award Recipient during the period of his or her relationship with the Company, whether during or outside of regular working hours, either solely or jointly with another, in whole or in part, either: (a) in the course of such relationship, (b) relating to the actual or anticipated business or research development of the Company, or (c) with the use of Company time, material, private or proprietary information, or facilities, except as provided in Section 4.5 below.

4.2. The Award Recipient will, without charge to the Company, but at its expense, execute a specific assignment of title to the Company and do anything else reasonably necessary to enable the Company to secure a patent, copyright or other form of protection for said Intellectual Property anywhere in the world.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 5


4.3. The Award Recipient acknowledges that the copyrights in Intellectual Property created with the scope of his or her relationship with the Company belong to the Company by operation of law.

4.4. The Award Recipient has attached hereto as Exhibit A a list describing all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets which were made by the Award Recipient prior to his or her relationship with the Company, which belong to the Award Recipient and which are not assigned to the Company hereunder (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”), and has provided such list to the Company; and, if no such list is attached, the Award Recipient represents and warrants that there are no such Prior Inventions.

4.5. Exception to Assignments. THE AWARD RECIPIENT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT REQUIRING ASSIGNMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (AS DEFINED ABOVE) TO THE COMPANY DO NOT APPLY TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY THAT QUALIFIES FULLY UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870 (ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT B). THE AWARD RECIPIENT WILL ADVISE THE COMPANY PROMPTLY IN WRITING OF ANY INVENTIONS THAT HE OR SHE BELIEVES MEET THE CRITERIA IN CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870 AND ARE NOT OTHERWISE DISCLOSED ON EXHIBIT A TO PERMIT A DETERMINATION OF OWNERSHIP BY THE COMPANY. ANY SUCH DISCLOSURE WILL BE RECEIVED IN CONFIDENCE.

 

5. Definitions

Words or phrases which are initially capitalized or are within quotation marks shall have the meanings provided in this Section 5 and as provided elsewhere in this Appendix I. For purposes of this Appendix I, the following definitions apply:

“Affiliates” means all persons and entities directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, where control may be by management authority, contract or equity interest.

“Confidential Information” means any and all information of the Company, whether or not in writing, that is not generally known by others with whom the Company competes or does business, or with whom it plans to compete or do business, and any and all information, which, if disclosed, would assist in competition against the Company, including but not limited to (a) all proprietary information of the Company, including but not limited to the products and services, technical data, methods, processes, know-how, developments, inventions, and formulae of the Company, (b) the development, research, testing, marketing and financial activities and strategic plans of the Company, (c) the manner in which the Company operates, (d) its costs and sources of supply, (e) the identity and special needs of the customers, prospective customers and subcontractors of the Company, and (f) the people and organizations with whom the Company has business relationships and the substance of those relationships. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information shall specifically include: (i) any and all product testing methodologies, product test results, research and development plans and initiatives, marketing research, plans and analyses, strategic business plans and budgets, and

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 6


technology grids; (ii) any and all vendor, supplier and purchase records, including without limitation the identity of contacts at any vendor, any list of vendors or suppliers, any lists of purchase transactions and/or prices paid; and (iii) any and all customer lists and customer and sales records, including without limitation the identity of contacts at purchasers, any list of purchasers, and any list of sales transactions and/or prices charged by the Company. Confidential Information also includes any information that the Company may receive or has received from customers, subcontractors, suppliers or others, with any understanding, express or implied, that the information would not be disclosed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information that (A) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of Section 2 hereof by the Award Recipient), (B) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Award Recipient without use of the Company’s Confidential Information or (C) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Award Recipient by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company of which the Award Recipient is aware.

“Person” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization, other than the Company.

 

6. Compliance with Other Agreements and Obligations

The Award Recipient represents and warrants that his or her employment or other relationship with the Company and execution and performance of the Award Agreement, including this Appendix I, will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Award Recipient is a party or is bound, and that the Award Recipient is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants or other obligations to third parties or to any court order, judgment or decree that would affect the performance of the Award Recipient’s obligations hereunder or the Award Recipient’s duties and responsibilities to the Company, except as disclosed in writing to the Company’s General Counsel no later than the time an executed copy of the Award Agreement, including this Appendix I, is returned by the Award Recipient. The Award Recipient will not disclose to or use on behalf of the Company, or induce the Company to use, any proprietary information of any previous employer or other third party without that party’s consent.

 

7. Entire Agreement; Severability; Modification

With respect to the subject matter hereof, this Appendix I sets forth the entire agreement between the Award Recipient and the Company, and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, supersedes all prior and contemporaneous communications, agreements and understandings, written or oral, regarding the same. If the Award Recipient previously executed an Award Agreement with an Appendix I or other schedule containing similar provisions, this Appendix I shall supersede such agreement. In the event of conflict between this Appendix I and any prior agreement between the Award Recipient and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof, this Appendix I shall govern. The provisions of this Appendix I are severable, and no breach of any provision of this Appendix I by the Company, or any other claimed breach of contract or violation of law, shall operate to excuse the Award Recipient’s obligation to fulfill the requirements of Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof. No deletion, addition, marking, notation or other change to the body of this Appendix I shall be of any force or effect, and this Appendix I shall be interpreted as if such change had not been made. This Appendix I may not be modified or amended, and no breach shall be deemed to be waived, unless agreed to in writing by the Award Recipient and the Company’s General Counsel. If any provision of this Appendix I should, for

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 7


any reason, be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, it shall not affect any other provisions, and shall be construed by limiting it so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent permissible by law. Provisions of this Appendix I shall survive any termination if so provided in this Appendix I or if necessary or desirable to accomplish the purpose of other surviving provisions. It is agreed and understood that no changes to the nature or scope of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company shall operate to extinguish the Award Recipient’s obligations hereunder or require that a new agreement concerning the subject matter of this Appendix I be executed.

 

8. Assignment

Neither the Company nor the Award Recipient may make any assignment of this Appendix I or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Appendix I without the Award Recipient’s consent (a) in the event that the Award Recipient is transferred to a position with one of the Company’s Affiliates or (b) in the event that the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into any company or entity or transfer to any company or entity all or substantially all of the business, properties or assets of the Company or any division or line of business of the Company with which the Award Recipient is at any time associated. This Appendix I shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Award Recipient and the Company, and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs, representatives and permitted assigns.

 

9. At-Will Employment

This Appendix I does not alter or in any way modify the at-will nature of the Award Recipient’s employment with the Company. Accordingly, this Appendix I does not in any way obligate the Company to retain the Award Recipient’s services for a fixed period or at a fixed level of compensation; nor does it in any way restrict the Award Recipient’s right or that of the Company to terminate the Award Recipient’s employment at any time, at will, with or without notice or cause.

 

10. Successors

The Award Recipient consents to be bound by the provisions of this Appendix I for the benefit of the Company, and any successor or permitted assign to whose employ the Award Recipient may be transferred, without the necessity that a new agreement concerning the subject matter or this Appendix I be re-signed at the time of such transfer.

 

11. Acknowledgement of Understanding

In signing or electronically accepting the Award Agreement, the Award Recipient gives the Company assurance that the Award Recipient has read and understood all of its terms; that the Award Recipient has had a full and reasonable opportunity to consider its terms and to consult with any person of his or her choosing before signing or electronically accepting; that the Award Recipient has not relied on any agreements or representations, express or implied, that are not set forth expressly in the Award Agreement, including this Appendix I; and that the Award Recipient has signed the Award Agreement knowingly and voluntarily.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 8


EXHIBIT A

LIST OF PRIOR INVENTIONS

AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

 

Title

  

Date

  

Identifying Number or Brief Description

         No inventions or improvements

         Additional Sheets Attached

 

Date:                                                                                            

 

    Signature
   

 

Name of Employee (typed or printed)

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 9


EXHIBIT B

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870

INVENTION ON OWN TIME-EXEMPTION FROM AGREEMENT

“(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.”

 

Avaya Holdings Corp. – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 10

Exhibit 10.79

Avaya Inc.

Long-Term Cash Award Agreement

 

  1. This agreement (the “Agreement”) evidences a long-term cash award to the Award Recipient by Avaya Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms set forth below and on Appendices I and II; and the Award Recipient agrees with the Company as set forth below.

 

  2. Delivery of Award . You have been awarded a long-term cash award as set forth in the grant details table above (the “Award”). This Award is comprised of two elements: a portion which vests based on the passage of time (section 2(a) below) (the “Time-Based Award”) and a portion which would be awarded and would vest upon the achievement of certain performance conditions (section 2(b) below) (the “Performance-Based Award”).

 

  a. Time-Based Award .

 

  i. The grant date for the Time-Based Award is [            ] (the “Time-Based Award Grant Date”).

 

  ii. The Time-Based Award, unless earlier terminated, forfeited or expired, shall vest as follows:

 

  1. One-fourth (1/4 th ) of the Time-Based Award on the first anniversary of the Time-Based Award Grant Date (“First Vesting Period”); and

 

  2. One-sixteenth (1/16) of the Time-Based Award on each quarterly anniversary of the Time Based Award Grant Date thereafter (each a “Quarterly Vesting Date”), with the last such vesting date falling on the fourth anniversary of the Time-Based Award Grant Date (collectively, “Second Vesting Period”).

 

  iii. Notwithstanding clause (ii) above, in the event of a termination of the Award Recipient’s Employment as a result of death or Disability, or by the Company without Cause (each an “Accelerating Termination”), the Time-Based Award will vest as follows:

 

  1. First Vesting Period: if the Accelerating Termination occurs during the First Vesting Period, the portion of the Time-Based Award that was scheduled to vest at the end of the First Vesting Period will vest on the date of termination of Employment on a pro-rated basis as follows: one quarter (1/4) of the Award that otherwise would have vested at the end of the First Vesting Period had the Accelerating Termination not occurred will vest for each partial or full quarter in which the Award Recipient was Employed during the First Vesting Period. Any other portion of the Time-Based Award that remains unvested as of the date of such termination of Employment shall be forfeited and cancelled immediately.

 

  2. Second Vesting Period: If the Accelerating Termination occurs during the Second Vesting Period, the portion of the Time-Based Award that was scheduled to vest on the Quarterly Vesting Date immediately following the Accelerating Termination will vest on the date of termination of Employment. Any other portion of the Time-Based Award that remains unvested as of the date of such termination of Employment shall be forfeited and cancelled immediately.

 

  b. Performance-Based Award . In order to encourage the Award Recipient’s contribution to the successful performance of the Company, the Award Recipient has the opportunity to receive a Performance-Based Award subject to the attainment of the performance goals

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 


  set forth in Appendix I. Upon the attainment of the performance goals set forth in Appendix I, the amount of the Performance-Based Award that shall be granted and vested will be determined in accordance with the formula set forth in that Appendix. In the event the Award Recipient ceases Employment for any reason prior to determination of the attainment of the performance goals set forth in Appendix I, the Performance-Based Award shall not be granted and any right, title and interest in it shall be forfeited and cancelled.

 

  3. Payment . With respect to each portion of the Award that vests, the Company shall pay amounts due as soon as practicable after each applicable vesting date.

 

  4. Certain Tax Matters . The Award Recipient expressly acknowledges that this Award is subject to standard tax withholding requirements.

 

  5. Governing Law . This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

  6. Acknowledgement. The Award Recipient confirms that he or she has been provided adequate opportunity to review the terms of this Agreement, including Appendices I and II. The Award Recipient understands that clicking the appropriate box, “Accept” for acceptance or “Reject” for rejection, indicates his or her irrevocable election to accept or reject, as applicable, the terms of the grant as set forth in this Agreement. The Award Recipient further acknowledges and agrees that (i) this is an electronic agreement, (ii) the signature to this Agreement on behalf of the Company is an electronic signature that will be treated as an original signature for all purposes hereunder and (iii) any such electronic signature shall be binding against the Company and shall create a legally binding agreement when this Agreement is accepted by the Award Recipient.

 

  7. Definitions:

“Cause” means a material breach by the Award Recipient of his or her duties and responsibilities which is not promptly remedied after the Company or one of its subsidiaries gives written notice to the Award Recipient specifying such breach, or (ii) the commission by the Award Recipient of a felony involving moral turpitude, or (iii) the commission by the Award Recipient of theft, fraud, material breach of trust or any material act of dishonesty involving the Company or its subsidiaries, or (iv) a significant violation by the Award Recipient of the code of conduct of the Company or its subsidiaries or of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or its subsidiaries.

“Disability” means a disability that would entitle the Award Recipient to long-term disability benefits under the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ long-term disability plans to which the Award Recipient participates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any case in which a benefit that constitutes or includes “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A would be payable by reason of Disability, the term “Disability” shall mean a disability described in Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-3(i)(4)(i)(A).

“Employee” means any person who is employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries.

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

2


“Employment” means the employment or other service relationship with the Company and its subsidiaries. An individual who receives an Award in his or her capacity as an Employee will be deemed to cease Employment when the employee-employer relationship with the Company and its subsidiaries ceases. An individual who receives an Award in any other capacity will be deemed to continue Employment so long as he or she is providing services to the Company or one of its subsidiaries. If an Award Recipient’s relationship is with a subsidiary of the Company and that subsidiary ceases to be a subsidiary of the Company, the Award Recipient will be deemed to cease Employment when the entity ceases to be a subsidiary of the Company unless the Award Recipient transfers Employment to the Company or its remaining subsidiaries. In any case where a cessation of an Award Recipient’s Employment would affect the Award Recipient’s rights to payment under an Award that includes nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, references to cessation of Employment shall be construed to require a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A.

 

  8. Acceptance of Agreement. In order for this Award to become effective, the Award Recipient must acknowledge acceptance of the Agreement within 60 days from the Time-Based Award Grant Date. If the foregoing does not occur by such date, then the entire Award may be cancelled at the discretion of the Company.

This version supersedes any prior agreement versions for the grant described above.

Agreed to as of the Time-Based Award Grant Date

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted:

 

AVAYA INC.

By:

   

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

3


Appendix I

Performance-Based Award Vesting Conditions

The following table outlines the respective measurement periods and performance goals for the Performance-Based Award:

 

Measurement Period

   Avaya Inc. Target

FY2016

   TBD*

FY2017

   TBD*

FY2018

   TBD*

FY2019

   TBD*

 

* To be determined by the Board of Directors of Avaya Holdings Corp. or the Compensation Committee thereof during the first fiscal quarter of such fiscal year.

Following the end of each fiscal year, the Board of Directors of Avaya Holdings Corp. or the Compensation Committee thereof shall determine if the performance goal set forth for such fiscal year has been achieved by Avaya Inc. If the applicable performance goal has been achieved, then at such time of determination the Award Recipient will be granted a Performance-Based Award in cash equal to fifty percent (50%) of one-fourth (1/4 th ) of the Time-Based Award. Any such Performance-Based Award that is granted shall be immediately vested and non-forfeitable.

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix I - 1


Appendix II

NON-DISCLOSURE, IP ASSIGNMENT, NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION

By executing the Award Agreement, the Award Recipient acknowledges the importance to Avaya Inc. and its Affiliates existing now or in the future (hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Company”), of protecting its confidential information and other legitimate business interests, including, without limitation, the valuable trade secrets and good will that it develops or acquires. The Award Recipient further acknowledges that the Company is engaged in a highly competitive business, that its success in the marketplace depends upon the preservation of its confidential information and industry reputation, and that obtaining agreements such as this one from its employees is reasonable and necessary. The Award Recipient undertakes the obligations in this Appendix II in consideration of the Award Recipient’s initial and/or ongoing relationship with the Company, this Award, the Award Recipient’s being granted access to trade secrets and other confidential information of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the Award Recipient acknowledges. As used in this Appendix II, “relationship” refers to an Award Recipient’s employment or association as an advisor, consultant or contractor, with the Company, as applicable.

 

  1. Loyalty and Conflicts of Interest

1.1. Exclusive Duty . During his or her relationship with the Company, the Award Recipient will not engage in any other business activity that creates a conflict of interest except as permitted by the Company’s Code of Conduct.

1.2. Compliance with Company Policy . The Award Recipient will comply with all lawful policies, practices and procedures of the Company, as these may be implemented and/or changed by the Company from time to time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Award Recipient acknowledges that the Company may from time to time have agreements with other Persons which impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding Intellectual Property, as defined below, created during the course of work under such agreements and/or regarding the confidential nature of such work. The Award Recipient will comply with and be bound by all such obligations and restrictions which the Company conveys to him or her and will take all actions necessary (to the extent within his or her power and authority) to discharge the obligations of the Company under such agreements.

 

  2. Confidentiality

2.1. Nondisclosure and Nonuse of Confidential Information . All Confidential Information, as defined below, which the Award Recipient creates or has access to as a result of his or her relationship with the Company, is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company. The Award Recipient will never, directly or indirectly, use or disclose any Confidential Information, except (a) as required for the proper performance of his or her regular duties for the Company, (b) as expressly authorized in writing in advance by the Company’s General Counsel, (c) as required by applicable law or regulation, or (d) as may be reasonably determined by the Award Recipient to be necessary in connection with the enforcement of his or her rights in connection with this Appendix II. This restriction shall continue to apply after the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company or any restriction time period set forth in this Appendix II, howsoever caused. The Award Recipient shall furnish prompt notice to the Company’s General Counsel of any required disclosure of Confidential Information sought pursuant to subpoena, court order or any other legal process or requirement, and shall provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to seek protection of the Confidential Information prior to any such disclosure, to the greatest extent time and circumstances permit.

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix II - 1


2.2. Use and Return of Documents . All documents, records, and files, in any media of whatever kind and description, relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company, and any copies (including, without limitation, electronic), in whole or in part, thereof (the “Documents” and each individually, a “Document”), whether or not prepared by the Award Recipient, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Except as required for the proper performance of the Award Recipient’s regular duties for the Company or as expressly authorized in writing in advance by the Company, the Award Recipient will not copy any Documents or remove any Documents or copies or derivatives thereof from the premises of the Company. The Award Recipient will safeguard, and return to the Company immediately upon termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company, and at such other times as may be specified by the Company, all Documents and other property of the Company, and all documents, records and files of its customers, subcontractors, vendors, and suppliers (“Third-Party Documents” and each individually a “Third-Party Document”), as well as all other property of such customers, subcontractors, vendors and suppliers, then in the Award Recipient’s possession or control. Provided, however, if a Document or Third-Party Document is on electronic media, the Award Recipient may, in lieu of surrender of the Document or Third-Party Document, provide a copy on electronic media to the Company and delete and overwrite all other electronic media copies thereof. Upon request of any duly authorized officer of the Company, the Award Recipient will disclose all passwords necessary or desirable to enable the Company to obtain access to the Documents and Third-Party Documents. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 2.2 to the contrary, the Award Recipient shall be permitted to retain copies of all Documents evidencing his or her hire, equity, compensation rate and benefits, this Appendix II, and any other agreements between the Award Recipient and the Company that the Award Recipient has signed or electronically accepted.

 

  3. Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, and Other Restricted Activity

3.1. Non-Competition . This paragraph is applicable to Award Recipients who hold Vice President and higher positions as of the date this Award is accepted. During his or her relationship with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will not, directly or indirectly, whether paid or not (a) serve as a partner, principal, licensor, licensee, employee, consultant, officer, director, manager, agent, affiliate, representative, advisor, promoter, associate, investor, or otherwise for, (b) directly or indirectly, own, purchase, organize or take preparatory steps for the organization of, or (c) build, design, finance, acquire, lease, operate, manage, control, invest in, work or consult for or otherwise join, participate in or affiliate him or herself with, any business whose business, product(s) or operations are in any respect competitive with or otherwise similar to the Company’s business. The foregoing covenant shall cover the Award Recipient’s activities in every part of the Territory. “Territory” shall mean (a) all states of the United States of America from which the Company derived revenue or conducted business at any time during the two-year period prior to the date of the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company; and (b) all other countries from which the Company derived revenue or conducted business at any time during the two-year period prior to the date of the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company. The foregoing shall not prevent: (a) passive ownership by the Award Recipient of no more than two percent (2%) of the equity securities of any publicly traded company; or (b) the Award Recipient’s providing services to a division or subsidiary of a multi-division entity or holding company, so long as (i) no division or subsidiary to which the Award Recipient provides services is in any way competitive with or similar to the business of the Company, and (ii) the Award Recipient is not involved in, and does not otherwise engage in competition on behalf of, the multi-division entity or any competing division or subsidiary thereof.

3.2. Good Will . Any and all good will which the Award Recipient develops during his or her relationship with the Company with any of the customers, prospective customers, subcontractors or suppliers of the Company shall be the sole, exclusive and permanent property of the Company, and shall continue to be such after termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company, howsoever caused.

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix II - 2


3.3. Non-Solicitation of Customers . During the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will not, directly or indirectly, contact, or cause to be contacted, directly or indirectly, or engage in any form of oral, verbal, written, recorded, transcribed, or electronic communication with any customer of the Company for the purposes of conducting business that is competitive with or similar to that of the Company or for the purpose of disadvantaging the Company’s business in any way; provided that this restriction applies (i) only with respect to those customers who are or have been a customer of the Company at any time within the immediately preceding one-year period or whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company by any of its officers, employees or agents within said one-year period, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement, and (ii) only if the Award Recipient has performed work for such customer during his or her relationship with the Company, has been introduced to, or otherwise had contact with, such customer as a result of his or her relationship with the Company, or has had access to Confidential Information which would assist in the solicitation of such customer. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to general solicitation or advertising, including through media and trade publications.

3.4. Non-Solicitation/Non-Hiring of Employees and Independent Contractors . During his or her relationship with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will not, and will not assist anyone else to, (a) hire or solicit for hiring any employee of the Company or seek to persuade or induce any employee of the Company to discontinue employment with the Company, or (b) hire or engage any independent contractor providing services to the Company, or solicit, encourage or induce any independent contractor providing services to the Company to terminate or diminish in any substantial respect its relationship with the Company. For the purposes of this Appendix II, an “employee” or “independent contractor” of the Company is any person who is or was such at any time within the preceding six-month period. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to general solicitation or advertising, including through media, trade publications and general job postings.

3.5. Non-Solicitation of Others . The Award Recipient agrees that for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company, for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will not solicit, encourage, or induce, or cause to be solicited, encouraged or induced, directly or indirectly, any franchisee, joint venture, supplier, vendor or contractor who conducted business with the Company at any time during the two year period preceding the termination of his or her relationship with the Company, to terminate or adversely modify any business relationship with the Company, or not to proceed with, or enter into, any business relationship with the Company, nor shall he or she otherwise interfere with any business relationship between the Company and any such franchisee, joint venture, supplier, vendor or contractor.

3.6. Notice of New Address and Employment . During the 12-month period immediately following the termination of his or her relationship with the Company, for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Award Recipient will promptly provide the Company with pertinent information concerning each new job or other business activity in which the Award Recipient engages or plans to engage during such 12-month period as the Company may reasonably request in order to determine the Award Recipient’s continued compliance with his or her obligations under this Appendix II. The Award Recipient shall notify his or her new employer(s) of the Award Recipient’s obligations under this Appendix II, and hereby consents to notification by the Company to such employer(s) concerning his or her obligations under this Appendix II. The Company shall treat any such notice and information as confidential, and will not use or disclose the information contained therein except to enforce its rights hereunder. Any breach of this Section 3.6 shall constitute a material breach of this agreement.

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix II - 3


3.7. Acknowledgement of Reasonableness ; Remedies. In signing or electronically accepting the Award Agreement, the Award Recipient gives the Company assurance that the Award Recipient has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions hereof. The Award Recipient acknowledges without reservation that each of the restraints contained herein is necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the good will, Confidential Information and other legitimate business interests of the Company, that each and every one of those restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time, and geographic area; and that these restraints will not prevent the Award Recipient from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which he or she is bound by them. The Award Recipient will never assert, or permit to be asserted on the Award Recipient’s behalf, in any forum, any position contrary to the foregoing. Were the Award Recipient to breach any of the provisions of this Appendix II, the harm to the Company would be irreparable. Therefore, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it, have the right to obtain preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any such breach or threatened breach without having to post bond, and the Award Recipient agrees that injunctive relief is an appropriate remedy to address any such breach. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, or other forms of relief available to the Company, in the event of the Award Recipient’s breach of any of the provisions of this Appendix II, the Award Recipient will forfeit any award or payment made pursuant to any applicable severance or other incentive plan or program, or if a payment has already been made, the Award Recipient will be obligated to return the proceeds to the Company.

3.8. Unenforceability . In the event that any provision of this Appendix II shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. The 12-month period of restriction set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 hereof and the 12-month period of obligation set forth in Section 3.6 hereof shall be tolled, and shall not run, during any period of time in which the Award Recipient is in violation of the terms thereof, in order that the Company shall have the agreed-upon temporal protection recited herein.

3.9. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . The terms of this Appendix II shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as if performed wholly within the state and without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law. In the event of any alleged breach of this Appendix II, the Award Recipient consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in and of the State of Delaware. The Award Recipient will accept service of process by registered or certified mail or the equivalent directed to his or her last known address on the books of the Company, or by whatever other means are permitted by such court.

3.10. Limited Exception for Attorneys . Insofar as the restrictions set forth in this Section 3 prohibit the solicitation, inducement or attempt to hire a licensed attorney who is employed at the Company, they shall not apply if the Award Recipient is a licensed attorney and the restrictions contained herein are illegal, unethical or unenforceable under the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction in which the Award Recipient is licensed as an attorney.

3.11. Attorneys’ Fees and Costs . Except as prohibited by law, the Award Recipient shall indemnify the Company from any and all costs and fees, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Company in successfully enforcing the terms of this Award Agreement against the Award Recipient, (including, but not limited to, a court partially or fully granting any application, motion, or petition by the Company for a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, or permanent injunction), as a result of the Award Recipient’s breach or threatened breach of any provision contained herein. The Company shall be entitled to recover from the Award Recipient its costs and fees incurred to date at any time during the course of a dispute (i.e., final resolution of such dispute is not a prerequisite) upon written demand to the Award Recipient.

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix II - 4


3.12. Enforcement . The Company agrees that it will not enforce Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.5 or the portion of Section 3.4 that prohibits Award Recipient from hiring Company employees and independent contractors to restrict Award Recipient’s employment in any jurisdiction in which such enforcement is contrary to law or regulation to the extent that Award Recipient is a resident of such jurisdiction at the time Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company terminates and does not otherwise change residency during the restriction period.

 

  4. Intellectual Property

4.1. In signing or electronically accepting the Award Agreement, the Award Recipient hereby assigns and shall assign to the Company all of his or her rights, title and interest in and to all inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas, mask works, computer or other apparatus programs and related documentation, and other works of authorship (hereinafter each designated “Intellectual Property”), whether or not patentable, copyrightable or subject to other forms of protection, made, created, developed, written or conceived by the Award Recipient during the period of his or her relationship with the Company, whether during or outside of regular working hours, either solely or jointly with another, in whole or in part, either: (a) in the course of such relationship, (b) relating to the actual or anticipated business or research development of the Company, or (c) with the use of Company time, material, private or proprietary information, or facilities, except as provided in Section 4.5 below.

4.2. The Award Recipient will, without charge to the Company, but at its expense, execute a specific assignment of title to the Company and do anything else reasonably necessary to enable the Company to secure a patent, copyright or other form of protection for said Intellectual Property anywhere in the world.

4.3. The Award Recipient acknowledges that the copyrights in Intellectual Property created with the scope of his or her relationship with the Company belong to the Company by operation of law.

4.4. The Award Recipient has attached hereto as Exhibit A a list describing all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets which were made by the Award Recipient prior to his or her relationship with the Company, which belong to the Award Recipient and which are not assigned to the Company hereunder (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”), and has provided such list to the Company; and, if no such list is attached, the Award Recipient represents and warrants that there are no such Prior Inventions.

4.5. Exception to Assignments. THE AWARD RECIPIENT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT REQUIRING ASSIGNMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (AS DEFINED ABOVE) TO THE COMPANY DO NOT APPLY TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY THAT QUALIFIES FULLY UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870 (ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT B). THE AWARD RECIPIENT WILL ADVISE THE COMPANY PROMPTLY IN WRITING OF ANY INVENTIONS THAT HE OR SHE BELIEVES MEET THE CRITERIA IN CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870 AND ARE NOT OTHERWISE DISCLOSED ON EXHIBIT A TO PERMIT A DETERMINATION OF OWNERSHIP BY THE COMPANY. ANY SUCH DISCLOSURE WILL BE RECEIVED IN CONFIDENCE.

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix II - 5


  5. Definitions

Words or phrases which are initially capitalized or are within quotation marks shall have the meanings provided in this Section 5 and as provided elsewhere in this Appendix II. For purposes of this Appendix II, the following definitions apply:

“Affiliates” means all persons and entities directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, where control may be by management authority, contract or equity interest.

“Confidential Information” means any and all information of the Company, whether or not in writing, that is not generally known by others with whom the Company competes or does business, or with whom it plans to compete or do business, and any and all information, which, if disclosed, would assist in competition against the Company, including but not limited to (a) all proprietary information of the Company, including but not limited to the products and services, technical data, methods, processes, know-how, developments, inventions, and formulae of the Company, (b) the development, research, testing, marketing and financial activities and strategic plans of the Company, (c) the manner in which the Company operates, (d) its costs and sources of supply, (e) the identity and special needs of the customers, prospective customers and subcontractors of the Company, and (f) the people and organizations with whom the Company has business relationships and the substance of those relationships. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information shall specifically include: (i) any and all product testing methodologies, product test results, research and development plans and initiatives, marketing research, plans and analyses, strategic business plans and budgets, and technology grids; (ii) any and all vendor, supplier and purchase records, including without limitation the identity of contacts at any vendor, any list of vendors or suppliers, any lists of purchase transactions and/or prices paid; and (iii) any and all customer lists and customer and sales records, including without limitation the identity of contacts at purchasers, any list of purchasers, and any list of sales transactions and/or prices charged by the Company. Confidential Information also includes any information that the Company may receive or has received from customers, subcontractors, suppliers or others, with any understanding, express or implied, that the information would not be disclosed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information that (A) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of Section 2 hereof by the Award Recipient), (B) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Award Recipient without use of the Company’s Confidential Information or (C) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Award Recipient by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company of which the Award Recipient is aware.

“Person” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization, other than the Company.

 

  6. Compliance with Other Agreements and Obligations

The Award Recipient represents and warrants that his or her employment or other relationship with the Company and execution and performance of the Award Agreement, including this Appendix II, will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Award Recipient is a party or is bound, and that the Award Recipient is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants or other obligations to third parties or to any court order, judgment or decree that would affect the performance of the Award Recipient’s obligations hereunder or the Award Recipient’s duties and responsibilities to the Company, except as disclosed in writing to the Company’s General Counsel no later than the time an executed copy of the Award Agreement, including this Appendix II, is returned by the Award Recipient. The Award Recipient will not disclose to or use on behalf of the Company, or induce the Company to use, any proprietary information of any previous employer or other third party without that party’s consent.

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix II - 6


  7. Entire Agreement; Severability; Modification

With respect to the subject matter hereof, this Appendix II sets forth the entire agreement between the Award Recipient and the Company, and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, supersedes all prior and contemporaneous communications, agreements and understandings, written or oral, regarding the same. If the Award Recipient previously executed an Award Agreement with an Appendix II or other schedule containing similar provisions, this Appendix II shall supersede such agreement. In the event of conflict between this Appendix II and any prior agreement between the Award Recipient and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof, this Appendix II shall govern. The provisions of this Appendix II are severable, and no breach of any provision of this Appendix II by the Company, or any other claimed breach of contract or violation of law, shall operate to excuse the Award Recipient’s obligation to fulfill the requirements of Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof. No deletion, addition, marking, notation or other change to the body of this Appendix II shall be of any force or effect, and this Appendix II shall be interpreted as if such change had not been made. This Appendix II may not be modified or amended, and no breach shall be deemed to be waived, unless agreed to in writing by the Award Recipient and the Company’s General Counsel. If any provision of this Appendix II should, for any reason, be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, it shall not affect any other provisions, and shall be construed by limiting it so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent permissible by law. Provisions of this Appendix II shall survive any termination if so provided in this Appendix II or if necessary or desirable to accomplish the purpose of other surviving provisions. It is agreed and understood that no changes to the nature or scope of the Award Recipient’s relationship with the Company shall operate to extinguish the Award Recipient’s obligations hereunder or require that a new agreement concerning the subject matter of this Appendix II be executed.

 

  8. Assignment

Neither the Company nor the Award Recipient may make any assignment of this Appendix II or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Appendix II without the Award Recipient’s consent (a) in the event that the Award Recipient is transferred to a position with one of the Company’s Affiliates or (b) in the event that the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into any company or entity or transfer to any company or entity all or substantially all of the business, properties or assets of the Company or any division or line of business of the Company with which the Award Recipient is at any time associated. This Appendix II shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Award Recipient and the Company, and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs, representatives and permitted assigns.

 

  9. At-Will Employment

This Appendix II does not alter or in any way modify the at-will nature of the Award Recipient’s employment with the Company. Accordingly, this Appendix II does not in any way obligate the Company to retain the Award Recipient’s services for a fixed period or at a fixed level of compensation; nor does it in any way restrict the Award Recipient’s right or that of the Company to terminate the Award Recipient’s employment at any time, at will, with or without notice or cause.

 

  10. Successors

The Award Recipient consents to be bound by the provisions of this Appendix II for the benefit of the Company, and any successor or permitted assign to whose employ the Award Recipient may be transferred, without the necessity that a new agreement concerning the subject matter or this Appendix II be re-signed at the time of such transfer.

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix II - 7


  11. Acknowledgement of Understanding

In signing or electronically accepting the Award Agreement, the Award Recipient gives the Company assurance that the Award Recipient has read and understood all of its terms; that the Award Recipient has had a full and reasonable opportunity to consider its terms and to consult with any person of his or her choosing before signing or electronically accepting; that the Award Recipient has not relied on any agreements or representations, express or implied, that are not set forth expressly in the Award Agreement, including this Appendix II; and that the Award Recipient has signed the Award Agreement knowingly and voluntarily.

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix II - 8


EXHIBIT A

LIST OF PRIOR INVENTIONS

AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

 

Title

  

Date

  

Identifying Number or Brief

Description

         No inventions or improvements

         Additional Sheets Attached

 

Date:            
       

Signature

         
       

Name of Employee (typed or printed)

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix II - 9


EXHIBIT B

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870

INVENTION ON OWN TIME-EXEMPTION FROM AGREEMENT

“(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.”

 

Avaya – Proprietary and Confidential

 

Appendix II - 10

Exhibit 10.86

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED

S TOCKHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

TPG P ARTNERS V, L.P.,

TPG FOF V-A, L.P.,

TPG FOF V-B, L.P.,

S ILVER L AKE P ARTNERS II, L.P.,

S ILVER L AKE T ECHNOLOGY I NVESTORS II, L.P.,

S ILVER L AKE P ARTNERS III, L.P.,

S ILVER L AKE T ECHNOLOGY I NVESTORS III, L.P.,

S IERRA C O - INVEST , LLC,

S IERRA C O -I NVEST II, LLC,

S IERRA C O -I NVEST III, LLC

AND

A VAYA H OLDINGS C ORP .

DATED AS OF M AY 29, 2012

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2   

S ECTION 1.01.

   C ERTAIN D EFINITIONS      2   

S ECTION 1.02.

   O THER I NTERPRETIVE P ROVISIONS      7   

ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS; WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

     8   

S ECTION 2.01.

   R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE S TOCKHOLDERS      8   

S ECTION 2.02.

   R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY      8   

S ECTION 2.03.

   E NTITLEMENT OF THE C OMPANY AND THE S TOCKHOLDERS TO R ELY ON R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES      9   

ARTICLE III GOVERNANCE

     9   

S ECTION 3.01.

   B OARD OF D IRECTORS      9   

S ECTION 3.02.

   A DDITIONAL M ANAGEMENT P ROVISIONS      13   

S ECTION 3.03.

   T ERMINATION OF M ANAGEMENT P ROVISIONS      15   

ARTICLE IV TRANSFERS OF SHARES; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

     15   

S ECTION 4.01.

   L IMITATIONS ON T RANSFER      15   

S ECTION 4.02.

   T RANSFER TO P ERMITTED T RANSFEREES      17   

S ECTION 4.03.

   R IGHT OF F IRST O FFER .      17   

S ECTION 4.04.

   T AG -A LONG R IGHTS      19   

S ECTION 4.05.

   D RAG -A LONG R IGHTS      20   

S ECTION 4.06.

   R IGHTS AND O BLIGATIONS OF T RANSFEREES      22   

S ECTION 4.07.

   P REEMPTIVE R IGHTS      23   

S ECTION 4.08.

   R ULE 144 S ALES      24   

ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS

     25   

S ECTION 5.01.

   M ERGER WITH A VAYA      25   

S ECTION 5.02.

   W AIVERS      25   

S ECTION 5.03.

   O THER B USINESSES ; W AIVER OF C ERTAIN D UTIES      26   

S ECTION 5.04.

   P UBLICITY AND C ONFIDENTIALITY      27   

S ECTION 5.05.

   A SSIGNMENT ; B ENEFIT      28   

S ECTION 5.06.

   T ERMINATION      28   

S ECTION 5.07.

   S EVERABILITY      28   

S ECTION 5.08.

   E NTIRE A GREEMENT ; A MENDMENT .      28   

S ECTION 5.09.

   C OUNTERPARTS      29   

S ECTION 5.10.

   N OTICES      29   

S ECTION 5.11.

   G OVERNING L AW ; J URISDICTION      31   

 

i


          Page  

S ECTION 5.12.

   W AIVER OF J URY T RIAL      31   

S ECTION 5.13.

   S PECIFIC P ERFORMANCE      32   

S ECTION 5.14.

   N O T HIRD P ARTY L IABILITY      32   

S ECTION 5.15.

   A GGREGATION OF S HARES      32   

S ECTION 5.16.

   E XCULPATION A MONG S TOCKHOLDERS      32   

S ECTION 5.17.

   D ISSOLUTION OF C O -I NVEST      32   

 

ii


AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of May 29, 2012, is made by and among TPG, Silver Lake, Co-Invest, Co-Invest II, Co-Invest III (each as defined below) and such other Persons (as defined below) who may become party to this Agreement from time to time in accordance with the provisions herein (with TPG, Silver Lake, Co-Invest, Co-Invest II and Co-Invest III, the “ Stockholders ”), and Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), amending and restating the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2009, by and among TPG, Silver Lake, Co-Invest and the Company.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Stockholders beneficially own certain of the issued and outstanding equity securities of the Company;

WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, Sierra Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, merged with and into Avaya Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Avaya ”), with Avaya as the surviving corporation (the “ Merger ”);

WHEREAS, Avaya entered into the (i) the Amended and Restated Asset Sale Agreement relating to the Sale and Purchase of the EMEA Assets, dated as of September 14, 2009, as amended (the “ EMEA ASA ”), by and among the EMEA Sellers (as defined therein), the Joint Administrators (as defined therein), the Joint Israeli Administrators (as defined therein) and Avaya and (ii) the Amended and Restated Asset and Share Sale Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2009, as amended (the “ ASSA ,” and together with the EMEA ASA, by and among Avaya and the Sellers (as defined therein), pursuant to which Avaya and its affiliates agreed to acquire the enterprise solutions business of Nortel Networks Corporation;

WHEREAS, Avaya is party to the Merger Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2012 (the “ Radvision Merger Agreement ”), by and among Sonic Acquisition Ltd., an Israeli corporation (“ Radvision Merger Sub ”), Radvision Ltd., an Israeli corporation (the “ Radvision ”), and Avaya, whereby Merger Sub will merge with and into Radvision (the “ Acquisition ”);

WHEREAS, the Stockholders and the Company desire to provide for the management of the Company and Avaya and to set forth the respective rights and obligations of the Stockholders generally.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Acquisition ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For these purposes, “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided , that, for purposes of this Agreement, (i) no Stockholder shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) Co-Invest, Co-Invest II and Co-Invest III shall not be deemed Affiliates of either Sponsor and (iii) except for Section 3.01(d)(ix), Section 5.03 and Section 5.14, portfolio companies of the Sponsors and their respective investment fund affiliates shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of the Sponsors.

Affiliate Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(d).

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Avaya ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Board of Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

Breaching Drag-Along Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(d).

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in New York, New York and Fort Worth, Texas are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08(a).

Closing Date ” means October 26, 2007.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code shall include a reference to any successor provision thereto.

Co-Invest ” means Sierra Co-Invest, LLC, and any parallel investment entity of the same.

Co-Invest II ” means Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC, and any parallel investment entity the same.

Co-Invest III ” means Sierra Co-Invest III, LLC, and any parallel investment entity of the same.

 

2


Common Shares ” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (including issuable or issued upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities), of the Company and any shares of capital stock of the Company issued or issuable with respect to such common stock by way of a stock dividend or distribution payable thereon or stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, exchange, subdivision or combination thereof.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Company Shares ” means (a) the Common Shares (including all Common Shares issued upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities) and (b) all Convertible Securities (treating such Convertible Securities for all purposes of this Agreement as the maximum number of Common Shares for which or into which such Convertible Securities may at the time be exercised, converted or exchanged).

Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04.

Convertible Securities ” means any options, warrants, convertible preferred stock, convertible debt securities or any other securities which are directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Shares.

Core Value ” means the dollar value of the Company Shares held by a Sponsor or its Permitted Transferees calculated based on the cost of such Company Shares on the Closing Date.

Drag-Along Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).

Drag-Along Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).

Drag-Along Proxy Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(d).

Drag-Along Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Escrow Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(e).

Illiquid Securities ” means securities which are not traded on the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE Amex Equities or the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC or on a comparable securities market or exchange existing now or in the future or which are so traded but which are subject to a contractual restriction on transfer.

Initial Holding Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a)(ii).

Initial Public Offering ” or “ IPO ” means the first underwritten public offering and sale of the equity securities of the Company or its successor for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act.

 

3


Management ” means those members of the management of the Company and Avaya, who have entered into one or more agreements with the Company and Avaya which will provide for, among other things, certain tag-along and preemptive rights.

Management Services Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(d)(ix).

Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Necessary Action ” means, with respect to a specified result, all actions permitted by law necessary to cause such result, including (i) voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to the Company Shares, (ii) causing the adoption of Stockholders’ resolutions and amendments to the Organizational Documents, (iii) causing members of the Board of Directors (to the extent such members were nominated or designated by the Person obligated to undertake the Necessary Action, and subject to any fiduciary duties that such members may have as directors of the Company) to act in a certain manner or causing them to be removed in the event they do not act in such a manner, (iv) executing agreements and instruments, and (v) making, or causing to be made, with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result.

Offer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a)(i).

Organizational Documents ” means with respect to the Company or Avaya the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of such entities, each as amended from time to time.

Participation Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.07(a).

Permitted Transferee ” means (i) an Affiliate of a Stockholder, (ii) in the case of any Stockholder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or any foreign equivalent thereof, any partner, member or foreign equivalent thereof of such Stockholder and (iii) in the case of the Sponsors, an entity created and jointly owned by the Sponsors to which they contribute their Company Shares; provided , however , that a partner, member or foreign equivalent thereof of a Stockholder shall not be a Permitted Transferee under clause (ii) unless the Transfer to such Person is made in a pro rata distribution in accordance with the applicable partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or foreign equivalent thereof, as the case may be.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, partnership, estate, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Proposed Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a).

Proposed Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a).

 

4


Pro Rata Portion ” means:

(a) for purposes of Section 4.04 (with respect to each class of Company Shares to be transferred pursuant to the tag-along rights), a number of such class of Company Shares determined by multiplying (i) the total number of such class of Company Shares proposed to be Transferred by the Transferring Stockholder to the proposed Transferee, by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of such class of Company Shares held by the Tagging Stockholder and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of such class of Company Shares held by all Stockholders and, to the extent Management is entitled to tag-along on the Transfer in question, Management.

(b) for purposes of Section 4.05 (with respect to each class of Company Shares to be Transferred pursuant to the drag-along rights), a number of such class of Company Shares determined by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of such class of Company Shares held by the Drag-Along Stockholder by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of such class of Company Shares proposed to be Transferred by the Selling Stockholders to the Drag-Along Buyer and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of such class of Company Shares held by the Sponsors.

(c) for purposes of Section 4.07 (with respect to the preemptive rights), a number of Participation Shares determined by multiplying (i) the amount or number of Participation Shares the Company proposes to issue on the relevant issuance date by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Company Shares held by the relevant Stockholder immediately prior to such date and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Company Shares held by all Stockholders and, to the extent Management is entitled to exercise preemptive rights over such Participation Shares, Management.

(d) for purposes of Section 4.08 (with respect to sales under Rule 144), a number of Company Shares determined by multiplying (i) the number of Company Shares proposed to be Transferred in the Sponsor Rule 144 Sales by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Company Shares held by the Stockholder wishing to participate in the Sponsor Rule 144 Sales and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Company Shares held by the Stockholders.

Qualified Public Offering ” or “ QPO ” means the first public offering and sale pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act or Rule 144 sale, which, in combination with any previous public offering and sale pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act or Rule 144 sale, results in an aggregate of at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the common stock of the Company or its successor having been sold in public offerings and sales pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act or under Rule 144, provided that a QPO cannot occur prior to an IPO but the IPO may also be a QPO.

Radvision Merger Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Radvision Merger Sub ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

5


Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, by and among the Company and the Stockholders.

Representatives ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144 Selling Sponsor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08(a).

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Selling Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).

Silver Lake ” means, collectively, Silver Lake II, Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake III, Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P. and their respective Affiliates that are Stockholders hereunder.

Silver Lake Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(e).

Silver Lake II ” means Silver Lake Partners II, L.P.

Silver Lake III ” means Silver Lake Partners III, L.P.

Sponsor Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(e).

Sponsor Rule 144 Broker ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08(a).

Sponsor Rule 144 Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08(a).

Sponsor Rule 144 Sales ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08(a).

Sponsor Percentage ” means, with respect to a Sponsor as of any particular date of determination, a percentage determined by multiplying (i) 100 by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Core Value of the Company Shares held by such Sponsor and its Affiliates as of such date, and the denominator of which is the Core Value of the Company Shares held by both of the Sponsors and their Affiliates as of such date.

Sponsors ” means each of TPG and Silver Lake, and “ Sponsor ” means either of them.

Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Tag-Along Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(b).

Tagging Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a).

 

6


TPG ” means, collectively, TPG V, TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P. and their respective Affiliates that are Stockholders hereunder.

TPG Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(e).

TPG V ” means TPG Partners V, L.P.

Transfer ” means, with respect to any Company Shares, a direct or indirect transfer, sale, exchange, redemption, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or other disposition of such Company Shares, including the grant of an option or other right, whether directly or indirectly, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law; and “ Transferred ”, “ Transferee ”, “ Transferability ”, and “ Transferor ” shall each have a correlative meaning. For the avoidance of doubt, a transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or other disposition of an interest in any Stockholder all or substantially all of whose assets are Company Shares shall constitute a “Transfer” for purposes of this Agreement, as if such interest was a direct interest in the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transfer of membership units (or equivalent securities) in Co-Invest, Co-Invest II and Co-Invest III in accordance with their respective organizational documents shall in no event be deemed to be a “Transfer” of Company Shares under this Agreement other than for purposes of Section 4.04 hereof.

Transferring Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a).

Section 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions . (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “ hereof ”, “ herein ”, “ hereunder ” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and subsection, Section, Exhibit, Schedule and Annex references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) The term “ including ” is not limiting and means “ including without limitation .”

(d) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(e) Whenever the context requires, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms.

 

7


ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS; WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Section 2.01. Representations and Warranties of the Stockholders . Each Stockholder hereby represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, and solely on its own behalf, to each other Stockholder and to the Company that on the date hereof:

(a) Existence; Authority; Enforceability . Such Stockholder has the necessary power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. Such Stockholder is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, have been authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, and no other act or proceeding, corporate or otherwise, on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed by such Stockholder and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and any implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

(b) Absence of Conflicts . The execution and delivery by such Stockholder of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder do not and will not (i) conflict with, or result in the breach of any provision of the constitutive documents of such Stockholder; (ii) result in any violation, breach, conflict, default or event of default (or an event which with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default or event of default), or give rise to any right of acceleration or termination or any additional payment obligation, under the terms of any material contract, agreement or permit to which such Stockholder is a party or by which such Stockholder’s assets or operations are bound or affected; or (iii) violate, in any material respect, any law applicable to such Stockholder.

(c) Consents . Other than any consents that have already been obtained, no governmental consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such Stockholder in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or (b) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated herein.

Section 2.02. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Stockholder that on the date hereof:

(a) Existence; Authority; Enforceability . The Company has the necessary power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. The Company is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, have been authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, and no other act or proceeding on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed by the Company and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and any implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

8


(b) Absence of Conflicts . The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder do not and will not (i) conflict with, or result in the breach of any provision of the organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) result in any violation, breach, conflict, default or event of default (or an event which with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default or event of default), or give rise to any right of acceleration or termination or any additional payment obligation, under the terms of any material contract, agreement or permit to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ assets or operations are bound or affected; or (iii) violate, in any material respect, any law applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(c) Consents . Other than any consents that have already been obtained, no governmental consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the issuance of the Company Shares issued on the date hereof or (b) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated herein.

(d) Valid Issuance of Shares . The Common Shares that are being issued to the Stockholders on the date hereof, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer contained herein and under applicable state and federal securities laws.

Section 2.03. Entitlement of the Company and the Stockholders to Rely on Representations and Warranties . The foregoing representations and warranties may be relied upon by the Company and by the Stockholders in connection with the entering into of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

GOVERNANCE

Section 3.01. Board of Directors . (a) The Stockholders and the Company shall take all Necessary Action to cause the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) to be comprised of at least seven (7) directors, (i) three (3) of whom shall be designated by TPG, provided that TPG V shall have the right to appoint one (1) of such directors for so long as TPG has the right to appoint at least one (1) director, (ii) three (3) of whom shall be designated by Silver Lake, provided that Silver Lake II shall have the right to appoint one (1) of such directors for so long as Silver Lake has the right to appoint at least two (2) directors and Silver Lake III shall have the right to appoint one (1) of such directors for so long as Silver Lake has the right to appoint at least one (1) such director, and (iii) one (1) of whom shall be the Chief Executive Officer (or equivalent) of Avaya. Each of Silver Lake, including Silver Lake II and Silver Lake III, and TPG, including TPG V, has the sole right to remove and replace its respective designees.

 

9


(b) The right of the Sponsors to designate directors as set forth in Section 3.01(a) above shall be subject to the following:

(i) If the Core Value of a Sponsor (and its Permitted Transferees) is less than $450,000,000 due to such Sponsor’s Transfer of Company Shares after the Closing Date, such Sponsor shall only be entitled to designate two (2) directors for appointment to the Board of Directors;

(ii) If the Core Value of a Sponsor (and its Permitted Transferees) is less than $250,000,000 due to such Sponsor’s Transfer of Company Shares after the Closing Date, such Sponsor shall only be entitled to designate one (1) director for appointment to the Board of Directors; and

(iii) If the Core Value of a Sponsor (and its Permitted Transferees) is less than $112,500,000 due to such Sponsor’s Transfer of Company Shares after the Closing Date, such Sponsor shall not be entitled to designate any directors for appointment to the Board of Directors;

provided that, notwithstanding the Core Value of any Sponsor’s Company Shares, the reduction in the number of directors such Sponsor may appoint pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) shall not be given effect if such Sponsor’s Sponsor Percentage is equal to or greater than fifty percent (50%).

(c) If the number of directors that a Sponsor has the right to designate to the Board of Directors is decreased pursuant to Section 3.01(b), then such Sponsor shall immediately remove such director or directors, as the case may be, from the Board of Directors and the number of members of the Board of Directors shall be reduced accordingly. In the event that a non-Sponsor Director (excluding the Chief Executive Officer) is removed pursuant to any agreement by and between the Sponsors and the Company, the number of members of the Board of Directors shall be reduced accordingly to eliminate such non-Sponsor Director seat until the Sponsors determine to fill such non-Sponsor Director seat in accordance with the terms hereof. Except as provided in Section 3.01(b), each Sponsor shall have the sole and exclusive right to immediately appoint and remove its respective designees to the Board of Directors, as well as the exclusive right to fill vacancies created by not designating a director initially or by reason of death, removal or resignation of such designees.

(d) The following actions by the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (including without limitation Avaya) shall require approval by a majority of the Board of Directors, which majority must include at least one TPG designated director (so long as there is a TPG designee on the Board of Directors) and one Silver Lake designated director (so long as there is a Silver Lake designee on the Board of Directors):

(i) any merger, consolidation, sale of, or grant of an encumbrance over, assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with a value in excess of $15,000,000;

 

10


(ii) any liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the initiation of any action relating to bankruptcy, reorganization or recapitalization with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(iii) the initiation or completion of a public offering of the securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including an IPO;

(iv) the acquisition or disposition, or a related series of acquisitions or dispositions, of assets with a value in excess of $15,000,000 or a business for a purchase price in excess of $15,000,000, or the entering into of a joint venture requiring a capital contribution in excess of $15,000,000;

(v) any fundamental change in the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ existing lines of business or the entry by the Company or any of its subsidiaries into a new significant line of business;

(vi) the creation of any new class of equity security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the issuance, repurchase, redemption or other retirement for value of equity securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or securities exchangeable or exercisable for, or convertible into, any such equity securities, and the amendment of the rights, preferences or privileges provided to any class of equity security (other than (A) intra-company issuances and repurchases among the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, (B) issuances pursuant to equity compensation plans approved in accordance with Section 3.01(d)(xvii), (C) repurchases of equity securities held by members of management of the Company and its subsidiaries made in the ordinary course in connection with the termination of employment and (D) the issuance of equity securities upon the conversion, exercise or exchange of Convertible Securities issued in compliance with this Agreement);

(vii) any declaration of dividends or other distributions by the Company or its subsidiaries, other than intra-company dividends or distributions made by wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company;

(viii) any amendment to the Organizational Documents of the Company or Avaya or any of its subsidiaries (other than wholly-owned subsidiaries);

(ix) the entering into or completion of any transaction or agreement by any Stockholder or any of its Affiliates with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than (A) those transactions and agreements contemplated by the Management Services Agreement between the Sponsors and the Company, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Management Services Agreement ”) or (B) any transaction or agreement between the Company or one if its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a portfolio company of Silver Lake (or any of its investment fund Affiliates) or TPG (or any of its investment fund Affiliates), on the other hand, that is negotiated at arms length between the managements of the Company or

 

11


such subsidiary and such portfolio company or otherwise entered into in the ordinary course of business without direct involvement by Silver Lake, TPG or their investment fund Affiliates);

(x) the incurrence or guarantee by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of, or the granting of an encumbrance over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective assets in connection with, indebtedness or derivatives liability, or any related series of indebtedness or derivative liabilities, in excess of $25,000,000 or amending in any material respect the terms of existing or future indebtedness or derivatives liability in excess of $25,000,000;

(xi) the approval or adoption of annual budgets or business plans, or any material changes thereto;

(xii) the approval of any material changes to the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ investment or underwriting guidelines;

(xiii) the appointment or termination of (A) the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company or Avaya, or (B) any person with substantially equivalent responsibilities as those of the persons referenced in clause (A);

(xiv) any increase or decrease in the size of the Board of Directors, other than those required by this Section 3.01;

(xv) the creation of a committee of the Board of Directors or changing the scope of authority of a committee of the Board of Directors;

(xvi) the appointment or change of the independent auditor for the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(xvii) the adoption of employee equity incentive plans; (xviii) the creation of any non-wholly owned subsidiary;

(xix) the settling of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding for an amount in excess of $5,000,000 or that provides for any material limitation on the conduct of the business by the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(xx) the exercise or material modification of the terms of, any option held by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to acquire equity securities or assets for aggregate consideration in excess of $15,000,000 from a Person other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; and

(xxi) any single or series of related capital expenditures in excess of $25,000,000.

 

12


Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the approval of one TPG designated director or one Silver Lake designated director shall in all cases be required for any action that is disproportionately adverse to TPG or Silver Lake, respectively, or for any matter (such a matter, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving the Company and its subsidiaries on the one hand and Affiliates or portfolio companies of TPG or Silver Lake, respectively, on the other hand.

(e) The initial director appointed by TPG V was Kevin Rollins and the other initial directors appointed by TPG were John Marren and Gene Frantz (each of such directors, a “ TPG Director ”). The initial director appointed by Silver Lake II was David Roux, the initial director appointed by Silver Lake III was Greg Mondre and the other initial director appointed by Silver Lake was Charles Giancarlo (each of such directors, a “ Silver Lake Director ,” and together with the TPG Directors, the “ Sponsor Directors ”).

(f) The Sponsors designated David Roux as initial chairman of the Board of Directors.

(g) For so long as a Sponsor has the right to solely designate at least one director to the Board of Directors, such Sponsor shall have the right to appoint at least one representative to each committee of the Board of Directors (or any committee of Avaya or any of their subsidiaries) as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. For so long as a Sponsor has the right to solely designate at least one director to the Board of Directors, no committee of Avaya or any of their subsidiaries shall approve any of the actions specified in Section 3.01(d) without the approval of such Sponsor.

(h) The Company (in its capacity as the sole stockholder of Avaya) and the Stockholders shall take all Necessary Action to cause the persons constituting the Board of Directors to be appointed as the sole members of the board of directors of Avaya and to implement the provisions of this Article III. Notwithstanding anything that may be permitted pursuant to the Organizational Documents of Avaya or any of its subsidiaries, no Person shall take any action with respect to the Company, Avaya or any of their subsidiaries that would be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

(i) The Company shall reimburse the members of the Board of Directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors, the board of directors of Avaya and any committees thereof, including without limitation travel, lodging and meal expenses.

(j) The Company and Avaya shall obtain customary director and officer liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms.

Section 3.02. Additional Management Provisions . (a) Each Stockholder agrees and acknowledges that the directors designated by the Stockholders may share confidential, non-public information about the Company and Avaya with any of the Stockholders.

(b) Except to the extent resulting from the rights granted under this Article III or as required by applicable law, no individual Stockholder shall have the authority to manage the business and affairs of the Company or contract for or incur on behalf of the Company any debts, liabilities or other obligations, and no such action of a Stockholder will be binding on the Company.

 

13


(c) Prior to an IPO, the Company shall provide to each Sponsor monthly, quarterly and annual financial statements (whether audited or unaudited) of the Company and Avaya and management’s discussion and analysis of the financial results included in such statements, and such other information as may be reasonably requested by a Sponsor or as is otherwise required by law. Prior to an IPO, the Company shall provide to Co-Invest, Co-Invest II and Co-Invest III unaudited quarterly and audited annual financial statements of Avaya and management’s discussion and analysis of the financial results included in such statements, and such other information as Co-Invest, Co-Invest II and Co-Invest III may reasonably require for their tax purposes or for the tax purposes of their respective members, and shall provide to any member of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III who requests it, a copy of any financial statements for the Company which are provided to the Sponsors pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(d) Prior to an IPO, to the extent any Stockholder (or in the case of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III, their respective members) is required by FASB Statement No. 157 to determine the fair value of its investment in the Company, such Stockholder or member shall be entitled to (i) upon request, receive a copy of any third-party valuation of the Common Shares otherwise prepared by the Company to the extent the Company is permitted to provide such valuation, (ii) confer with either a member of management of the Company or a representative of the Sponsors (as determined by the Company and the Sponsors) as to whether there has been any material event at the Company or its subsidiaries which is not reflected in the last financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (c) above and (iii) upon request to the Sponsors, the Sponsors’ most recent estimate (if any) of the value of their investment in the Company for purposes of investor reporting, as a multiple of cost; provided , however , that none of the Company, the Sponsors or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to any Stockholder or member of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III receiving such information with respect to any information provided or which failed to be provided under this clause (d). Any information provided under this clause (d) shall be subject to Section 5.04.

(e) The Company shall not, and shall cause its controlled subsidiaries not to, enter into any transaction or agreement with any Stockholder or any Affiliate of a Stockholder unless such transaction is (x) on terms no less favorable to the Company or its controlled subsidiaries than would have been the case if the transaction or agreement had been the result of arm’s-length negotiations with a third-party or (y) approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares (disregarding Common Shares held by the interested Stockholder and any of its Affiliates), provided , however, that this clause (e) shall not apply to (i) any transaction or agreement between the Company or one of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a portfolio company of any Stockholder (or any of such Stockholder’s investment fund Affiliates), on the other hand, that is entered into in the ordinary course of business without direct involvement by such Stockholder or such Stockholder’s investment fund Affiliates, (ii) any transaction or agreement which is approved in accordance with Section 3.01(d)(ix) to which either (A) none of Silver Lake II or Silver Lake III or their respective Affiliates is a party or (B) neither TPG V nor any of its Affiliates is a party, (iii) those transactions and agreements contemplated by the Management Services Agreement or any amendment thereof, (iv)

 

14


indemnification agreements among the Company, Avaya and their respective directors and (v) management rights letters among the Company, Avaya and each of Silver Lake II, Silver Lake III, TPG V, Co-Invest, Co-Invest II and Co-Invest III. The Management Services Agreement shall not be amended in a manner which would, in the aggregate, increase the fees payable to the Sponsors or their Affiliates thereunder (including with respect to the amount of such fees or by a change in the term thereof) without the consent of members of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II and Co-Invest III holding a majority of the collective outstanding membership units of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II and Co-Invest III (measured by fair market value, and excluding interests held by the Managing Member (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Co-Invest) and any Affiliates of the Sponsors that are members of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II and/or Co-Invest III). The provisions of this clause (e) may be enforced directly by members of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II and Co-Invest III holding a majority of the collective outstanding membership units of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II and Co-Invest III (measured by fair market value).

Section 3.03. Termination of Management Provisions . The provisions of this Article III shall terminate upon the unanimous consent of the Sponsors or upon an IPO; provided , however (a) that any termination or amendment of the second sentence of Section 3.02(c) or any portion of Section 3.02(e) prior to an IPO shall require the consent of the Stockholders holding a majority of the Common Shares not held by the Sponsors or their Affiliates, and (b) any termination or amendment of Section 3.02(d) prior to an IPO shall require the consent of a majority of the Common Shares held by Stockholders (or, indirectly, by members of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III) who have advised the Company that they are required by FASB Statement No. 157 to determine the fair value of its investment in the Company unless such termination or amendment is in response to a change in the requirements of FASB Statement No. 157.

ARTICLE IV

TRANSFERS OF SHARES; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

Section 4.01. Limitations on Transfer . (a) The Stockholders shall not be permitted to Transfer all or any portion of their Company Shares other than:

(i) to any Permitted Transferee in accordance with the terms of Section 4.02, provided , that in the case of any Stockholder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or any foreign equivalent thereof, any Transfer to a partner, member or foreign equivalent thereof of such Stockholder may only be made after a QPO and as a pro rata distribution in accordance with such Stockholder’s governing documents;

(ii) prior to the earlier of the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Merger and a QPO (the “ Initial Holding Period ”), with the consent of each of the Sponsors and subject to the tag-along rights, drag-along rights and the right of first offer provisions of this Article IV;

 

15


(iii) after the Initial Holding Period, subject to the tag-along rights, drag-along rights and right of first offer provisions of this Article IV;

(iv) in a registered public offering or, after an IPO, in a transaction pursuant to Rule 144, in each case subject to Section 4.08;

(v) as a Tagging Stockholder in accordance with Section 4.04; or

(vi) as a Selling Stockholder or Drag-Along Stockholder, as applicable, in accordance with Section 4.05.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Stockholder be entitled to Transfer its Company Shares to any Person (whether or not to an Affiliate), that in the reasonable judgment of either TPG or Silver Lake, exercised in good faith, is an actual or potential competitor of, or other Person who is adverse to the interests of, the Company or Avaya or to any Person who (directly or indirectly) (i) holds an ownership interest in such actual or potential competitor equal to five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of such actual or potential competitor or (ii) has designated, or has the right to designate, a member of the board of directors of such actual or potential competitor, in each case without the approval of each Sponsor, the approval of a particular Sponsor being required only for so long as such Sponsor holds greater than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Company Shares, except, in or following a QPO, in any bona fide underwritten public offering or in any Rule 144 sale. In addition, no Stockholder shall be entitled to Transfer its Company Shares at any time if such Transfer would:

(i) violate the Securities Act, or any state (or other jurisdiction) securities or “Blue Sky” laws applicable to the Company or the Company Shares;

(ii) cause the Company to become subject to the registration requirements of the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time; or

(iii) be a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” under ERISA or the Code or cause all or any portion of the assets of the Company to constitute “plan assets” under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

In the event of a purported Transfer by a Stockholder of any Company Shares in violation of the provisions of this Agreement, such purported Transfer will be void and of no effect, and the Company will not give effect to such Transfer.

(c) Each certificate evidencing the Company Shares issued after the date hereof shall bear the following restrictive legend, either as an endorsement or on the face thereof:

THE SALE, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, AND THE VOTING THEREOF, IS RESTRICTED BY THE TERMS OF A STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF OCTOBER 26, 2007, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AND AS MAY BE FURTHER AMENDED AND IN EFFECT

 

16


FROM TIME TO TIME, COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE ISSUER OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SALE, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION SHALL BE EFFECTIVE UNLESS AND UNTIL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH IN FULL.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED OTHER THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW), OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

(d) In the event that all or any portion of a restrictive legend set forth in Section 4.01(c) has ceased to be applicable, the Company shall provide any Stockholder, or their respective transferees, at their request, without any expense to such persons (other than applicable transfer taxes and similar governmental charges, if any), with new certificates for such securities of like tenor not bearing the legend (or the applicable portion thereof) with respect to which the restriction has ceased and terminated (it being understood that the restriction referred to in the first paragraph of the legend in Section 4.01(c) shall cease and terminate upon the termination of this Article IV).

Section 4.02. Transfer to Permitted Transferees . A Stockholder may Transfer its Company Shares to a Permitted Transferee of such Stockholder in accordance with Section 4.01(a)(i); provided that each Permitted Transferee of any Stockholder to which Company Shares are Transferred shall, and such Stockholder shall cause such Permitted Transferee to, Transfer back to such Stockholder (or to another Permitted Transferee of such Stockholder) any Company Shares it owns if such Permitted Transferee ceases to be a Permitted Transferee of such Stockholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing proviso shall not apply to those Persons described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Permitted Transferee”. Shares transferred by a Stockholder to a Person described in clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Transferee” and shares transferred to a Permitted Transferee by Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III shall remain subject to the terms of this Agreement; other shares transferred in accordance with Section 4.01(a)(i) to a Person described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Permitted Transferee” shall cease to be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

Section 4.03. Right of First Offer . (a) Each Stockholder shall have a right of first offer over any Company Shares proposed to be Transferred by another Stockholder, which shall be exercised in the following manner:

(i) Any transferring Stockholder shall provide the Stockholders with written notice (an “ Offer Notice ”) of its desire to Transfer such Company Shares. The Offer Notice shall specify the number and class of Company Shares such Stockholder wishes to Transfer, the proposed purchase price for such Company Shares and any other terms and conditions material to the sale proposed by such Stockholder.

 

17


(ii) The Stockholders shall have a period of (i) prior to an IPO, up to fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt of the Offer Notice, provided that the Sponsors, in their sole discretion may reduce such period (but to not less than five (5) Business Days if a Sponsor is exercising its right of first offer) and (ii) at any time after an IPO, up to three (3) Business Days following receipt of the Offer Notice to elect to purchase (or to cause one or more of their Affiliates to purchase) all of such Company Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Notice by delivering to the transferring Stockholder a written notice thereof, provided , however , that no Stockholder shall have the right to purchase any such Company Shares if neither Sponsor exercises its right to purchase any such Company Shares pursuant to this right of first offer. The opportunity to purchase such Company Shares shall be allocated among the Stockholders (other than a Stockholder that is a transferring Stockholder with respect to such Transfer) pro rata based upon the number of Company Shares held by each Stockholder unless the Stockholders otherwise agree, provided that if one Stockholder does not elect to purchase its full allotment of Company Shares, the Sponsors shall be permitted to purchase such shortfall.

(iii) If any Stockholder elects to purchase (or to cause one or more of their Affiliates to purchase) all of the Company Shares which are the subject of the proposed Transfer within the applicable response period, such purchase shall be consummated within the later of (A) ten (10) Business Days after the date on which such Stockholder notifies the transferring Stockholder of such election or (B) three (3) Business Days after all required governmental approvals have been obtained (or all required governmental waiting periods have elapsed). If the Stockholders fail to elect to purchase all of the Company Shares within the fifteen (15) (or shorter as provided above in clause (ii)) or three (3) Business Day period, as the case may be, mentioned above, the transferring Stockholder may Transfer such Company Shares at any time within ninety (90) days following such period at a price which is not less than the purchase price specified in the Offer Notice and on other terms and conditions no more favorable, in any material respect, to the purchaser than those specified in the Offer Notice.

(b) In connection with the Transfer of all or any portion of a Stockholder’s Company Shares pursuant to this Section 4.03, the transferring Stockholder shall only be required to represent and warrant as to its authority to sell, the enforceability of agreements against such Stockholder, the Company Shares to be transferred shall be free and clear of any liens, claims or encumbrances (other than restrictions imposed by this Agreement and pursuant to applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws), that it is the record and beneficial owner of such Company Shares and that it has obtained or made all necessary consents, approvals, filings and notices from governmental authorities or third parties to consummate the Transfer.

(c) The provisions of this Section 4.03 shall not apply to Transfers of Company Shares (i) to Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 4.02, (ii) made pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the tag-along or drag-along rights set forth in Section 4.04 and Section 4.05, respectively, (iii) made pursuant to a registered public offering or (iv) made pursuant to Rule 144. The provisions of this Section 4.03 shall terminate upon the QPO.

 

18


Section 4.04. Tag-Along Rights . (a) After compliance with Section 4.03 (if applicable and to the extent the right specified therein is not exercised), if a Stockholder (the “ Transferring Stockholder ”) proposes to Transfer all or any portion of its Company Shares (a “ Proposed Transfer ”) (other than (i) to a Permitted Transferee, (ii) pursuant to or consequent upon the exercise of the drag-along rights set forth in Section 4.05, (iii) pursuant to Rule 144 or (iv) pursuant to a registered offering), each other Stockholder shall have the right to participate in the Transferring Stockholder’s Transfer by Transferring up to its Pro Rata Portion to the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) (each Stockholder who exercises its rights under this Section 4.04(a), a “ Tagging Stockholder ”).

(b) The Transferring Stockholder shall give written notice (a “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to each other Stockholder of a Proposed Transfer to which this Section 4.04 applies, setting forth the number and class(es) of Company Shares proposed to be so Transferred, the name and address of the Proposed Transferee, the proposed amount and form of consideration and other terms and conditions of payment offered by the Proposed Transferee. The Transferring Stockholder shall deliver or cause to be delivered to each other Stockholder copies of all transaction documents relating to the Proposed Transfer as the same become available. The tag-along rights provided by this Section 4.04 must be exercised by a Stockholder within a period of (i) prior to an IPO, ten (10) Business Days from the date of the Tag-Along Notice or (ii) at any time after an IPO, three (3) Business Days from the date of the Tag-Along Notice, by delivery of a written notice to the Transferring Stockholder indicating its desire to exercise its rights and specifying the number and class(es) of Company Shares it desires to Transfer. With respect to each class of Company Shares proposed to be Transferred, if the Transferring Stockholder is unable to cause the Proposed Transferee to purchase all the Company Shares of such class proposed to be Transferred by the Transferring Stockholder and the Tagging Stockholders, then the number of Company Shares of such class that each such Stockholder is permitted to sell in such Proposed Transfer shall be reduced pro rata based on the number of Company Shares of such class proposed to be Transferred by such Stockholder relative to the aggregate number of Company Shares of such class proposed to be Transferred by all stockholders of the Company participating in such Proposed Transfer. The Transferring Stockholder shall have a period of sixty (60) days following the expiration of the ten (10) Business Day or three (3) Business Day period, as the case may be, mentioned above to enter into a definitive agreement to sell all the Company Shares agreed to be purchased by the Proposed Transferee on the terms specified in the notice required by the first sentence of this Section 4.04(b). With respect to each class of Company Shares proposed to be Transferred, if the Proposed Transferee agrees to purchase more Company Shares of such class than specified in the Tag-Along Notice in the Proposed Transfer, the Stockholders shall also have the same right to participate in the Transfer of such Company Shares of such class that are in excess of the amount set forth on the Tag-Along Notice in accordance with this Section 4.04.

(c) Any Transfer of Company Shares by a Tagging Stockholder to a Proposed Transferee pursuant to this Section 4.04 shall be on the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, price, time of payment and form of consideration) as to be paid to the Transferring Stockholder; provided that in order to be entitled to exercise its tag-along right pursuant to this Section 4.04, each Tagging Stockholder must agree to make to the Proposed Transferee representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements the same mutatis mutandis as those made by the Transferring Stockholder in connection with the Proposed

 

19


Transfer (other than any non-competition, non-solicitation or similar agreements or covenants that would bind the Tagging Stockholder, its Affiliates or any of their respective portfolio companies), and agree to the same conditions to the Proposed Transfer as the Transferring Stockholder agrees, it being understood that all such representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements shall be made by the Transferring Stockholder and each Tagging Stockholder severally and not jointly and that the aggregate amount of the liability of the Tagging Stockholder shall not exceed, except with respect to individual representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and other agreements of the Tagging Stockholder as to the unencumbered title to its Company Shares and the power, authority and legal right to Transfer such Company Shares, such Tagging Stockholder’s pro rata share of any such liability to be determined in accordance with such Tagging Stockholder’s portion of the total number of Company Shares included in such Transfer; provided that, in no event shall the amount of liability of any Tagging Stockholder exceed the proceeds such Tagging Stockholder received in connection with such Transfer. Each Tagging Stockholder shall be responsible for its proportionate share of the costs of the Proposed Transfer to the extent not paid or reimbursed by the Proposed Transferee or the Company. The provisions of this Section 4.04 shall terminate upon a QPO, or if later, upon the later of the dissolution of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III.

(d) In the event that a Tagging Stockholder receives securities which are Illiquid Securities as proceeds in connection with a Transfer pursuant to this Section 4.04, such Tagging Stockholder shall receive the right to tag-along on transfers by any Stockholder and be subject to drag-along rights of the Sponsors with respect to such securities that are substantially similar to the tag-along rights and drag-along rights applicable to Company Shares under this Agreement and shall receive registration rights with respect to such securities that are substantially similar to the registration rights applicable to “Registrable Securities” under the Registration Rights Agreement to the extent received by the Sponsors, provided that such rights shall cease at such time as such securities are no longer Illiquid Securities.

Section 4.05. Drag-Along Rights . (a) For so long as the Sponsors directly or indirectly hold, in the aggregate, greater than forty percent (40%) of the outstanding Company Shares and one or more Sponsors agree to enter into a transaction which would result in the Transfer of greater than forty percent (40%) of the Company Shares to a non-Affiliate third party (a “ Drag-Along Buyer ”), such Sponsor(s) (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) may compel each other Stockholder (together, the “ Drag-Along Stockholders ”) to sell its Company Shares by delivering written notice (a “ Drag-Along Notice ”) to the Drag-Along Stockholders not later than three (3) Business Days prior to the consummation of the proposed Transfer, stating that such Selling Stockholders wish to exercise their rights under this Section 4.05 with respect to such Transfer, and setting forth the name and address of the Drag-Along Buyer, the number and class(es) of Company Shares proposed to be Transferred, the proposed amount and form of the consideration, and all other material terms and conditions offered by the Drag-Along Buyer; provided , that if a Drag-Along Stockholder (or in the case of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III, their respective members) advise the Sponsors that they desire to participate in such transaction without having to be compelled, the Company Shares that would be Transferred by such Drag- Along Stockholder (or in the case of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III, their respective members) to a Drag-Along Buyer may be included in determining whether or not a proposed transaction would result in the Transfer of greater than forty percent (40%) of the Company

 

20


Shares to the extent a Drag-Along Stockholder consents to such treatment, and provided further , that in order for one Sponsor to exercise its drag-along rights under this Section 4.05, it must receive the consent of the other Sponsor, such consent being required for so long as such other Sponsor, together with its Affiliates, beneficially owns at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Company Shares.

(b) Upon delivery of a Drag-Along Notice, each Drag-Along Stockholder shall be required to Transfer its Pro Rata Portion, on the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, as to price, time of payment and form of consideration) as agreed by the Selling Stockholders and the Drag-Along Buyer, and shall make to the Drag-Along Buyer representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements comparable to those made by the Selling Stockholders in connection with the Transfer (other than any non-competition, non- solicitation or similar agreements or covenants that would bind the Drag-Along Stockholder, its Affiliates or any of their respective portfolio companies), and shall agree to the same conditions to the Transfer as the Selling Stockholders agree, it being understood that all such representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements shall be made by each Selling Stockholder and each Drag-Along Stockholder severally and not jointly and that the aggregate amount of the liability of the Drag-Along Stockholder shall not exceed, except with respect to individual representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and other agreements of the Drag-Along Stockholder as to the unencumbered title to its Company Shares and the power, authority and legal right to Transfer such Company Shares, such Drag-Along Stockholder’s pro rata share of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Drag-Along Stockholder’s portion of the total number of Company Shares included in such Transfer; provided that, in any event the amount of liability of any Drag-Along Stockholder shall not exceed the proceeds such Drag-Along Stockholder received in connection with such Transfer.

(c) In the event that any such Transfer is structured as a merger, consolidation, or similar business combination, each Drag-Along Stockholder agrees to (i) vote in favor of the transaction, (ii) take such other action as may be reasonably required to effect such transaction (subject to Section 4.05(b)) and (iii) take all action to waive any dissenters, appraisal or other similar rights with respect thereto.

(d) Solely for purposes of Section 4.05(c)(i) and in order to secure the performance of each Stockholder’s obligations under Section 4.05(c)(i), each Stockholder hereby irrevocably appoints each other Stockholder that qualifies as a Drag-Along Proxy Holder (as defined below) the attorney-in-fact and proxy of such first Stockholder (with full power of substitution) to vote or provide a written consent with respect to its Company Shares as described in this paragraph if, and only in the event that, such Stockholder fails to vote or provide a written consent with respect to its Company Shares in accordance with the terms of Section 4.05(c)(i) (each such Stockholder, a “ Breaching Drag-Along Stockholder ”) within three (3) days of a request for such vote or written consent. Upon such failure, the Selling Stockholders or any of them shall have and are hereby irrevocably granted a proxy to vote or provide a written consent with respect to each such Breaching Drag-Along Stockholder’s Company Shares for the purposes of taking the actions required by Section 4.05(c)(i) (such Selling Stockholders each and collectively, a “ Drag-Along Proxy Holder ”). Each Stockholder intends this proxy to be, and it shall be, irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and each Stockholder will take such further action and execute such other instruments as may be

 

21


reasonably necessary to effectuate the intent of this proxy and hereby revokes any proxy previously granted by it with respect to the matters set forth in Section 4.05(c)(i) with respect to the Company Shares owned by such Stockholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conditional proxy granted by this Section 4.05(d) shall be deemed to be revoked upon the termination of this Article IV in accordance with its terms.

(e) If any Drag-Along Stockholder fails to deliver to the Drag-Along Buyer the certificate or certificates, if any, evidencing Company Shares to be sold pursuant to this Section 4.05, the Selling Stockholders may, at their option, in addition to all other remedies they may have, deposit the purchase price (including any promissory note constituting all or any portion thereof) for such Company Shares with any national bank or trust company having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (the “ Escrow Agent ”), and the Company shall cancel on its books the certificate or certificates representing such Company Shares and thereupon all of such Drag-Along Stockholder’s rights in and to such Company Shares shall terminate. Thereafter, upon delivery to the Company by such Drag-Along Stockholder of the certificate or certificates evidencing such Company Shares (duly endorsed, or with stock powers duly endorsed, for transfer, with signature guaranteed, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, and with any stock transfer tax stamps affixed), the Selling Stockholders shall instruct the Escrow Agent to deliver the purchase price (without any interest from the date of the closing to the date of such delivery, any such interest to accrue to the Company) to such Drag-Along Stockholder.

(f) In the event that a Drag-Along Stockholder receives securities which are Illiquid Securities as proceeds in connection with a Transfer pursuant to this Section 4.05, such Drag-Along Stockholder shall receive the right to tag-along on transfers by any Stockholder and be subject to drag-along rights of the Sponsors with respect to such securities that are substantially similar to the tag-along rights and drag-along rights applicable to Company Shares under this Agreement and shall receive registration rights with respect to such securities that are substantially similar to the registration rights applicable to “Registrable Securities” under the Registration Rights Agreement to the extent received by the Sponsors, provided that such rights shall cease at such time as such securities are no longer Illiquid Securities.

Section 4.06. Rights and Obligations of Transferees . (a) Any Transfer of Company Shares to any Person (other than a Stockholder), which Transfer is otherwise in compliance herewith, shall be permitted hereunder only if the Transferee of such Company Shares agrees in writing that it shall, upon such Transfer, assume with respect to such Company Shares the Transferor’s obligations under this Agreement and become a party to this Agreement for such purpose, and any other agreement or instrument executed and delivered by such Transferor in respect of the Company Shares.

(b) Upon any Transfer of Company Shares to any Person (other than a Stockholder), which Transfer is otherwise in compliance herewith, the Transferee shall, upon such Transfer, assume all rights held by the Transferor at the time of the Transfer with respect to such Company Shares, provided that no Transferee (other than any Affiliate of a Sponsor) shall acquire any of the rights provided in Section 3.01 hereof by reason of such Transfer.

 

22


(c) The provisions of this Section 4.06 shall not apply to (i) Transfers to those Persons described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Permitted Transferee” other than Transfers to such a Person by Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III or (ii) Transfers pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iv).

Section 4.07. Preemptive Rights . (a) Until the occurrence of an IPO, if, following the Closing Date, the Company proposes to issue additional Company Shares, any warrants, options or other rights to acquire Company Shares, debt securities that are convertible into Company Shares or any other equity securities of the Company or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ Participation Shares ”) (with the exception of any issuance upon conversion of exercise of warrants to purchase Company Shares or issuance (i) in connection with any merger, acquisition or similar transaction (excluding any issuance for purposes of financing such transaction) and (ii) to employees pursuant to an employee incentive plan (in each case, having been approved in accordance with the terms of this Agreement)), the Company shall provide written notice to each Stockholder of such anticipated issuance no later than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the anticipated issuance date. Such notice shall set forth the material terms and conditions of the issuance, including the proposed purchase price for the new Participation Shares and the anticipated issuance date. Each Stockholder shall have the right to purchase up to its Pro Rata Portion of such new Participation Shares at the price and on the terms and conditions specified in the Company’s notice by delivering an irrevocable written notice to the Company no later than three (3) Business Days before the anticipated issuance date, setting forth the number of such new Participation Shares for which such right is exercised, provided , however , that no Stockholder shall have the right to purchase any such new Participation Shares if neither Sponsor exercises its right to purchase any such new Participation Shares. Such notice shall also include the maximum number of new Participation Shares the Stockholder would be willing to purchase in the event any other Stockholder elects to purchase less than its Pro Rata Portion of such Participation Shares. If any Stockholder fails to elect to purchase its full Pro Rata Portion of such new Participation Shares that it has a right to purchase, the Company shall allocate any remaining amount among the participating Stockholders ( pro rata in accordance with the Company Shares then held by each such participating Stockholder) who have indicated in their notice to the Company a desire to purchase new Participation Shares in excess of their respective Pro Rata Portions.

(b) In the event Stockholders do not purchase all such new Participation Shares in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.07(a), the Company shall have sixty (60) days after the expiration of the anticipated issuance date to sell to other Persons the remaining new Participation Shares at the price and on the terms and conditions specified in the Company’s notice to the Stockholders pursuant to Section 4.07(a). If the Company fails to sell such Participation Shares within sixty (60) days of the anticipated issuance date provided in the notice given to Stockholders pursuant to Section 4.07(a), the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Participation Shares without first offering such Participation Shares to the Stockholders in the manner provided in Section 4.07(a).

(c) The election by a Stockholder not to exercise its preemptive rights under this Section 4.07 in any one instance shall not affect its right (other than in respect of a reduction in its percentage holdings) as to any future issuances under this Section 4.07. Any sale of such

 

23


securities by the Company without first giving the Stockholders the rights described in this Section 4.07 shall be void and of no force and effect.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing requirements of this Section 4.07, the Company may proceed with an issuance of Participation Shares prior to having complied with the provisions of Section 4.07; provided , that the Company shall:

(i) provide to each Stockholder (x) prompt notice of such issuance and (y) the notice described in Section 4.07(a) in which the actual price per Participation Share shall be set forth;

(ii) offer to issue to such Stockholder such number of Participation Shares of the type issued in the issuance as may be requested by such Stockholder (not to exceed the number equal to (x) the percent of such new Participation Shares that such Stockholder would have been entitled to pursuant to Section 4.07(a), multiplied by (y) the sum of (A) the number of Participation Shares included in such issuance and (B) the maximum aggregate number of Participation Shares issuable pursuant to this Section 4.07(d) and in connection with the “post-issuance” preemptive rights of any other stockholders of the Company with respect to such issuance) on the same economic terms and conditions with respect to such Participation Shares as the subscribers in the issuance received; and

(iii) keep such offer open for a period of fifteen (15) Business Days, during which period each such Stockholder may accept such offer by sending a written acceptance to the Company committing to purchase an amount of Participation Shares (not in any event to exceed the number equal to (x) the percent of such new Participation Shares that such Stockholder would have been entitled to pursuant to Section 4.07(a), multiplied by (y) the sum of (A) the number of Participation Shares included in such issuance and (B) the aggregate number of Participation Shares issued pursuant to this Section 4.07(d) and in connection with the “post-issuance” preemptive rights of any other stockholders of the Company with respect to such issuance). The closing of any such transaction shall occur at such time as the Company specifies, but in any event not prior to the date that is fifteen (15) Business Days after the Company issues the notice contemplated by clause (y) of Section 4.07(d)(i).

Section 4.08. Rule 144 Sales . (a) If one or more Sponsors in good faith expects to transfer Company Shares pursuant to Rule 144 (“ Sponsor Rule 144 Sales ”), the proposing Sponsor(s) (the “ Rule 144 Selling Sponsor ”) shall provide written notice (a “ Sponsor Rule 144 Notice ”) of such Sponsor Rule 144 Sale to the other Stockholders (including Co-Invest, Co-Invest II and Co-Invest III (and each of their respective members)) as far in advance of such Sponsor Rule 144 Sale as shall be reasonably practicable in light of the circumstances applicable to such Sponsor Rule 144 Sale. The other Stockholders shall have the right, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 4.08, to elect to sell up to its Pro Rata Portion with respect to such Sponsor Rule 144 Sale. The Sponsor Rule 144 Notice shall set forth (i) the number of Company Shares the Rule 144 Selling Sponsor anticipates selling pursuant to such

 

24


Sponsor Rule 144 Sale and (ii) the name, address and other appropriate contact information for the broker(s) (if any) selected by the Rule 144 Selling Sponsor (the “ Sponsor Rule 144 Broker ”). The Sponsor Rule 144 Notice shall also specify the action or actions required (including the timing thereof) in connection with such Sponsor Rule 144 Sale if such other Stockholders elect to exercise such right (including the delivery to the Sponsor Rule 144 Broker of one or more stock certificates representing the Company Shares of the other Stockholder to be sold in such Sponsor Rule 144 Sale (the “ Certificates ”) and the delivery of such other certificates, instruments and documents as may be reasonably requested by the Sponsor Rule 144 Broker). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, prior to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Closing Date, the prior consent of both Sponsors shall be required with respect to the proposal or completion of any Sponsor Rule 144 Sales.

(b) Upon receipt of a Sponsor Rule 144 Notice, each Stockholder (other than the Rule 144 Selling Sponsor) may elect to sell up to its Pro Rata Portion with respect to such Sponsor Rule 144 Sale, by taking such action or actions referred to in Section 4.08(a) above in a timely manner. Notwithstanding the delivery of any Sponsor Rule 144 Notice, all determinations as to whether to complete any Sponsor Rule 144 Sale and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any such Sponsor Rule 144 Sale shall be at the sole discretion of the Rule 144 Selling Sponsor.

(c) In the event that the Rule 144 Selling Sponsor elects not to complete an anticipated Sponsor Rule 144 Sale with respect to which a Stockholder has exercised its right to sell Company Shares pursuant to this Section 4.08, the Rule 144 Selling Sponsor shall cause any Certificates previously delivered to the Sponsor Rule 144 Broker to be returned to such Stockholder (except to the extent such Stockholder elects to participate in any subsequent anticipated Rule 144 Sponsor Sale pursuant to a subsequent Sponsor Rule 144 Notice and, in connection with such election, instructs that the Certificates of such Stockholder be retained by the Sponsor Rule 144 Broker for purposes of such subsequent anticipated Rule 144 Sponsor Sale). This Section 4.08 shall terminate upon a QPO.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.01. Merger with Avaya . In the event of any merger, statutory share exchange or other business combination of the Company with Avaya or any of its subsidiaries, (i) each of the Stockholders and Avaya (or the applicable subsidiary) shall, to the extent necessary, as they determine, (a) execute a stockholders’ agreement with terms that are substantially equivalent to this Agreement and (b) execute a registration rights agreement with terms that are substantially equivalent to the Registration Rights Agreement; provided that such stockholders’ agreement and registration rights agreement shall terminate upon the same terms and conditions as provided herein and in the Registration Rights Agreement, respectively, and (ii) the Company shall distribute any securities issued to the Company pursuant to such merger to the Stockholders pro rata in accordance with their respective ownership of the Company Shares.

Section 5.02. Waivers . No waiver of any breach of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be effective unless such waiver is made expressly in writing and executed and

 

25


delivered by the party against whom such waiver is claimed. No waiver of any breach shall be deemed to be a further or continuing waiver of such breach or a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

Section 5.03. Other Businesses; Waiver of Certain Duties . (a) Each Stockholder and each member, limited or general partner thereof, each member, limited or general partner of each such member, limited or general partner and each of their Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents (other than any person who is a full time officer or employee of the Company, Avaya or any of their subsidiaries) may engage in or possess an interest in any other business venture of any nature or description (including any business venture that is the same or similar to that of the Company), on its own account, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director or stockholder of any other Person. None of the Company, Avaya, any of its subsidiaries or any Stockholder shall have any rights in and to such other business ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture. Each Stockholder and each member, limited or general partner thereof, each member, limited or general partner of each such member, limited or general partner and each of their Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents may (other than any person who is a full time officer or employee of the Company, Avaya or any of their subsidiaries) (i) engage in, and shall have no duty to refrain from engaging in, separate businesses or activities from the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including businesses or activities that are the same or similar to, or compete directly or indirectly with, those of the Company, Avaya or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) do business with any potential or actual customer or supplier of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (iii) employ or otherwise engage any officer or employee of the Company, Avaya or any of its subsidiaries.

(b) None of the Sponsor Directors or Stockholders, nor any of their respective Affiliates shall have any obligation to present any business opportunity to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, even if the opportunity is one that the Company or any of its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and no such Person shall be liable to the Company, Avaya or any of its subsidiaries or any Stockholder for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a Stockholder, Director, Stockholder or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Person pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another Person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Company, Avaya or any of its subsidiaries.

(c) Each Stockholder (for itself and on behalf of the Company) hereby, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) confirms that each Sponsor Director, in his or her capacity as a director, has only those duties to the Company, Avaya and their subsidiaries, and to the Stockholders, that are required under applicable law and which cannot be waived as a matter of law;

 

26


(ii) confirms that none of the Sponsors has any duty to any other Stockholder or to the Company, Avaya or any of its subsidiaries other than the specific covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement;

(iii) acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other agreement or at law or in equity, that when any Stockholder takes any action under this Agreement to give or withhold its consent, such Stockholder shall, to the extent permitted by law, have no duty (fiduciary or other) to consider the interests of the Company, Avaya or any of their respective subsidiaries, the other Stockholders except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, and may act in its own interest and shall have only the duty to act in good faith; and

(iv) waives any claim or cause of action against any Sponsor, any Sponsor Director and any officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of any such Person that may from time to time arise in respect of a breach by any such Person of any duty or obligation disclaimed under Section 5.03(c)(i) through Section 5.03(c)(iii).

(d) Each Stockholder agrees that the waivers, limitations, acknowledgments and agreements set forth in this Section 5.03 shall not apply to any alleged claim or cause of action against a Sponsor Director, Sponsor, any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates or any of their respective employees, officers, directors, agents or authorized representatives based upon the breach or nonperformance by such Person of this Agreement or other explicit written agreement to which such Person is a party.

(e) The provisions of this Section 5.03, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Sponsor or Sponsor Director otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Stockholders to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Sponsors or Sponsor Director to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 5.04. Publicity and Confidentiality . Each Stockholder agrees that Confidential Information has been and will be made available to it in connection with its interest in the Company. Each Stockholder agrees not to divulge or communicate to a third party, issue any press release or otherwise make any public statement in connection therewith, or use for any purpose other than in connection with such Stockholder’s investment in the Company, in whole or in part, Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Sponsors (not to be unreasonably withheld); provided that (i) Confidential Information may be disclosed if required by applicable law or any governmental authority, (ii) each Stockholder may disclose Confidential Information to its partners, members, prospective investors, advisors, employees, agents, accountants, attorneys and Affiliates and representatives thereof (collectively, the “ Representatives ”), or if such Stockholder is wholly-owned by another Person, the Representatives of such Person or its Affiliates, so long as such Representatives agree to keep such information confidential (or the Stockholder directs such Representative to keep such information confidential, in which case such Stockholders shall be liable for any failure on the part of its Representatives to so keep such information confidential), and to limit their use of such information, on terms substantially identical to the terms contained in this Section 5.04, and (iii) a

 

27


Stockholder may disclose Confidential Information to a prospective Transferee of such Stockholder’s Shares so long as such prospective Transferee executes a non-disclosure agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company. “ Confidential Information ” means any information concerning this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and any information concerning the Company or Avaya in each case furnished to the Stockholders in their capacity as stockholders of the Company; provided , that “Confidential Information” does not include (i) information that was or becomes generally available publicly other than, with respect to a Stockholder, as a result of a disclosure by such Stockholder, in violation of this Section 5.04, (ii) information that was or becomes available to the Stockholder or a Representative of such Stockholder on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or (iii) information that the Stockholder or a Representative of the Stockholder independently developed without reference to the Confidential Information or any derivative thereof.

Section 5.05. Assignment; Benefit . (a) The rights and obligations hereunder shall not be assignable without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto except as provided under Article IV. Any assignment of rights or obligations in violation of this Section 5.05 shall be null and void.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as provided in Section 3.02, this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, confer upon any person other than the parties hereto, any rights or remedies hereunder.

(c) Any Person that acquires Company Shares pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Co-Invest, the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Co-Invest II or the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Co-Invest III shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement and become a party hereto and such Person and its Company Shares shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement; provided , however , that this Section 5.05(c) shall not apply to a Person that acquires Company Shares pursuant to (x) a Transfer to a Person described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Permitted Transferee” by a Person other than Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III or (y) a Transfer pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iv).

Section 5.06. Termination . Article III of this Agreement shall terminate as set forth in Section 3.03. The provisions of Article IV shall terminate as specified therein. The remainder of this Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any party hereto) as to each Stockholder when such Stockholder ceases to hold any Company Shares.

Section 5.07. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 5.08. Entire Agreement; Amendment .

(a) Except for letter agreements relating to disclosure and confidentiality issues applicable to an individual investor, this Agreement (together with the Third Amended

 

28


and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Co-Invest, the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Co-Invest II, the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Co-Invest III, the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Sierra Manager Co-Invest, LLC, the Registration Rights Agreement, and the Management Services Agreement) sets forth the entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and supersedes and replaces any prior understanding, agreement or statement of intent, in each case written or oral, of any kind and every nature with respect hereto.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived in whole or in part at any time without an agreement in writing executed by the Sponsors; provided that (a) any amendment that would, by its express terms, have a disproportionate material adverse effect on a particular Stockholder or group of Stockholders relative to the other Stockholders in their capacity as such shall require the written consent of such particular Stockholder or a majority-in-interest of such Stockholders, as applicable and (b) this Section 5.08 may not be amended without the prior written consent of all Stockholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event that the Sponsors Transfer Company Shares to a Permitted Transferee of the sort described in clause (iii) of the definition thereof, the Sponsors, the Company and such Permitted Transferee shall apply the provisions of this Agreement in a manner which preserves the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, and shall be permitted to amend this Agreement to the extent necessary to achieve such result.

Section 5.09. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 5.10. Notices . Unless otherwise specified herein, all notices, consents, approvals, reports, designations, requests, waivers, elections and other communications authorized or required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by personal hand-delivery, by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail, by mailing the same in a sealed envelope, registered first-class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery, sent to the Stockholders at the following addresses (or such other address as such Stockholders may specify by notice to the Company):

If to the Company:

Avaya Holdings Corp.

c/o Avaya Inc.

211 Mt. Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

Attention: Pamela F. Craven, Chief Administrative Officer

Telephone: 908.953.6000

Fax: 908.953.3902

 

29


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

Attention: Alfred O. Rose, Esq.

                 Howard S. Glazer, Esq.

Telephone: 617.951.7000

Fax: 617.951.7050

If to TPG, to:

TPG Capital, L.P.

c/o TPG Capital Management, L.P.

301 Commerce Street

Suite 3300

Fort Worth, Texas 76102

Attention: Ronald Cami

Telephone: 817.871.4000

Fax: 817.871.4088

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

Attention: Alfred O. Rose, Esq.

                  Howard S. Glazer, Esq.

Telephone: 617.951.7000

Fax: 617.951.7050

If to Silver Lake, to:

Silver Lake Partners III, L.P.

2775 Sand Hill Road

Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attention: Karen King

Telephone: 650.233.8120

Fax: 650.233.8125

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

 

30


Boston, MA 02199

Attention: Alfred O. Rose, Esq.

                 Howard S. Glazer, Esq.

Telephone: 617.951.7000

Fax: 617.951.7050

If to Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III, to each of the Sponsors at the addresses indicated above and to each of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III:

c/o TPG Capital, L.P.

301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300

Fort Worth, Texas 76102

Attention: Clive D. Bode

Telephone: 817.871.4000

Fax: 817.871.4088

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

Attention: Alfred O. Rose, Esq.

                 Howard S. Glazer, Esq.

Telephone: 617.951.7000

Fax: 617.951.7050

Section 5.11. Governing Law; Jurisdiction . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF. ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE PARTIES RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT AND ENFORCED EXCLUSIVELY IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR (TO THE EXTENT SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION EXISTS THEREFOR) THE U.S. DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF BOTH SUCH COURTS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING.

Section 5.12. Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH STOCKHOLDER WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT SUCH PARTY WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE), ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE, CLAIM OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE DEALINGS OF ANY STOCKHOLDER OR THE COMPANY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE ABOVE, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR

 

31


HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. The Company or any Stockholder may file an original counterpart or a copy of this Section 5.12 with any court as written evidence of the consent of the Stockholders to the waiver of their rights to trial by jury.

Section 5.13. Specific Performance . It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that, in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such party shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which such party may be entitled at law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, without the posting of any bond and if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

Section 5.14. No Third Party Liability . This Agreement may only be enforced against the named parties hereto. All claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement (including any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Agreement), may be made only against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto; and no past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto (including any Person negotiating or executing this Agreement on behalf of a party hereto), unless party to this Agreement, shall have any liability or obligation with respect to this Agreement or with respect any claim or cause of action (whether in contract or tort) that may arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement (including a representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Agreement).

Section 5.15. Aggregation of Shares . All Common Shares held by a Sponsor shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights hereunder. As among the members of any Sponsor, such Sponsor may allocate the ability to exercise any rights under this Agreement in any manner that such Sponsor sees fit.

Section 5.16. Exculpation Among Stockholders . Each Stockholder acknowledges that it is not relying upon any person, firm or corporation (including without limitation any other Stockholder), other than the Company and its officers, directors and other representatives (acting solely in their capacity as representatives of the Company), in deciding to invest and in making its investment in the Company. Each Stockholder agrees that no other Stockholder nor the respective controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, members, agents or employees of any other Stockholder shall be liable to such Stockholder for any losses incurred by such Stockholder in connection with its investment in the Company.

Section 5.17. Dissolution of Co-Invest, Co-Invest II or Co-Invest III . In the event that (a) Co-Invest is dissolved, the Company shall, if provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Co-Invest, enter into the agreements specified therein, (b) Co-Invest II is dissolved, the Company shall, if

 

32


provided in Section 5.0l(c) of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Co-Invest II, enter into the agreements specified therein or (c) Co-Invest III is dissolved, the Company shall, if provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Co-Invest III, enter into the agreements specified therein.

[signatures follow]

 

33


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:   AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.
  By:  

LOGO

 

    Name: Pamela F. Craven
    Title:   Chief Administrative Officer

[Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]


STOCKHOLDERS:

 

  TPG PARTNERS V, L.P.
  By: TPG GenPar V, L.P.,
  its General Partner
 

By: TPG GenPar V Advisors, LLC,

its General Partner

  By:   

LOGO             

 

         Name: Ronald Cami
         Title:   Vice President
    TPG FOF V-A, L.P.
    By: TPG GenPar V, L.P.,
    its General Partner
    By: TPG GenPar V Advisors, LLC,
    its General Partner
  By:   

LOGO             

 

 

         Name: Ronald Cami
         Title:   Vice President
  TPG FOF V-B, L.P.
  By: TPG GenPar V, L.P.,
  its General Partner
  By: TPG GenPar V Advisors, LLC,
  its General Partner
  By:   

LOGO             

 

         Name: Ronald Cami
         Title:   Vice President

[Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]


SILVER LAKE PARTNERS II, L.P.

By:

 

Silver Lake Technology Associates II, L.L.C.,

its General Partner

By:

 

Silver Lake Group, L.L.C.,

its Managing Member

By:

 

LOGO

 

 

Name: Greg Mondre

 

Title:   MD

SILVER LAKE TECHNOLOGY INVESTORS II, L.P.

By:

 

Silver Lake Technology Associates II, L.L.C.,

its General Partner

By:

 

Silver Lake Group, L.L.C.,

its Managing Member

By:

 

LOGO

 

 

Name: Greg Mondre

 

Title:   MD

SILVER LAKE PARTNERS III, L.P.

By:

 

Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P.,

its General Partner

By:

 

SLTA III (GP), L.L.C.,

its General Partner

By:

 

Silver Lake Group, L.L.C.,

its Managing Member

By:

 

LOGO

 

 

Name: Greg Mondre

 

Title:   MD

[Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]


SILVER LAKE TECHNOLOGY INVESTORS III, L.P.
By:   Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P.,
its General Partner
By:   SLTA III (GP), L.L.C.,
its General Partner
By:   Silver Lake Group, L.L.C.,
its Managing Member
By:  

LOGO

 

 

Name: Greg Mondre

  Title:   MD
SIERRA CO-INVEST, LLC

By:

 

Sierra Manager Co-Invest, LLC, its

Managing Member

By:

 

LOGO

 

 

Name: Greg Mondre

  Title:   Co President
SIERRA CO-INVEST II, LLC

By:

 

Sierra Manager Co-Invest, LLC, its

Managing Member

By:

 

LOGO

 

 

Name: Greg Mondre

 

Title:   Co President

SIERRA CO-INVEST III, LLC

By:

 

Sierra Manager Co-Invest, LLC, its

Managing Member

By:

 

LOGO

 

 

Name: Greg Mondre

 

Title:   Co President

[Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Avaya Holdings Corp. of our report dated December 22, 2015 relating to the financial statements of Avaya Holdings Corp., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Florham Park, New Jersey

December 22, 2015